HomeMy Public PortalAboutResolution No. 24-010 - Resolution approving issuance of RFP for rehabilitation of lift stations 9 and 16Sponsored By: Interim City Manager
RESOLUTION NO. 24-010
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF OPA-
LOCKA, FLORIDA, APPROVING ISSUANCE OF A REQUEST FOR
PROPOSALS ("RFP") FOR THE REHABILITATION OF LIFT
STATIONS 9 AND 16, WITHIN THE CITY; PROVIDING FOR
INCORPORATION OF RECITALS; PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE
DATE.
WHEREAS, the City of Opa-Locka ("City") desires to issue a Request for Proposals
("RFP") for the Rehabilitation of Lift Stations 9 and 16, within the City; and
WHEREAS, the scope of work will consists of furnishing all materials, labor, and
equipment necessary to Upgrade Sewage Pump Stations No. 9 and, 16, including, but not
limited to, excavation, demolition, and modification work including Abandon existing
dry well; Remove dry well chimney; Remove existing pumps, valves, piping, fittings,
emergency discharge connection, existing sewer clean out plug, existing concrete slabs;
existing wet well top slab; Remove and Replace in kind to match existing 6'(feet) chain
link fence; Remove and Relocate as required: existing water meter and connect the line to
existing service; existing RTU antenna, existing electric box, existing concrete slab for
electrical service; Relocate as required existing back flow preventer unit and water faucet,
existing plug valve; furnish, installation, operation, and removal of temporary sewage
effluent by-pass pumps, equipment and accessories; and
WHEREAS, it will also be necessary for the Contractor to also install a wet well
concrete top slab / new valve vault structure concrete and concrete top slab; furnish and
install aluminum access hatches for wet well and valve vault and emergency connection;
furnish and install new wet well protecting coating; furnish and install two (2) 2.68 HP
submersible pumps and related equipment; furnish and install bubbler control system
and related equipment; furnish and install new meter and main disconnect; furnish and
install the proposed power/control system inclusive of the necessary electrical panel,
enclosure, telemetry system, and related equipment; install electrical conduits and
junction boxes; install R.T.U. panel and S.C.A.D.A. equipment furnished by the
Department; electrical work; mechanical work: furnish all materials, equipment, and
supplies necessary for pump stations startup and testing; furnish and install sewage force
main pipe and fittings; connection to existing sewage force main; replacement of any sod,
sidewalk, pavement damaged during construction; site restoration; and other
appurtenant and miscellaneous items for a complete, satisfactory and functional
installation; and
WHEREAS, the City Commission authorizes the Interim City Manager to issue an
RFP for the Rehabilitation of Lift Stations 9 and 16, within the City and further authorizes
the spending of up to Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00) for advertising purposes, if
deemed appropriate.
Resolution No. 24-010
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT DULY RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF
THE CITY OF OPA- LOCKA, FLORIDA:
SECTION 1. The recitals to the preamble herein are incorporated by reference.
SECTION 2. AUTHORIZATION
The City Commission of the City of Opa-Locka hereby approves the issuance of a Request
for Proposals (RFP), attached hereto as Exhibit "A", for the Rehabilitation of Lift Stations
9 and 16, within the City and further authorizes the spending of up to Three Thousand
Dollars ($3,000.00) for advertising purposes, if deemed appropriate.
SECTION 3. SCRIVENER'S ERRORS
Sections of this Resolution may be renumbered or re -lettered and corrections of
typographical errors, which do not affect the intent of this Resolution may be authorized
by the Interim City Manager, following review by the City Attorney, without need of
public hearing, by filing a corrected copy of same with the City Clerk.
SECTION 4. EFFECTIVE DATE
This Resolution shall take effect upon the adoption and is subject to the approval of the
Governor or Governor's Designee.
PASSED and ADOPTED this 10th day of January, 2024.
John H. ylor Jr., Mayor
TEST:
Job nna Flores, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM AND
LEGAL SUFFICIENCY:
( /]j 'fl /`
Burnadette Norris -Weeks, P.A.
City Attorney
2
Resolution No. 24-010
Moved by: Commissioner Williams
Seconded by: Commissioner Kelley
VOTE: 5-0
Commissioner Bass YES
Commissioner Kelley YES
Commissioner Williams YES
Vice Mayor Ervin YES
Mayor Taylor YES
3
City of Opa-locka
Agenda Cover Memo
Department
Manager:
Adelina Gross
Department 1
Manager
Signature: /040
CM Signature:
/
Aliti`c._
,
City Manager:
Darvin Williams
Commission Meeting
Date: )
Item Type:
(Enter X in
the box)
Resolution ;
Ordinance
Other
X
;
;
Fiscal Impact:
(Enter X in the box)
Yes
No
Ordinance Reading:
(Enter X in the box)
Pe Reading
2na
;Reading .
X
Public Rearing:
(Enter X in the box)
Yes
No,
Yes
No
X
X
Funding Source:
Account#: See
Financial Impact
(Enter Fund &
Dept.)
Advertising Requirement:
(Enter X in the box)
Yes
No.
X
Contract/P.O.
Required:
(Enter X in the box)
Yes
No :
RFP/RFQBid#:
TBD
X
Strategic Plan Related
(Enter X in the box)
Yes `
' No <
Strategic Han Priority Area:
Enhance Organization ■I
Bus. & Economic Development •
Public Safety •
Quality of Education ■r
Qual. of Life & City Image �
Communication El
Strategic Plan
ON./Strategy: (list the
specific objective/strategy
this item will address)
X
Sponsor Name:
City Manager
Department:
Capital Improvements Program
Department Submission
Date:12/22/2023
Request for Proposals - Lift Stations 9 and 16 Rehabilitation Project
Project No. TBA
The City of Opa-locka (City) seeks proposals from qualified General Contractors for the Rehabilitation
of Lift Stations 9 and 16.
The project consists of furnishing all materials, labor, and equipment necessary to Upgrade Sewage
Pump Stations No. 9 and, 16, including, but not limited to, excavation, demolition, and modification
work including Abandon existing dry well; Remove dry well chimney; Remove existing pumps,
valves, piping, fittings, emergency discharge connection, existing sewer clean out plug, existing
concrete slabs; existing wet well top slab; Remove and Replace in kind to match existing 6'(feet) chain
link fence; Remove and Relocate as required: existing water meter and connect the line to existing
service; existing RTU antenna, existing electric box, existing concrete slab for electrical service;
Relocate as required existing back flow preventer unit and water faucet, existing plug valve; furnish,
installation, operation, and removal of temporary sewage effluent by-pass pumps, equipment and
accessories; furnish and install wet well concrete top slab / new valve vault structure concrete and
concrete top slab; furnish and install aluminum access hatches for wet well and valve vault and
emergency connection; furnish and install new wet well protecting coating; furnish and install two
(2) 2.68 HP submersible pumps and related equipment; furnish and instill bubbler control system
and related equipment; furnish and install new meter and main disconnect; furnish and install the
proposed power/control system inclusive of the necessary electrical panel, enclosure, telemetry
system, and related equipment; install electrical conduits and junction boxes; install R.T.U. panel and
S.C.A.D.A. equipment furnished by the Department; electrical work; mechanical work: furnish all
materials, equipment, and supplies necessary for pump stations startup and testing; furnish and install sewage
force main pipe and fittings; connection to existing sewage force main; replacement of any sod, sidewalk,
pavement damaged during construction; site restoration; and other appurtenant and miscellaneous items for
a complete, satisfactory and functional installation.
Financial Impact The FY 24 Budget allocates $700,000 for the rehabilitation of Pump Station 9 and $800,000
for the rehabilitation of Pump Station 16, with all fundingbeingARPA grant funding. Since this is only a request
to issue an RFP for this project, there is no commitment of these funds at this time. However, to ensure broad
distribution of this RFP, staff may choose to publish it in publications in addition to electronic distribution, at
a cost not to exceed $3,000. This will be funded from the Non -Department Other Advertising Account (19-
514380) which currently has available funding of $13,059.
Staff recommends the issuance of a Request for Proposals for the Comprehensive Rehabilitation of Pump
Stations 9 and 16 at an issuance cost not to exceed $3,000.
1. Agenda
2. RFP Set
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATIO N 16 REH ABILITATION
CITY COMMISSION
M AYOR: VER ONICA WILLIAMS
VICE MAYOR: JOH N H TAYLOR
COMMISSIONER: DR. SHERELEAN BASS
CHRIS DAMS
AUDREY DOMINGUEZ
INTERIM CITY MANAGER: DARVIN WILLIAM
811
8508 WHAT'S BELOW
ALW AYS CALL 811
BEFORE YO U DIG
111 Its fa n rc.m.. I. me lam
www.callsunshine. com
NW ,35
1000
1 11
MW 135TH ST
35TH 5
PROJ ECT
LO CATION
2 000
ICAIE,1 2000'
7
..k
9
LOCATION MAP
13899 BISCAYNE BLVD ., SUITE 310
N ORTH MIAMI B EACH, FL 33181
�� I PH(305)440-4334WWSGI EERING.COM
ENG INEERING CA #29695
Rubel
APPR OVED BY
14..11.13,400.M1)
o P.µm ory era Ec onomic xmutom
Ma. y my
$nw p<$n F ne0E1Mn Only
TEST REQUIRED
Pe... MUST nouy RER-0ERM
W ore 58,4lu m ry purfon tod fo r
e3 PSI
ErPlimlon Prn .un Pump Pl atlon
INDEX OF SHEETS
S HE ET NO
SHE ET DESC RIPTION
C-100
C-200 TO 0-201
0-300
C-301
C-310
C-311
E-1
E-2
E-3
E-4
Digitally signed
by Rubel
Siddique
SiddiqueDate: 2023.05 .05
``11 14:29:54 -04'00'
RUBEL =PQPE.n .IEor R-w'POMPOM e IPP PLLaNSE PO. PIM
T HIS
,s PM =PUP 5575D msfumyl R UPEEs mum u 7E PEoN nmME
IN PRINTED COPI ES OEMS DO CUMENT &REP OT CO PPPERPO SIGNED ANO SPALE0 AND ME
PREPARED BY:
ENGINEER OF RECO RD:
FL PE NO.:
COVER SHEET
G ENERAL N OT ES
SA NITARY SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE
SANITARY SEWER DET AILS
M EC HA NICAL PLAN A ND PUMP DAT A
STRUCTURAL PLAN A ND DETAILS
EL ECT RIC AL GE NERAL N OTES
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
ELECTRICAL CO NTROL PANEL
MIS CELLANEO US D ET AILS
N OTE:
TH E SCALE OF TH ES E PLANS M AY HAVE
CHA NGED DUE TO REPRODUCTION
SSN E NGI NEERING, LLC
RUB EL SID DIQ UE, PE
67239
S HEET
NO.
0-100
STANDARD REQUIRE MENTS FOR WATER AND SEWE R CONSTRUCTION (GS 0.5 -SHEET 1 OF 2)
1. All M ATERIALS AND CONOSTRUCTION UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MI AMI-DADE WATER AND SEWER
DEPARTMENT AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE AND ON FILE WITH THE DEPART MENT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL MATERIALS.
2, COVER OVER WATER OR SEWER FORCE MAINS SHALL BE 3' -0" -MIN. UNDER RIGID PA VE MENT.
3. All MAIN LINE VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH 10" RISER PIPES AND NO. 3 OR 53 VALVE BOXES FIRE HYDRANTS AND SERVICE VALVES SHALL BE
INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH 6" RISER PIPES AND NO. 2 VALVE BOXES.
4 All FORCE M AIN SERVICE CONNECTIONS INTO PRESSURE TRANSMISSION MAI NS SHALL HAVE A SHUT OFF VALVE AT THE POINT OF ENTRY.
5. All GRAVITY SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS .
6. FIRE HYDRANT REQUIREMENTS (NUMBER AND LOCATION) SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY T HE MIAMI-DADE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT' OR THE APPROPRIATE FIRE AGENCY
WITH INSTALLA TION IN ACCORDANCE W ITH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS.
7_ CONTRACTOR MUST CALL M-DWASD INSPECTION DIVISION TO ARRANGE FOR A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 2 FULL BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO PROPOSED START OF
CONSTRUCTION. CONTACT ONE CA LL CENTER 46 HRS PRIOR TO EXCAVATIO N.
8, W ORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS PROJECT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS COMPLETE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM BY THE DEPARTMENT AND UNTIL THE
FOLLOW ING DOCUMENTS ARE RECEIVED AND APPROVED BY THE DEPARTMENT-
°. EASEMENTS, IF REQUIRED.
b CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN,
ABSOLUTE BILL OF SALE.
d, I. CONTRACTOR' S LETTER OF W ARRANTY (I.E., LETTER AGREEMENT), il. DEVELOPER'S CONTRACT BOND (I . E., CONTRACT AGREE MENT).
e. "AS -BUILT" PRINTS 24"x35" SHOW ING SPECIFIC. LOCATIONS, DEPTH, ETC . OF All WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES AS LOCATED BY A LICENSED FLORIDA SURVEYOR,
ALONG WITH PRINTS OF "AS -BUILT WHICH HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED SURVEYOR. (No. OF PRINTS: 3 -FOR WATER , 4 -FOR GRAVITY
SEW ER AND 5 -FOR FORCE MAIN OR PUMP STATION PROJECTS). THE DEPARTMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REOUIRE SUBMITTAL ON ELECTRONIC MEDIA IN
ACCORDANCE W ITH SEC. 01775 "MAGNETIC MEDIA SUBMITTAL".
f. H.R.S. LETTER OF RELEASE REQUIRED FOR All WA TER PROJECTS,
g. Bill OF SALE SKETCH (8 1/2"x11") FOR WATER ANDSEWER. SEPARATELY.
11. All NEW CONNECTIONS FROM EXISTING DEPARTMENT MAINS TO BE MADE BY DEPARTMENT FORCES ONLY, THE CONTRACTOR TO EXCAVATE AT REQUIRED LOCATIO NS,
PROVIDE AND INSTALL MATERIAL WITH FITTINGS, PRIOR TO TAP.
12, AN APPROV ED PAVING AND DRAINAGE PLAN M UST BE SUBMITTED TO MDWASD FOR All NE W SUBDIVISIONS PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF W ATER AND SEWER PERMIT PL ANS,
UPON REQUEST.
13, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, All TAPS 20 INCHES AND SMALLER FOR CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS Will BE DONE BY DEPARTMENT FORCES. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES W ill THE CONTRACTOR BE PERMITTED TO TAP EXISTING MA INS IN THE SIZE RANGE SPECIFIED ABOVE. THE TAPPING SLEEVE AND TAPPING VALVE ARE
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE C ONTRACTOR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE INSPECTOR.
AS -BUILT:" R EQUIREM ENTS FOR WATER AND SEWER CONSTRUCTIO N (GS 0.5- SHEET 2 OF 2)
1. AT THE COMPLETION OF ANY W ATER AND SEWER JOB, EITHER DONATION OR CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT:
AS -BUILT PRINTS WHICH HAVE BEEN SIGN ED AND. SEALED BY A FLORIDA LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR AND MAPPER . (STY. OF PRINTS. AS REQUIRED BY THE DEPARTMENT .)
2 "AS -BUILT" FORMAT
24"x36" PRINTS
b. LOCATION MAP SCALE SHOULD BE 1"-300' AND SECTION -TOW NSHIP-RANGE SHOULD BE SHOWN,
THE W ORD "AS -BUILT" IN LARGE LETTERS.
d. TITLE BLOCK WITH DEPARTMENT DS, DW OR ER NUMBER AND PERTINENT INFORMATION.
PREFERRED SCALE TO BE I"= 40' HORIZO NTALLY AND I" = 4' VERTICALLY`.
f. STREET NOMENCLATURE.
g SEPARATE AS-BUILTS FOR WATER AND SEWER.
h. SEPARA TE WATER AND SEW ER PROFILE.
STATIONING STARTING WITH 0+ 00 AT PERMANENT REFERENCE POINT (I. E. . CL.SL , ETC. ) OR
j. EASEM ENTS, IF ANY, TIED TO PERMANENT REFERENCE POINT.
IDENTIFY ALL CONTROL LINES (1. E. BLDG. LINE, PROPERTY LINE, R/W, ETC).
ALL "PROPOSED" INFORMATION TO BE REMOVED FROM PRINTS, LEAVING ONLY "AS -BUILT" IN FORM ATION REFLECTED IN DRAWINGS,
k.
3
WATER "AS-BUILTS" MUST INCLUDE' .
AS SHOWN ON DESIGN PERMIT PLANS, AND TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY TO END OF MAIN .
a. PLANS SHOW ING PIPE SIZE, MATERIAL AND OFFSET OF M AIN, DEFLECTIONS (IF ANY), STATION OF SERVICES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS AT THE MAINLINE (IF PERPENDICULAR TO
IT), AND AT MAIN AND END OF SERVICES IF ANY, OTHER ANGLE, AND DEFLECTION OF PIPE, IF ANY.
b PROFILE SH OWING TOP OF GROUND AND TOP OF PIPE ELEVATIONS AT EVERY 100" STATION AND AT ANY CHANCE IN GRADE (WITH CORRESPONDING STATION), PIPE SIZE AND PIPE
MATERIALS REFERENCED TO PLA N.
4 SEWER "A S-BUILTS" MUST INCLUDE
PLAN SHOWING MANHOLE NUM BER, P IPE SIZE AND PIPE MATERIAL OF PIPE, DEFLECTION. IF ANY (FORCE MAIN ONLY), AND LOCATION OF LATERALS WITH REFERENCE TO MANHOLE.
b. PROFILE SHOWING MANHOLE NUMBER (AS PER PLAN). RIM AND INVERT ELEVATIONS (IF MORE THAN ONE INVERT, LABEL NORTH, SOUTH , ETC), AND STATION STARTING AT EACH
D+00 AT DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE
5. FORCE M AIN "AS -BUILT" SAME AS W ATER MAIN ABOVE,
6. EACH AS -BUILT SHALL SHOW THE FLORIDA STATE PLANE COORDINATES (CURRENT READJUSTMENT) OF ALL THE MA NHOLES AND VALVES AND OF AT LEAST TWO
HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINTS PROPERLY IDENTIFIED AND LOCATED WITHIN THE PROJECT. OTHER SCALE MA Y BE PERMITTED, BUT MUST BE APPROVED BY THE DEPA OF
DRAWINGS,
WYE
Sv
SRN ISSN ES6c1:NE eLLv DD.e, STEM
PPN641 0044-S� R. 33141
SENG INEERING
PR OJECT NO.
202201004
.In":, —D RER-DERM WATER -SEWER GENERAL NOTES
A h oriz ontal trance of 1,11003,111137, and preferably 10 feet (outside to outside), s1sa11 be maintained between gra vity or pr ess ure
elpryer and water pipes. The niln alum ho,10nt al 3p aal on can be :educ ed to 3 feet f or v acua retype w erers w f oi 3,awty
thwerswhem the top.' th e sewer pipe is at last 6 i nches b elow the bottom of the wale: pipe. Wh en lh .above sp ec4ied nmlmn121
distance c:steno ca nnot be met du e loan existing u ndergrou nd facility co 0ikl, srall e, sepa1aliow are allowed if one of the following
b net:
al Thew 406 apes a re designed amlaallucted equal -10 the wal e: pipe and pressure tested a1 150 psi.
11 Th e sewer Is encased Ina walenlghl carrier pipeole.
cl Th e top of the sewer is at kart IS inches below die4, bottom of the w ale, pipe.
L A vertical dist ame of at feast 10 Inches (outside to o utside) shall be maintained between any water and sewer mains will, sere,
pipes preieta bly crossing under water m ains. The minimum vertic al separation can be,educed to 6 i nches Ire vacuum -type 'ewers
or for glavily 6evae10 where 110 hewer pipe Is bel ow the wale? main. The clothing shall be arranged so that all w ale rain totals ate
al l as16 Ieet from: all joints in va ulty and presort sewer pin es . This distanc e can be reduced to 3 met for v acw rtnly0e sewers.
When the above specified venIc0l dist anc e erect...DI be met due to an existing mode wound L,cll6ycunnkt , stroller sep ar'alio:10
re allowed N one ofth e Io4owleg is met:
a) Th e 4wer pip es are d esigned and cemslructed equa11 0 the water *sand pr ess ur e t ested 11110031 .
hl Th e .vet keras ed in w .enighl carrier pipe °,c oncrete.
3. Ale release val ves shall be provided at high palms of new farce rr olnk nllary se re11.
4. Gnvhy sanitary sewers tonslmckd within a public w elnk0 p, akctlor, area shall be 1-900 PVC 01 Duchle Iron Pipe. The (0101,10„
allo wable oallllallon sal e 01 gravity 504BO y sewers constructed Ina public wefllek1 plolecllon area shall be:
al Ile s2 em al ha nd Uses Fdty (50) gallons per inch pipe diameter per mile per day, based on a minimum two (2) hour test ha ving
a minimum( al Iwo (2) feet of positive head above the clo wn of th e pip e.
bl Non -Residential Land Use s. (we my (201 gallons pet loch pipe diamet er per mile per day, based on a minimum tw0(2) ho e,
test havinga mi nimum. t wo (2)1.1 of posnlu e h eld above the cr own of the pipe .
11 A ny obser ved leafs or a ny obvl aulA detect lee joints or pipes sh all be replsell cu rb when the total lca.ge b below Ilal allowed.
s. 11,5 m aximum allowable e al(Ihal an rale al gravity sanit ary se wers constructdd outside a public wellfie0 p: 0lechon ar ea Shull be one
hundred (100( gallons pet Inds pipe d iamet er per mile per day, based an a minimum two (2) hour le. havi ng a mi nimum of tw o (21
Teel of pw;Rlv e he ad ab ove th e Down 41 the pipe. Any observed lea sow any obvio us* delee0We loinls of pipes shall be replacede..
when he Iota( leakage I1below IhaL allowed.
6. lueemal7 s anitary ewers constructed within public we1II43 motectbn area shall be ductile iron, 5.900 PVC, HOVE or olnl or0ed
concret e messoe sewer pipes.
2. The nlanmum allowable wfil0all uNk akage tae of f,c eraln s anitary sewers shall be:
0) D uctile Iro n, C-900 PVC,IIDP€ and P VC Pip e.T,ealbw23* leakage r ate sp.ift ed in American Water Work. Assodml on 5andani
( AW WAS) C600b2 at te st pre ssure of 100psi for adoratio n allot less than Iwo (21(0ms
b) Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe . Flak (1/2) the allowable lealoge rate speeded In AWWAC600.g201 a1e51pressure 0f 100 psi
f or adoration of not 3155 tha n Iwo (1) hours
c) Any ob ser ved leak s or any obviously defectiv eloinls or pipe s Sh alt be replaced eve nwhen the total le af age is b elow that allo wed.
1 he contract or shall P ertly nawre , depth. and ch ar acter of existing undelgrbu:ld udlllesprim to start of mmtrut bn.
In no case shall a 100,20ar install Milky pipe s, ,0 10015, cabl es . etc. in the sane bent[ abov e an existing water or weer ape
20(2p0 00(1230131011001 .
a ny are a of the w0,k site. h (00 10 t0 cont ai n burl ed m. w ast e aM/O,e,u und 0r grow. w at er c ont1, 0144fn , the (011 00(03 shall
10
VW:
al All work In the area shall foll ow all applkable safety requir e. 0(0(2.6., 051(1, etc.) and notification must be provided to The
appropriate agencies.
bl Immediately notify the Envhronrtemal Monitoring and Restoration ONlsion (E.vlRN. The EMRp c an be contact ed at (305)
372.700 .
cl If amammaled Soils and/of burled .01 011,0 (003,11 Is excavated during construction. then they requhe proper handling and
disposal in accomaal0 02 h the Iucal , stale and federal,egulalfm. 0:Be2 20ad vised tlal lie Ia n0Rg aware/ dpeator Is th e R:a1
au thority nn dispo sal a nd may have requbemen. beyo nd those provid ed by her ein. d disp osal within a Ma mi.Dad e County
owned la ndfill (cad I landfill)66 appr ofm th e and s el ected, please c ontact th e Mumh .Oade county Report meal of solid waste
management at (305) 114 504.665 4 for Informati on.
dl The thus°onE??olmoalel soils that ale wL relu,wdto the original exca vation 0 lelllo cad r appro val of aS all Manage ment
P an hor n the Ewim nm enial Mwtloring and Restor ation Division. Tan EM RD c an be contacted al (305) 372-6700 .
11. P umps mml comply with th e Nal lunar( kNrleal[ode (NEC)r equirements to Class I, Group 1.0ivisbn 101 2( 4 [Explosionol Ooh).
12 . Tlecm,h a[l 0r isalvi0 ed 1lu1 a Tree Remoal/lelor at fn Permil may be r equiter' prim to th e remo val nd/m ,e* Gdiun of tree
resources . Pifrto 'stre wing or rel ocating any Lees, the COnira[?or shall ,only the Tr ee and For. Resources3ect fn of DERM at
(305) 372. 6170 or va e-mail at: Ihs Ptit001114,'J nv or ontact the municipality with tree ordinance lmisdklbn Lo obt ain any
required p ermits . Thom trees not mterreringw'h the constructbn shall be protected In place in accordance oath the provisions din
S ection 2449.5. the mums trade code.
13. Ple ase note That the demolition, r emoval , and/or disturbance of existing u.erg001 001 1 1 thin contain asbesto s [cowl pip es
( ACP) are subject 10 the provisions of 40 CFR-615r:bp01 M. therefore , pursuant to the provhaa of 40 CFR-61.145, a NOnCE OF
OE M011110N 0R ASBESTOS RENOVATION form :rum be filed with the Alt Q uality Management Di vision (00040) M DEO M, al le a.
en (10) wo, w og days wior to 'ta n ins of any work Role that the baddilhng and burial of coshed ACP would came these bcalora Ta
be co nsidered active disp0sa1 sties and subject to 40 CFR-61.154, a nd 40 CFR-1 .151 a yea, ate, pole d campletfn .
Existing Standard uperalins procedures, B as applicable federal, slate and l ocal iegulatory ,rge,e , anal be t oll4w ed a nd
implemented to min.. anyO e 1111 2, rel eas e of'outlive emissions. especi ally d uring pr ole . ,vr.,nelb n 3 011lies The A 0A10 Can
be c ontacted vu mull al ,61. 6.66 4.13416141e WI Vor 305-372-6025.
ew Ne ++. arv+- .n,�md»� ,u,.--,u,u.+"..., nw:"a .' ��, rv,+r'+,+-:n+NM"sr ••s>e,n�. .a .. ..n .enwv,v +,w..,rniae�i.sWi a.
F OR ALL PROJECT WHERE RE MOV AL OF UTILITY LINES IS PROPOSED
1- ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEING REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED MUST REMAIN IN EFFECT AND
IN SERVICE, UNTIL SUCH TIME WHEN PROPOSED REPLACING UTILITIES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND
IN SERVICE AND ALL RELATED SERVICES TO THE FIRST LINES HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE
LATTER ONES, BY M-D WASD FORCES AT OWNERS EXPENSES.
2- ALL ABANDONED OR REPLACED UTILITY LI NES LOCATED IN PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE
REMOVED AND CAPPED AT MAIN, WHEN APPLICABLE, AFTER ALL INSTALLED SERVICES TO OR
FROM THEM HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE ALREADY INSTALLED AND IN SERVICE PROPOSED
UTILITY LINES. ANY RELATED EASEMENT SHALL BE RELEASED AND VACATED AFTER REMOVAL OF
LINES AND RESTORATIONS OF SITE , IF APPLICABLE,HAVE BEEN COMPLETED.
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
OPA.LOCKA, FLORIDA
GENERAL NOTES
11.1.12366 N O. ems
D19tal y
Rubel bY
Siddi ,1902
que 2143042023.45.05
-04'00'
DMVM SY: RS
.IECICIED Br RS
DAT E Dith a-Stri a
SHEET NO.
C-200
1 ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIRE MENTS OF THE
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA AND/OR MIAMI-DADE COUNTY WATER & SEWER DEPARTMENT (MD-WASD) A ND/OR MIAMI DADE COUNTY PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT (MD-PWD) AND/ OR THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT or TRANSPORTATION (FDOT) AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE AND ON FILE WITH THE DEPARTMENT.
2, M INIMUM COVER OVER MAINS SHALL BE 3'-0" . 2'-0" FOR SERVICE LINES, UNLESS SPECIFIC WRITTEN EXCEPTION IS ISSUED OR
REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CITY OF OPA-LOCKA .
3. DETECTOR TAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED 18" ABOVE THE CENTERLINE OF MAINS AND SERVICES . TAPES SHALL BE GR€EN.
CONTINUOUSLY MA RKED "CAUTION WASTE WATER FORCE MAIN BURIED BELOW".
4 A LL VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH 10' RISER PIPES AND N o. 53 C .I. VALVE BOXES AND LIDS.
5. LOW PRESSURE SEWER M AIN SHA LL BE HDPE SDR-11_ SERVICE LINES SHALL 80 HOPE SDR-9,
6. ALL JOINTS FOR LOW PRESSURE HDPE M AIN SHALL BE BUTT -FUSION WELDED. ALL WELDING OF JOINTS SHALL BE IN
STRICT CONFORMITY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PIPE MANUFACTURER UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN
WRITING.
7 CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE CITY OF OPA-LOCKA INSPECTION DIVISION AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE PERMITTING AGENCIES TO
ARRANGE FOR A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO PROPOSED START OF CONSTRUCTION,
8 CITY OF DPA-LOCKA PERSONNEL WILL INSPECT ALL FACILITIES APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT . ALL OTHER
REQUIREMENTS OF THE PERMITTING AGENCY SHALL BE IN A CCORDANCE WITH THEIR. STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS,
9. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS PROJECT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS COMPLETE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE
SYSTEM BY THE DEPARTMENT AND UNTIL THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE RECEIVED AND APPROVED BY CITY OF OPA-LOCKA:
'EASEMENTS. IF REQUIRED (WHETHER BY DEED OR PLAT SUITABLY RECORDED)
• CONTRACTOR' S WA IVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN
• CONTRA CTOR'S LETTER OF WARRANTY (I.E. LETTER AGREEM ENT)
* AS -BUILT 24' x 36" SHOWING SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, DEPTHS, ETC. OF ALL WATER FACILITIES A5 LOCATED 8Y A LICENSED
SURVEYOR, ALONG WITH TWO (2) PRINTS OF THE "AS -BUILT" W HICH HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED. SURVEYOR
06 ENGIN EER OF RECORD AND ENDORSED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE
WITH MD-W SD STANDA RDS.
10 ALL NEW CONNECTIONS FR OM EXISTING CITY OF OPA -LOCKA MAINS TO BE INSPECTED BY CITY OF OPA-LOCKA FORCES PRIOR
TO BACKFILL.
11 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS AND THE
LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE
LOCATIONS SHOW N ON THE PLANS ARE N OT GUARA NTEED ACCURATE OR CORRECT BY THE KNOWN UTILITY COMPANIES .
12 THRUST BLOCKS. SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL BENDS. TEES AND PLUGS. IN ACCORDANCE WITH MD-W ASD STANDARD DET ALS,
13. PIPE INSTALLATION, CLEANING, FLUSHING, AND TESTING. AS PER CITY OF OPA-LOCKA AND STATE OF FLORIDA STANDARDS FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE SEWER BY CUSTOMER DONATION PROJECTS,
14 THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF INSPECTIONS FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OCCURRING OUTSIDE
NORMAL WORKING HOURS (8:00 a. m, TO 5:00 p m. ) SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS EXCLUDED AND ARRANGEMENTS. FOR
INSPECTIONS OUTSIDE NORMAL WORKING HOURS MUST BE M ADE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE CONSTRUCTION.
ACTIVITY.
15 ALL TRENCHES TO BE EXCAVATED AND BA CKFILLED A5 PER THE MD-WA SD DETAIL GS -1.9.
16. SURFACE RESTO RATION. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT. SIDEWALK REPLA CEMENT. TRENCH BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION SHALL
COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CURRENT MD-W ASD, MD-PWD AND FDOT STANDARDS,
17. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL PROV IDE CITY OF OPA-LOCKA WITH A SIGNED AND SEALED PRESSURE TEST REPORT
CERTIFYING PRESSURE TEST RESULTS.
DATE
BY
SSN EN GINEER ING. LLD
IsCA'. BLVD. S. 010
NORTH NMI BEACH, FL 00101
.NO. CA0302:3006
W.EENENOINEERIND. CDN
PROJECT NO.
202201004
18 . FIELD LEAK TESTING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS USING HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE SHALL BE CONDUCTED
BY THE CONTRACTOR FOLLOWING METHODS AND PROCEDURES NOTED ASTM DESIGNATION F2164-13
19, A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 10 FEET SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN WATER AND SEWER MAINS . WHEN A 10 FEET HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE CRITERIA CANNOT BE MET DUE TO AN EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITY CONFLICT, THIS
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MAY BE REDUCED 70 6 FEET. IF THE WATER MAIN IS LAID AT LEAST 6 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF A
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER . THIS HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MAY BE REDUCED TO 3 FEET.
20. IN HIGHLY CONGESTED AREAS, WHERE EITHER WATER OR SE WER FACILITIES ARE EXISTING AND THE SEPARATION
REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE MET, SPECIAL CONSIDERATION MAY BE GIVEN SUBJECT TO A COMPLETE EVALUATION OF EXISTING A ND
PROPOSED CONDITIONS.
21. THE CONTRACTOR SH ALL VERIFY NATURE, DEPTH, CHARACTER OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF
CONSTRUCTION.
22.TRENCH EXCAVATION PROTECTION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS REQUIRED BY THE PROVISIONS OF PART 1926,
SUBPART P, EXCA VATIONS, TRENCHING AND SHORING OF THE OCCUPATION AL SAFET Y AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATIONS
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS.
23 ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPE & FITTI NG, VALVE BOXES, AIR RELEASE VALVE COVERS AND ANY OTHER MARKING DEVICE. SHALL BE
COLOR CODED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UTILITY LOCATION & COORDINATION COUNCIL UNIFORM COLOR CODE AS SHOWN IN
MIAMI-DADE COUNTY WATER & SEWER DEPARTMENT (MD-WASD).
NOTES FOR CONTAMINATED SITES
IF A NY AREA OF THE WORK SITE IS FOUND TO CONTAIN BURIED SOLID WASTE AND/OR GROUND OR GROUND WATER
CONTAMINATION. THE FOLLOWING SHALL APPLY:
1. ALL WORK IN THE AREA SHALL FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS (E.G., OSHA, ETC.) AND NOTIFICATION MUST
BE PROVIDED TO THE APPROPRIATE AGENCIES.
2. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND RESTORATION DIVISION (EMRD). THE EMRD CAN BE CONTACTE AT
(305) 372-6700.
3. IF CONTAMINATED SOILS AND/OR BURIED SOLID WASTE MATERIAL IS EXCAVATED DURING CONSTRUCTION , THEN THEY RE QUIRE
PROPER HANDLING AND DISPOSAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL. ST ATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. BE ADVISED THAT
THE LANDFILL OWNER/OPERATOR IS THE FINAL AUTHORITY ON DISPOSAL AND M AY HAVE REQUIREMENTS BEYOND THOSE
PROVIDED BY HEREIN . IF DISPOSAL WITHIN A MIAMI-DADE COUNTY O WNED LANDFILL (CLASS I LANDFILL) IS APPROPRIATE
AND SELECTED. PLEASE CONTACT THE MIAMI-DADE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT AT
(305) 594-1670 FOR INFORMATION .
4. THE REUSE OF CONTAMINATED SOILS IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FRO M THE E NVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND
RESTORATION DIVISION. THE EMRD CAN BE CONTACTED AT (305) 372-6700.
5. A SUBSURFACE I NVESTIGATION WAS CONDUCTED BY ENVIRON MENTAL REGULATORY COMPLI ANCE, I NC . (ERC) DATE MARCH
2022 . T HE REPORT ST ATED THAT THE PRESENCE OF SOLID W ASTE MIXED WITH OTHER MATERIAL (CARBONATE AND SILICA
SAND, LIMEROCK, AND ORGANIC MATERIAL) WILL NOT SUBSIDE BY THE INST ALLATION OF THE 2 INCH SE WER LINE.
DESIGN APPROACH
1. A SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION WAS CONDUCTED BY ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATO RY COMPLIANCE, INC. (ERC) DATE MARCH
2022. THE REPORT ST ATED THAT THE PRESENCE OF SOLID WASTE MIXED WITH OTHER MATERIAL (CARBONATE AND SILICA
SAND, LIMEROCK, AND ORGANIC MATERIAL) WILL NOT SUBSIDE BY THE INSTALLATION OF THE 2 I NCH SE WER LINE .
2. DUE THE UNDERLYING SOIL CONDITION OF THE SITE, HDPE PIPE WAS USED TO ADDRESS ANY CONTAMINATION ISSUES.
ACCORDING TO THE PIPE MANUFACTURER, POLYETHYLENE IS NON-CONDUCTIVE AND IMMUNE TO GALVANIC AND
ELECTROCHE MIC AL EFFECTS . THUS POLYETHYLENE WILL NOT CORRODE IN THE MANNER OF METAL AND CONCRETE PIPING.
PERFORMANCE POLYETHYLENE PIPES HAVE OUTSTANDING RESISTANCE TO A WIDE RANGE OF CHEMICALS AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS, MAKING THEM IDEAL CANDIDATES FOR USE WITH CORROSIVE FLUIDS AND CHEMICALS. AND UNDER HARSH
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS.
3. ALL THE JOINT IN THE HOPE PIPES WILL BE FUSED JOINT. THERFORE NO POSSIBILITY OF JOINT LEAKING.
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
OPA-LOCKW FLORIDA
NV HIOA➢ E
ROND A
GENERAL NOTES
SIDEND UE. P.E.
N FL LICENSE O.0 1230
DRAWN Br RS
Digitally
Rubelt7; "
Siddi o ep"
que 2013 .05.05
430:41
CHEMED BY: PS
DAT E 013-06-2012
SHEET NO.
C-201
MST . r FM TO
LIFT STA TON8T3
BM W ATER S,. AND DEP M
EOP NW 1419E 9i�
�/
0A31SIPv�
EX IST. ITC CLAY SAN
R EMAIN)
DEMO EXIST. VALVE VAULT -
A FTER A IWA TINGT E
PS
OW223 LF N LINN FENCE
R EMOVE CONTRO L PPAAN EL
AiIEN MP PS
A SS PU
M PS S - _ - - -
OSRE MAICL AY S AN.
ST . NH 10-1
11 0REM AIN)
SENP SS
PUMP AT THIS
MANHOLE
- RE MOVE. LF OF
AFt AAC S ATING THE
DE MO ST. LIFT STATI ON
AFTER ACTIV ATI NG THE
BY-P ASS PU MPS
SITE DEMOLITION PLAN
NW 133RD ST
/ ffe9KKM
LS #12
NW 128TH ST
PONT OP CONN EC TIO N
E MT. MH 12-11
RIM EL. .2 192
INV. EL. 3V46 pi
NW 133RD ST
I--11 I
7-J
ENLARGED V IEW _
(1n1eL ffT1
OVERALL VIEW OF POINT OF CONNECTION
DA TE
W• Bi AVIJE BLVD..STE 310
• MAW BM. FL 13181
30) 611. )91274
FSP
X WV I SSNENO NEERNO.COM
ENLARGED VIEW
NIBTN.L:i2LFOF0
T. �LACKVINFL
C11ANM j�. . 6 C+B PEE,.E1$LTIN
{ iFENCEW FOAR-
wet
rDUYBNI. - F CCyOiCI�Jg ppS[, p�PFI
�RELDVEPOYLDCATGA REO UMEO !
=030.M000061N) -J'1° OFP PE NIDF RINGO
01 I0,C9
. NL VD
00SLAB NG.
CONTROL PANEL
(SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS F00 DETAILS)
LEGEND
RIW LINE OR PR OPE RTY LINE
BUIL DING OUT LINE
- SD EXISTING STORM PIPE
-WM- EXISTING W ATER PIPE
- SS - MST! . SAN . SEWE R PIPE
O DUSTING SAN. SEWER MANHOLE
] .3 l EXISTING GRADE EL EVA TION
PR OPOSED FORCE MAIN
0 019TIN 0 FIRE NYgURT
N OTE: AL L ELEVATIONS REFER TO NG. 1022
NAVDM•NOVD26-1 .55
G EN ERAL N0 TES'
1.
V AL VES
CONEWIRED. CONTRA CTTOJN FU I SUBMIT RSEN AOE PLAN OURIN0PUMPING
SEWAGEDURING 00N PR OCE DURE TO THE ENG 299 INEE R FFOORAINGPPROVAL PRI OPTO OS000 MENCIN G
WO RK
2 THE OUSTING
U TIFNGUTILIR ES HOW µOON'THINV P NA. OF BA SED
IOONS THEPRIOTT
OF OPKLCO MMENC W ATE R AND SEWER AT LAS. SURVEY AND SITE VISIT . COMMCT OR
3. CONDUC TOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORN W ITHIN LEON . PROPERTY AND EASEM ENT, AND S HAL L NOT DISTURB A DJACENT PROPE RTY.
4. CONTRACTOR SHA LL VERIFY EXDTNG PANG TO REMAIN BEF ORE ORDERING PROPOSED PIPING/FITTINGS CONNECTING TO IT .
6. CAR E SH OULD GE TA RN TO AVOID DISTURBING ELEC INCL SEAN CE IN THE AREA UN DER CONSTRUCTION .
6. CONTRAC TOR SH ALL INCLUDE NECESSARY CU IRND PATCHING , AND RESTORATION OF ALL EXISTING SURFACES TO MATCH SURROUNDI NG AREAS .
T. CON TRACTOR TO CO AT A LL UNDPAGRWNO FTIN. TH OSE A RE IN DIRECT CON TAC T WITH SOIL WITH TWO C OATS OF BITU MASTIC OR A PPRO VED EQUAL.
e. ELEV ATIONS INDIC ATED HEREON ARE IN FEET AK, DECIMALS REFE RENCED TO THE NATIO NAL GEODET IC VERTICAL DATU M OF 1029 MOW 1020) .
THE M INIM UM W ET -WE LL BO TTOM SLOPE SHALL .21 TO ALLOW SELFCLENING AND MINIMUM DEPO SIT OF DEBRIS.
10. TH E ELECTRICA L a1a FEN S AN D COMPONENTS I6 RAW WASTEWA TER WE T WELL S SHALL COM PLY WIT H TIENATIONAL EL ECT RICA L CODE REQUIREMENTS
FOR CLAS H, GROUP D. DIV ISION 1.
11. THOPESTAIAINO g 9M 0UODULDBRS EEM YI g10M DFNEIM)µ RR N FOR RP TIM ELMA. AND STRE AM ING DA TA OR A PPROVED EQUAL MOIITOURECOR D
12. ROW ME TER SH ALL 13E ABB ELE CTROM AGN ETIC FLO W METER DN160)r1 OR APPROVED EOVAL
13. THE STA TION WILL EQUIPPED WIT H DEVICES TO MON ITOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE (E.G. PRESBIJHETAN60UCER) WITH HIGH AND LOW PRESS URELM M
SET POINTS.
ENc iN eemmc
PRO JECT NO.
202201004
CITY OF O PA-LOCKA
LIFT STA TION 16 REHABILITATION
WAS..OPA-LOCNA, FLORIDA FL..
O 10 20
E0 0LE11- • 20'
war • Mat
8171 m ms SOO 020
{ \ PROJECT
LOCATIO N
LOCATION MAP
K M&
10' .
y
z
INSTALL a6 LF OF r 0800 PVC FM
AND (CONTTRAC CTOORR TOp VERIFY REQUIRED
LENGTH OF PIPEAND FITTINGS
NEEDED B ASED
CONom cF N THE ACTUAL
ASED
6
2
—2
P ROP . VAL VE VAUL T -
�I PR OP. LIFT ST ATI ON #16
I T�WE Lar•5.02
INV. EL•I-)SAO(9)
BOTTOM FL i (.)10.65
MST. MN 1W
INVEL • () mew)
WV EL f)0.esw1
DIAL EL (10.1 0(0)
II
IN9TN1222 LFr
m29 PV C SA N.
04 %SLonp-N)
SEWER FORCE MAIN PROFILE
SCAL E 1 117111311.
1 •-20E12
SANITARY SEWER PLAN
AND PROFILE
RUBFL SIDDUUE, PE.
R LICENSE NO. 6259
Rubel
Slddique
Digitally signed by
Rubel Slddique
Date:2023.05.05
1431 92 -00'00'
DRAWN BT. RS
WEO®BY',
D AT E 09. 652.022
M EET NO .
C-300
PUMP COMMIS:
p ,w.
tone.
OO
MSS
P.
SECTIO
SUMP PUMP AND PIPING DETAIL
WET WELL AND VALVE VAULT PLAN
REVISIO NS
DAM
BY
ernsuokous
GALVANRE0 PIPE SUPPORT
DETAI
kf 111
SSN ENG IN EER ING..
ISOBB BE CAYNE BLVD., ME 1,0
NOR TH 4111 BEACH. FL SS,H
PH NUI944=
N` WW.SSNEN,N�a O.CON
VENT PIPE DETAIL
VE RTICAL PIP E SUPPORT DETAIL
mrsta rammaN
N INEE0.1N0
BACl/PLOW PREVENTER WITH HOSE BIBB
PROJECT NO.
202201004
BASE RATE DETAIL
2ETAIL,
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
O PA-LOCKA, FLOR IDA
M NNBGOE
FLORIDA
PU MP DATA:
FLUID
RAW SEWAGE
INSTALLATION LOCATION
LIFT STATION No.16
PUMP TYPE
SUB MERSIBLE PUMP
R ATED POINT
CAPACITY, GPM
265
TDH, FEET
36
SHUT OFF HEAD, FT
C ONTINU OUS
OPER ATING
RANGE
MA%IMUM TDH, FT
M
CAPACITY, GPM
20
MINMUM TOH, FT
25
CAPACITY, GPM
510
NPSHR, FT
5 .05
PUMP
EFFICIENCY
ATB.E.P .,%
513
MIN.
RUNOU %
20
PUMP
CONST RUCTI ON
CASING
CAST IRON ASTMA48 CUSS 358
IMPELLER
CAST IRON ASTM A 46 CLASS 358
SHAFT
NS! TYPE 431 STAINLESS STEEL
BEARINGS L-10 UFE, HRS.
100,000
MAX SHAFT DEFLECTION IN
OPERATING RANGE, MILS
M AX.VEL OF VIBRATIONS
IN OP. RANGE, INCH/SEC
—
SUCTION, INCHES
4'
DISCHARGE. INCHES
4'
ELECTRIC
MOTOR
RATED HP
4 .60 HP
RPM
1744
VOLTSPHASEAINS.F.
236)00
AMBIENT TEMP . FOR
MOTOR RATING, 1C
66
MNSMUM TEMP. RISE, IC
/0
BEARINGS L-10 LIFE, HRS.
100,030
MAIL VIBRATION AMP., MILS
-
NOISE LEVEL 6661 METER
AMA DESIGN CODE LETTER
8
START . CUR B LETTERCOOE
G
INSULATION CUSS
7
MOTOR RATED HP NOT OVERLOADED AT ANY
POINT IN THE PUMPS PERFORMANCE CURVE
MANUFACTU RERS
& M ODELS •
PUMP
1LFP1000 CBI WIZ BY XYLEM
MOTOR
PE35/4 C066/
CONTRACTOR MAY CHOOSE APPROVED E QU AL PUMPS AND SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE FOR FOR APPRO VAL PRI OR TO INSTALLATION
MECH-PLAN-PUMP-DATA
RUBEL SIODIOUE. P.E.
LICENSE NO. 07230
0)6164117
Rubel'I'R"BY
RDE4
Siddi o ely DE
2023. .
que 14311601505
-04'00'
D NA NN BY: RS
CHECKED BY: R8
IMTE: 00-00.2.2
SHEET NO.
C-310
PLANNALVE PIT ACCESS
NOTES
BRIINDRIECTOUL OWNELBERCENE1045.0 01.0. NI MIRROR
MANHOLE FLOW CHANNELS
0_ DETAIL
WET WELL TOP SLAB DETAIL
DETAIL
e,a R u.I3,E
IagNgOmPN.C OZAITO RI
PAFIDw ONP a YDREN DRAWPITE0
/MG P swau,N mwrcmN
Ei
EL„166111.10.0WI.c emus
r.N cw,•e
H EINZ
FR U.N`EW6 0 DPRII° °N
CONC RETE SLAB
f n xNJ ef.& fl NN,ER
WELLOONPACTE 0 APPROVE D
BACON/ ILATERW.
CONCRETE SLAB DETAIL
DETAIL
Vi01.1
m 0.
POST
ONDRNm PPM
PmPwdIDNPRI
60161111
REIENEO ND ERB°`URENFOR
PRIM EVAL.INNNPL
P® WwY PPE WILL 006POL TE0
NRP
THE STA NDARD DRAW INGS PRESENTED ARE BASCO ON MINIM UM
OF A' DISCHARGE FORCE PU GN.
CO NTRA CTOR LITIES
IsisELEV AT IONS, CONSTRUC TIO N. THE NFY ,a QUALMS PRIOR.
PIPING.° REMAIN BEFO RE ORDERING NEW PIPE MD FT TINGS
AHA LL V EEP ( OUTING
FOR LL SITE CONDITIONS A ND CONTRA CTOR
MENSIiOSHALL NS, AND ECT AND
C OORDINA TE WORN SHA LLxHEDuuD ACCORDING SPECIFIED
CONSTRUCTION SEQUENC E
A TTENTIO N TO SER VICE IN AV OID UND ER DISTUmxsPU`XISTING nnON O CR E Giasi.G
FACILITIES NLY).`WR
ELEV ATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND Dram SMOWN ARE
T. G.P. ELP /ATIONS VNUBSS O NEAwsse SPECIFIED.
5.
6.
7.
B.
9.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PING, UNLES S momSTD use Dunne IRON WMI ' AU. PUMP
COOLS SHALL BE SET. PER DESIGN
LINID ERGRODUNNDOF N eTO USE APPLICATIO N. JO. wmi CONNECTIONS
CTILE IRON WITH
OR e.N ABOV E GR OUN D WTIN R OR IN sUSE F TL ALL PIPING MR OU TSID E UHONG OFSE0R A PPLICATION. N.FFniixp1jrs ANDC. JOINT WITH
ECII0..
DweRo u COxN �N s w e PER FO RMED W. NO EFFLUENT
RESTR AINTS.
OR A PPROVED EQIuLNSWLw[m Tv0 WAl5 o vR 12. DISCHARGING INTO wEFwELL PUMPS O PERATING POINTS
DIELECTRIC RTNTINGS BETWEEN TW O DIFFERENT NNNG uEwSHAU . BY OG REATaS eANAITVEION O FF DUPING THE
wmRVwE.wn
PROV IDE MATERIALS. PROPOSED MPS SHALL HA NDLE OPERATING PO INTS Given BY. ENGINTH EER OF R ECORD. AVERAGE
PIPE SUPPO RTS E B[HOT-01P G ALVA NISED AMR THREE PRESSURE GAUGES A RE TO BE INSTALLED DONE TIE
FABRIC ATION. GAUGES
AWE BOX, DN e G AUGE BEFO RE EAC H CHEM VALVE AND ONE
RPROPO SED EINFO RCEWET na eie w�"TmxDEv` "IrnnNO°O G R`G REATERTHAN2MADE .4 FEET. R EA DER MILL NOT E CM° 20 PSI F PRESSURE G1I/GE ON THE FO RCE/4.6110E. vvEssuve D O/
REVISIONS
OATE
BY
S. ENGIN EERING . L LD
13009 9GVNE BLVOCSTE no
NORT H MANI BEACH. FL 9101
CSS# C
WVNI.S.E NONF IItlNO .pGN
ENGINEERIN G
PROJECT NO.
202201004
IENNIMIUr
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 R EHABILITA TION
OPA-LOCKA, FLORIDA
NBNNAYL E
FLOND A
NnEN•
CASI
'"°PBE NNORMA
"EMINTm arNm
NwGOOMANcxmw
w ar wnmTNNOmN NumN-
161 001AF.iMaATmTINAMI NO
N
NCO. LBO ILIL M ORA.
INGO
-N OP. lfl NNW
STRUCTURAL PLANS
AND DETAILS
RUBEL SIDI NG., P.E .
FL UCENSG N O. en.
NT awDw w D wn
ORDARE N EGIFO
11161.661
ONENTNNNONNI N®M, E
NEL OFRAITRUNI . M B.0111106
INERMICEROUNIDE
ge rm map
IT W NW
_TNE, L.P.E0 KOBEO
Digitally
Rubel aVY
Siddi
202305.05
.
que ,,,:.,
DR AW N. NB
MEMO. RS
DATE( 0 .0,2032
SISE T NO.
C-311
ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A DRAWINGSµ 10 MAIM. A9 M 9 cas tor® 0AM 0W NOT x[9¢rmr
EDI. IN DE0001 TRAMS
00 0 P 0141E DIA. OUT1000 p00 COVEN .1
a ALL M SP.S. OCOw O T W 6 I. BE INSTALLED. EVE .11RODM
CR MORES APP.R cTOR 9Aa W M. DMA
CAME WE ow ...IEEE IN LAIC. AS.00 w att
OF VARIOUS E2 IS OR FM PROPER MOUSE Of 1. AMINE PEWEE R 11/011007 WS LL
T. FRETS - MTA AMxiLSMu40iaxMUL' IM Y' xx'1U%
TR 10 ¢770MYO2ral8M311i. H.T PEWS 91. . RE Maur UP m DA R
PRd COM PLETED SET 0ETE TO W._ 01110770 TOM AROIRMANJN¢x
EMI ONTO OW..
re A9 rAMYAI Aw 00 IT WE ND 0 E. IWO HE ECU. FOR ME
B. COORDINATION. CEDEA CATE N¢ RM. BE R0M0 4 w W1m I. 05 50101 um
CI _ PEE. ME mx'tlll ma 04.1690. IEEE ESE PE CLEM.
YNPW IM¢. C. '"
a(ECT/E .EIR .611 . TO PERE WORE MI ORS ARC
wWER.
4L Y. .FA C`Au lOMs 9iNDR. g' Qp 10 wowR nEcnwa arm s m.r
ECHANICAL DRAM. FE FUE R. EFOOME NTS AND L.. a A/CUNE
sum TER CECE.T.TEAS. RE TIC CONTRACE R EALL PRO.. El.
FACM RweEMMNAFIR RD OR EM01REID EALLm .CEA,ali�'`FLL N.
ERE RUT ca s550 0 1 Ann AFTER MN W 0 0427 1
RS A4 El. A9 BA9.0 a A,M E WMERT SPE..a
CO MA. DREAMS. =MAC. RISESELE FOR PROVE.. E RIK ME
GEE(aR OE WINE YAS 04[4 CAN. Al NO NOM N1A 0051 mM
C. TEMPORARY SERWCEI[MO Dw+ aroma POI. MO U01ED Sa ra
407010 AND EWE. OR AL *00 RU Mx0 SAYE
RCEI OF ECEPTALEG MOMOOUMM" S . TIES sMOin RnAlMO F°MOMta' M M4bPaME MEANT IF u4
D. PERMITS.. 0115001* D OLL 409 NO PAY FOR A0, PERES SIR SALES
A0, ME N MTV TAX. AMOK AND OMER TAW S M Fm AS RECOR D FM
.TRACTORRACER.
SwL MALLAx[¢G. uco roHERON n .LOM m I¢mwAv¢aTI¢Puvs
E [ BASIS FOR BIDS'aw01T 0[5104 91/20 9 ADHERED 110 8OWw0 OVER
.R alltairt COMM, IM 9 SOM.
• p W Aa a M�SEWt0IN9MTCa9.LMRd[
MAW L =7.1:: Cc1oIErt MIA E M PdwMED m¢N T�NV MTM
vwiES TEE A APPYCA9a'IMMOM PE AN IE RIE D .. ON OFT PROP OSE
Aw
ME EDLE "TIC DE O MMO ESiE. FRES E E .REu �Enxc m DETRACT
INF NTU¢t I5 A.M.. BY ASUBSTITUTE IN MEARS. WM ICCCURATE COST
DAATAO ....11101 OR
1IE PAWL.,
a A 04x91 0.4.. 5ARE. BY
INF wsY u" O'As17sTS ms910904 9 1. .0 .0 Art a Art
77 OR NL
tars a. Y0. OR1 EDI 9 BR RE BY TIE CONTRACIa
CRANE
_ dNm"' 5.F
OR�iECfS�[x1MMMERS�FWITiMMM AP�40v1i'iM
F. CODES d STANDAR000 ram warms **t5 Gsww R E. 0291
09.6CES. NATONAL umlaut O. AS
LOCAL �F. m lN JCBtE R IVAL Aw STAR CO.
S.TY ATE
MELEES ACT (0510/ 00 an 0ROIEC ICE 4*00AEPEE. FT.GY . )l*70/ NA.E.
EC. GAL10w0Ri0 MCEDE 4DAT' 01015 ramie' mammals )010)/2 Auw0015 7804¢
CT (AM).
G. MATERLAIS 01 EQUIWMENImom. Y0 EHM� n0 Nev. 011000 s' M.
P r, mm 9M LL u.w FMA," t;A 9¢04
DIME. EC SM S. STA LL AII TI. U eAF07,s APE.. MBY M EiFORCE SS AU1OR TIE
UTTICW IES
FELL. ME E STALATION rM A OECD . ANDROCGWMMnaS a M.AL
.wD
• PERMYEM BY REAMS REDID IM MpR 4 mFCIM 0446 A4 AL
=Vat
a* Mo1T,xrg 'ta N'Ar I9Mra t=Oa maw
EPA
A MAL 01li11SM0lUx Wwrc1 17011 10110401 04 00551110
000010 IRM90WF
IL SUSUP ORTINGSUPPORTS . SELL O[ DEVICES D ams, womaEAT. DEW ED OR nMw OS 1001X0 9 MACES
ADECOATILE USF OFwfFND FOR TIE PURPOSE.
SEW
aYAov wasr2.1111=Ze Pm m[ AT
A I¢mm9 CMRd MS W WEE ME ARE wsrNLL 0.
840011 RN0515 9IS WNm ..1.11.EMA0 740 7 7.117=61
¢ 117=619:00170.
OR 01 PE NS
J. F
RACEWAYS R 800ES0CUa*a MOMS W IOC OKL 00 OWE S A4
RI▪ ME_ 511*0 01 01001 / 5-.7 DOM w�i1 If W M (M T
BC MM5 80 9it )0S)0*a
wmm aaWOM-SLAB .A.S os[ M ATN.D ROD slm 1044) WW1 M
SaER9E w PVC MOM WM C RC. +v¢ 9104 As INDICATED M 90.11303 BY M ac,
SMB-UPS FRE E 91. BE CE 020 WM0911.0 443.-.13
TWO.5 a WTT WIA. )70. . 13 WMWr illy
E.WARE AS worm BY MC N .E . VE .0 0C MEM COWER FU. XE
AT SEC.S OF TETALLC CO W. EMT SELL SE CREW E . OICE. LY
MN PR EC PE-CORD370. 3IN AR MP ALL rr MLL rsARO TIES
66211 011002. SELL MI NH AMISS.
0 Fvm0E0 700 0mnaa
FEE .11.1
▪ ICCAORrt ET RSawo41 9MIB I9CR `u EZCAmS'00ITC MEM 15.11MT.O An ME.ci THEW
WA LLT AR1E 040 Ix M IwaR
wlU 'µOD wY TEENE R TI W.
RIEOMI
ALE MOWS 02.4 DLT NO NOT BE Ka Im TIC Wm Cr 01104 MAIMS
mm
W AN Sff CUM MxStow B[4. SPARE BY I-I/10,F➢MSS .AMMO .,
TIE C.1 OUREI BORIS EIN CASE. CO.S . COFFER MO FOR AU .
DEP LOC..
WPMxiv m00 s MAFI AT
0404[ CARE STEWS x 0alorrt xM AEC ARN. 370. 0,
WIEI IN MOAT Ras 010922 comma JMI R W M
STRUCTURE
.000.
▪ N OUGTORSu DIAL wd[ATFT, ...CMS EE m WIRE
IR .wF Ix. MW
CNWCT46501411*1 M ARTICLE 31oa R2 NEC MM I0 00E. SO
RAMC FE 7E M Mmua AI; TS 0,B. FM Wry EC ERSE CEDE MO 0x0 LAR GE
• TERWRATED MERE LIMP RE NECTORS.
FCR 20 NIP M. CAROMS MATER nom Ito FEE LM mMI WAY. UP 10 IFT.
USE AID WE O. BOFEE L..USE la DUE
DOUS E MOAT SE AASN TREE OM IDR FOR ME WEER WOO. THIN SWERV ES
TEE SIES
CONDEMNS MWI EDAND A Qua 1R4FF SHALL HAW s, S.. CREED FM PER, EA 0.
Sax m
iID wen *0K-w' Ia(0441.mmN
277/20 1/219 EOM. MANS. YOM AM MAY
SOAR COWERED 1.1x31 Al 111211MMMA. W ELED FEEDERS
wmur w 4u¢ Bo . BE
CORE. TINCIN FE PAPAL. TEEMS OW.
ALL IEclot [M wutmw mN L9 M""r 7110 mNL
RLAS TA TS M AxE (IIMM & Pu 1E804m5. Aw
CMONTRE SWiEM AND TO WALL BE =ECM WE LEER PHASE S Rrt t
RENT.A & c PHASE REDA. IIIT N WET WIa DEF fAW M ROE
• r®0 cdlF Mrs 1M10 RAM CR OWS W M AT VTL9YMS Pmm,
RR. FE. STOOMER E MOTE .1.9E, [P 91Ers A4 ..11 EN S 10 ASSIST
9. CORRESPOND TO M DETRACT 000041¢ 4 9IIm4ucn9 mERrn1la
• 'VEM
WEE' W5751EOwmxDRr.AIm Nwa
mAG & mAr caR�r I oM ERE ram911R1rs
=TAN
ALL IMO. SHALL BE PECK..31ES MALL NOT UE ICE P DEN si i 006. c2 C. TES2004 0
L GROUNOINO..0-104EO u00D RIMaS 9ALL 4 010904 7 WM.
.C.022 CO MM or ECEPT.FS WALL BE LIEF= 10 A AULLY MOE=
MASTS. 01104 020 METE (NOT ME SEE N REMO BY
m1.0 a1M1M .NM'E a 6 BFMM=A..710
012 00 EE L NOT RCM 3 0165
ALL CR OATS SITALD MR AR FOOTLE ammo mom.
M. SAFETY SWITCHES CIIRCIJIT BREAKER FDISCONNECTS.Nu[tt ssonaas
µM140 AR R 70 0E Ira MAW Sa m 9uMAzLc 0POO WL 9
EDAM S FM 0 )W) 4410¢ am t 01 9YA-L 99040 0005 MI P0 M AT
NM04MNIw •�NNAtxFR4 ¢a. SaI L 9 RYA -M 04a 00R¢ Im m1ANE
6411.3 MOD 05 .116.7 EAU. BE AS YAWo4TMw BY SOW IR M ASPROSED
MEL
MOM E MS CTS RAY 9 U SED pR ton1 9ET YS 04145.11 .0 RET MCm
P. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS . mot
WAMic. I mew a wlz¢ Z`"'' mR'wlr"V
s WU COMM TO
bR Fl C .) ASE RHATf6 M Mm M M¢ AN OWN TN ROW MUN Sa AW
ItA3% YEMKAL A1dERE5 WE"' AE A 'E
ST M1FOUAF&N "KID
0
MG a ME.wR 109 WMAMED M MST. PALMS E. 1 0. ROST.
%TM wHian M
PECM CR ON ROEM. asY OKiIC
_.O. EWES USED f5. ROOTS
COMMRAF. 0.71. OMY. wt
0. FUSES .m 05[ x07.014071TO M1u AND UL Wm SO. BE a 0415.1.0;
0.Aw AAD rWofN VwaO vMGR0.
1Mi rag 0419: P1N °SRa m[ 5.a 2 STr=499 m[EA. DEN ERR
00MNa°�r. iu1
011`1127. A[10f 6mnrwamn EDIT wNMA Vss[ra al-S: WEAN Ma
O MER FEES STALL OF AS MEMO
P. WIRING DEVICES . Mwas w ent 9 A5 MEO W 01 Mwt 0000, 047&
INST AL Rs MO CO.S a ALL CUTLET S INSTALL ALL 0x77 5 114.11.01.01
AREA
A LL 9AWm[0AERIAarA TNMTaT.17 A4ALL FEES MALL BE EPER
Yax Want
ME I MMRRN. L[ Of
WCFPIAO SS Mr)7910R4 SaO ROM) 15x50 NOM
MET .1011 5 . MFRS 11.1 7 ERRORS RETwa.
_ RECEPTACLE 711E B. muss ESEIT
9. BC HOMONTAL
i0 xEars I9Rm4 T HE 04 9 EBRO IM M MO AT OUt a ERE
ME SORtrs wv 9 xMRMrW 4 uEU mA9 MMIN&
.1 SOME a FAN WHET IM A 0119 MENDED 0R M PUREE
,StlivEr l
wlxEw M GROUNDERTM.0srirta/122�wc10f 1MR 10 5n P.Lva IousPlrcxr
III DEMOLITION
W.5 O m5 WcTO BC 0001007¢'v.R 0111TE 0 00.F n10101µ¢SDSA S DE[ 0*4EM a541x0
BY TI C DEAN. PPawE M AS -BULL EAMES
OF M... WST ALTA. FOR RECORD PURPOSE. COMMIM tS NER 0 n ui BM ALL
AW 11 MM1 BEEN MY IN MIR 01. VAS auna CONTRACTOR
a 09491 m EIT SSE AND MAW I "n1 ITC DENS .M.S EMI TO
A WW4w RRYINND TIE II MAT NEES m . 00.1Ev As Ra i MAIM WD.
000411. 0404 29.62 . MMO MID OREM.TTER DECIDEEAL'NERO,WT.
DON NCR MOWRY 9404 2 BE SWAT F'ar M IANMN7ER07 O/ARCNT PR00
CU REBE NECESSARY SAR...OUTTE
M AF`cA iANY STRUCTURAL 9rvMT .
PIFA4E1.0"I S ULL eE 2.0"MOM FW�.9[OM �s REMa ;111=OFMASTWi r
COCOONS ETEERI 10 6 3 AS OR
F,iE BY 11 CAL E ARTIECRECOMTE F[MMAB IX2 M
MIM9wD3 ANWRr2 PP. w TMT0x04mAM9 a ErfOI
10 THE PPAN1BD'Maw. i 050410.11 TO ROAPARII.S OR CEP. WE ORME E MI M 01116. L10 Fm 7RFAIRE. 10 010WWI
7 77u01N1m M 0A
.0 .111 ERE E. EC .0211D G. TO SOL. FROLT DIACCESBLE REM. NOT
MU20. INST. BIER MRS M RUE OATES 101 RFN 90. PAR COLOR 9Aa uATm
ADJA9 Ni 907. As NUR AS POSE IN FIRE R AREAS.
AU. ELLER . 925. BOXES. 042 OMAM EMRICH III[�vim.
RACEM E.
ASSOCREO WM MS NOM SH. BE .0. IF 101 MOW ED . FOLMINEE TO
. ERTEL .05 0 MA LL BE ESKER Ef AS OEM BY ME M
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES
EEL ELE.R.L WORK PERFO.ED ENDER THIS
C.02ET SELL COMPLY W. NEC 201, FaC 2020,
CO RSTRuCTONESTELISTIEDETHELEMA RD
W. THE PURCEEE OR EAS TALETI OR OF THE
M.P.. ATME RI ALS . F.SITAIL ES OR
3. ALL ST. BE TRW OR MEI COPPER . ALL
EXPOSED CO NDUITS EEL TE RUN AB NET AS
A. FLEW. COMET SELL BE US ED FOR C ONNECT,. TO
ALL ..11.EOUIPTOR SUE AS ME E. ETC.
ED
RE COON. 00ELVELAT wx u.L.Ca.A. AS PER
xx n6 ALL E OUMMEN T S., BE 510.1113 ABODE FLOC.
PEND AS PE R me OPIO PEAL DOC ASIEN. OR SITE
'EF"TofT1710 -A"ITVOIENr ""c o="TOR R17,
2. CO NTRACTOR S RA ,. WORK PO BE .7=
ELECTRIC AL NOTES:
T ALL NNBe w AOaPMwCEEM
SYMBOLS LEGEND
0
lRECEPTACLE is AM E/IT (TAMPER 0005707)
ERE. BOX
81■
R EVISIO NS
BY
WCSTE Bw NO RTH 109 RN I BEACH, R .RINI
ARSE 00/2027
EN GIN EERIN G
PROJECT NO.
202201004
CITY OF O PA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
OPA-LO CKA, FLORID A
M YMFO ME
FLORIDA
ELECTRICAL PLAN
FL LEESE NM ..10
D)gl5Bly
RuberRIVy
Siddi w: "
que20
73 .05.05
-.3200
-04'00'
El
MET NOM
umrs MMEl
Annwalbursalnamm
DR AM. RS
. ECT.O BY
DATE: 0 06]092
SHEET NO.
E-1
a
cc a
w 0
�i • CT N
Z LO 70 N v
z
LOCA TION MAP
E0FNW'M IST A VE Y
'(V( V' ENT
N`NA ASIPVE
FIN/ LINE —
CURB &
GUTTER
D ISCHARGE FLOW N ETER
SEWER
u1T sTA At§'
wP
B. CBs WALL
EXIST. MH154)
ITO RBL.N
PRO P. ELE CT. ME TE R
PROP. M AIN DISCONNECT
ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR LIFT STATION -16
V AIN
R EV ISIONS
DA
A SPHALT
INSTA LL .2 LP IY
®UPVC SAN.
2%SLOPE (M IN.)
PROP. LIFT STATION #16
TOP EL.•4. 0D
INV. EL • (-11.)MS
5)
• (-)0.1000 H)
BOTf�OAt EL • (.110. 9V
. 6TH
PROPOSED1200N
CO NCRETE OP MICR)
PROPOS ED VALVE VA ULT
PRO P. PUMP CONTR OL PAN EL
99 BIS CAYNE
IBEAACCI.
NOR TH
VD. . STE 210
P 4)9444272
FINE .625
WMV. s9NFN0°
1pNEERwG .COM
�o PEGRH E4 D
�it� SE SERVILE
SG CU GND
TO FENCE POST
ENGIN EERING
10103 P HS
METER CAN
NOT E: G ON TFU CT OR TO PR OVIDE
S YSTELI
a rq THAN CU IN 1 Ali' C.
HGNEGZTI. ) AN D
493INWN C UA 1 NOIGITHW N CU WIRE IN 1.1/a'C.
RE MOTE)Y
TEL EMETRY
RANTE NN A
11/1SINII SONS LW= avian IMO IN
100 MAPS 2 P GE NERAT OR PLUG ON
RECEPTACLE
PER COUNTY SPECIFIGLIONS
B CON -CTO'
SEA UOFFS HEY CO NDUITS
BODY) 80 CONTRACTOR
CN D 0.005
ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRA M
DEES:
I. ENGINEER CALCULATED A FAULT CURRENT OF 5.500 AIC BASE
ON CALCULATED FAULT CURRENT PROTE0 RECOMMENDS 100 AC
CONTRACTOR %TAU. COORDINATE WITH FPI. FOR ACTUAL FAULT
00000f. EQUIPMENT INSTALLED SHALL WITHSTAND FR.'S
AMI ABLE FAULT CURRENT. PRIOR TO ORDERING THE ELECTRICAL
S0710)1EAR THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM FPI. A LETTER
STATING THE AVAII09LE FAULT CURRENT. N0 EXTR AS WILL BE
ALLOWED FOR FAILURE TO 00 50.
2. ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE 01.000 CRITERIA .
3. COOFOINATE NE W SERVICE 0(0010EAIENT5 WITH FPL.
Pu1AP1 vIUM P2
Assumed Fault Current Calculation
580
Ex 1.2
Itam om• od..Nnan .m,maau emUi . 1 • x20101 am per es
cu rrant •.
POINT
Fau lt Current from • TO POINT METHOD I
12001 lalel.e 021 FEET 90 Three Phase 2401120
IABLI a 24.°51
I eRa cewa
0 d 00120100294000200 WI=
f fomw
Phase v0 0
volt One le Lone EL - L It
NAC20 N
Naulal sondtWarconalsol G d 2. 053Ne u*0GM00or 5__
Vo lt Lino w Neuwl E L - N volt
1 • BTM
Mu 10Nrer
8.2ri
Line et Na ves! M 0120
of Mrm inMa ol m ein al•mnneq LL 5.504 .
ISPaM • faun su mo at N manale of male akwnnae L N• '—P 2.10E amperes
PROJECT NO.
202201004
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
O PA {LxKA. FLOR IDA
MVNLINDE FLORIDA
ER
A CTURE R
LIFT STATION LOAD TABULATION
SERVICE VOLTAGE: 120240V.
DESCRIPTION LOAD A MPACRY
10 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS
CPT + SPARE PROVISIONS
CONNECTED LOAD
2@5HP = 14.60A
10KVA = 24.04 A
= 38.64 A
Q SERVICE ENTRANCE = 38 .64 A+ (0.25)(7 .3) = 40.46 A
NOTES:
rp AMPACITIES PER TABLE 430450 OF THE NATI ONAL ELECT RIC CODE.
SERVICE ENTRANCE MINIMUM SIZE AS PER ARTICLE 230 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE .
ELECTRICAL PLAN
RUBEL BIGOgUE .P.E.
FL LICE NSE NO. OM NI
0191WIIy
RubelR ubedb
Siddi Sw4*400
que 2-14 0423.05.05
3:20
-04'00'
DR AWN BY RS
CHECIICEo BY: Re
DATE: 09-062022
SHEET ND.
E-2
TO PPL ST` S 901 01
SEE
r —
R BARE COPPER N G ROUND MO
L1ETER CAN
AO
UOOIIIImwO .1%
0O(MEN,wION41 M,EMDOISD M/ MAM B. R.)
NO3 PB S EMIR SLAR1ER (111. )
258/400* PRM ARrOq u OrTAIT 1is.1200v
. ABU STATIONS nv SECONDARY aT
RUNE a
N 30 CPER8O. Roo
MMR9n[DEE02011 4109
NO TPR:
3 ���CWN0. gMAw5E OP tut* Nome.. FLOAT SM1ORS
W OR CRML POO C1ox ARM AO.MSLARO MA T IMx ARO
1111EN Rwo1. WFNS 20101 um
r.
CNSORPROTECT ME LCCC BYYN5OuARf D OR APPROVED EOM ; Ru
5 200 SUPPRESSO R 081 TIPS SERIES.
RD 0A0 (TOT)
CPO. MI LS LINN PRRNG 11 4000 ./
EHICO 0241101 000 ABER (M.)
PU MP C ABLE CONDUIT 0*
LO AT CABLES -1 1/0
FLOAT (M.) 0
(FOU ND F ACNI ULT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE.
30A,BREAN[0 (111.)
TYPICAL PUMP CONTROL PANEL (PCP) SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
♦ ADDITIONAL NECU15040015 ANC
NUMER1CA L DESIGNATIONS.
PCP CONTROL PANEL NOTES
RENEW UM
APPRn AL BY 011. / MOHRAOF RREECORD BERM E INSTALLATION
OO O O O O O O e O
G9 O
EmSTING 0 (HP)
NEW MOTOR MEE
(w)
PUM P CONDUITASPE
M AIN DKR
PAm
EMERGEN CY
MAIN BAR.
SERV ICE CONDUCTORS
CONDUIT'
ro -11a.
LOAD
CONDUC
TORS O
EMERGENCY
CONDU CTOR S
w p u
531 A
DISCONN ECT swrao us s °' r
CEPLA4E
A 1aram, la'
NAPA
INA v/ IOTA
REyM N1NB
DA TE
BY
RCP T.!
.! N MI BEACH. FL p( O)RN.51R
WWW..SS E°aD.DDM
ENGINEERING
PR OJECT NO.
202201004
I H O
1
_J
0 —II.
DUPLEX CONTROL DIAGRAM
CITY OF OPA-LO CKA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
OPA-LOCKA. FLORIDA
IADNFOADE
FLORIDA
ELECTRIC AL PLAN
FL LICENSE N O.6190
Digitally
Rubel:„„ My
Siddi Date:
qUe2023.05 .05
432:41
811
DM RES'S MP S
AM. CU L 411
SOG-3M
°PA WNS), RS
CHECKED BY: RS
D ATE: 0.415-2022
SHEET H O.
E-3
A LV E VA ULT
BA LLYJEW
MIMED GRADE
FENCE DOE KC
CONDUCTOR
0 TYPICAL GATE OR FENCE PAST GROUNDING
PUMP CABI E MOUNTING DETAIL
RA0 US FRO M NT (CI.AS3 I. DIVISION 2 BOUNDARY)
S RA DIUS FR OM VENT (CLASS I. DIMSC N I BOUNDARY)
PUM P NATO, OPEN ING
FINISMED GRA D
OVE OPE 2µ D 3
FEET AROU ND OPEN ING
W ATER LEVE L
111111111 DLASE I DINDDN
is
sErao
NFPA BOUNDARY CLASSIFICATION
UNCLASSIFIED
OFLOAT SWITGI-I MOUNTING DETAIL
CR
AmIItE IIY�14'
RfiFS ]6 PUIIBW OR FGAL
DRILL AND TAP
W: RN SD CO PPER
GROUN D. CONDUCTO R.
PROMOE 3S. RAC K
NO. 2 AK IIMED C OVER
= VW. C OMMA TO
COPPERCLAD GROUND ROD
eGROUND TEST WFLL
ALAN .
SILENCE
BUTTON
UllUlY
RECEPTACLE
NUE IRE PCP
3. GASTGIINN EOM
I E33ET )
oow (Tr.)
LI FONG MOLE
CAST NON COVER
FILL NP//COURSE SAND OR
PEA
CO MPACTED L ON)
GRAVEL SASE
0
0
0 0
ETN
NET NCT2
VCR
M O3 ECB
uBI 1.02
0 0 GO
70 FL OAT SWITOIES
TO SU RNERSR LE P UMPS
FRONT (SHORN
cL a3ED,
VE VAL
t—°RRGD w G NI DD CE MEN AN D RRER.
NEM MEL COVER NOT SNCNIN
PUMP CONTROL PANEL FRONT VIE W
n3PIG TE R µ i TT MM.)
1 811.
RED MOND
DATE
ST
SDNENON EE RING.
BLVD,
NLBISTE 310
NO RD IN/0418EN..
DX (IN20 g4-3220
DOPE NO. CA D0021406
ENG IN EERING
PROJECT NO.
202201004
CITY OF OPA-LOC KA
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
OPA -LOCNA. FLOR IDA
M wAwAn e FLORIDA
ELECTRICAL PLAN
RUSEESIDD WUEP .E .
FLLIGENSE N0. a2234
R ub el
Siddique
Digitally signed by
Rubel Siddlquc
Date:2023 .05.05
143259-04'00'
IMO'. W IVE
V00 D/0
MGM
DRA WN. , RS
C NECNED DT:
DATE: 00-0 82022
SH EE T NO .
E-4
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
"The Great City of Florida"
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
LIFT STATION 16 REHABILITATION
NW 135TH ST
NW 135TH ST
NW 135TH ST
NW 133RD ST
1000 2000
SCALE:1"= 2000'
CC
CC1
12831°1'
van
mj
NW 132ND ST
PROJECT
LOCATION
LOCATION MAP
PREPARED BY:
ENGINEERING
DECEMBER, 2023
5/2017
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section describes the project in general and provides an overview of the
extent of the work to be performed under this Contract. Detailed requirements and
extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification sections and shown on the
Plans. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in
any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor,
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and
services necessary for proper execution, testing, and completion of the work under
this Contract.
1.02 CONSENT DECREE PROJECT
Not Applicable.
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Specifications included in these Contract Documents establish the minimum
performance and quality requirements for materials and equipment with the
minimum standards for quality of the workmanship and appearance. Generally,
there has been no attempt to separate the Specification sections into groups for
the work of separate subcontractors, or for work to be performed by the various
trades. Should there be any question as to the interpretation of any particular
Specification section or part of Specification section, such question should be
directed to the Department prior to the submittal of a proposal for the work under
this Contract.
B. The work shown on the Plans is intended to be comprehensive and descriptive, not
an exact and complete representation of the actual finished work. Installed work
shall include fittings, joints, supports, nuts, bolts, and all other accessories required
to provide complete and satisfactory systems as specified, even though some
items may not be specifically shown on the Plans.
C. It is the intent of City to obtain a complete functional, satisfactory and legally
operable installation under this project, and any items of labor, equipment or
materials which may be reasonably assumed as necessary to accomplish this
end shall be supplied whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or
stated herein. The Contractor shall provide all materials for the project unless they
are specifically called out in these specifications as being supplied by the
Department. The Contractor shall also supply all other labor, material or equipment
01010-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
required to preclude damage to or loss of functionality of any existing facility or
system.
D. No request for additional compensation or Contract time (except for a non-
compensable item extension at the sole discretion of the Engineer, whose
decision shall be final) resulting from encountering utilities or structures not
shown, or differing in location or elevation from that shown, will be considered.
The Contractor shall explore sufficiently ahead of the Work to allow time for any
necessary adjustments without delay to the progress of the installation. Cost due
to delays occasioned by encountering utilities or structures which could have or
should have been discovered by timely exploration ahead of the work shall rest
solely with the Contractor.
1.04 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH ABSENT
FROM SPECIFICATIONS
A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the Specifications but is shown on
the Plans, or any part not shown on the Plans but described in the Specifications,
or any part not shown on the Plans nor described in the Specifications, but which
is necessary or normally required as a part of such work, or is necessary or
required to make each installation satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be
performed by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost to the City, as
if fully described in the Specifications and shown on the Plans, and the expense
thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid for the work.
1.05 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The project consists of fumishing all materials, labor, and equipment necessary to
Upgrade Sewage Pump Station No. 16, including, but not limited to, excavation,
demolition and modification work including: Abandon existing dry well; Remove of
dry well chimney; Remove of existing pumps, valves, piping, fittings, emergency
discharge connection, existing sewer clean out plug, existing concrete slabs;
existing wet well top slab; Remove and Replace in kind to match existing 6'(feet)
chain link fence; Remove and Relocate as required: existing water meter and
connect line to existing service; existing RTU antenna, existing electric box,
existing concrete slab for electrical service; Relocate as required existing back flow
preventer unit and water faucet, existing plug valve; furnish, installation, operation,
and removal of temporary sewage effluent by-pass pumps, equipment and
accessories; furnish and install wet well concrete top slab / new valve vault
structure concrete and concrete top slab; fumish and install aluminum access
hatches for wet well and valve vault and emergency connection; furnish and install
new wet well protecting coating; fumish and install two (2) 4.60 HP submersible
pumps and related equipment; furnish and install bubbler control system and
related equipment; furnish and install new meter and main disconnect; furnish and
install the proposed power/control system inclusive of the necessary electrical
panel, enclosure, telemetry system and related equipment; install electrical
conduits and junction boxes; install R.T.U. panel and S.C.A.D.A. equipment
furnished by the Department; electrical work;
01010-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
mechanical work: furnish all materials, equipment and supplies necessary for pump
station startup and testing; furnish and install sewage force main pipe and fittings;
connection to existing sewage force main; replacement of any sod, sidewalk,
pavement damaged during construction; site restoration; and other appurtenant
and miscellaneous items for a complete, satisfactory and functional installation.
B. Pumping Station No. 16 is located at NW 43rd Ave South of NW 133rd St in
Section 29, Township 52, Range 41, Miami -Dade County, Florida.
C. It is the intent of the department to obtain a complete and working installation
under this Project and any items of labor, equipment or materials which may
reasonably be assumed as necessary to accomplish this end shall be supplied
whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or stated herein.
1.06 TESTING
A. Testing procedures shall be submitted to the Engineer as Shop Drawings and will
be subject to review and approval. The Department reserves the right to require
test procedure and equipment changes and revisions to the extent considered
appropriate by the Engineer whose decision shall be final. The Contractor is
advised that all testing shall be carried out in accordance with the best practices of
the trade, best management practices (bmp) and as recommended in writing by
the engineering/technical/test staff of the manufacturer of the equipment and he
should plan and price his test work accordingly. In no case will test
recommendations of a manufacturer's sales or management groups be considered
sufficient. All necessary temporary power sources, load banks, test materials, test
instrumentation, qualified test personnel including manufacturer's representatives,
fuels and lubricants shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be as approved
by the Engineer and, if not approved, the Contractor shall change the item(s) to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Where required by the Engineer, testing shall be
carried out utilizing Contractor -supplied power sources and load banks prior to any
connection with FPL. The Contractor shall include in his prices bid all costs for
testing and no extra compensation will be allowed.
B. Factory testing of equipment is in all cases required and test data from these tests
shall be provided to the Engineer prior to shipment. The Department will decide
when to send its personnel or representatives to the factory for witness testing of
equipment. Travel expenses for Department personnel or representatives are paid
for by the Department. Repeat tests due to unsuccessful tests will be borne by the
Contractor. To establish a base line, the Bidder will assume that any piece of
equipment with an invoice cost to the Contractor of one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000) or more will require witnessed testing. The City will in the
Specifications try in all cases to note which items will require testing.
C. On site testing shall conform to the protocol previously approved by the Engineer,
and shall include testing and calibration prior to energizing of individual cubicles
followed by testing and calibration as a whole system or group of systems. The
Contractor shall supply all material, equipment, power, time, and fully qualified
01010-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
specialist personnel to perform all system integration work as necessary to provide
systems that talk to one another and correctly react to one another, including
systems that must communicate with, and react to existing systems, and systems
being or to be installed by others. It is an absolute requirement that upon
completion, all systems installed in the Work be able to correctly communicate and
react to one another and to systems in existence, being or to be installed, external
to the Work. Final testing and calibration will be performed with the equipment
energized and will only take place when the Engineer is satisfied with the results of
earlier tests. Full written reports of tests and results shall be furnished by the
Contractor to the City. All costs for this testing, calibration, system
integration and reporting, including the costs for factory and specialist
personnel required during testing, calibration and system integration, shall be
included in the prices bid and no extra compensation will be allowed. Any
delays or costs occasioned by test procedures or results not being
satisfactory to the Engineer shall rest solely with the Contractor and no extra
time or compensation will be allowed. All on -site testing shall be witnessed by
City, and the Contractor shall make timely arrangements and fully coordinate
tests with the Engineer.
D. After installation is completed, the Contractor shall provide records of non-
destructive electrical insulation tests performed by a certified institution approved
by the Engineer, witnessed by the City personnel and attesting that the
dielectric condition of the equipment and wiring is acceptable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01010-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01011
SITE CONDITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION
A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and
location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing
upon availability of transportation; disposal, handling and storage of materials;
availability of labor, water, electric power, roads; disposal of water from
construction; uncertainties of weather; the conformation and conditions at the
ground; the type of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work
or the cost thereof under this Contract.
B. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the
character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be
encountered from inspecting the site and from evaluating information derived from
exploratory work that may have been done by the City or included with these
Contract Documents. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the
available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating
the difficulty or cost thereof under this Contract.
C. The Contractor acknowledges that by personal field observation or other means
satisfactory to himself, performed prior to the bid, he has included in the prices bid
all costs for dealing with all construction problems created by observable above or
on grade features on or adjacent to the site of the work whether these features are
shown on the Plans or described in the Specifications. In instances where the
observable features indicate subsurface conditions which may affect the Project
work, as for example, a pavement patch or catch basin gratings indicating
respectively a utility or storm sewer not shown on the Plans, the Contractor
acknowledges that he has made timely, diligent, inquiry of the Engineer or by other
means fully satisfied himself prior to the bid as to the nature of, and costs created
by, the subsurface condition and included all costs therefore in the prices bid.
1.02 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
A. All information obtained by City regarding the site conditions, topography,
subsurface information, ground water elevations, existing construction of site
facilities as applicable, and similar data will be made available to the Contractor in
the Contract Documents. Such information is offered as supplementary
information only. Neither the Engineer nor MDWASD assumes any responsibility
for the completeness or for the Contractor's interpretation of such supplementary
information. Prior to bidding and after written approval from MDWASD, bidder
01011-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
may make his own survey investigations to satisfy himself with site conditions at
his own cost.
B. Subsurface investigations, including test borings, have been made to indicate
subsurface conditions at locations in the Project.
C. Prospective bidders are advised, at their own expense, to make such subsurface
investigation, by boring or test hole excavation, as may be desirable. However,
such work is to be scheduled by appointment with the Engineer if on a City site
or by notification to the City and properly permitted if in the public right of way.
1.03 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
A. In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different
from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of
work covered in these Contract Documents, promptly, and before such conditions
are disturbed, notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions.
B. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this
investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise
instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so
materially differ as to cause an increase or decrease in cost and time considered
reasonable by the Engineer, the City will make the final decision regarding any
adjustment in cost or time for completion.
C. In the event that site conditions differ from those expected by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall proceed to complete the work as contemplated by the Plans and
Specifications at his own cost and expense. If in the discretion of the Engineer,
the difference in site conditions renders completion of the work as described by the
Plans and Specifications impossible, the Engineer may alter the work, whereupon
the Contractor shall be compensated for any extra work in accordance with
Section 13 "Extra Work and Payment Therefore" of the General Covenants and
Conditions; the Engineer shall not alter the work where the site conditions render
the work more difficult or costly to perform, if such work is otherwise still possible
as described in the Contract Documents.
1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND LOCATION SERVICES
A. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on
the Plans. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best
information available from existing plans. However, it is expected that there may
be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities
and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor
only, and no responsibility is assumed by either MDWASD or the Engineer for their
accuracy or completeness. No request for additional compensation or
01011-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Contract time (except for a non-compensable time extension at the sole
discretion of the Engineer, whose decision shall be final) resulting from
encountering utilities or structures not shown, or differing in location or
elevation from that shown, will be considered. The Contractor shall explore
sufficiently ahead of the work to allow time for any necessary adjustments
without delay to the progress of the installation. Costs due to delays
occasioned by encountering underground utilities or structures which could
have or should have been discovered by timely exploration ahead of the
Work shall rest solely with the Contractor.
B. Prior to proceeding with excavation the Contractor shall contact all utility
companies and all other users of the right-of-way in the area to aid in locating their
underground services. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility
companies at least three Normal Working Days before starting construction. The
Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation so that the
exact location of underground utilities may be determined. The Contractor shall
comply with Chapter 556, F.S. "Underground Facility Damage Prevention and
Safety Act", Chapter 553, F.S. "Florida Trench Safety Act, Part IV", Chapter 368,
F.S., "Florida Gas Safety Law, Part 1, and OSHA Standard 1926.651.
C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all utility or other existing
facilities, the stability of which may be endangered by the close proximity of
excavation, are temporarily held in position while work proceeds in the vicinity of
the facilities and that the utility or other companies concerned be given reasonable
advance notice of any such excavation by the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions against damage to existing
utilities. However, in the event of a break in an existing water main, gas main,
sewer or underground cable, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
responsible official of the organization operating the interrupted utility. The
Contractor shall lend all possible assistance in restoring services and shall assume
all cost, charges, or claims connected with the interruption and repair of such
services, as determined by the Department.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE
A. Where the Contractor's operation could cause damage or inconvenience to
railway, telephone, fiber optic, television, electrical power, oil, gas, water, sewer,
irrigation system, or any other utility, the Contractor shall make all arrangements
necessary for the protection of these utilities and services.
B. Notify all utility companies that are affected by the construction operation at least
48 hours in advance. Under no circumstance expose any utility without first
obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been
granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing
underground utilities and utility poles where necessary. Absolutely no extra
compensation will be allowed for construction problems created by utility
01011-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
poles of whatever size, overhead electric, telephone or other lines, whether
shown on the Plans or not. The Contractor is solely responsible for
discerning such items in the field prior to bidding and including all costs for
such work in the prices bid.
C. The Contractor and his subcontractors shall be solely and directly responsible to
the owners and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense,
loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought
because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction
operations under this Contract.
D. Neither the City nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor
for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in
the work.
E. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility
services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations,
promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of
service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall
interruption of any utility service be allowed unless granted by the owner of the
utility. In the event water service lines that interfere with trenching are
encountered, the Contractor may, by obtaining prior approval of the water utility,
cut the service, dig through, and restore the service with similar and equal
materials at the Contractor's expense and as approved by the Engineer.
G. Replace, with material approved by the Engineer, at Contractor's expense, any
and all other laterals, existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during
construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents and as
approved by the Engineer.
1.08 INTERFERING STRUCTURES
A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on
the surface, above ground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show
major structures on the Plans. While the information has been compiled from the
best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and
is presented as a guide. The Contractor is solely responsible for field verification
of all locations.
1.9 FIELD RELOCATION
A. During the process of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work
may be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by the direction of the
Engineer at the Contractor's expense. If existing structures are encountered that
will prevent construction as shown, notify the Engineer before continuing with the
work in order that the Engineer may make such field revisions as necessary to
avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor fails to notify the
01011-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Engineer when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the
work despite this interference, the Contractor does so at his own risk.
B. Representatives of utility companies, the railroad companies, the traffic and
transportation authorities, etc., shall be notified in accordance with the provisions
set forth in the relevant sections of the Specifications and the permitting
documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01011-5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01016
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY
A. Conduct whatever work is necessary for safety and be solely and completely
responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including
employees) and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply
continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
B. Neither the Professional activities of the Design Professional, nor the presence of
the Design Professional nor his or her employees and subconsultants at a
construction site, shall relieve the Contractor and any other entity of their
obligations, duties and responsibilities including but not limited to, construction
means, methods, sequence techniques or procedures necessary for performing,
superintending, or coordinating all portions of the Work of construction in
accordance with the Project Documents and any health and safety precautions
required by any regulatory agencies.
1.02 MANDATORY SAFETY TRAINING AT WATER AND SEWER TREATMENT PLANTS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Construction Manager and thereafter the
Water and Sewer Department Safety Office to arrange for a mandatory (PSM)
Project Safety Management training for all his personnel who will be on site. This
training must be completed prior to mobilization or any other work on site. The
Contractor shall also be responsible that all on -site personnel of his
subcontractors, at whatever tier, receive this training. The training normally takes
about 2 to 3 hours and is held at the project site.
1.03 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State Departments of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable Federal,
State, County, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth
herein, and any regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Project
Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements
shall be followed. Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the
aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the
obligations and penalties set forth therein.
B. All open excavations made in the earth shall be performed in compliance with the
State of Florida Trench Safety Act, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P (Chapter 90-96,
Laws of Florida). The Contractor shall appoint a "competent person", in
01016-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
accordance with Subpart P, who shall be present at the jobsite. A "competent
person" shall mean one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable
hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate them.
C. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the "Underground Facility Damage
Prevention and Safety Act", Florida Statute 556. The Contractor shall contact the
Sunshine 811, at 1-800-432-4770, (or by submitting an internet ticket entry via
www.sunshine811.com) at least forty-eight hours prior to any excavation. Failure
to familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve
him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth therein.
D. Conduct operations in such a manner utilizing warning devices, such as traffic
cones, barricades and warning lights that traffic, pedestrian and Department
personnel are given adequate warning of hazards of the worksite as may be
deemed necessary by the Department, Engineer of Record, and governing agency
having jurisdiction over the work or political subdivision.
E. The Contractor shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the OSHA
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Process Safety Management (29 CFR 1910.119)
2. Personal Protective Equipment (29 CFR 1910.132)
3. Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134)
4. Confined Space Entry Procedures (29 CFR 1910.146)
5. Lockout/Tagout (29 CFR 1910.147)
6. Industrial Truck / Forklift (29 CFR 1910.178)
7. Electrical Safety (29 CFR 1910.301)
8. Commercial Diving (29 CFR 1910.401)
9. Air Monitoring (29 CFR 1910.1000)
10. Asbestos & Lead Abatement (29 CFR 1910.1001, 1025)
11. Blood Borne Pathogens (29 CFR 1910.1030)
12. Crane Operations (29 CFR 1926 & ANSI)
13. Fall Prevention Protection (29 CFR 1926.104)
14. Welding and Cutting (29 CFR 1926.350)
15. Scaffolding (29 CFR 1926.451)
16. Excavation Protection (29 CFR 1926.650)
17. Movement of Traffic (FDOT Index)
1.04 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS
A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the
Work by authorized government officials.
1.05 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PROGRAM
01016-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. Develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will
effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The
Contractor's Manual of Safety Practices outlining the firms policies on field safety
procedures for employees shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before
"Notice to Proceed" will be issued. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who
is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety
program.
B. Certain products specified in these specifications contain warnings by the
manufacturers that under certain conditions, if instructions for use are not followed,
a hazardous condition may exist. It is the Contractor's responsibility to instruct his
workmen in the safe use of the product, or any product substitution.
C. The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's
performance is not intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of the
Contractor's Safety Supervisor, the safety program, or any safety measures taken
in, on, or near the construction site.
1.06 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
A. As part of the safety program, maintain at an office or other well-known place at
the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the Work as prescribed by the
governing safety authorities, all articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured,
and establish the procedure for the immediate relocation to a hospital or a doctor's
care of any person who may be injured on the jobsite.
B. Perform all necessary work to protect all personnel and the general public from
hazards, including, but not limited to, surface irregularities or unramped grade
changes, and trenches or excavations. Furnish barricades, lanterns, and proper
signs to safeguard all persons and work.
C. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly with
respect to ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, logging,
machinery guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable
governing safety authorities.
D. During construction, construct and at all times maintain satisfactory and substantial
temporary chain link fencing, solid fencing, railings, barricades or steel plates, as
applicable, at all openings, obstructions, or other hazards. All such barriers shall
have adequate warning lights as necessary, or required, for safety.
E. There shall be no oil dripping from equipment or oil spills.
1.07 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. The material shall be stored and handled in a proper and safe manner and upon
its use, immediately dispose of the containers, cans, rags and remnants of the
01016-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
material in a manner approved by the Department of Environmental Resources
Management (DERM) at the Contractor's sole cost. The Contractor is not allowed
to store empty containers at the site. In case of any violation, the Engineer will
report such violation to DERM and the Contractor shall be subject to all penalties
and fines as required by State and County regulations.
B. The Contractor is hereby cautioned that he cannot store any environmentally
hazardous materials such as solvents, greases, lubricants or any other type of
chemical substances at the Pump Station site. The Contractor shall be allowed to
keep only such materials at the site for immediate use.
1.08 ACCIDENT REPORTS
A. If death, serious injuries, or serious damages are caused, report the accident
immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the
Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer and the City all
accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the
work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of
witnesses.
B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on
account of any accident, promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer and
the City, giving full details of the claim.
1.09 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY
A. Comply with all rules and regulations of the city, state, and county authorities
regarding closing or restricting the use of public streets or highways. No public or
private road shall be closed, except by express permission of the City and the
controlling authority. Conduct the work so as to assure the least possible
obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. Protect all obstructions
within traveled roadways by installing approved barricades, signs, and lights where
necessary for the safety of the public. The convenience of the general public and
residents and the protection of persons and property are of prime importance and
shall be provided for in an adequate and satisfactory manner.
B. Where traffic will pass over backfilled trenches before they are paved, the top of
the trench shall be maintained with temporary asphalt that will allow normal
vehicular traffic to pass over. Temporary access driveways must be provided
where required. Access to businesses, schools and homes along the route of the
work shall be provided by the Contractor at all times. Cleanup operations shall
follow immediately behind backfilling and the worksite shall be kept in an orderly
condition at all times.
C. Supply flagmen and guards or Police when they are required by regulation, when
deemed necessary for safety, or required by the Engineer. Flagmen and Guards
01016-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
shall be furnished with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation
traffic control devices.
1.10 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION
A. Perform all work in fire -safe manner. Furnish and maintain on the site adequate
fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. Comply with
applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention regulations. Where these
regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standard
for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations (NFPA No. 241) shall be
followed.
1.11 DECLARED STATE OF EMERGENCIES
HURRICANE
A. Hurricane Preparedness: During such periods of time as are designated by the
United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane alert, the Contractor shall
perform all precautions as necessary to safeguard the work and property, including
the removal of all small equipment and materials from the site, lashing all other
equipment and materials to each other and to rigid construction, and any other
safety measures as may be directed by the Engineer.
B. Prior to the Start of Work: The Contractor shall submit for approval, a Plan of
Action for the specific actions to be taken on his particular projects during a
hurricane watch and hurricane warning.
C. Upon Notification of a Hurricane Warning
1. Formal notification to the Contractors to implement their approved Plan of
Action to protect the project and the public.
2. For construction projects at a Plant or Pump Station, a copy of the
notifications will be provided to the Plant Superintendent or, for Pump
Stations, to the Engineer. The Plant Superintendent or Engineer may notify
the Construction Superintendent of any assistance he may need for the
Contractor in order to secure the Plant or Pump Station.
3. For pipeline construction projects within the public right-of-ways, the
Contractor will be notified by the Construction Manager Office to suspend his
construction operations. The Contractor will backfill all open trenches,
remove all construction equipment and materials from the right-of-way,
remove unnecessary traffic barricades and signs, secure remaining
barricades by "half burial" or "double sand bags".
POST DISASTER WORK
A. In the event of a disaster declaration by the Local or State governing authorities,
the Department may choose to obtain the services of the Contractor to perform
01016-5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
work made an imminent priority for the disaster event. The compensation for the
additional work caused by the disaster shall be negotiated between the Engineer
and the Contractor with written approval provided by both parties prior to
mobilizing at the designated location or locations. The value of the work
performed shall be up to the amount of the original contract with contingencies
and dedicated allowances.
1.12 JOINT SURVEY TO ESTABLISH AUTHENTICITY OF POSSIBLE DAMAGE CLAIMS
A. The Contractor shall maintain vertical and horizontal survey control points on all
structures and improvements, located in the vicinity of the work prior to beginning
work, and shall periodically check the points for movements with copies provided
to the Engineer, of the survey notes for each survey and a copy of the layout of the
survey control points.
B. After the contract is awarded and before commencement of work, the Contractor
shall perform a thorough examination of existing buildings, structures, and other
improvements in the vicinity of the work, as applicable, which might be damaged
by his operations.
1. Examinations of existing structures, buildings, and other improvements in the
vicinity of the work shall be done by the Contractor. The scope of the
examination shall include cracks in the structures, settlement, leakage, and
similar conditions. The City assumes no responsibility for pre-existing
conditions of the structure.
2. Records in triplicate of all observations shall be prepared by the Contractor,
photographs shall be taken by the Contractor signed and dated, with
descriptive information and in the manner specified above. One signed copy
of every document and photograph will kept on file in the office of the
Engineer. Video recording also required.
3. The above records are intended to be used as indisputable evidence in
ascertaining the extent of any damage which may occur as a result of the
Contractor's operations and are for the protection of the Contractor and
the City, and will be a means of determining whether and to what extent
damage, resulting from the Contractor's operations, occurred during the
Contract work.
C. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged
pavement, including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the
authority having jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists
prior to proceeding with any work in the vicinity. Preconstruction videos and digital
pictures shall be taken with date stamps of the entire area of work. A copy of all
such notices shall be forwarded to the City.
1.13 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND USE OF PUBLIC STREETS
01016-6 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for traffic control as specified hereinafter. Any
reference to Miami -Dade County, its departments, or its published regulations, permits
and data, shall be synonymous and interchangeable with other recognized governing
bodies over particular areas of streets or their departments, published regulations,
permits, or data. Abide by all applicable laws, regulations and codes thereof, pertaining
to maintenance of public streets, detour of traffic, traffic control and other provisions as
may be required for this project.
B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the maintenance of public streets, detour of
traffic (including furnishing and maintaining regulatory and informative signs along the
detour route), traffic control and other provisions, throughout the project as required by
the Metropolitan Dade County Department of Public Works, Traffic Engineering Division
(Traffic Division). Traffic shall be maintained according to corresponding typical traffic
control details as outlined in the Dade County Public Works Manual. No street shall be
completely blocked nor blocked more than one-half at any time, keeping the other half
open for traffic without specific approval.
C. If required by the Traffic Division, employ the required number of uniformed off -duty
policemen to maintain and regulate the flow of traffic through the construction area. The
number of men required and the number of hours on duty necessary for the
maintenance and regulation of the traffic flow shall be subject to their approval. If
required for traffic control permits or agencies, the Contractor shall work odd or night
hours, as required for traffic control reasons, and the cost of such work shall be
considered as incidental to construction.
D. The Contractor shall provide all barricades and/or flashing warning lights necessary to
warn motorist of the construction throughout the project.
E. Excavated or other material stored adjacent to or partially upon a roadway pavement
shall be adequately marked for traffic safety at all times. Provide necessary access to all
adjacent property during construction.
F. The contractor shall be responsible for the provision, installation and maintenance of all
traffic control and safety devices, in accordance with specifications outlined in the Dade
County Public Works Manual. In addition, provide for the resetting of all traffic control
and information signing removed during the construction period.
G. Where excavations are to be made in the vicinity of signalized intersections, attention is
directed to the fact that vehicle loop detectors may have been embedded in the
pavement. Verify these locations by inspecting the site of the work and by contacting
the Sunshine 811, at 1-800-432-4770, (or by submitting an internet ticket entry via
www.sunshine811.com) . Any loop detector which is damaged, whether shown on the
Plans or not, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Traffic Division.
H. Notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in advance of the construction date, and 48 hours in
advance of construction within any signalized intersection.
I. Temporary pavement will be required over all cuts in pavement areas, and also where
01016-7 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
traffic is to be routed over swale or median areas. When the temporary pavement for
routing traffic is no longer necessary, it shall be removed and the swale or median area
restored to their previous condition.
1.14 WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
Where a Contractor needs to work in a confined space, the Contractor must comply with
the General Industry, OSHA Confined Space Standard, 29 CFR 1910.146 or the
equivalent Confined Space Standard in CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction Standards.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01016-8 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01031
GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This work of this Section comprises the establishing of grades, lines and levels.
1.02 RELATED WORK
Section 01720 - Project Record Documents
Section 01725 - Project As-Builts
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials:
Furnish all stakes, templates and other materials necessary for establishing and
maintaining of the lines and grades necessary for control and construction of the Work
and all incidental labor necessary for the prosecution of the Work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LAYOUT OF THE WORK:
A. GENERAL
1. The Engineer of Record, through retaining the services of a Professional Land
Surveyor and Mapper, who is licensed in the State of Florida, shall furnish the
Contractor with horizontal and vertical controls which shall be utilized as specified
elsewhere herein to layout the work. The Professional Land Surveyor and Mapper,
who is licensed in the State of Florida hired by the Contractor, shall verify all controls
provided by the Engineer of Record and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to preserve same.
2. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Professional Land Surveyor and Mapper,
who is licensed in the State of Florida who, shall furnish and set stakes, establishing
line and grade and shall solely be responsible for the layout of the work as well as
the recording of all as -built dimensions and elevations. The Contractor shall furnish
all additional stakes, templates, and other materials for marking and maintaining
survey points and lines given, and shall be responsible for their preservation. Should
any of the horizontal and vertical control points set by the Engineer of Record be
01031 - 1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
destroyed or disturbed, they shall be reset by the Contractor's Florida Registered
Land Surveyor and Mapper, at the Contractor's expense. All control points previously
set by the Engineer of Record shall be verified by the Contractor's surveyor.
B. LAYOUT
As provided in Subsection 3.01-A, above, the Contractor through the services of his
Florida Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper, shall establish the line and bench mark
and other reference points for the pipeline or structure, as follows:
1. Structures: Will consist of baselines, stakes at building corners, centers and
centerlines, auxiliary lines and two bench marks from which to establish the elevations.
The Engineer of Record shall set a minimum of three horizontal and vertical control
points which shall thereafter be maintained by the Contractor, without further help from
the Engineer of Record, for use in establishing and checking the lines and grades as
shown on the contract drawings.
2. Pipelines: Will consist of baselines, construction lines, centerlines, auxiliary lines and
bench marks from which to establish the elevations. The Engineer of Record shall set
horizontal and vertical control points at the beginning and end of the work and at a
minimum distance of 1,400 ft. in between. When the total distance is less than 1,400
ft. control points shall be set at the beginning and end of the work.
3. The Contractor shall use this information to construct the structures and pipelines to
the lines and grades shown on the project drawings and shall supply all equipment
and personnel necessary to accomplish this end.
4. For pipelines, this will consist of establishing all points of bend (but not necessarily
bevel pipe unless in close proximity to other facilities), valves, tees, crosses and other
stations not more than 100 feet apart along the proposed centerline of the pipe, or
along a stationed offset line as shown on the Plans, marked by a nail in a metal cap if
in pavement, with the station painted nearby or by a nail in the top of a wooden stake
driven flush with the ground with the station marked on the flag stake nearby, if not in
pavement.
5. The Contractor shall supply the Department Inspector with a copy of the Florida
Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper's layout of the work immediately upon its
availability to his own forces.
6. The Contractor shall make his equipment and men available to the Inspector for spot
checking the accuracy of the pipe laying. The Inspector shall require the Contractor to
correct pipe alignment when necessary.
C. RECORD DRAWINGS:
1. During the entire construction operation, the Contractor shall retain the services of a
State of Florida Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper who shall maintain records of
01031 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
the installation, including all deviations from the Plans and Specifications by obtaining
"as -built" dimensions and elevations.
2. The Surveyor shall prepare Record As -Built Drawings showing correctly and
accurately all changes and deviations made during construction, including approved
construction variances, to reflect the work as it was actually constructed.
3. Refer to Sections 01720 and 01725 for Department's criteria for developing project
record documents and record As -Built drawings.
D. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL FOR DESIGN
The following shall apply when establishing horizontal and vertical controls for design.
They shall also be used for the development of construction drawings.
1. Survey stationing shall proceed from south to north and/or from west to east.
2. Baseline or centerline shall be tied to section corners, or to monument lines or to right-
of-way lines.
3. Points along the survey line shall be referenced to perpetuate the alignment.
Whenever possible, the reference points shall be established at right angles to the
survey line and at intervals no longer than 1,400 feet. Reference points shall be shown
on construction plans.
4. Centerline of side streets shall be established and set by nail and disc. Station and
angle turned shall be given and shown on the plans.
5. All curve data (horizontal) shall be shown on Plans. Point of curvature and point of
tangency shall be set in the field, reference P.C. and P.T. or P.I.
6. Easement lines shall be tied to baseline or centerline. Give station and angle turned.
7. Set centerline or baseline stations every 100 feet on the ground using iron rods in
unpaved areas or P.K. nails on asphalt.
8. On vertical control refer to datum used (such as NGVD 88, NGVD 1929, City of Miami).
Nationwide, surveys and as-builts are in the process of conversion to NAVD 88 from
the NGVD 1929. The Department will accept NAVD 88 datum with a conversion factor
on each page. The Florida Department of Transportation is using the NAVD 88 datum.
Projects within FDOT roadway limits shall either use NAVD 88 datum or provide a
conversion factor on each page if the NGVD 1929 datum is used. For projects using
City of Miami datum provide a conversion factor on each page to the NAVD 88 datum.
9. Temporary bench marks (T.B.M.) and bench marks shall be established throughout
the project at approximately 1,000 feet intervals. Show information on plans
01031 - 3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
10. Centerline shall be tied to baseline if different from each other.
11. Tie proposed pipe to centerline or baseline, not to right-of-way line. Right-of-way line
shall be tied to centerline or baseline.
12. All survey information shall be shown on the plans.
13. All point of intersections and deflection angles shall also be shown. Angle can be
submitted by bearings.
END OF SECTION
01031 - 4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01070
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work Included: This section includes work required to provide complete, in place,
cutting, fitting, and patching of new and existing work.
1. Do not imperil any work by cutting or altering work or any part of it.
2. Do not cut structural or reinforcing steel without the written consent of the
Engineer.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting or patching of work, required to:
1. Make the several parts fit properly.
2. Uncover work to provide for the installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
4. Install specified work in existing construction.
B. In addition to Contract requirements, upon written instructions from the Engineer:
1. Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Prior to cutting which affects structural integrity or safety, submit written notice to
the Engineer and other Contractors, requesting consent to proceed with cutting.
B. All cutting and patching, to be performed at no additional cost to the Department.
C. Should conditions of work, schedule, indicate change of materials or methods,
submit written recommendation to the Engineer, including:
1. Conditions indicating change.
2. Recommendations for alternative materials and/or methods.
3. Submittals as required for substitutions.
4. Submit written notice to the Engineer, designating time work will be
uncovered, to provide for observation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials for replacement of work removed shall comply with applicable sections of
these specifications for type of work to be performed. Materials not specified herein
01070 -1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
shall be replaced as specified in Sub- Section 3.03 of this Section, Restoration.
B. Provide all tools and equipment required to accomplish cutting and patching.
C. Completely remove damaged or deteriorated concrete or other material.
D. Legally dispose of all demolition debris generated by the project. The Contractor
shall pay for all loading, hauling, transportation and applicable tipping fees.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing condition of work, including elements subject to movement or
damage during cutting, patching, excavating, and backfilling.
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply
with specified tolerances and finishes.
B. Execute cutting and demolition as specified below:
1. The cutting and removal of existing work necessary for modifications and
installation of new work shall be made with a minimum of damage to the
work that is to remain. Any damage done to existing facilities which are to
remain shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the
Department.
2. When removing materials, or portions of existing structures, and when
making openings in walls and partitions, the Contractor shall take all
precautions and use all necessary barriers and other protective devices so
as not to damage the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new
work, and not to damage the structures or contents by falling or flying debris.
Unless otherwise permitted, line drilling will be required in cutting existing
concrete.
3. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as
nearly as possible the adjacent surfaces.
4. Non -shrink grout shall be used for setting wall casting, sleeves, and leveling
equipment bases. Doweling anchors into existing concrete and elsewhere
as required shall be done with an approved type of epoxy material.
5. Debris created within facilities, which are to remain in service during the
modification work, shall be removed daily. Operators of the Department and
Contractor's employees shall not be subjected to hazardous areas, when
performing their duties.
6. Follow other specific instructions for the modification work given in other
sections of these specifications and as shown on the Drawings. Should
these instructions conflict, the more stringent conditions shall prevail.
C. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed work in accordance with the requirements of Contract Documents.
01070 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
3.03 RESTORATION
A. Restore structures and surfaces damaged during the course of this Contract that are
to remain in the completed work.
B. Restoration shall be done with new materials and appropriate methods as specified
elsewhere in these specifications for new work of similar nature; if not specified, best
recommended practice of manufacturer, or appropriate trade association.
C. Restore damaged work in such a way that there is a secure intimate bond or
fastening between new and old work. Restored surfaces shall be finished to such
planes, shapes, and textures that no transition between new and old work is evident
in finished surfaces.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove from site all debris, rubbish, and extra material caused by cutting and
patching.
END OF SECTION
01070 - 3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Department has established a "Pre -Approved Product List" for products to be
used in the construction of water and sewer facilities. The "Pre -Approved Product
List" lists manufacturer's product models pre -approved by the Department which
meet the minimum requirements established in the Department's design and con-
struction standards and specifications. However, not all products that may be used
in the construction of water and sewer facilities that meet the Department's design
and construction standards and specifications are listed in the "Pre -Approved
Product List." The "Pre -Approved Product List" is not an exclusive collection of all
qualified and approved products. For those products that are not on the "Pre -
Approved Product List," the Contractor shall submit shop drawings as specified
herein.
B. Contractors and suppliers can submit the "Pre -Approved Product List(s)" for the
products that they intend to use in the construction of the water and sewer facilities
for the Project. Products listed in the "Pre -Approved Product List" do not require
the submittal of shop drawings to the Department. The "Pre -Approved Product
List(s)" must be stamped, reviewed and initialed by the Contractor and by his en-
gineer, if applicable, prior to submittal to the Department. A "Submittal Summary
Sheet" must accompany all "Pre -Approved Product List" submittals. Both forms
can be found in the Department website at www.miamidade.gov/water/pre-
approved-product-list.asp.
B. Shop Drawings (including Pre -Approved Product List submittals) shall be submit-
ted prior to any project construction activity. In a timely fashion, well before the
contemplated ordering for fabrication of special order or long -lead items or con-
struction use of any standard element of the work, the Contractor shall furnish
Shop Drawings for the review and approval of the City.
C. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility, upon the first occasion of submittal of a
particular element of the work, to submit Shop Drawings of an element which
match and fulfill the requirements and intent of the Plans and Specifications. Any
delays or costs caused, either directly or indirectly, by non -timely submissions;
submission of items differing significantly from the intent of the Plans and/or Speci-
fications; repeated submission of, or argument over, rejected elements or changes
required for acceptance; arguments with the criteria or requirements of the Plans
or Specifications; or any other such similar activities shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
01340-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
D. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that the Contractor shall, in the first in-
stance, submit Shop Drawings of elements which meet or exceed the require-
ments of the Contract Documents and fit with the other elements of the work and
the existing conditions. Delays or the inability to obtain shop drawing approval
may subject the Contractor to costs for liquidated or actual damages as specified
in the Contract.
E. The approval of Pre -Approved product sheets, shop drawings and data will be
general and shall mean that upon examination of the drawings, no variations from
the approved project drawings and project requirements have been discovered,
and approval will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities as defined above.
The Department's review will not constitute an approval of dimensions, quantities
and details of the material, equipment or item shown.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a minimum of four (4) hardcopies of the shop
drawing submittal package to the Water and Sewer Department Document
Control Section. PDF files of the entire submittal package along with the
hard copies are encouraged to simplify the approval process.
B. The Shop Drawing submittal package shall include a transmittal, submittal
registry and the pre -approved product list or shop drawing sheets stamped
by the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall meet with the Department Engineer (Construction
Manager) the after Project Award to begin the shop drawing submittal pro-
cess and establish a schedule for submittal and approval.
D. Where there is a deviation from the Specifications, the Contractor shall note it
and state the reasons why a deviation is required.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Submit to the Engineer for review and approval, Shop Drawings, test reports and
data on materials, equipment, and material samples as required for the proper
control of work, and as specified in the Specification sections. Shop Drawings
shall be submitted for all materials and equipment to be furnished.
B. After award of the project, the Contractor may begin providing submittals for ap-
proval. Submit to the Engineer a complete list of preliminary data on items for
which Shop Drawings are to be submitted. Included in this list shall be the names
of all proposed manufacturers furnishing specified items. Review of this list by the
Engineer shall in no way expressed or implied relieve the Contractor from submit-
ting complete Shop Drawings and providing materials, equipment, etc., fully in ac-
cordance with the Specifications. This procedure is required in order to expedite
01340-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
final review of Shop Drawings.
C. Maintain an accurate updated Shop Drawing submittal log which shall include the
following items:
1. Submittal Description and Number Assigned
2. Specification Section
3. Plans Sheet Number
4. Date to Engineer
5. Date Returned to Contractor (from Engineer)
6. Status of Submittal (Approved, Approved as Noted, Rejected/Resubmit)
7. Date of Resubmittal and Return (as Applicable)
8. Date Material Release (for Fabrication)
9. Projected Date of Fabrication
10. Projected Date of Delivery to Site
11. Status of 0 & M Manuals Submittal
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Furnish the Engineer with a schedule of Shop Drawings submittals, fixing the re-
spective dates for the submission of Shop Drawings, the beginning of manufac-
ture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment. This schedule
shall indicate those that are critical to the progress schedule.
B. Submit to the Engineer all plans and schedules sufficiently in advance of construc-
tion requirements to provide maximum time for checking and appropriate action
from the time the Engineer receive them.
C. It is the duty of the Contractor to check and approve all plans, data and samples
prepared by or for him before submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each
and every copy of the Plans and data shall bear Contractor's stamp showing that
they have been checked and approved. Shop Drawings submitted to the Engineer
without the Contractor's stamp and approval shall be returned to the Contractor for
conformance with this requirement before Engineer's review. Shop Drawings
shall indicate any deviations in the submittal from requirements of the Pro-
ject Documents and the Contractor shall state the reason why a deviation is
required.
D. All submittals shall be accompanied by a submittal registry and transmittal letter
containing the following information:
1. Date
2. Project Title and Number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. The number of each Shop Drawing, Data, and Sample submitted
5. Notification of Deviations from Project Documents
6. Submittal Log Number conforming to and referring to Specification Section
01340-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Numbers
E. Submit seven copies of Shop Drawings and of descriptive or product data submit-
tals necessary to complement Shop Drawing. The Engineer will retain five sets.
F. After receiving approval by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for
submitting the Shop Drawings to the Building Department. Shop Drawings of all
premanufactured items and all other Shop Drawings are required to obtain ap-
proval prior to manufacturing or installing the submitted items. The Contractor
shall also be responsible for contesting any interpretations by the Building De-
partment that the City considers non -acceptable. The Contractor shall include in
the bid prices, all costs for permits, fees and expenses associated with the sub-
mittals, including resubmittals (if any) of Shop Drawings to the Building Depart-
ment. The Building Department as used in this paragraph shall be taken to mean
the Miami -Dade County Building Department and/or other governing building au-
thority appropriate to this project.
G. Do not begin any of the work covered by a drawing, data, or a sample returned as
"Rejected/Resubmit" until a revision or correction thereof has been reviewed and
returned to the Contractor, by the Engineer, with approval or approval "As Noted".
Be responsible for and bear all costs of damages which may result from the order-
ing of any material or from proceeding with any part of work prior to receiving En-
gineer's approval or approval "As Noted" of the necessary Shop Drawings.
H. Be fully responsible for observing the need for and for making any changes in the
arrangement of piping, connections, wiring, manner of installation, etc., which may
be required by the materials/equipment the Contractor proposes to supply, both as
they pertain to the Contractor's own work, work of others, or of other Divisions
herein or Trades and clearly show such changes on the Shop Drawings.
I. When substitutions in materials or equipment are allowed, the Contractor shall
make all necessary changes in adjacent or connected structures and equipment at
his expense. Where contemplated changes, substitutions or appurtenant work re-
quire engineering design, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall have
such design services performed at his expense. Said engineering design services
shall be of an extent satisfactory to the Engineer whose word shall be final and
shall be performed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in
the State of Florida.
J. When substitutions in materials or equipment are allowed, the Contractor shall be
solely responsible for all costs and time required by any differences in construction
methods, fabrication or assembly required and no additional time will be allowed.
K. When a construction change, initiated by the Contractor or resulting from a change
made by the Contractor, requires re -permitting as discussed in the preceding par-
agraph, the Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, material and equipment
required to redraw the Plan sheet or sheets affected by the change to the satisfac-
01340-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
tion of the Engineer of Record and the City. The costs for all work of this sort
and all costs of re -permitting shall be borne by the Contractor and no extra
com-pensation will be allowed.
L. Determine and verify:
1. Field measurements
2. Field construction criteria
3. Catalog numbers and similar data
4. Conformance with specifications
5. That installation and maintenance clearances are sufficient particularly when
equipment or arrangement changes have been made
1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Engineer's review of plans, data and samples, submitted by the Contractor will
cover only general conformity to the Drawing and Specifications. The Engineer's
review will not constitute an approval of dimensions, quantities, and details of the
material, equipment, device, or item shown. The review of plans and schedules
will be general, and shall not be construed:
1. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including detail,
dimensions, and materials
3. As approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as
otherwise provided herein
B. Variations
1. If the plans or schedules, as submitted, describe variations per paragraph
1.03 C, and show a departure from the Contract requirements which Engi-
neer finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to in-
volve a change in Contract price or time for performance, the Engineer may
return the reviewed plans without noting an exception.
2. If the plans or schedules, as submitted, describe variations and show a de-
parture from the Contract requirements which the Engineer finds to be minor
enough to be corrected by redlining the submittal, the engineer will mark and
return the submittal marked "Approved as Noted." The redlined corrections
shall be as binding on the Contractor as would be a resubmission embody-
ing the same corrections.
C. When reviewed by the Engineer, each of the Shop Drawings shall be stamped and
dated to indicate it had been reviewed. Shop Drawings stamped "Revise and Re-
submit" and with required corrections shown will be returned to the Contractor for
correction and resubmittal.
D. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On resubmit -
01340 -5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
tats the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings, to revisions and corrections required by the Engineer on previous sub-
missions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer.
E. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the Shop Drawings to con-
stitute a change to the Project Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall give
written notice thereof to the Engineer who will render a decision which shall be fi-
nal. After the decision has been made, the Contractor shall without delay, provide
the corrections to the plans.
F. When the Shop Drawings have been approved by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall carry out the construction in accordance therewith and shall make no further
changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer.
G. No partial submittals will be reviewed. Submittals not complete will be returned to
the Contractor for resubmittal. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the En-
gineer, all submittals shall be made in groups containing all associated items for
systems, processes or as indicated in specific specifications sections. All plans,
schematics, manufacturer's product data, certifications and other Shop Drawing
submittals required by a system specification shall be submitted at one time as a
package to facilitate interface checking.
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. When used in the Project Documents, the term "Shop Drawings" shall be consid-
ered to mean Contractor's plans for materials and equipment which become an in-
tegral part of the Project. These Shop Drawings shall be complete and detailed.
Shop Drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting drawings and
schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, and wiring and control dia-
grams. Cuts, catalogs, pamphlets, descriptive literature, and performance/test da-
ta shall be considered only as supportive to required Shop Drawings as defined
above.
B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, illustrations and other stand-
ard descriptive data shall be clearly marked to identify pertinent materials, product
or models. Information which is not applicable to the Work shall be deleted by
striking or cross hatching.
C. Shop Drawing shall have a submittal registry and display the following:
1. Project Title and Number
2. Name of Project Building or Structure
3. Number and Title of the Shop Drawing
4. Date of Shop Drawing or Revision
5. Name of Contractor and Subcontractor Submitting Drawing
6. Supplier/Manufacturer
7. Separate Detailer when Pertinent
01340-6 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
8. Specification Title and Number
9. Specification Section
10. Application Project Drawing Number
D. If plans show variations from Contract requirements because of standard shop
practice or for other reasons, describe such variations in the letter of transmittal. If
no explanation of these variations is provided, the Contractor shall not be relieved
of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even
though such plans have been reviewed and approved.
E. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, provide a list including the
equipment name, address of and telephone number of the manufacturer's repre-
sentative and service company so that service and/or spare parts can be readily
obtained.
F. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or
products shall submit an installation list to the Engineer along with the required
Shop Drawings. The installation list shall include at least five installations where
identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a period of at
least five years, unless otherwise specified. Manufacturers and/or equipment
which fails to meet the specified experience period will be considered if the manu-
facturer or supplier provides a bond or cash deposit which will guarantee replace-
ment of the equipment or process in the event of failure or unsatisfactory service.
G. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking Shop Drawing submittals.
1.07 REQUIRED INFORMATION
A. Submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structur-
al, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process system, and equipment work:
1. Shop Drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and loca-
tion of connections to other work, and weight of equipment
2. Catalog information and cuts
3. Installation or placing plans for equipment, drives, and bases
4. Supporting calculations, signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer
when required, for equipment and associated supports, or hangers required
or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers
5. Signed and sealed calculations and plans by in-house Florida Registered
Professional Engineer for structural systems, indicating compliance to the
structural design criteria specified in the Plans
6. Complete manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and
paint system
7. Performance data and pump curves
8. Suggested spare parts with current price information
9. List of special tools required for testing, checking, parts replacement, and
maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed
01340-7 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and are not customarily and
routinely carried by maintenance mechanics)
10. List of special tools furnished with the equipment
11. List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to, and during
startup
12. List of materials or supplies furnished with the equipment
13. Special handling instructions
14. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation
15. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to equipment startup
16. List of all requested exceptions to the Project Documents
1.08 SUBMITTAL REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURED ITEMS
A. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign manu-
factured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the
United States that maintain technical service representatives and a complete in-
ventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign -made item proposed for
incorporation into the Work. Failure to prove these capabilities shall be cause for
rejection of the foreign manufactured items.
B. Foreign manufactured equipment and materials shall in all cases be clearly and
permanently marked with the manufacturer's name and country of origin of the
item. The name of the U.S. importing/supplying firm is not acceptable. Shop
Drawing submittals of foreign -made items shall be accompanied by written infor-
mation to include name and location (i.e. country, City, and street address) of the
manufacturer. This requirement shall also apply to the foreign made elements of
items assembled in this country from parts wholly or partially manufactured over-
seas.
1. The words, "Permanently Marked" as used in this paragraph shall mean; die
stamped, cast -in, welded, or otherwise marked such that the removal of the
marking by any mechanical or chemical means will result in obvious perma-
nent damage to the surface marked. These markings shall be on surfaces
which are not hidden by assembly.
C. Where specified elsewhere herein or at the sole discretion of the Engineer, whose
word shall be final, supply verification of quality, suitability or other aspects, as di-
rected by the Engineer, from a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the
State of Florida or the state where the supplying U.S. firm is located. The verifica-
tion shall be signed, sealed, and dated. All costs for this verification shall be at the
sole expense of the Contractor and no extra compensation will be allowed. Verifi-
cation by foreign -based engineers, firms, manufacturers, etc. will not be accepta-
ble. Verification by means of a very stringent foreign testing agency/standard (for
example ISO 9000 series) may be acceptable. However, this shall again be at the
sole discretion of the Engineer and the full burden of proof and satisfaction of
the City shall rest with the Contractor. No extra time will be permitted due to the
requirement for verification and the Contractor has the sole responsibility to make
01340-8 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
his submittals with all necessary information in a timely fashion.
1.09 SAMPLES
A. Furnish for the approval of the Engineer, samples required by the Project Docu-
ments or required by the Engineer. Samples shall be delivered to the Engineer as
specified or directed. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges on sam-
ples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not be used in
work until approved by the Engineer.
B. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and at-
tachment devices
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern
3. A minimum of two samples of each Item shall be submitted
C. Each sample shall have a label indicating:
1. Name of Project
2. Material or Equipment Represented
3. Name of Producer and Brand (if any)
4. Location in Project
D. Prepare a transmittal letter in triplicate for each shipment of samples containing
the information specified herein in Paragraph 1.06 A. Enclose a copy of this letter
with the shipment and send a copy of this letter to the Engineer. Approval of a
sample shall be only for the characteristics or use specified and shall not be con-
strued to change or modify any Contract requirements.
E. Approved samples of the hardware in good condition will be marked for identifica-
tion and may be used in the work. Materials and equipment incorporated in work
shall match the approved samples. Samples which failed testing or were not ap-
proved shall be returned to the Contractor at his expense, if so requested at time
of submission.
1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required
by the Contract Documents, which are proposed by the Contractor after award of
the Contract, are considered to be requests for substitutions. Where the Plans
and/or Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the
product specified has been found suitable for the intended use. Articles or prod-
ucts of similar characteristics may be offered for the approval of the Engineer,
whose decision shall be final. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be fur -
01340 -9 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
nished regarding all materials furnished by the Contractor, consisting of Dimension
drawings, catalog references, product data, cost, and other information necessary
to clearly identify and evaluate each article. When substitutions are permitted, the
Contractor shall make all necessary changes in adjacent, connected, or other
structures and equipment at his expense.
B. Where engineer -recommended changes, substitutions or appurtenant work require
engineering design, the Contractor shall have such design services performed.
Those engineering design services shall be of an extent satisfactory to the Engi-
neer, whose decision shall be final. Engineering services for engineer -
recommended changes, substitutions or appurtenant work, shall be performed by
a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing, no additional contract
time will be allowed, and a decrease in time may be appropriate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01340-10 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01410
TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The City will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform testing as indicated in the Project Documents, and may at any time elect
to have materials and equipment tested for conformance with the Project
Documents.
B. Cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services.
C. Testing laboratory inspection, sampling and testing will be required for, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Soil Compaction
2. Cast -in -Place Concrete
3. Mechanical Work
1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work.
B. Make available, at no cost to the City, adequate quantities of representative
samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing.
C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix approved to be used for
concrete, and other materials mixes, which require control by the testing
laboratory.
D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
1. To provide access to work to be tested
2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the
product to be tested
3. To facilitate inspections and tests
4. For storage and curing of test samples
E. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
1.03 PAYMENT FOR TESTING
01410-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. The City will pay for initial testing services required elsewhere in these
Specifications.
B. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Project Documents,
subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the
same Testing Laboratory, and all costs thereof shall be paid for by the Contractor.
C. Inspecting and testing, performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience,
shall be the sole responsibility of and shall be paid for by the Contractor.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Upon completion of each test and/or inspection, promptly distribute copies of test
or inspection reports to the Engineer, the Contractor, to governmental agencies
requiring submission of such reports, and to other persons as directed by the
Engineer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEST METHODS
A. Tests and Inspections will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of
these specifications or, if not herein specified, in accordance with the latest
standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), or other
approved and recognized authorities as acceptable to the City.
B. Requirements for testing are described in various Sections of these Specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01410-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01710
CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section specifies the maintenance of the work site in a clean, orderly, hazard -
free condition.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations in accordance with local ordinances and
anti -pollution laws. Rubbish, volatile wastes, and other construction wastes shall
be neither burned nor buried on the work site, and shall not be disposed of into
storm drains, sanitary drains, streams or other waterways.
B. Final cleaning shall be accomplished either by workmen experienced in cleaning
operations or by professional cleaners.
1.03 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local codes, ordinances,
regulations, and anti -pollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials
on Project site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or
paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains, Volatile wastes shall be disposed in
accordance with proper laws and be approved by the Department. Do not dispose
of wastes into streams or waterways.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ON -SITE WASTE CONTAINERS
A. Provide on -site waste containers for collection of waste materials, debris and
rubbish. See Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures, Subsection 1.05
regarding Safety Requirements for environmentally hazardous materials.
2.02 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Cleaning materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to
be cleaned.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain work site in accordance with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws
01710-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
applicable to work site cleanliness and in a neat, orderly and hazard -free condition
until final acceptance of the work. Catwalks, accessible underground structures,
work site sidewalks and walkways adjacent to the work site shall be kept free from
hazards caused by construction activities.
B. Store volatile wastes including rags in covered metal containers, and remove from
work site daily.
C. Prevent accumulations of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
D. Artificially ventilate spaces which are not naturally ventilated when volatile or
noxious substances are present in those spaces.
3.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Perform cleaning every workday for duration of the Work. Structures, grounds, and
areas of the work site, access roads and adjacent public and private properties
shall be maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish
caused by construction operations on the work site. Place waste materials and
rubbish in on site containers or as otherwise approved. Unneeded construction
equipment shall be removed and all damaged repaired so that the public and
property owners will be inconvenienced as little as possible.
B. Remove or secure loose material on open decks and on other exposed surfaces at
end of each day's work or more often to maintain work site in hazard -free
condition.
C. Prevent dislodgement of materials due to wind and other forces. Wet down dry
materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. Cover or wet
excavated material leaving and arriving at the site to prevent blowing dust. Clean
the public access roads to the site of any material falling from the haul trucks.
D. Empty on -site waste containers whenever necessary so that trash overflow does
not occur. Legally dispose of contents at either public or private dumping areas.
E. Control the handling of materials, debris and rubbish; do not drop or throw from
heights.
F. Immediately remove spillages of construction -related materials from hauling routes
or the site.
G. Where material or debris has washed or flowed into or been placed in existing
watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, pipes, structures, or elsewhere during the
course of the Contractor's operations, such material or debris shall be entirely
removed and satisfactorily disposed of during the progress of the work, and the
ditches, channels, drains, pipes, structures, and work, etc., shall, upon completion
of the work, be left in a clean and neat condition.
3.03 FINAL CLEANING
01710-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. In addition to the cleaning performed above, in preparation for final inspection,
remove grease, dust, dirt, rust stain from surfaces. Remove labels, fingerprints
and other foreign materials from exposed exterior finished surfaces. Flush down
all manhole covers and frames, valve boxes, and areas leaving such surfaces
clean of all sand, laitances, etc.
B. In preparation for final acceptance or occupancy, conduct final inspection and
cleaning of exposed exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces.
C. Maintain cleaning operations until project has been finally accepted.
END OF SECTION
01710-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
MDWASD 9/2016
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope of Work: For contracts where the work is performed at an on -site
location maintain one record copy of:
1. Record Drawings. Record Drawings as used herein shall mean a
drawing that accurately records constructed improvements and any field
changes.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modification of the contract.
5. Engineer's written orders or instructions.
6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
7. Field Test records.
8. Construction photographs.
9. As built dimensions and elevations as recorded by the Contractor's
Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) on a daily
basis.
10. Field Book. Survey Field notes taken by the Florida Licensed
Professional Surveyor and Mapper's survey crew (copy provided to the
Engineer on a monthly basis).
B. The records listed above are to be made available to the Engineer at all times
for all projects.
C. Related Requirements Described Elsewhere:
1. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Maintain documents in a clean dry, legible, condition and in good order. Do not
use record documents for construction purposes.
1.03 REQUIRED MEASUREMENTS
A. Set-up and Verification: The Contractor's Florida Licensed Professional
Surveyor and Mapper is required to recover the design baseline and verify the
elevations and coordinates on a regular basis as needed.
B. The Contractor is required to have a level instrument setup next to the
construction site in order to control the vertical alignment of the pipe installation
01720 -1 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
prior to trench backfilling. The level shall be setup daily for use by the surveyor,
Contractor's foreman and Department Engineer/Inspector. Any underground
construction work that does not have a level properly setup will be stopped by
the Department Engineer/Inspector.
C. The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the field information on
a daily basis when there is underground pipe installation. The survey crew shall
be on -site as needed to record and verify the information before it is covered.
Any underground construction work that does not have the information recorded
by a survey crew will be stopped by the Department Engineer/Inspector. The
Engineer/Inspector has the authority to order re -excavation of work that was
covered without accurate survey measurements.
D. Field Book Information: The Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper
is required to have his crews make daily visits to the project site during
underground pipe installation work to perform field measurements of the
Contractor's daily installations. This information shall be recorded in field books.
Copies of the field notes are required to be provided to the Construction
Manager on a monthly basis. The surveyor's field notes of the surveyor shall be
submitted to the Department along with partial as-builts plans (signed and
sealed) on a monthly basis as a condition of payment.
1.04 PROJECT RECORDS
A. During the life of the Contract the Contractor shall retain the services of a Florida
Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) who shall maintain daily
records of the installation, including all deviations from Plans and Specifications
and for the purposes of preparing and submitting to the Department an as-
built/record survey in compliance with:
1) Florida Statutes Chapter 472.027.
2) Florida Administrative Code Chapter 5J-17.050, 5J-17.051 and 5J-
17.052
3) As further required by these Contract Documents.
B. The Measure and Recording of all information required in Subsection A above
for all projects concurrently with construction progress. The services of the
Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper for the project shall be
retained by the Contractor prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. A letter
from the Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall be provided
at the preconstruction meeting indicating that the Contractor has secured his
services to perform all survey work for the duration of the project and prepare
final as-builts plans.
C. Submit redlines, partially completed as -built plan sheets and fully complete as -
built Plan sheets and certified copies of field book information to include raw
data of the measurements all as required by and satisfactory to, the Engineer as
01720 -2 R-5
MDWASD 9/2016
prerequisite for the acceptance of monthly payment applications.
D. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.
1. Record all information for pipeline projects and on -site projects
concurrently with construction progress.
2. Do not conceal any work until as -built information is recorded by the
Contractor's surveyor.
3. All locations for future connections or tie-ins shall be left unburied and
uncovered until the Contractor's PSM measures and records the as -built
information.
a. All as -built and inspector information is to be made available to
the Engineer on a daily basis for inclusion in the M -D WASD
records.
4. Restrained pipe, end line valves, thrust blocks shall be left uncovered
for the last complete length. Inline valves and tees shall be left exposed
for 1 length on both sides plus the face end. Measure and record the
elevation, horizontal and vertical alignment, and the inclination for these
items.
5. For all projects, the Contractor's PSM shall maintain exact and
extensive records of any deviations from Drawings and Specifications.
These records shall be satisfactory to the Engineer, whose decision
shall be final, and sufficient to allow the production of accurate as built
Plans which correctly and completely portray the work as constructed.
6. For all projects, the Contractor's PSM shall record data as follows during
the entirety of construction.
a. For facility (e.g. a water or sewage plant, pumping station, or
similar site, if so designated by M -D WASD) projects, record as -
built dimensions and elevations every twenty-five feet (25') or
portion thereof along pipeline and at every abrupt change in
direction of the new line.
b. For pipeline projects, constructed in the public right-of-way,
record dimensions and elevations every one hundred feet or
portion thereof along the pipeline and at every horizontal and
vertical change in direction.
c. In all cases, record locations and elevations for each valve,
fitting, service line, fire hydrant, water sampling point, utility poles
adjacent to the proposed line, overhead wires crossing the ditch
line (approximate height above grade) and other appurtenances
along the pipeline.
d. The identity, dimensions, location, and elevation of any existing
utility crossing the proposed line and so immediately adjacent to
the new line as to be exposed by the excavation, shall also be
01720 -3 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
recorded. Locate, excavate, expose, and record the same data
for any utility shown in the plans whose proximity to the
proposed pipeline could affect the certification requirements of
the new installation. Note that in instances of a very wide ditch
due to ground conditions, the recording of data for adjacent,
paralleling utilities shall only be required for lines which come
within three feet of the outside of the pipe being installed, unless
otherwise ordered by the Engineer who's decision shall be final.
e. Without exception, for all thrust blocks, the top elevation, outer
dimension, thickness of the block, length and location of any
sheet piling, if used, shall be recorded by the Contractor's PSM.
f. Specific locations and elevation of equipment, the buildings and
miscellaneous items installed inside them shall be recorded as
applicable and as required by the Engineer.
g. Without exception, where the substitution of another piece of
equipment for that shown on the Plans has been allowed, the
footprint, clearance, and elevation dimensions shall be recorded
by the Contractor's PSM and these changes shall be accurately
and thoroughly portrayed on the as -built plans.
h. Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall prepare from the field data,
as -built record drawings showing correctly, completely, and
accurately the installation, embracing all changes and deviations
made during construction, including all construction variances, to
reflect the work as it was constructed.
i. Record Drawings shall be prepared as specified hereinafter.
j. Record Drawings and five (5) copies shall be signed and sealed
by the Surveyor and shall be submitted to the Department for the
Engineer's review within ten (10) calendar days following the
completion date of successful pressure testing of all mains and
appurtenances under this Contract.
k. If the Engineer determines that the Drawings are not acceptable,
they will be returned to the Contractor with a cover letter noting
the deficiencies and/or reasons for the disapproval. Contractor
shall have ten (10) calendar days to correct all exceptions taken
by the Engineer and resubmit as -built record drawings to the
Engineer for final acceptance.
1.05 MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL AS -BUILT RECORDS
A. The mechanical, structural and electrical information on as-builts for Pump
Stations and Plant work shall be reviewed and signed and sealed by a Florida
Registered Professional Engineer when designated as the responsible party for
the corresponding portion of the as-builts.
B. The Engineer shall verify that all mechanical, structural and electrical information
on the as -built the work was constructed as designed on the Design Plans. Any
deviation shall be noted and approved by the Department.
C. Capital Improvement Projects contracted by the Department shall be certified by
01720 -4 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
the Construction Manager or Engineer of Record that the work was constructed
as designed on the Design Plans with any deviation shall be noted and
approved by the Department.
1.06 PROPERTY BOUNDARIES
A. The Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and
maintain throughout the construction the property boundaries of pump stations
and easements. The surveyor shall verify that the work of the project does not
encroach into adjacent (abutting) property. Property corners lost during
construction shall be reset at the first opportunity to ensure that the work is done
within the designated limits.
B. The as-builts for pump stations or other Water and Sewer Department above
ground facilities in an easement or designated property shall show all property
corners, setbacks and dimensions of the structure and appurtenances. All
information required of a boundary survey shall be contained on the as -built
plans. A boundary survey signed and sealed by a PSM shall be a part of the as -
built plans.
1.07 DRAWINGS
A. During the life of the Contract, maintain records of all deviations from the Plans
and Specifications and prepare therefrom As -Built Record Drawings showing
correctly and accurately all changes and deviations made during construction to
reflect the work as it was actually constructed. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to check the As -Built Record Drawings for errors and omissions prior
to submittal to the Department and certify in writing that the As -Built Record
Drawings are correct and accurate, including the actual location of all piping,
exposed and internal piping, and electrical/signal conduits in or below the
concrete floor. Indicate the size, depth and voltage in each conduit.
B. Legibly Mark To Record Actual Construction: All data as previously specified for
all installations by the Contractor's PSM. For on -site structures and facilities
work the Contractor's Florida Registered Land Surveyor shall record:
1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor
and datum plane.
2. All exposed and underground piping and ductwork with elevations and
dimensions and locations of valves, pull boxes, etc. Changes in
location. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent reference points, plant survey
grids, property lines and similar.
3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the
construction shall be referenced to visible and accessible features of the
structure. Air conditioning ducts with locations of dampers, access
doors, fans and other items needing periodic maintenance.
4. Field changes in dimensions and details.
5. Changes made by Engineer's written instructions or by Change Order.
01720 -5 R-5
MDWASD 9/2016
6. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
7. Equipment and piping relocations.
8. Major architectural and structural changes in structures, including tanks.
9. Architectural schedule changes according to Contractor's record and
shop drawings.
10. Record Drawings shall be prepared as specified hereinafter.
C. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and Supplier of each product
and item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Engineer's written instructions or by Change Order.
D. Approved Shop Drawings: Provide record copies for system diagrams and
drawings together with each element of process equipment, piping, electrical
system and instrumentation system.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each Record Document
5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.
B. Record Drawings with five copies which have been signed and sealed by the
surveyor shall be submitted to the M -D WASD for the engineer's review.
Drawings shall conform to recognized drafting standards. As -built drawing shall
be submitted on 24 -inch by 36 -inch bond paper. These materials shall be
submitted to the MD-WASD for the Engineer's review as a prerequisite for
payment during the course of construction as previously specified and final,
complete sets of documents within ten calendar days following the completion
date of successful testing of all mains, equipment and appurtenances under this
Contract. Final payment will not be made until the five sets of as -built record
drawings (with AutoCAD file) and five sets of prints have been approved and
accepted by the Engineer.
1. In cases where a portion of a pipeline system or parts of a process
system are put into service, the above conditions shall apply for the in-
service portion and monthly payments shall be withheld until the as -built
drawings are accepted by the Engineer.
2. As -Built Record Drawings, as prepared by the Contractor's Florida
Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper and submitted by the
Contractor, shall comply with following criteria and standards:
a. Title block must show the Contract or Project Title (as
applicable); Contract number; MD-WASD ER, PCTS, RPQ
numbers; Contractor's name; Engineer of Record's name;
01720 -6 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
Surveyor's name and address; date; location; and where
appropriate to the work, size and type (i.e. water main, sanitary
gravity main, sanitary force main) of main.
b. Baselines or centerlines must be tied to section corners,
monument line and right-of-way lines.
c. Pipeline must be tied to baseline or centerline with stations and
offsets.
d. Baselines or centerlines must show bearings or deflection
angles, or delta, radius, chord and arc length for curves.
e. Show all horizontal curve data, including point of curvature (PC)
and point of tangency (PT) stations or radial bearing.
f. Stationing must be the same as shown on construction drawings
and must be tied to Section corners, centerline intersections and
all other pertinent control points within the Project. All such
pertinent points shall have their stationing shown and where
there is dual stationing for a point, both stations shall be called
out.
g. Indentify all streets by name or number and show stationing at all
intersecting streets.
h. Refer to vertical datum plane and identify the location, elevation
and source supplying the bench mark used.
Tie easement lines to survey baseline or platted centerline and
right-of-ways.
j. Show horizontal and vertical locations of all fittings, deflections,
or at any significant change of direction, and at a maximum of
100 -foot intervals along the pipeline for off -site (e.g. in the public
right-of-way) and at maximum 25- foot intervals for on -site (e.g.
on a facility such as a pump station or plant work.
k. On all pipe fittings of 36 -inch diameter or over, (i.e. tees bends,
crosses, wyes, increasers/decreasers, bevels) elevations must
be taken at the end and center points to reflect the true elevation
and altitude of the fitting.
Elevations of natural ground or pavement over the pipeline must
be shown at each position where the pipe elevation is shown and
at intervening high and low points.
m. Manhole rim and valve box rim elevations must be shown.
n. Show all invert and bottom elevations in manholes and valve
vaults or boxes. Show all invert and bottom elevations together
with pipe size, and where it can be determined, pipe material, for
existing structures having pipes which cross the pipe line being
constructed.
o. Locations and elevations together with diameter, thickness and
material of all casings.
p. Location, top and bottom elevations of all sheeting left in place.
q. Coordinate values used inside plants shall be the local, the
City established coordinate systems referenced to the
property boundary.
r. State plane coordinate values for all new valves and manholes;
on existing valves and manholes at points of connection or
closest to the point of connection and the point of connection
01720 -7 R-5
MDWASD 9/2016
itself.
3. Certification: The Contractor shall certify on as -built record drawings all
other actual constructed details and information as may be required by
the City including but not limited to:
a. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material,
manufacturer, type of joint and type of joint restraint.
b. Valves shall be identified by size, type, end condition; and n
valves 16 -inch or larger, the manufacturer's name and number of
turns required to open or close the valve.
c. Show calculated pipeline percent of grade between manholes of
gravity systems.
d. Types and sizes of sheeting and piling together with measured
and complete; location, dimensional, , and elevation data on any
pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other appurtenant
structures left in place.
C. Digital Records: The City requires the submittal of as -built drawings in
AutoCAD for Windows format and in PDF format. Graphical information
contained on magnetic media shall be the same as provided on plan sheets.
Digital Records shall be delivered to the City Project Manager containing a
list of all files and data being provided. The AutoCAD file shall be compatible
with the Department system and capable of being uploaded without external
reference files.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01720 -8 R-5
SECTION 01 78 40 (01725)
PROJECT AS-BUILT/RECORD DRAWINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section shall serve to set requirements for As-Built/Record Drawings submitted
to Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department (Department").
B. As-Built/Record Drawings shall be submitted prior to placing any mains in service. The
approved Final As-Built/Record Drawings are required for Substantial Completion and
Conveyance of new water or sewer infrastructure. The infrastructure shall have As-
Built/Record Drawings in the format and information specified herein, as recorded by
a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) and prepared in accordance with these
guidelines as part of the construction and inspection process.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, bound
herein:
1. Section 01 31 19.13 (01150) — "Preconstruction Conference"
2. Section 01 42 16 (01005) — "Defined Terms"
3. Section 01 71 23 (01031) — "Grades, Lines and Levels"
4. Section 01 77 00 (01700) — "Contract Closeout"
1.03 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Florida Registered Professional Surveyor
and Mapper as a prerequisite to receiving a Notice To Proceed (NTP).
1. Prior to receiving the NTP the Contractor shall provide a letter from the PSM
indicating that the Contractor has secured his services to perform all survey
work for the duration of the Project, and to prepare final As-built/Record
Drawings.
2. Prior to receiving the NTP the Contractor shall provide a copy of the insurance
policy declaration page of the surveying company, and the professional Liability
insurance coverage.
3. The Surveyor shall attend the Preconstruction Conference. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to have the services of the PSM by the Preconstruction
Conference and the PSM in attendance.
4. Donation projects require the Survey Company or PSM to carry professional
liability insurance coverage. A copy of the insurance policy including the
declaration page shall be provided with the Final As-Built/Record Drawings.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 1 ER No.
B. The Florida Registered PSM shall maintain records of the installation, including all
deviations from Plans and Specifications, and for the purposes of preparing and
submitting to the Department an As-Built/Record Drawing in compliance with:
1. Florida Statutes Chapter 472.027.
2. Florida Administrative Code Chapter 5J-17.
3. As further required by the Contract Documents.
1.04 AS -BUILT SUBMITTAL PACKAGE
A. The Final As-Built/Record Drawing shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to
performing the pressure test of the main to be placed into service. The Department is
required to have as -built record documentation of all mains in operation.
B. Donation Projects As -Built Package -Submittal Prior To Pressure Testing and
Certification
1. A set of signed and sealed As-Built/Record Drawings (DWFX or PDF file),
signed and sealed field book information, electronic field raw data shall be
submitted using the applicable Department's system.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings in digital format DWG.
3. Bill of Materials, Bill of Sale Sketch (completed and signed by the Contractor).
4. Easement(s) legal description and sketch (signed by the owner if part of the
project). All surveys for right-of-ways, easements, properties, topographical,
boundaries and other special purposes.
C. Monthly submittals (for WASD contract projects)
1. A set of signed and sealed As-Built/Record Drawings (DWFX or PDF file),
signed and sealed field book information, electronic field raw data shall be
submitted using the applicable Department's system.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings in digital format DWG.
3. Final As-Built/Record Drawings shall be submitted as a prerequisite for the last
progress payment.
4. Easement(s) legal description and sketch (signed by the owner if part of the
project). All surveys for right-of-ways, easements, properties, topographical,
boundaries and other special purposes.
D. Final submittal shall consist of corrected As-Built/Record Drawings and Documents
in digital format (DWG and PDF files), to be submitted using the applicable
Department's system and the following sets of signed and sealed hard copies:
1. Two sets for water main projects,
2. Two sets for gravity and force main sewer projects,
3. For pump stations:
a. Five sets for donation projects.
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 2 ER No.
b. Three sets for contracts.
4. PSM's signed and sealed copy of the Field Book.
5. For donations, a copy of the insurance policy of the PSM, and the surveying
company, including the declaration page.
E. As-Built/Record Drawings signed and sealed by the Florida Registered Professional
Surveyor and Mapper and/or Engineer of Record or designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer must comply with format requirements.
F. Platted Lots Requirement
1. In lieu of recorded plats, 1 copy of a tentative plat signed by a representative of
the Miami -Dade County, Department of Transportation and Public Works, Plats
Division may be acceptable for As-Built/Record purposes. The Plats Division
representative shall attest that the lot and block numbers, street names,
easements, and other pertinent data shown are as will be recorded in the plat's
final form. In this case, the submitter is responsible to provide a copy of the
recorded plat to the Department's New Business office before any water meters
are set on the Project.
1.05 AS-BUILT/RECORD DRAWINGS FORMAT AND GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Size shall be 24" X 36".
1. Preferred scales are 1 "=20' for contracts and 1"=40' for donations horizontally,
and 1"=2' for contracts and 1"=4' for donations vertically. Other scales may be
permitted but must be approved by the Department prior to preparation of the
drawings.
2. Provide separate As-Built/Record Drawings and easements for water and
sewer conveyances. Where water and sewer are shown on the sewer As-
Built/Record Drawings, print dash the water on the sewer As-Built/Record
Drawings and show only sewer As -Built information. The same applies for the
water As-Built/Record Drawings.
3. Any deviations from the design plans must be approved by the Department.
B. Quality of As-Built/Record Drawings
1. To ensure that As-Built/Record Drawings may serve their intended purposes,
they shall be prepared with consideration for quality. The Inspector and As -
Built Reviewer will consider the following elements to ensure the quality of As-
Built/Record Drawings:
a. Accuracy: The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the
field information as necessary when there is underground pipe
installation. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and
Mapper shall be responsible for providing measurements in accordance
with the standard of practice established in Chapter 5J-17 of the Florida
Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 427.027, Florida Statutes.
The approved final As-Built/Record Drawing will be used as part of the
Department's GIS and Record System. In addition, the horizontal
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 3 ER No.
accuracy shall not exceed 1 foot in 7,500 feet, a commonly value
accepted for suburban areas. The elevations shall be based on a closed
level between two -benchmarks and shall not exceed the calculated
value of a closure in feet of plus or minus 0.05 feet times the square
root of the distance in miles.
b. Appearance: As-Built/Record Drawing shall be prepared in a
professional manner consistent with common drafting standards for
layout, lettering and line work.
c. Understandability: As -Built information shall be portrayed in a manner
that is readily understandable by someone not familiar with the specific
job.
d. Clarity: Preparer shall endeavor to present As -Built information clearly
without "cluttering" the drawing. Do not include or show trees, shrubs,
traffic lights or signs, landscaping, etc.
1.06 CERTIFICATION
A. As-Built/Record Drawings shall include a signed, sealed and dated certification
statement by the responsible Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper,
that all measurements were recorded under his direction and that they are accurate.
B. Final As-Built/Record Drawings that contain electrical, mechanical or structural work
(pump stations, sewage flow meters, etc.), shall be signed and sealed by the Engineer
of Record to indicate As -Built conditions.
C. Certifier shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of the As-Built/Record Drawings.
As-Built/Record Drawings shall not contain any statement that the information was
obtained from another party other than a Professional Surveyor and Mapper under his
direction (e.g. a statement such as "As -Built information provided by Contractor" shall
not be permitted).
D. The Contractor shall certify on the As-Built/Record Drawings that the As-Built/Record
Drawings are correct and accurately depict what was constructed in the field, in
addition that all As -Built field information submitted to the FOR or designated Florida
Registered Professional Engineer and/or PSM reflects actual field As -Built project
conditions, such as:
1. Valves must be identified by size, type, and end condition. On valves 16 -inch
or larger, the manufacturer's name and number of turns required to open or
close the valve.
2. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material, manufacturer, type of joint
and type of joint restraint.
3. Types and sizes of sheeting and piling together with location, dimensional, and
elevation data on any pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other
appurtenant structures left in place.
4. External wiring has been terminated inside the panel at the designated
"terminal boxes" in accordance with the approved electrical schematic and/or
shop drawings.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 4 ER No.
5. The electrical control panel has been installed and its components match
approved shop drawings and are in compliance with the Department's
Standards and Specifications.
6. The electrical power and control diagrams are current and reflect all approved
plans and/or field modifications made, if any.
7. The electrical control panel and associated electrical equipment are safe to
energize and operate.
E. The electrical control panel manufacturer shall certify that:
1. The installed control panel has been inspected at the job site.
2. The control panel and its components match approved shop drawings and are
in compliance with project's plans and specifications.
3. The control panel and its components have not been modified, changed or
altered in any way, shape or form as to void the Underwriter Laboratory (UL)
listing.
4. The electrical control panel and its components are safe to energize and
operate
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor's Responsibility
1. As-Built/Record Drawing preparation and submittal shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor. The final As-Built/Record Drawings shall be completed and
submitted to the Department prior to pressure testing, pending to show only
portions of the Project not authorized to be done before certification of the
system, such as interconnections, abandonments, cut and plugs, etc.; those
activities shall be reflected on the final As-Built/Record Drawing and
resubmitted within ten (10) County calendar days after a successful test.
Testing will not be considered complete until As-Built/Record Drawings, field
book data and other record documents are submitted and approved by the
Department.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings shall be checked by the Contractor for errors and
omissions prior to submittal to the Department.
3. For Donation Projects: A Bill of Materials (on Department form) shall also be
certified as correct by signature and presented at the time of As -Built
submission. Quantities shown on the Bill of Materials shall match installed and
As -Built quantities, not quantities proposed, bid or bought nor scaled distances
or quantities.
B. Professional Surveyor and Mapper Responsibility
1. The PSM shall be responsible for all locations, measurements and associated
information on the As-Built/Record Drawings.
2. Infrastructure being shown on As-Built/Record Drawings shall have been
located under the direction of a Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and
Mapper.
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 5 ER No.
3. As-Built/Record Drawings shall meet the requirements established in these
specifications.
1.08 PHASING
A. Phasing of projects must be approved by the Department and such approval
communicated to the Inspections Unit. Where phasing is approved the following
additional requirements for As-Built/Record Drawings shall apply:
1. The phase number must appear prominently on each sheet.
2. A prominent phase line shall be drawn at the junctures of the submitted phase
with any previous or subsequent phases. The phase line shall be labeled and
the phase numbers on either side of it identified.
3. Work in previous or subsequent phases shall be "hatched" out or dashed in
plan and profile and labeled "Not a Part" to clearly eliminate it from the As-
Built/Record Drawings.
4. Clearly show what is part of the present phase and what is part of previous or
subsequent phases at the tie-in points or phase lines. Make certain that this
matches what was previously submitted with any earlier phases.
5. Unless otherwise authorized, phases shall end at a valve for water and force
mains, and at a manhole for gravity sewers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. If construction drawings are used to create the As-Built/Record Drawings, all
"proposed" construction related information such as "equal to", "typical",
"approximately", "shall", etc. shall be removed from As-Built/Record Drawings, leaving
only "As -Built" information reflected on the drawing. Do not remove any information on
materials installed. The construction drawings need to be adjusted accordingly to
reflect constructed as -built information.
B. Site location sketch shall be provided showing the Project site and surrounding area
with all streets clearly named, its own north -arrow and a readable scale. The section,
township and range shall also be provided therein.
C. Provide separate water and sewer profiles.
D. When the main crosses a utility or structure, the two points providing the clearance
shall be identified, measured and recorded. This shall apply to all utilities (water, sewer,
sewer laterals, water services, gas, electric, storm, telecommunication, duct banks,
etc.).
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 6 ER No.
E. All mains shall be stationed, and all facilities and infrastructure labeled. As-Built/Record
Drawings shall show stations for all services. As -Built lengths and distances for service
runs shall also be given.
F. Stations shall run along the baseline.
G. For water mains, force mains and gravity sewers use one continuous stationing
system.
H. Where different stationing systems cross, show the equation station.
Label with station and offset all valves, fittings, services, outlets, manholes, deflection
points and other components in the line. The labels, stations and offsets shall coincide,
plan and profile.
3.02 REQUIRED INFORMATION AND MEASUREMENTS
A. Set -Up Verification
1. The Contractor's Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper is
required to recover the design baseline and verify the elevations and
coordinates on a regular basis as needed.
2. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and
maintain throughout the construction the property boundaries and easements
of pump stations and any other Department's facilities and infrastructure. The
PSM shall verify that the work of the Project does not encroach into adjacent
(abutting) property. Property corners lost during construction shall be reset at
the first opportunity to ensure that the work is done within the designated limits.
The PSM shall note on As-Built/Record Drawings any Department approved
encroachments into pump station site (fencing, driveways, etc.).
3. The Contractor is required to have a level instrument setup next to the
construction site in order to control the vertical alignment of the pipe installation
prior to trench backfilling. The level shall be setup daily for use by the PSM,
Contractor's foreman and Department Engineer/Inspector.
4. The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the field information
on a daily basis when there is underground facilities and infrastructure
installation. The survey crew shall be on -site as needed to record and verify
the information before it is covered. Any underground construction work that
does not have the information recorded by a survey crew will be stopped by the
Department Engineer/Inspector. The Engineer/Inspector has the authority to
order re -excavation of work that was covered without accurate survey
measurements.
B. Field Book Information
1. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper is required to have
his crews make daily visits to the Project site during underground pipe
installation work to perform field measurements of the Contractor's daily
installations. This information shall be recorded in field books. Copies of the
field notes are required to be provided to the Construction Manager/Inspector
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 7 ER No.
on a monthly basis. The PSM's field notes shall be submitted to the
Department along with final As-Built/Record Drawings (signed and sealed) as
a condition of conveyance (for donation projects), or monthly basis as a
condition of payment and at substantial completion (for contract projects)
before applying for final payment. Electronic field raw data is acceptable.
C. As-Built/Record Drawings Content Requirements and Procedures
1. The following shall be made a part of any As -Built submittal for water or sewer,
where applicable:
a. Project name, Project identification number and the words "As-
Built/Record Water" or "Record Drawing Water" or "As-Built/Record
Sewer" or "Record Drawing Sewer", all prominently displayed. PMS's or
Engineer's name, company, address, phone number and certification
statement shall also be displayed.
b. All applicable permit numbers for the Project shall be shown on the
cover sheet.
c. Graphic and numeric scale, north arrow and any symbol legend
needed.
d. All involved streets shown with centerlines, right-of-way lines, widths
and names, with matching plat, if applicable, subdivision name, phase
line and number. (Phasing to be nearest valve and manhole in limits
of phase area). Show station at all intersecting streets.
e. All involved lots and blocks shown and correctly designated (to match
plat).
f. All control lines identified (i.e. centerline, section line, monument line,
property line, etc.). Identify all streets by name or number.
Baseline shall be tied to centerlines, boundary lines, section corners, or
to monument lines or to right-of-way lines. Baselines must show
bearings or deflection angles, or delta, radius, chord and arc length for
curves.
g.
h. Pipeline shall be tied to a baseline that is easily identified on the existing
or proposed right-of-way. Baseline shall not be on top of the main
except for gravity sewers installed on centerlines.
i. Show all horizontal curve data, including point of curvature (PC) and
point of tangency (PT) stations or radial bearing.
j. Stationing shall proceed from south to north and/or from west to east.
Stationing shall be the same as shown on construction drawings and
must be tied to section corners, centerline intersections and all other
pertinent control points within the Project. All such pertinent points
shall have their stationing shown and where there is dual stationing for
a point, both stations shall be called out.
k. Horizontal Control
1) The PSM shall show on the As-Built/Record Drawings the
Florida State Plane Coordinate (current readjustment - NAD 83,
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 8 ER No.
FLA East Zone 901) with at least two physically located
horizontal control points within the Project limits.
2) For As-Built/Record Drawings within Department facilities with
relative coordinates, a coordinate conversion equation needs to
be included on every sheet.
I. Vertical Control
1) As-Built/Record Drawing shall use the same datum as per
approved design plans.
2) Nationwide, surveys and As-Built/Record Drawings are in the
process of conversion to NAVD 88 from the NGVD 1929. The
Department will accept NAVD 88 datum with a conversion factor
to NGVD 1929 on each page.
3) For projects using City of Miami datum provide a conversion
factor on each page to NGVD 1929 datum.
m. Easements
1) Easements, if any, shall be clearly shown with size, coordinates
for each corner and tied to the property line. The easements
shall be separate for water, sewer, force main and pump
stations.
2) Existing easements with Official Record Book (ORB) information
must be shown.
3) Easements are required for any infrastructure not in the public
right-of-way. An easement may also be required for a main in
the public right of way if there is insufficient side clearance to the
right-of-way line to permit maintenance of the pipeline (usually
6' for water and 7.5' for force mains and gravity sewer mains on
each side measured from the center of the pipe). For pipelines
larger than 16 -inches in diameter the easement size shall be
determined by the Department.
4) Easement lines shall be tied to the centerline of the main.
5) Show easement released with Miami Dade County Clerk of the
Court Official Record Book (ORB) and page.
n. Tie-in Points
1) All tie-in points, water or sewer shall be tied to the baseline.
2) In instances where this is impractical such as for service
installations, the tie-in location may be referenced to a known
Department facility such as a valve or manhole. This facility
must be fully identified with atlas page, Department As-
Built/Record Drawing number and page and its designation and
station as given therein. Approval for this method of location
shall be secured with the As -Built Reviewer/Inspector.
3) All locations for future connections or tie-ins shall be left
unburied and uncovered until the Contractor's Florida
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 9 ER No.
Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper measures and
records the As -Built information.
4) Clearly show and label what is new and what is existing at the
tie-in points with the WASD As-Built/Record Drawing number
identified on the existing main.
o. The ends of all services and laterals shall be fully located by reference
to the main and the nearest property line(s).
p. Show all outlets, stub -outs, sewer lateral, water service and any other
relevant information. Identify the size, material, length, direction and
elevation (top of pipe for water and force main, invert for gravity sewer).
q. On all pipe fittings of 36 -inches diameter or larger, including tees,
bends, crosses, wyes and bevels, station and elevation shall be taken
at the end and center points to reflect the true elevation and orientation
of the fitting.
r. Elevations of natural ground or pavement over pipelines shall be shown
at each position where the pipe elevation is shown at least every 100
feet on profile view.
s. Show profile view of the main pipeline installation on the same sheet as
the plan view. Stationing on both views shall be aligned to facilitate As -
Built review.
t. Manhole rim and valve box rim elevations shall be shown.
u. Show all invert and bottom elevations in manholes and valve vaults or
boxes.
v. Show all invert and bottom elevations together with pipe size, and where
it can be determined, pipe material, for existing structures having pipes
which cross the pipe line being constructed within 250 feet of point of
crossing.
w. Location, elevation, material and size of all casings shall be shown.
Launching and receiving pits location and dimensions shall be shown in
case of jack and boring or micro tunneling used for casing installation.
x. Types, sizes of sheeting and piling together with measured and
complete locations with dimensions, top and bottom elevations of all
sheeting and pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other appurtenant
structures including sheeting left in -place, shall be shown.
Where service is not at a right angle (90 degrees) to main line, tie
service with length of offset to nearest property line.
z. For Horizontal Directional Drilling installations, in addition to the
applicable items already mentioned on this section, As-Built/Record
Drawings shall include:
1) Equipment used.
2) Angles at entry and exit and radius.
3) Bore path report to include detection method used, location for
both entry and exit referenced to a permanent structure,
y•
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 10 ER No.
information of the company collecting the data, such as
company name, address, date, staff information who collected
the data.
4) The Department shall be provided with As-Built/Record Drawing
for any failed bore path.
aa. Provide State Plane Coordinate values and elevations for all visible
features such as valves, fittings, service lines, manholes, fire hydrants,
water sampling points, water meters, cleanouts and backflow
preventers, utility poles, adjacent to the main, overhead wires crossing
the main and other appurtenances along the main. Also provide State
Plane Coordinate values for existing valves and manholes at points of
connection or closest to the point of connection and the point of
connection itself.
bb. Lines that are abandoned in place, placed out of service or removed
shall be clearly identified (dashed and bold line type) on the As-
Built/Record Drawings to include cut and plug locations, pipe material
and existing As -Built location. Include the existing As-Built/Record
Drawing numbers. State whether cut and plug was performed by
Department forces.
cc. Include a statement showing work performed by the Contractor under
Department's licensed operator supervision.
dd. Mechanical restraints shall be identified on the As-Built/Record
Drawing. The restraint system used shall be identified (gland restrained,
joint restrained or gasket restrained). If thrust blocks are constructed,
the top elevation, outer dimension, thickness of the block, length and
location of any sheet piling, if used, shall be recorded by the
Contractor's PSM.
ee. Large diameter concrete transmission mains 42 -inches and larger shall
show each pipe joint with station and pipe length.
ff. Restrained pipe, end line valves, thrust blocks shall be left uncovered
for the last complete length. In line valves and tees shall be left
exposed for one length on both sides plus the face end. Measure and
record the elevation, horizontal and vertical alignment, and inclination
for these items.
For pipeline projects, provide dimensions and elevations of ground and
top of pipe every one -hundred feet maximum, or portion thereof along
the pipeline, at every significant change on ground elevation, at every
horizontal and vertical change in direction and at all fittings, with
stations.
gg.
hh. If an asset is authorized to be reused, clearly show that asset, such as
a fire hydrant, is being reused.
ii. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material, manufacturer, type
of joint and type of joint restraint.
jj. The identity, dimension, location and elevation of any existing utilities
crossing the proposed line and so immediately adjacent to the new line
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 11 ER No.
as to be exposed by the excavation shall also be recorded. Locate,
excavate, expose and record the same data for any utility shown in the
plans whose proximity to the proposed pipeline could affect the
certification requirements of the new installation. Note that in
instances of a very wide ditch due to ground conditions the recording of
data for adjacent, paralleling, utilities shall only be required for lines
which come within three feet of the outside (but not less than the
minimum required per FAC 62-555.314) of the pipe being installed
unless otherwise ordered by the Department whose decision shall be
final.
kk. Specific location and elevation of equipment, buildings and
miscellaneous items installed inside the buildings shall be recorded as
applicable and as required by the Department.
11. Without exception, where the substitution of a piece of equipment for
that shown on the Plans has been allowed, the footprint, clearance and
elevation dimensions shall be recorded by the Contractor's PSM and
these changes shall be accurately and thoroughly portrayed on the As-
Built/Record Drawings.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings for water and sewer force mains shall additionally
include the following:
a. Plan view showing size, material, offset of main, deflections (if any),
stations and offsets of services, hydrants and fittings at the main; and
at main, deflections (if any) and the end of the service line.
b. Profile showing ground and top of pipe elevation every 100 feet,
maximum, and at any change in grade (with corresponding station) and
at every fitting. Show size and material of pipe, all fittings and extend of
restrained pipe with stations. Stationing system shall be the same as
that used in the plan view.
c. Distances from main to all valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall
be shown. Tie hydrants to right-of-way. In established areas, the PSM
shall run -out right-of-way lines.
d. All "Assembly Detail" shall be provided for all turbo meter installations
and for all meters greater than four (4) inches.
e. Label water service as either double, single, irrigation, and so on, based
on type of service, including diameter and material.
f. When meter banks are used, show typical detail with size of service
line, material and type of services.
Location of all air release valves and top of pipe elevation, identifying if
the air release valves are automatic or manual.
h. Valves must be identified by size, type, and end condition.
Manufacturer's name and number of turns required to open or close the
valve shall be provided for valves 16 inch or larger.
3. Gravity sewer As-Built/Record Drawings shall additionally include the following:
a. Plan showing manhole numbers and stations, size and material of pipe,
g.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 12 ER No.
manhole to manhole length and slope in percentage. The size,
material, station and lengths of laterals shall also be shown. Stationing
shall be in accordance with the approved permit Plans.
b. Profile showing manhole numbers (as per plan), rim elevations, invert
elevations in and out of each manhole with directions, length and slope
of line. Pipes with a slope less than the minimum recommended by RER
(formerly Department of Environmental Resource Management)
minimum for a particular size of pipe shall not be accepted.
c. Stations and offsets of all wyes and tees for laterals and location of
cleanouts with distance to property line.
d. Connections to existing sewer collection systems with flow direction
shown.
e. Show profile for sewer laterals crossing utilities, with invert elevations
at main, at crossings, at change in direction and at clean out, including
slope, clearance at crossing and station.
f. When connecting a new main or lateral to an existing main, the As-
Built/Record Drawing shall show distance and invert elevations of
downstream and upstream existing manholes.
4. The following shall also be included on As-Built/Record Drawings for sewer
pump stations and other infrastructure:
a. A complete topographic and boundary survey for the pump station
and/or other facilities signed and sealed by the Florida Registered
Professional Surveyor and Mapper as part of the As-Built/Record
Drawings. All information required of a boundary survey, such as
property corners, setbacks, dimensions of the structure and
appurtenances, etc. shall be contained on the As-Built/Record
Drawings to include the legal description of pump station site and/or
other facilities, easements and rights -of -way abutting the pump station
site and location of all surface facilities recorded by a PSM. All utilities
within pump station property shall be properly shown, along with their
associated elevation and clearance.
b. Horizontal and vertical locations of all fittings, deflections, or at any
significant change of direction, and at a maximum 25- foot intervals for
on -site (e.g. on a facility such as a pump station or plant work).
c. Plan and vertical cross-section of the station showing and identifying
the piping and mechanical layout. Show elevations for top of wet and
dry wells, bottom of wet well, pipe inverts, finish floor elevation, etc.
d. FEMA flood zone and elevation shall be shown on the cover sheet.
e. Electrical As-Built/Record Drawing control and riser/one-line power
schematic diagrams, RTU wiring diagram and all other elevation and
any other electrical details.
f. Engineering Report as to the pump manufacturer, size, capacity (TDH),
peak design capacity (in GPM) and Bill of Materials (for donation
projects).
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 13 ER No.
g.
The mechanical, structural and electrical record drawings are to be
prepared by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer, each sheet of the record drawings must be
signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida
Registered Professional Engineer. The cover sheet is to be signed and
sealed by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer and shall include the following statement:
1) "I certify that these record drawings have been reviewed by me
or by individual(s) under my direct supervision and that these
drawings incorporate the information contained in the certified
As-Built/Record Drawings. To the best of my knowledge and
belief these record drawings substantially reflect the sanitary
sewer pump station and/or other infrastructure as constructed,
and as depicted on the permit plans including any Department
approved deviations, if any. The accuracy of these record
drawings is reliant on the accuracy applied by the PSM that
prepared the certified As-Built/Record Drawings, which was
[include the PSM's name, business name, PSM number,
address and telephone number]. The PSM has certified to me in
writing, that the As -Built location information of the sanitary
sewer pump station and/or other infrastructure conforms to the
standards of practice for land surveying, Chapter 5J-17 of the
Florida Administrative Code."
3.03 DEPARTMENT PROCESSING
A. The Department will require 10 County calendar days to perform the As -Built review.
B. As-Built/Record Drawings will be initially reviewed, commented and/or recommended
to be approved, from construction perspective, by the responsible Field Inspector, who
shall verify that they are an accurate representation of the work as installed and that
the job as shown is complete and in accordance with the permitted plans.
C. Following the Field Inspector's review, As-Built/Record Drawings will be reviewed in
depth by the As -Built Reviewer to ensure compliance with these specifications. The
Reviewer will also check the complete package which for donation projects shall
include the Bill of Materials.
D. The complete submittal package as defined above shall be delivered using the
applicable Department's system.
E. Cause for Non -Review
1. If review by the As -Built Reviewers reveals excessive errors or omissions, the
As-Built/Record Drawings shall be deemed "non reviewable". As-Built/Record
Drawings containing excessive errors or omissions shall include those with
omission of major sections of the installation, water and sewer As-Built/Record
Drawings on same sheet, those lacking large amounts of information and other
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 14 ER No.
rrors or omissions that are considered excessive in the opinion of the As -Built
Reviewer.
2. In cases when an As-Built/Record Drawing is considered "non -reviewable", it
shall be marked "Not Reviewable", the reviewer shall note comments regarding
obvious problem(s) and shall be returned to submitter. Such As-Built/Record
Drawings will not be considered as having been reviewed for the purposes of
Sub -section F, Punch List, below.
F. Punch List (for donation projects only)
1. Punch List items may be generated from the Department initial review.
Successive reviews are solely for the purpose of ensuring that original punch
list items are completely and correctly done to obtain a final As-Built/Record
Drawing acceptable to the Department.
2. Successive punch list items may only be added to correct a problem resulting
from submitter's efforts to comply with the original punch list. The Department
will prevent adding new punch list item(s). Submitter shall be required to make
these successive changes.
3. In the case of a major oversight on the part of the As -Built Reviewer, punch list
items may be added to the list or requested to the submitter after the valid time
for such items. The Department requires that all corrections be made as a
condition of accepting the final As-Built/Record Drawings.
G. Acquisition and Resubmittal
1. After notification from the Department, DWFX and/or PDF file with markups
along with the As -Built punch list (donation projects only) can be obtained from
the applicable Department's System.
2. After making the corrections requested on the As-Built/Record Drawing set and
punch list, upload the revised package to the applicable Department's System.
On contracts, contractor shall resubmit corrected As-Built/Record Drawings to
the Department within 10 County calendar days for contracts
3. The Department will require 10 County calendar days to perform the As-
Built/Record Drawing review.
H. Disputes or Interpretation
1. Resolution of disputes and interpretation of these requirements is the
responsibility of the As -Built Reviewer. Submitting parties are urged to work
with him to resolve any problems of this nature.
2. Where necessary, the submitting party may request a hearing with the
Department's PSM in matters of dispute or interpretation. The Department's
PSM's decisions shall be final.
END OF SECTION
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 15 ER No.
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION 01730
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Prepare Operating and Maintenance (0 & M) Manual covering all equipments and systems
provided under this project.
B. Instruct Department's personnel in the operation of equipment and maintenance provided
under this project.
C. This Section covers the services of the manufacturer's representatives and special
coordinating services required of the Contractor that shall apply during construction, facilities
startup, and training of the Department's personnel for facilities operation.
D. The Contractor shall inform all subcontractors and manufacturers of the requirements herein
and include the following services in his costs for the work. Where a minimum amount of
time is stated in the Technical Specifications for manufacturer's services, any additional time
required to perform the specified services shall be at no additional cost to the Department.
1.02 FORM, FORMAT AND SUBMITTALS CONTENTS:
A. Operating and Maintenance manuals will be used for use by Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Department personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various systems.
B. The Department shall be furnished with one set of any special tools required for servicing
for each type of equipment actually furnished.
C. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Department's personnel.
D. Format:
1) Size: 8% in. x 11 in.
2) Paper: 20 -pound minimum, white, for typed pages.
3) Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten.
4) Drawings:
(a) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
(b) Fold larger drawings to the size of the text paper.
5) Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment.
(a) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment.
(b) Provide indexed tabs.
6) Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAIN-
TENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List:
(a) Title of Project.
(b) Identify of separate structure as applicable.
(c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
01730 - 1 R-1
MDWASD
E. Binders:
1/1999
1) Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
2) Maximum ring size: As required (Minimum 1'/2 -inches).
F. Content of Manual:
1) Neatly typewritten table of contents, arranged in a systematic order.
(a) Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
(b) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the
volume.
(c) List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
(i) Subcontractor or installer.
(ii) Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
(iii) Identify the area of responsibility of each.
(iv) Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
(d) Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth
in Contract Documents.
G. Product Data:
1) Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2) Annotate each sheet to:
(a) Clearly identify the specific product or part Installed.
(b) Clearly identify the data applicable in the installation.
(c) Delete references to inapplicable information.
H. Drawings:
1) Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
(a) Relations of component part of equipment and system.
(b) Control wiring, schematic wiring, and flow diagram.
2) Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3) Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
I. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1) Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2) Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
J. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1) Provide information sheet for Department's personnel, give:
(a) Proper procedures in the event of failure.
(b) Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
01730 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1.03 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS:
A. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1) Description of unit and component parts.
(a) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
(b) Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
(c) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2) Operating Procedures:
(a) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
(b) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions.
(c) Special operating instructions.
3) Maintenance Procedures:
(a) Routine operations.
(b) Guide to "trouble shooting".
(c) Disassembly, repair, and reassembly.
(d) Alignment, adjusting, and checking.
4) Servicing and lubrication schedule.
(a) List of lubricants required.
5) Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6) Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7) Original manufacturer's parts list, illustration, as drawings and diagrams required for
maintenance.
(a) Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
(b) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8) List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recom-
mended quantities to be maintained in storage.
9) Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
B. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of Department's personnel.
C. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: The respective sections of
Specifications.
01730 - 3 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1.04 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. General: Operating instructions and diagrams shall be prepared for posting near the
equipment. Posted operating instructions shall be photographic or equal non -fading
reproductions framed under glass encased in non -discoloring plastic and shall be mounted
in location directed. Copies of the posted operating instructions shall also used with the
operating and maintenance manuals as a basis in training employees in the operation and
maintenance of systems and related equipment installed.
B. Contents: Posted operating instructions shall consist of simplified, consolidated equipment,
control and power diagrams graphically representing the entire system and actual equipment
installed, including concise written instructions on how to start and stop systems, what
settings and conditions are to be observed and what control adjustments are to be made or
maintained by the operation.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATES:
A. Each major component of equipment to have manufacturer's name, address, model number
and rating on a plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. Nameplate of a distributing
agent will not be acceptable in lieu of manufacturer's nameplate.
B. Nameplate shall be die -stamped, engraved, or etched to guarantee long term legibility.
1.06 GUARANTY/WARRANTY:
A. The Contractor shall guarantee that all new equipment has the capacity specified and that
it will operate without excess noise or vibration.
B. Contractor shall furnish a written guarantee covering all workmanship and materials for a
period of one (1) year, from the date of acceptance. This shall include an agreement to
repair or replace, at his expense, all defects that may appear in that time, which in the
opinion of the Department, are due to defective workmanship or materials.
C. Copies of factory warranties on all equipment furnished shall be submitted with the above
described, written guarantee period, and included in maintenance manuals.
1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Contractor shall provide all required service and maintenance on all equipment installed
under this contract for one (1) year following final acceptance or the beginning of beneficial
use by the Department. The starting date of one (1) year service period shall be determined
by the Department. Included in the service and maintenance to be provided during this one
(1) year period, shall be all required lubrication, adjusting belt tensions, eliminating excessive
noise and vibration, correcting all electrical and mechanical faults, recording all permanent
installed gauge meter and temperature readings, and other general service items, including
the answering of service calls.
B. Services During Construction:
01730 - 4 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1) General: Competent and experienced technical representatives shall represent the
manufacturers of all equipment and systems as many days as may be necessary to
resolve assembly or installation problems at the worksite which are attributable to, or
associated with, the equipment furnished. This requirement applies to manufacturers
of all equipment furnished, whether or not specifically set forth in the Technical
Specifications.
2) Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation: Where called for in the Technical
Specifications, the manufacturer's representative shall provide a certificate stating that
the equipment or system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation and has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized representa-
tive, that it has been serviced with the proper initial lubricants, that applicable safety
equipment has been properly installed, and that the proper electrical and mechanical
connections have been made.
C. Functional Testing Assistance:
1) Where functional (or run) testing is called for on the Technical Specifications, the
manufacturer's representative shall assist with the initial test, which shall include
checking for proper rotation, alignment, speed, excessive vibration, and noisy
operation. Initial equipment and system adjustment and calibrations shall be performed
in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. The
previously specified Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation shall include the
statement that proper adjustment have been made and that the equipment or system
is ready for plant startup and operation.
2) The Contractor, as applicable to the equipment furnished, shall state in writing that all
necessary hydraulic structures, piping systems, and valves have been successfully
tested; that all necessary equipment systems and subsystems have been checked for
proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate that they are all
operational; that the systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended
functions; and that the facilities are ready for startup and intended operation.
D. Training of Owner's Personnel
Where called for in the Specifications, the manufacturer's representative shall provide
detailed instructions to the Departments personnel for operation and maintenance of the
specified equipment. These training services shall include pre -startup classroom and onsite
equipment instruction and/or post -startup classroom and onsite equipment instruction, as
stated in the Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not used)
01730 - 5 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
END OF SECTION
01730 - 6 R-1
5/2017
SECTION 01750
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC AND PUBLIC STREETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Engineer with Maintenance
of Traffic (M.O.T.) plans for lane closures and/or detours for approval. These
M.O.T. plans shall be produced by an individual employed by the Contractor and
certified as "Work Zone Traffic Safety Supervisor" by the American Traffic Safety
Service Association, ATSSA.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of public streets and
traffic control for the duration of the project. The cost of Traffic Control including
the cost of any required off duty police officers shall be included under the
appropriate bid item in the Proposal. If no bid item for this is included, said costs
shall be included in other appropriate items of the bid and no extra compensation
will be allowed.
1.02 REGULATIONS
A. As used herein, any reference to Miami -Dade County, its departments, or its
published regulations, permits and data, shall be synonymous and
interchangeable with other recognized governing bodies over particular areas or
streets, or their departments, published regulations, permits or data. The
Contractor shall abide by all applicable laws, regulations, and codes thereof
pertaining to maintenance of public streets, detour of traffic, traffic control and
other provisions as may be required for this Project.
1.03 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (M.O.T.)
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the maintenance of public streets,
detour of traffic (including furnishing and maintaining regulatory and informative
signs along the detour route), traffic control, and other provisions throughout the
Project as required by the MDCDTPW, Traffic Engineering Division (Traffic
Division), FDOT or other governing agency. Traffic shall be maintained
according to corresponding typical traffic control details as outlined in the
MDCDTPW Manual. No street shall be completely blocked, nor blocked more
than one-half at any time, keeping the other one-half open for traffic, without
specific approval.
B. If required by the Traffic Division, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the
employment of uniformed off -duty policemen to maintain and regulate the flow of
traffic through the construction area. The number of men required and the
number of hours on duty necessary for the maintenance and regulation of the
traffic flow shall be subject to their approval. The cost of such off -duty policemen
shall be paid from the Quotation Item established for this purpose. If required by
traffic control permits or agencies, the Contractor shall work, odd or night hours,
as required for traffic control reasons, and the cost of such work shall be
considered as incidental to construction and no extra compensation will be
01750 -1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
allowed.
C. The Contractor shall provide all barricades with warning lights, necessary arrow
boards and signs, to warn motorists of the work throughout the Project.
Adequate approved devices shall be erected and maintained by the Contractor to
detour traffic.
D. Excavated or other material stored adjacent to or partially upon a roadway
pavement shall be adequately marked for traffic safety at all times. The
Contractor shall provide necessary access to all adjacent property during
construction.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision, installation and
maintenance of all traffic control and safety devices, in accordance with
specifications outlined in the MDCDTPW Manual. In addition, the Contractor
shall be responsible for the resetting of all traffic control and information signing
removed during the construction period.
F. Where excavations are to be made in the vicinity of signalized intersections, the
Contractor is alerted that vehicle loop detectors may have been embedded in the
pavement. Every effort has been made to show the approximate locations on
the Plans; however, the Contractor shall verify these locations by inspecting the
site of the work and by contacting the Traffic Division. Any loop detector which is
damaged by the Contractor, whether shown on the Plans or not, shall be repaired
or replaced by the Contractor, at his expense, and to the satisfaction of the Traffic
Division.
G. Where applicable, the Contractor shall notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in
advance of the construction date or 48 hours in advance of construction within
any signalized intersection.
H. Temporary pavement will be required over all cuts in pavement areas, and also
where traffic is to be routed over swale or median areas. When the temporary
pavement for routing traffic is no longer necessary, it shall be removed and the
swale or median areas restored to their previous condition.
I. Pavement markings damaged during construction shall be remarked, as required
by the Traffic Division.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01750 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02230
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Clear and grub the areas to be occupied by the facilities or utility systems to be constructed,
including all areas to be excavated, filled, paved or planted as shown on the approved plans
and as specified herein.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Clearing shall consist of the cutting, removal and satisfactory disposal of all trees, stumps,
brush, shrubs, rubbish and any other objectional material within the designated areas.
B. Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps larger than 1-1/2 inches in
diameter and other objectional material to a depth of at least 12 inches below the ground
surface.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
In the course of the work, it may become to remove trees if they interfere with the work. Dade
County and various municipalities have ordinances regulating the removal, relocation and pruning
of trees in the public right-of-way, these ordinances shall be strictly adhered to. The Contractor shall
obtain a permit from Dade County and/or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the work
area before removing, relocating and/or pruning any tree. The Contractor shall comply with all
requirements and conditions of the permit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. The Contractor shall remove and replace, where required all existing shrubbery, trees, grass,
sprinklers, fences, signs, mailboxes, structures, roadways, sidewalks, curbs and similar items
or structures in the way of all excavation necessary for the construction of the project.
B. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut, they shall be cut by means of a mechanical pavement
saw to form true and straight edges. Where such cutting is for the purpose of pipeline
installation, saw cutting shall be either parallel or at right angles with the centerline of the pipe,
02230 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. To protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement, including detour
routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having jurisdiction, prior to
proceeding with any work in the vicinity.
3.02 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT AREAS
The Contractor shall protect areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the Engineer of
Record to remain protected from damage by construction operations by erecting suitable
barriers of other acceptable means.
3.03 DISPOSAL
All roots, vegetation and other refuse removed from the site during clearing and/or grubbing
operations shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Where required, the Contractor shall
obtain a permit from Miami -Dade County and/or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction
over the work area before burning any material on the site.
- END OF SECTION -
02230 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION 02260
STEEL SHEET PILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install steel sheet piling as shown in the plans or as required for
a complete and satisfactory installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL SHEET PILING
A. Steel sheet piling shall conform to the requirements of "High -Strength Low -Alloy
Columbium -Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality", ASTM A572/A572M-94b (AASHTO
No. M223).
B. The Contractor will be responsible for design and selection. Structural plans for the sheet
steel piling installation and the calculations for the required Section Modulus and the
Sheet Piling Designation shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer registered in the
State of Florida. Sealed plans shall be submitted to the Engineer of Record for approval
prior to installation of the piling system.
B. Structural steel shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A36/A36M-94 "Structural
Steel".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 The Contractor will be responsible for removing the temporary sheet piling and structural steel
at the completion of the Project, such material will remain the property of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
02260 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02314
EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND FILL FOR
STRUCTURAL FACILITY AND UTILITY SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. The work included under this Section consists of furnishing material and equipment, and
performing all labor necessary for excavating, backfilling, filling and compaction of areas to be
occupied by facilities or utility systems to be constructed.
B. Plan For Excavation: Prior to commencing the excavation, the Contractor shall submit a plan
of his proposed operations to the Engineer of Record for approval. The Contractor shall
consider, and his plan for excavation shall reflect, existing utilities that are to remain, the
equipment and methods to be employed in the excavation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
All excavations shall conform with South Florida Building Codes, the State of Florida Trench Safety
Act, OSHA requirements and the provisions herein. Excavations shall be executed in accordance
with all applicable requirements of Section 01016, including notification of Sunshine State One -Call
Center (1-800-432-4770) 48 hours prior to any excavation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Structural Fill: Structural fill shall consist of an inorganic, non -plastic, granular soil containing
less than 10 percent material passing the No.200 mesh sieve (relatively clean sand or crushed
limerock with a 2 -inch max. particle size) with a Unified Soil Classification of GP, GW, SP, SP -
GM, SW-SM or SP-SM.
B. Ballast Rock: Ballast rock shall be composed of hard, durable, sound pieces having a specific
gravity of not less than 2.65. It shall be crushed rock conforming to the following gradation:
U.S. Standard
sieve size
Percent by
weight passing
1-1/2 inch 100
3/4 inch 30-75
1/2 inch 15-55
1/4 inch 0-5
C. Suitable Backfill Material: Backfill material shall be clean and free from all organic material,
clay, marl or unstable materials, debris, lumps, or broken paving. No rocks or stones larger
than 6 inches in diameter shall be allowed in any backfill. Material for backfill may be material
resulting from excavation, if suitable in the opinion of the Department.
02314 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
D. Select Backfill Material: Select backfill material specified herein shall meet all the general
requirements for backfill material set forth above, and in addition, shall be free of any rocks
or stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. Select backfill material may be material resulting
from trench excavation, if suitable in the opinion of the Department, carefully selected to
comply with these requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Clearing: The construction site shall be cleared of all obstructions and vegetation, including
large roots and undergrowth, within 5 feet of the lines of excavation, in accordance with
Section 02230. All debris created by this clearing operation shall be hauled from the site and
disposed of by the Contractor.
B. Removals: Complete all removals within the lines of excavation prior to beginning excavation.
Where required, all existing shrubbery, trees, grass, sprinklers, fences signs, mailboxes,
structures, sidewalks, curbs, utility poles, or structures subject to damage resulting from the
excavation should be transplanted, relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise protected and
preserved.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances
encountered, to the dimensions and depths shown on the approved plans, but in all cases as
required for construction, and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made by open cut.
B. When the walls of the excavations are to be kept vertical and in order to protect the safety of
workmen, the general public, this or other work or structures, or excavation walls, or pipe
installation including materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency to slough
or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken the overlying strata, or are otherwise
rendered unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by steel sheeting, stabilization,
grouting or approved methods. Said methods shall comply with the Trench Safety Act (TSA).
Sheeting and shoring or other approved method shall be designed by a Professional Engineer
licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C. For structures, the Contractor shall maintain the bottom of the excavation firm and dry, and
maintain an elevation of the water one (1) foot below the concrete to be placed, by use of
pumps, tremie or other acceptable method.
D. In areas where trench widths are not limited by right-of-way or easement widths, property line
restrictions, existing adjacent improvements including pavements, structures, and other
utilities, and maintenance of traffic, the trench sides may be sloped to a suitable angle of
repose of the excavated material.
E. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and leave trenches.
02314 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
F. Excavated material shall be stored and disposed of in such a manner that they will not interfere
unduly with traffic on public streets and sidewalks. In congested areas, such materials, cannot
be stored adjacent to the trench nor used immediately as backfill, shall be removed to
convenient places of storage. If any material is creating a public hazard or other unsafe
condition, it shall be removed immediately to a storage area.
G. Materials suitable for use as backfill be hauled to and used in areas where not enough suitable
material is available from the excavation. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall be
removed promptly and disposed of by the Contractor. Any pockets of organic matter, concrete
or other unsuitable material encountered in excavating shall be removed and replaced with
material satisfactory to the Department.
H. The excavation of walls for forms will not be permitted.
I. Excavation for structures:
1. Clear, as stated above, all existing items or structures in the way of the proposed pipeline
or structures, and excavate as necessary to the depths and dimensions shown on the
Plans, but in all cases as necessary for satisfactory installation.
2. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut, they shall be cut by means of a mechanical
pavement saw to form true and straight edges which shall, in general, be either parallel
or at right angles.
3. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement,
including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having
jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists prior to proceeding with
any work in the vicinity. A copy of all such notices shall be forwarded to the Department.
4. Where interlocking steel sheeting is used, the Department may require that the sheeting
be cut off at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and that portion below
the level be left in place.
5. Excavation for manholes and other piping appurtenances shall be sufficient to leave at
least two (2) feet clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or sheeting.
6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer of Record or the Department, the soil at that depth is
unsatisfactory as foundation material because it contains marl, muck, organic matter, or
other unsuitable material, the excavation shall be continued two (2) feet deeper, except
if a suitable foundation material is exposed at a lesser depth, further excavation will not
be required.
7. When the pipe to be installed in a trench requires the pipe installers to work under and
around the pipe, the Contractor may request the Department that he be allowed to
exceed the 12" maximum clearance, specifying the clear distance desired.
8. The ends of existing mains shall be temporarily capped or plugged to keep them clean
and the ends of all mains shall be temporarily anchored to keep the joints from blowing
apart from internal pressure until the new mains can be reconnected to them.
02314 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
9. In addition to specific construction methods specified, the general requirements in
subsequent subsections, below, shall apply to the work of this project.
3.03 DEWATERING
A. Any water which accumulates in the excavations for structures shall be removed promptly by
means satisfactory to the Engineer of Record in such a manner as to not create a nuisance
to adjacent property or public thoroughfare. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall
be operated with mufflers and at a minimum noise level suitable to a residential area. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any nuisance created due to the disposal of the water from
his drainage system.
B. Where applicable, the Contractor shall be required to obtain all necessary permits approving
the location and proposed method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation
into any portion of the public right-of-way or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
3.04 STOCKPILED MATERIALS
Suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be stored and disposed of in a manner which
will not interfere with traffic at the site. Material suitable for backfill and not needed for backfill at
the structure, but needed elsewhere shall be stockpiled until moved and used elsewhere.
3.05 BACKFILL
A. The excavation shall then be brought to the structures bottom elevation by placing and
compacting 6 -inch layers of Oolitic limerock (or material previously defined) to 95 percent of
maximum density as determined by AASTHO T-180. Structural fill shall be supplied by the
Contractor except as may otherwise be carefully selected from excavated material if deemed
suitable in the opinion of the Engineer. Backfill around new structures up to the pavement
base or surface of the ground shall be material not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter, and shall
be compacted in layers not exceeding 9 inches. Each layer shall be compacted with a powered
hand tamper, or other approved method to at least 98% of maximum density as determined
by AASHTO T-180
B. Backfill for precast manholes shall be drainfield limerock or specified pipe bedding material to
a level to receive the manhole at the proper elevation.
END OF SECTION
02314 - 4 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02315
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of excavating, backfilling and compaction as
required for the construction of the piping systems as specified herein. (See Section 02314 for
excavation for structures.)
B. All excavations shall be executed in accordance with the South Florida Building Codes, the
State of Florida Trench Safety Act (TSA), OSHA requirements and all applicable requirements
of Section 01016, including notification of Sunshine State One -Call Center (1-800-432-4770),
48 hours prior to any excavation.
PARTS 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Except where a 1:10 cement/sand or flowable fill concrete mix is required (See Section
02745), granular soil backfill materials shall be utilized. Suitable backfill material shall be
clean, shall not be expansive nor have high organic content, shall be free of clay, marl,
unstable materials, debris, lumps and clods, and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Maximum Liquid Limit shall not exceed 12 as determined by ASTM D 423.
2. Maximum Plasticity Index shall not exceed 35 as determined by ASTM D 424.
3. Not more than 10 percent of weight shall be finer than 74 micron (No. 200) U.S. Standard
Sieve.
B. Backfill material containing limerock shall have sufficient sand to fill the voids in the limerock.
No stones or rocks larger than 6 -inches in diameter will be permitted in any backfill. Backfill
material placed to a point at least one foot (1 ft.) above pipe and appurtenances shall be
select backfill material not exceeding 2 -inches in diameter. For PVC gravity sewers backfill
material placed at least two feet (2 ft.) above pipe shall be select backfill material not
exceeding 2 -inches in diameter. In any case, above this point, but up to the upper 6 -inches of
the trench, backfill shall be of material not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter.
C. Debris, broken paving or broken concrete shall not be used.
D. Material for backfill may be material resulting from excavation, only if it meets the above
mentioned requirements, or if suitable in the opinion of the Department. If sufficient suitable
backfill material, including select backfill material, is not available from the site, additional
material shall be furnished.
02315 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
2.02 SELECT BACKFILL MATERIAL
Select backfill material specified in these specifications or required by the Plans shall meet all the
general requirements for backfill material set forth above, and in addition, shall be free of any rocks
or stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. Select backfill for copper tubing shall be limerock
screenings or sand. Select backfill material may be material resulting from excavation, if suitable
in the opinion of the Department, carefully selected to comply with these requirements.
2.03 BEDDING MATERIAL
Pipe bedding material shall consist of one of the following types of material, and accordance with
the Department's Standard Details: (See Section UC-300 for Gravity Sewer Piping Foundations)
A. Bedding may be select backfill material, as specified above, if approved by the Department.
B. Crushed stone (or drainfield limerock) shall be used for bedding of piping (except for copper
pipe) and/or manholes as shown on the Standard Details. Crushed stone shall consist of hard,
durable, sub -angular particles of proper size and gradation, and shall be free from organic
material, wood, trash, sand, loam, clay, excess fines and other deleterious materials. The
stone shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33, Size No. 57 (3/4 -inch rock) and be
graded within the following limits:
Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight
1 'A -inch 100
1 -inch 95 to 100
'/2 -inch 25 to 60
No. 4 0 to 10
No.8 0to5
C. Sand for bedding copper pipe shall be a dry screened sand. Sand shall be graded sand with
100 percent passing a 3/8 -inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
D. Limerock screenings, sand or other fine material shall not be used for bedding.
E. All pipe bedding material shall be new, unless otherwise approve by the Department. Existing
pipe bedding material may not be used.
2.04 BACKFILL UNDER MANHOLES AND METER VAULTS
Any excavation below the levels required for the proper construction of manholes or meter vaults
shall be filled with Class C concrete. The use of earth, rock, sand or other materials for this purpose
will not be permitted. (See Section 02314 for excavation for structures.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING
02315 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. The Contractor shall perform all clearing necessary for the proper installation of all piping and
appurtenances in the locations shown in the Drawings, in accordance with Section 02230,
"Clearing and Grubbing".
B. Where required, all existing shrubbery, trees, grass, sprinklers, fences, signs, mail boxes,
structures, sidewalks, curbs, utility poles or structures subject to damage resulting from the
excavation should be transplanted, relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise protected and
preserved.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances
encountered, to the dimensions and depth shown on the Drawings. All excavations shall be
made by open cut.
B. When the walls of the excavations are to be kept vertical and in order to protect the safety of
workmen, the general public, this or other work or structures, or excavation walls, or pipe
installation including materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency to slough
or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken the overlying strata, or are otherwise
rendered unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by steel sheeting, stabilization,
grouting or approved methods. Said methods shall comply with the Trench Safety Act (TSA).
Sheeting and shoring or other approved method shall be designed by a Professional Engineer
licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C. In areas where trench widths are not limited by right-of-way or easement widths, property line
restrictions, existing adjacent improvements including pavements, structures, and other
utilities, and maintenance of traffic, the trench sides may be sloped to a suitable angle of
repose of the excavated material, but only from a point one foot above the crown of the pipe.
D. A substantially and safely constructed moveable shield or box, as approved by the Engineer
of Record, may be used in place of sheeting, except where specifically called for on the Plans
to install sheeting. Where a moveable shield or trench box, is used in place of sheeting and
shoring, the trench shall be opened immediately ahead of the shield as pipe laying proceeds
inside the shield.
E. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and leave trenches.
F. Materials removed from the trenches shall be stored and disposed of in such a manner that
they will not interfere unduly with traffic on public streets and sidewalks. In congested areas,
such materials, cannot be stored adjacent to the trench nor used immediately as backfill, shall
be removed to convenient places of storage. If any material is creating a public hazard or other
unsafe condition, it shall be removed immediately to a storage area.
G. Materials suitable for use as backfill be hauled to and used in areas where not enough suitable
material is available from the excavation. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall be
removed promptly and disposed of by the Contractor
H. Excavation for Pipes and Piping Appurtenances (See Section UC-300 for additional
requirements for gravity sewer piping):
02315 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
1. Clear, as stated above, all existing items or structures in the way of the proposed pipeline
or structures and excavate as necessary to the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
2. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut they shall be cut by means of a mechanical
pavement saw to form true and straight edges which shall in general be either parallel or
at right angles with the centerline of the pipe.
3. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement,
including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having
jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists prior to proceeding with
any work in the vicinity. A copy of all such notices shall be forwarded to the Department.
4. Excavate pipe trenches to a minimum of 6 -inches below the outside bottom of the
proposed pipe barrel to provide for the installation of the bedding material.
5. If, in the opinion of the Department, the soil at that depth is unsatisfactory as foundation
material because it contains unsuitable marl, muck, organic matter, or other unsuitable
material, the excavation shall be continued 2 feet deeper, except if a suitable foundation
material is exposed at a lesser depth, further excavation will not be required.
6. If the soil is still unsuitable after the additional excavation as prescribed above, the trench
bottom shall be excavated further in one foot increments in accordance with "Trench
Overcut", below.
7. Sheeting and shoring shall be installed where necessary to control trench width, protect
the workmen and the general public, and prevent damage to this or adjacent work, or
structures.
8. Where wood sheeting or certain designs of steel sheeting are used, the Department may
require the sheeting to be cut off at a level 2 -feet above the top of the installed pipe and
that portion below that level shall be left in place.
9. If interlocking steel sheeting is used, the Department may permit its complete removal in
lieu of cut-off, providing removal can be accomplished without disturbing the bedding,
pipe or alignment of the pipe. Any damage to the pipe bedding, pipe or alignment of the
constructed utility caused by removal of sheeting shall be cause for rejection of the
affected portion of the work. Not more than 100 -feet of trench shall be opened ahead of
pipe laying operations at one time unless a greater length of open trench is approved by
the Department.
10. Trench widths, when measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe, shall
provide a 12 -inch maximum clearance on each side, between the outside of the pipe
barrel and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Minimum trench width shall
provide at least 6 -inches clearance on each side, between the outside of the pipe barrel
and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used.
11. Excavation for appurtenances, such as manholes and valves, shall be sufficient to provide
a clearance between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation or sheeting, if
used, of not less than 12 -inches. Manhole excavations shall be carried to sufficient depth
to permit their construction on the undisturbed bottom of the excavation.
02315 - 4 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
12. Excavation for thrust block shall be made in such a manner so that, when concrete is
placed, it will bear against a firm, undisturbed, vertical trench wall with bearing are in
accordance with the schedule shown in the Standard Details.
13. Selected backfill shall then be placed and compacted in 6 -inch layers up to the level of the
pipe bedding material.
14. When the pipe to be installed in a trench requires the pipe installers to work under and
around the pipe, the Contractor may request the Department that he be allowed to exceed
the 12" maximum clearance, specifying the clear distance desired. The decision of the
Department in this regard shall be final.
15. The ends of existing mains shall be temporarily capped or plugged to keep them clean
and the ends of all mains shall be temporarily anchored to keep the joints from blowing
apart from internal pressure until the new mains can be reconnected to them.
16. In addition to specific construction methods specified, the general requirements in
subsequent subsections, below, shall apply to the work of this project.
I. Excavation for PVC Gravity Sewers and Service Laterals:
1. The Contractor shall make all excavations necessary for the construction of the gravity
sewers and service laterals to the lines and grades shown on the Plans, and in
accordance with the Standard Details.
2. In stable soils, trench widths when measured to a point 12 inches above the top of the
pipe shall provide a 12 -inch maximum clearance on each side, between the outside of the
pipe barrel and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Minimum trench widths
under the same conditions shall be 6 -inches on each side for the pipe for 4 -inch and 6 -
inch pipe, and 9 -inches on each side of the pipe for 8 -inch pipe and larger. Minimum
trench widths are required to provide room for a man to place and compact the haunching
and initial backfill material. Embedment material shall be Class I. (See Section UC-300)
3. In unstable soils (defined as peat, much or other organic soils, elastic silts and clays below
the water table, and fine sands below the water level), trench widths when measured at
a point 12 -inches above the top of the pipe shall be a minimum of five (5) nominal pipe
diameter in width. Slightly greater width are at the Contractor's option in order to
accommodate his trenching equipment, but the pipe bedding material shall extend to the
face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Embedment material shall be Class II. (See
Section UC-300)
3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION
Trench bottoms which are rendered soft or unstable as a result of construction methods, such as
improper or inadequate sheeting, dewatering or other causes, shall be stabilized. In no event shall
pipe be installed when such conditions exist. The Contractor shall correct such conditions so as
to provide proper bedding or foundations for the proposed installation.
3.04 TRENCH OVERCUT
02315 - 5 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. If, after excavating the trench to a depth of 2 feet 6 inches below the outside bottom
elevation of the proposed pipe barrel, and the soil at that depth is still unsatisfactory as
foundation material because it contains marl, muck, organic matter, or other unsuitable
material, the pipe trench shall be excavated further in one -foot depth increments until a
suitable foundation material is found. As a point of reference, it has been the Department's
experience that, typically, trench overcut does not extend to depths more than 6 feet. However,
the Department reserves the right to require trench overcut to depths up to 6 feet, i.e., to a
point 8.5 feet below the bottom of the pipe.
B. Select backfill, as defined above, shall then be compacted in 6 -inch layers up to the bottom
of the proposed 6 inches of pipe bedding.
3.05 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. It is a basic requirement of these Specifications that excavation shall be free from water before
pipe or structures are installed. However, it is realized that in certain sections of the work this
cannot be accomplished economically and the Contractor may request permission to use the
"Alternate Method of Construction" defined below.
B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, underdrains, well point systems, and other
means for removing water from trenches and other parts of the work including structures. The
Contractor shall continue dewatering operations until the backfill has progressed to a sufficient
height over the pipe to prevent flotation or movement of the pipe in the trench, so that the
backfill is above the natural water level.
C. Where applicable, the Contractor shall be required to obtain all necessary permits approving
the location and proposed method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation
into any portion of the public right -of -away or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
D. Water from the trenches and excavation shall be disposed of in such a manner as will not
cause injury to public health, to public or private property, to the work completed or in
progress, to the surface of the streets, or to cause interference with the use of the same by
public. Submit the proposed method of handling and disposal of trench waster for approval
before starting the excavation.
E. The Contractor is cautioned that Dade County or other governing body having jurisdiction over
the work location may have regulatory rules and ordinances prohibiting, or limiting, the
discharge of water from any excavation into sanitary and storm sewer systems, or to canals
and drainage ditches. Obtain all necessary permits approving the location and proposed
method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation into any portion of the public
right-of-way, or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
F. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall be operated with mufflers and a minimum
noise level suitable to a residential area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any nuisance
created due to the disposal of the water from his discharge system.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF BACKFILL
02315 - 6 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. Backfilling of pipe trenches will not be allowed until the work has been approved by the
Department, pressure tested if required, and the Department indicates that backfilling may
proceed. Any work which is covered or concealed without the knowledge and consent of the
Department shall be uncovered or exposed for inspection. Partial backfill may be made to help
restrain the pipe during pressure testing, if previously authorized by the Department.
B. The Contractor shall backfill all trenches and other excavations made in the process of
installing the pipe. He shall maintain the surface of the backfill free from major irregularities
and potholes.
C. Select backfill material shall be placed under and around the pipe to one foot above the crown
(or to two feet above crown for PVC gravity sewers) in 6 -inch layers. Each layer shall be
thoroughly compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density as defined by AASHTO
Standard No. T-180, "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using a 10-Ib. (4.54 kg.) Rammer
and an 18 -in. (457 mm) Drop". The material in the ditch may be compacted by either hand
tamper or a mechanized power tamper, provided the results obtained meet the continued
approval of the Department. Particular attention and care shall be exercised in obtaining
thorough support for the branch of all service connection fittings. Care shall be taken to
preserve the alignment and gradient of the installed pipe.
D. Backfilling and compacting of material lying above a point one foot (or two feet for PVC pipe),
above the crown of the pipe and below the pavement base or the surface of the ground, if out
of pavement, shall be accomplished in layers not exceeding 9 inches in thickness. Each layer
shall be thoroughly compacted with a powered hand tamper or a mechanized power tamper
to at least 98 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO Specification T-180 or
such greater density as may be required by the governing authority over the area in which the
work is performed. A testing laboratory will make periodic field tests to determine the density
being obtained in each lift, or layer, or the backfill. When compacted backfill fails to meet the
specified percentage of maximum density as shown by test results, it shall be reworked and
recompacted, and then retested. The reworking, recompacting and retesting of the backfill
shall be repeated as many times as may be necessary to obtain compacted backfill with
density meeting or exceeding the specified percentage as indicated by test results.
E. The Contractor shall exercise proper care to insure that no pipe will be broken or displaced
through the use of the type of mechanical compacting equipment he selects. Water shall be
added as required to obtain optimum moisture to facilitate compaction, but ponding or
inundation of backfill will not be permitted. These ponding limitations shall not prohibit backfill
in a wet trench up to the level of the natural water table if the "Alternate Method of
Construction" is utilized.
F. Backfill shall in general be kept up with the rate of pipe laying. The backfill up to the springline
of the pipe shall be placed as soon as practical after the laying of the pipe. On parts of the line
where ground water level may be high enough to float the pipe, the placing of the backfill and
the rate of pumping the trench shall be so controlled as to prevent the pipe from floating or
moving from the line and grade shown on the Plans.
G. In the event that sufficient suitable material is not available at any point to properly backfill the
trench, the Contractor shall transport suitable material from points of the line where such
material is available or shall otherwise furnish suitable material.
02315-7 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
H. Suitable material in excess of all backfill requirements and all unsuitable material shall be
removed from the work and disposed of by the Contractor.
I. Within paved areas of trench excavation, the base and surfacing shall be reconstructed as
specified under Section 02745, "Pavement Removal and Replacement".
J. Where cuts have been made through unpaved, stabilized rock roadways, driveways and
parkways, surface restoration shall consist of 3 inches of compacted limerock overlaid by 3
inches of gravel or graded and washed rock with a maximum diameter of '/2 -inch, except as
otherwise directed by the Department. The rock shall be installed over the entire width of the
disturbed area and shall closely match the existing rock at each location. Several grades of
rock may be required to attain this end, but it is not anticipated that more than one grade will
have to be used at any one location.
K. Backfill for Structures: See Section 02314.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE BEDDING - FORCE MAIN AND WATER MAIN
A. As described above, all pipe trenches shall be excavated to a level 6 -inches below the outside
bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. The resulting excavation shall be backfilled with approved
pipe bedding material, up to the level of the outside bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. This
material shall be tamped and compacted to provide a proper bedding for the pipe and shall
then be shaped to receive the pipe, including recesses for the pipe bells and couplings.
Placing and compacting bedding up to the level of the lower one-third of the pipe barrel shall
immediately follow the installation of the pipe. Bedding shall be provided under the branch of
all fittings to furnish adequate support and bearing under the fitting.
B. Select Backfill material may be utilized where the excavated trench bottom is above water.
C. Any excavation below the levels required for installation of the pipe bedding shall be backfilled
with approved bedding material, tamped, compacted and shaped to provide proper support
for the proposed pipe.
D. For installation of gravity sewers, see Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation".
3.08 COMPACTION AND DENSITIES
A. Methods of control and testing of backfill construction to be employed in this work are:
1. Maximum density of the material in trenches shall be determined byAASHTO Designation
T 180.
2. Field density of the backfill material in place shall be determined by AASHTO Designation
T 238.
B. Laboratory and field density tests are necessary to establish compliance with the compaction
requirements of these specifications. The Department will not accepts projects for which
successful laboratory and field density test results are submitted. Tests will be made at depths
and locations to the satisfaction of the Department.
02315 - 8 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. Trench backfill which does not comply with the specified densities, as indicated by such tests,
shall be reworked and recompacted until the required compaction is secured.
3.09 ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION
A. General:
1. A combination of conditions in the substrata, water table, or method of disposal may be
encountered during the course of the work which make dewatering impossible, or only
possible through the use of unusual methods, the cost of which is excessive. When such
conditions are encountered, but only after all reasonable means to dewater the excavation
have been employed without success, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the
Department may elect to employ the following alternate method of construction. The
concurrence of the Department shall be obtained and the Contractor shall limit the use of
the alternate method of construction to such specific portions of the work as determined
applicable.
2. The requirements set forth in other sections of these Specifications shall establish the
required standards of construction quality for this work. Use of the alternate method of
construction described hereinafter shall in no way be construed as relieving the Contractor
of his basic responsibility for satisfactory completion of the work.
3. Subject to all of the requirements stated hereinabove, including approval by the
Department, construction will be permitted in accordance with the following specifications.
B. Removal of Water: The installation of pipe, manholes and appurtenances under water will be
permitted and the dry -trench requirements of "Removal of Water" will be waived.
C. Excavation: Excavation shall be performed in accordance with normal applicable excavation
specifications.
D. Pipe Bedding for Ductile Iron and Vitrified Clay Pipe:
1. Pipe bedding shall be placed from 6 -inches below the outside bottom of the proposed pipe
barrel up to the level of the springline of the pipe barrel of gravity sewers and to the level
of the lower one-third of the pipe barrel for force mains or water mains. The bedding
material shall be washrock, drainfield limerock or approved material. Limerock screenings,
sand or other fine organic material shall not be used.
2. The bedding material used shall be tamped and graded to provide a proper bedding for
the pipe and shall then be shaped to receive the pipe. Bedding shall be provided under
the branch of all fittings to furnish adequate support and bearing under the fitting.
E. Bedding for PVC Pipe: The pipe bedding, haunching and initial backfill material shall conform
to embedment material listed in Section UC-300 for either stable or unstable soil conditions
as required, and shall be placed and compacted in as stated in "Installation of Pipe Bedding",
above.
F. Backfill:
02315 - 9 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
1. After the pipe is installed, backfilling shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of
"Installation of Backfill", except that select backfill material or pipe bedding material shall
be used to backfill around the pipe and to a level one foot above the outside top (crown)
of the pipe. Under no circumstances shall material other than select backfill or specified
pipe bedding material be considered satisfactory for this purpose.
2. If the Alternate Method of Construction is used, all backfill material, shall be carefully lifted
into the trench and released to fall freely therein when the bucket or container is near or
at a moderate height above water level. Height of release shall be to the satisfaction of
the Department. Below the existing water level, and to a point not more than 18 -inches
above the water level, the backfill material shall be carefully placed into place in uniform
layers, of equal depth on each side of the pipe. From a point not more than 18 -inches
above the water level, and below the pavement base or the surface of the ground if out
of paving, backfill material shall be placed and compacted for normal backfilling as
provided in "Installation of Backfill" and "Compaction and Densities".
G. Backfill for PVC Gravity Sewers:
1. After the pipe is installed, backfilling shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of
"Installation of Backfill", except that select backfill material or pipe bedding material shall
be used to backfill to a level two feet above the outside top (crown) of the pipe. Under
no circumstances shall material other than select backfill or specified pipe bedding
material be considered satisfactory for this purpose.
2. If the Alternate Method of Construction is used, all embedment and backfill material, shall
be carefully lifted into the trench and released to fall freely therein until the bucket or
container is at or just above water level. Below the existing water level, and to a point not
more than 18 -inches above the water level, the backfill material shall be carefully placed
into place in uniform layers, of equal depth on each side of the pipe. From a point not
more than 18 -inches above the water level, and below the pavement base or the surface
of the ground if out of paving, backfill material shall be placed and compacted for normal
backfilling as provided in "Installation of Backfill" and "Compaction and Densities".
3.11 RESTORATION OF EXISTING SURFACES
Paved and grassed areas disturbed by the operations required under this Section shall be restored
as indicated on the approved Plans and/or specified herein.
END OF SECTION
02315 - 10 R-2
SECTION 02534
PUMP STATION TESTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. The Contractor shall test sewage pump station, to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer, prior to final acceptance by the Department.
B. The Contractor shall provide start-up service to place the pumps and controls in
proper operation. During this service, the operation of the equipment will be
reviewed and the station will be inspected for proper installation and operation.
This service shall be provided by a representative of the manufacturer. The
Contractor shall inform the Department 48 -hours prior to commencement of such
services. These services shall be at no additional cost to the Department.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly be present to witness test for
determination of conformance with approved plans and specifications.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Department a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours in
advance of the test.
3.02 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING SEWAGE PUMP STATION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing the pump station in the manner
described below:
1. Place the operating mode selector switch in the manual position.
2. Fill wet well with water.
3. Start and stop each pump sequentially and then both pumps together.
While doing this, add water to the wet well as necessary.
4. With water level lower than pump's shut-off point, place selector switch to
automatic position.
5. Fill wet well slowly. Observe lead pump run.
6. Increase water flow into wet well for lag pump to run.
7. Stop pouring water into wet well and observe as both pumps shut off at the
pre -selected levels.
8. Disconnect power to pumps and fill wet well to alarm level and make sure it
operates.
9. Disconnect level controller and check that the lead pump is turned "on" and
"off at the proper levels by the float switches.
02534-1 10/2017
B. If the above parts of the test show that any component is not operating as
intended, make necessary adjustments and/or repairs and repeat steps 1 through
9, until the entire system operates trouble free.
C. Fill the wet -well with water to the invert of the influent pipe. Leave it full of water for
at least two hours. If the water level goes down, locate and repair the leak to the
satisfaction of the Department. Repeat test to insure absence of leaks.
3.03 GENERATOR START-UP
A. Upon completion of the initial start-up and system checkout, perform a field test,
with the Engineer notified in advance, to prove full specified power, stability,
voltage and frequency. The test shall run for four hours using a portable, dry
resistive load bank capable of incremental loading. Use the load bank
instrumentation to check the meters on the generator. The generator set shall be
able to take its full rated KW Toad when applied in one step. The generator set
shall also run continuously for four hours with all available load connected through
the automatic load transfer switch. Records shall be maintained through the
testing periods on coolant temperature, lubricating oil pressure, ambient air
temperature, voltage, current, frequency and kilowatts. Record the data at fifteen
minute intervals through the tests. There shall be a thirty minute unloaded run at
the conclusion of each test to allow the engine to cool down before shutdown.
Three copies of the field tests data shall be furnished to the Engineer. The
generator set shall also be tested under a simulated power failure to check that the
transfer sequence operates satisfactorily.
3.04 CERTIFICATIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance inspection, and in addition to all other submittals
required by the specifications, the Contractor shall furnish the following to the
Engineer:
1. Submit letter from electrical panel manufacturer certifying that:
a. The electrical panel has been inspected at the jobsite, after complete
installation.
b. The electrical panel and its components match approved shop
drawings and are in compliance with the project's plans and
specifications.
c. The electrical panel and its components have not been modified,
changed or altered in any way, shape, or form as to void the
Underwriter Laboratory "UL" listing.
d. The electrical panel and its components are safe to energize and
operate.
2. Submit letter from the Contractor certifying that:
a. The electrical panel has been installed in accordance with the
Department's standards and these specifications.
b. External wiring has been terminated inside the panel at the
02534-2 10/2017
designated "Terminal Boxes," in accordance with the approved
electrical schematic and/or shop drawings.
c. The electrical panel and its components have not been modified,
changed or altered in any way, shape, or form as to void the
Underwriter's Laboratory "UL" listing.
d. The electrical panel and its components match approved shop
drawings and are in compliance with the Department's specifications.
e. The electrical wiring schematic and control schematic are current and
reflect all approved field modifications made, if any.
f. The electrical panel associated electrical equipment are safe to
energize and operate.
END OF SECTION
02534-3 10/2017
MDWASD 9/2016
SECTION 02536
PRECAST MANHOLES & COVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
This section includes minimum construction requirements for standard sewer manholes and
precast concrete wet wells. It also includes precast concrete manhole sections with bell and spigot
joints with masonry transition to covering, anchorage, coating/lining and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES:
Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall be in accordance with
the current editions of the following standards:
A. Florida Building Code
B. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete; ACI 350 Code Requirement
for Environmental Engineer Construction Structures.
C. PCI MNL 116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Concrete
Products.
D. ASTM C62 - Specification for Building Brick (Solid masonry units made from Clay or shale).
E. ASTM C478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections.
F. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
1.03 SUBMITTALS, INSPECTIONS:
Submit the following information for approval. Fabrication shall not begin until submission has
been approved.
A. Satisfactory evidence that plant and production methods meet the requirements of PCI MNL
116 for the Quality Control of the Precast Plant, Concrete Batch Plant and Testing Lab.
B. Submit Design mix to the Engineer prior to fabrication.
C. Complete shop drawings of both concrete structure and castings and showing all dimensions,
reinforcement data, concrete strengths, etc. If of a non-standard design or if required by the
Engineer of Record submit design calculations and data. All computation shall bear the seal
of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida.
D. Manhole and Wet Wells: The WASD shall have the option of witnessing the manhole wet well
pour, reinforcing or formwork prior to fabrication. Provide the Engineer a schedule of the
manhole fabrication at the preconstruction meeting.
02536 - 1 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
E. Provide a rebar cutting lists for Pump Station Wet Wells. The rebar cut list is not required for
standard manholes.
F. Cylinder breaks shall be done for each lot in accordance with FDOT Standards (max of 50
structures per LOT). The manufacturer shall maintain records of the cylinder breaks for each
design mix. The 28 day concrete cylinder break reports shall be submitted to the Department
once the 28 day before the project closeout.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS:
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with
minimum five years documented experience. United Concrete Products, Landmark Precast,
Concrete Products of the Palm Beaches, TJ Precast, US Concrete Products or Approved
equal.
B. Quality Control Plan approved by the FDOT. The testing laboratory and batch plant shall be
included in the FDOT Quality Control Plan.
C. The Precast Manufacturer shall have a stamp from the Quality Control Manager on each
completed precast structure. The Quality Control Manager Stamp shall indicate that the
manhole was constructed in accordance with ASTM C478 and Municipality Standards and
the date that the structure was fabricated.
1.06 TRANPORTATION
A. The precast concrete structure shall cure for a minimum of 72 hours. Transport of the precast
structure to the jobsite is not allowed during the 72 hour curing period.
B. Comply with all applicable requirements of FDOT Section 450-16 Handling, Storage,
Shipping and Erection.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
Precast manholes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C478, latest edition, the Miami -
Dade Water and Sewer Department Standard Details and the following:
A. Properties:
1. Reinforcement of Grade 60 bars. (Pump Station Wet Wells require rebars not wire
mesh reinforcing).
2. Concrete 4,000 psi.
3. Water Cement Ratio: 0.40 to 0.34 Standard Manholes, 0.34 Pump Station Wet Wells.
4. Waterstops: Ribbed PVC Waterstop with centerbulb.
02536 - 2 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
B. Cement shall be Type II with a maximum aggregate size of #57. Aggregate shall be well
graded to produce a less porous and stronger concrete.
1. Gravity Sewer System Manholes: In sanitary sewage applications, all manholes
receiving the discharge of a force main, connecting to a major sewer line or interceptor
sewer terminal manhole within a 350 foot radius of the pump station, drop manholes, or
where called for in the plans and/or specifications shall have a concrete protective
coating or a antimicrobial admixture in the concrete mix.
The antimicrobial admixture in the concrete mix is specified below:
a. An antimicrobial agent, ConMlcShield®, or approved equal, shall be used to render
the concrete uninhabitable for bacteria growth.
b. Contractor shall mix the liquid antimicrobial additive with the total water content of
the concrete mix design in a proportion of 1 gallon per cubic yard. In the case of
repairs to damaged concrete a proportion of 2 gallons per cubic yard shall be
utilized.
c. In some instances all of the concrete in the structure will receive the additive and
in other instances only a portion of the concrete will receive the additive. Hence,
the Contractor shall apply the additive only as directed in the specific instance.
d. Precast Plant shall submit a letter of certification to the Department, stating that
the correct amount and correct mixing procedure was followed for all antimicrobial
concrete.
e. ConMlcShield® antimicrobial additive shall be as manufactured by ConMIcShield®
Technologies, Inc.; 541 Tenth Street NW #233, Atlanta, GA 30318; Phone:
(877)543-2094.
2. Pump Station Wet Wells
a. Pump Station Wet Wells shall have Xypex/BASF Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture or approved equal, applied at 2 to 3% of the weight of portland cement
in the wet well by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture shall be used
in lieu of painting the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
b. Do not use Con -Shield with the Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture
c. Concrete Protective Coating Preparation: The precast concrete structure with the
Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture is required to cure for 28 days prior to
application of the concrete protective coating. Prepare the interior wet well surface
with an epoxy cement underlayment compatible with the concrete protective
coatings approved for Pump Station Wet Wells, Epoxytec CPP, Tnemic 218 or
approved equal.
C. Minimum shell thickness of manholes shall be eight (8) inches.
D. Lifting holes through the structure will not be permitted.
02536 - 3
R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
E. Three to five courses of brick shall be constructed atop the manhole corbel for height
adjustment. Manhole adjustment grade rings may be utilized in lieu of clay bricks.
F. Precast Joints above Elevation +4.0. and Waterproofing
1. Standard Manhole: Ram-Nek preformed plastic joint filler, Swellseal Hydrophillic
Waterstop by Deneef, or approved equal. Apply Non -Shrink Grout both inside and
outside of the joint. Wrap the outside Corbel and Exterior joint with a heat activated high
shrink membrane.
2. Pump Station Wet Wells: Ram-Nek preformed plastic joint filler, Swellseal Hydrophillic
Waterstop by Deneef, or approved equal. Apply Xypex Concentrate Cementitous Slurry or
approved equal to the exterior and interior of the joint between precast members for
waterproofing.
G. Holes for pipe connections, with a diameter equal to the outside dimension of the connecting
pipe plus an additional 4 -inches, shall be formed in the manhole walls. No cutting or
chipping of the pre -formed holes, or cutting additional holes in the precast concrete walls will
be permitted.
H. The bottom slab shall be cast monolithically with the lower section and the longitudinal
reinforcement extending into the slab. The free air drop of the mix shall not exceed five feet.
I. No construction joints will be allowed below an elevation of four feet above mean sea level.
Construction joints will be allowed above elevation+4.0, if adequate keyways and waterstops,
approved by the Department (Ribbed PVC waterstop with centerbulb), are provided. The
Department may approve an alternate joint method in cases of excessively deeper and
heavy structures.
J. Built-in ladders or climbing rungs will not be permitted in any sanitary sewer manhole and
only in other structures where shown on the Plans and called for in the specifications.
K. Openings shall be sealed with hydraulic cement non -shrink grout on both the exterior and
interior of the structure.
L. Furnish manholes with accessories listed under "Manhole Accessories", below.
M. Lid and Frame: See Section 05550, "Castings".
N. Waterproofing:
Xypex Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture C -1000R with red dye or approved equal, applied
at 3% of the volume of Portland cement in the manhole by volume.
Rheomac 300D Admixture as manufactured by BASF with red dye applied at 2% of the
volume of Portland cement in the manhole by volume.
The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture may be used in lieu of painting the exterior of the
structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
Note: The Engineer may accept certification from the precast fabricator in lieu of the red dye.
02536 - 4 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
2.02 CLAY BRICK UNITS AND GRADE RINGS
A. Clay brick shall be used in manhole construction. Clay brick shall conform to ASTM
Standard C32, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)". Bricks shall
have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at least 14 days before
being placed in any wall. Under no circumstances shall brick with holes be utilized anywhere
in construction of a manhole or other structure unless specifically called out on the Plans or
in the Specifications.
B. Manhole adjustment grade rings may be utilized. Rings shall be made of 100% recycled
HDPE and available in cone opening diameters of 24, 27, 30 and 36 -inches. Slope
adjustment shall be attained by rotation of "wedge" rings from 4.1% to 0% grade. Rings shall
have been tested to withstand HS25 loading through at least 1,100,000 cycles without
cracking or other damage. Rings shall not be damaged by hydrogen sulfide manhole
conditions and shall be waterproof when assembled with approved butyl sealant. Ring shall
weigh six pounds or less and be equipped with UV inhibitor. Rings shall have been in
successful service in multiple locations within the US for at least ten years and shall be
warranted for five years. Rings shall be LadTech, Inc. HDPE Recycled Adjusting Rings or
approved equal.
C. Exterior Shrink Membrane not required on the HDPE Grade Rings.
2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT: As specified in Section 04060 and 03600, respectively. Only Type II
cement shall be used.
2.04 REINFORCEMENT: As specified in Section 03300.
2.05 SUMP: Where required, formed integrally with the base slab.
2.06 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS (Gravity Sewer Manholes)
A. For manholes standard manholes that do not have a concrete protective coating or an
antimicrobial additive (ConShield)in the mix, coat the interior of the manhole with Bitumastic
300M or approved equal, 16 mils minimum thickness. The manholes with a concrete
protective coating or ConShield anti -bacterial admixture shall not have Bitumastic on the
interior of the manhole.
Locations that require a Concrete Protective Coating or the Con Shield Admixture:
1 Manholes receiving the discharge of a force main.
2 Manholes within a 350 foot radius of a pump station wet well.
3 Drop manholes (if a drop connection is added to an existing manhole the existing
manhole shall be rehabilitated with a concrete protective coating).
4 Any manhole location determined by the Engineer to have the probability of generating
large quantities of sewer gas.
B. All concrete protective coating systems shall be pre -approved by the Water and Sewer
Department based on testing done within the WASD system. Only products that have had a
successful test application within the Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department system and
approved by WASD forces shall be allowed.
02536 - 5 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
PREAPROVED PRODUCTS LIST- concrete protective coatings (standard manholes)
1. Available Manufacturers: The manhole coating products below have passed
the WASD testing protocol and have been approved for use for rehabilitation
of standard manholes. The manhole rehabilitation products shall be used as
a complete system with no third party products used unless approved in
writing by the coating manufacturer. A one year warranty on the complete
coating system from the project completion is required.
a. Uroflex as manufactured by Epoxytec International
b. PPC as Manufactured by Polymorphic Polymers Corporation
c. SP15 Spray Mortar, Sewer Guard HBS 100 Epoxy Liner by BASF
d. Permaform MS -10,000 Fortified with ConShield or Cor-Guard Epoxy
e. SprayRoq, Spray Wall and SprayShield GT Coating
f. GEOKRETE System as manufactured by Quadex
g. Mainstay DS -5 High Build Epoxy, Mainstay ML -72 Restoration Mortar
h. GML Coating System: Green Monster Epoxy, GML-30 and GML-60 Epoxy
Cement
i. Raven Lining System: Raven 405 Epoxy, Raven 755 Epoxy Mortar
2. The manhole chimney shall utilize a flexible concrete protective coating. The
acceptable flexible interior coatings for the manhole Chimeny are Epoxytec
Uroseal, Uroflex or Geokrete.
C. Due to the probability of sewer gas generation, all manholes receiving the discharge of a
force main, connecting to a major sewer line or interceptor sewer, drop manholes, or within a
350 -foot radius of the terminal manhole immediately upstream of the pump station shall be
either constructed of concrete containing ConmicShieldv antimicrobial additive or lined on all
interior concrete surfaces with a pre -approved concrete protective coating or approved equal.
Concrete protective coating system shall fully protect openings, such as for pipes, to insure
that corrosive attack cannot take place at these locations. Protective system design for these
areas will be checked as shop drawings. Note that boot systems are not accepted by the
Department.
Since the proprietary grouts used to close the annular area between the manhole wall and
pipe entering or leaving the manhole are not compatible to the addition of ConMIcShield®
these areas require liner or coating (as acceptable to the Engineer) protection even in
manholes constructed of concrete containing this material.
D. All manhole exterior surfaces, from finished grade to base, shall be coated with Carboline
Bitumastic 300M, 2 coats 16 mils minimum thickness or have Xypex/BASF Crystalline
Waterproofing Admixture, applied at 2 to 3% of the volume of portland cement in the
manhole by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture may be used in lieu of painting
the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
E. If ConMlcShield® anti -microbial agent is used, interior coating and liners can be eliminated
except as specified above.
2.07 CONCRETE ADDITIVE AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS (Pump Station Wet Wells)
02536 - 6 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
A. Waterproofing Additive: Xypex Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture or approved equal,
applied at 3% of the weight of Portland cement in the manhole by volume. The concrete
protective coating shall be applied a minimum of 28 days after the casting of the reinforced
concrete structure in order for new concrete to cure.
B. Epoxy Cement Underlayment to smooth and prepare concrete surface Epoxytec Ceramico,
Tnemic 218 or approved equal.
C. Preapproved Concrete Protective Coating for Pump Station Wet Wells
1. Uroflex Coating System as manufactured by Epoxytec International
2. PPC as Manufactured by Polymorphic Polymers Corporation
3. or approved equal
2.08 MANHOLE ACCESSORIES:
All new sanitary sewer manholes shall be furnished with the following items. Where existing
manholes will be modified or are scheduled to be refurbished, rehabilitation shall also include the
following items unless otherwise approved by the Department.
A. Provide concrete protective coating system for manholes installed in locations identified to
have high levels of sewer gas.
B. Provide high density polyethylene manhole infiltration inserts in accordance with Section
02625, unless the Department requires the installation of stainless steel insert.
C. Exterior Shrink Membrane on Corbel and Exterior Joint; On all manholes (excluding the
HDPE grade rings)install a heat activated, high shrink membrane, on the manhole's exterior,
at each section joint and from the cast iron frame to the corbel section. Membrane shall be
Wrapid Seal, by Canusa Corrosion Protection and Sealing, or approved equal with the
following properties:
PRODUCT
COMPONENT
PROPERTY
TEST
STANDARD
UNIT
RESULTS
ADHESIVE
Softening Point
ASTM E28
Deg. C (Deg. F)
100 (212)
Lap Shear Strength
DIN 30 672
N/cm2 (psi)
8 (12)
BACKING
Tensile Strength
ASTM D638
MPa (psi)
20 (2900)
Elongation
ASTM D638
%
600
Hardness
ASTM D2240
Shore D
46
Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D1044
mg
45
SLEEVE
Peel Strength
ASTM D1000
N/cm2 (psi)
15 (9)
Water Absorption
ASTM D570
%
0.05
02536 - 7
R-10
MDWASD
11/2015
Low Temp. Flexibility
ASTM D2671D
Deg. C
-40 (-40)
(Deg. F)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. Refer to Section 02314, "Excavation, Backfill and Fill for Structures" for specific procedures,
requirements and testing methods appurtenant to the work under this Section.
B. Excavation shall extend to a level 12 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of the base
slab. If necessary, provide sheeting and shoring for the excavation.
C. Backfill resulting excavation with drainfield limerock or specified bedding material to a level to
receive the structure at the proper elevation.
3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. The precast base shall be set level, with the walls plumb on the graded crushed rock
bedding.
B. If any surfaces of structures are exposed to view and to a depth of 6 inches below grade, the
Contractor shall fill all depressions and all air holes with mortar, dampen surfaces, and apply
an approved bonding agent then spread slurry, consisting of one part cement and one and
one-half parts sand, by damp loose volume, on the surface with clean burlap pads and
sponge rubber floats. The Contractor shall remove any surplus by scraping and then rubbing
with clean burlap. Finish surface shall be suitable to receive paint.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF MANHOLES
A. Place base slab and manhole sections plumb and level. Coat exterior of precast structure
with Bitumastic 300M or approved equal. Install heat activated, high shrink membrane, on
the manhole's exterior, at each section joint and from the cast iron frame to the corbel
section.
B. During all backfilling operations, the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of the
structure. Exercise every precaution to prevent damage to, or unplanned loading of, the
structures and its appurtenances.
C. Lay clay brick in running bond. A minimum of three and a maximum of five courses shall be
constructed atop each manhole corbel. Lay masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head
joints, uniformly jointed with other work. Stucco inside and out with 3/4 -inch of mortar.
D. Set cover frames and covers level without tipping, to correct elevations.
E. Exterior surfaces of all structures shall be painted prior to the installation as specified
elsewhere herein.
02536 - 8 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
F. Openings shall be sealed with non -shrink grout. No expanding grout shall be allowed.
G. After satisfactory installation and testing, all interior concrete surfaces of the new manhole
shall be seal coated in accordance with Section 2.06-A.
H. The invert channels of the manhole shall be formed of brick or brick rubble thoroughly
bedded and covered with sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semi -circular bottom
conforming to the lower half of the connecting sewer pipe. Steep slopes outside the invert
channels shall be avoided. Changes in size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly.
Changes in the direction of the sewer or entering branch shall be a smooth curve with radius
as long as practicable.
I. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assure that the frames and covers are set to
match proposed finish paving grades at the manhole locations.
J. Gravity sewers shall connect to the manholes in accordance with Standard Details SS 7.0
and Section UC-250 "Gravity Sewer Systems".
3.04 ALTERNATE INSTALLATION
Installation methods given below in this Section shall only apply if permission is granted by the
Engineer of Record to use the "Alternate Method of Construction" as specified elsewhere herein.
All provisions of that Section shall be applied to the installation of the structures with the specific
modifications as follows:
A. Excavation
Excavation shall be carried to a depth of two feet below the bottom of the base slab.
B. Special Bedding
1. Bedding shall be crushed stone or gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard
C33 "Concrete Aggregates", latest edition, gradation 67.
2. The bedding shall be placed in the excavation from cut bottom to the level of the
bottom of the slab. Thereafter it shall be thoroughly rammed and tamped by use of a
crane and weight or other means suitable to the Engineer of Record to provide a stable
base for the structure. Tamping and, if necessary, additional filling shall be carried on
until the Engineer of Record is satisfied that a suitably stable base has been created
for the structure.
C. Backfill
1. After the structure is installed, special bedding material as specified immediately above
shall be carefully hand or machine tamped around the structure up to a level of no
more than eighteen inches above the water level. Thereafter the procedures and
materials specified for backfill and compaction, shall be used to complete the
installation.
02536 - 9 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
2. During all backfilling operations the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of the
structure and the Contractor shall exercise every precaution to prevent damage to, or
unplanned loading of, the structure or its appurtenances.
END OF SECTION
02536 - 10 R-10
MDWASD
SECTION 02540
PUMP STATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The purpose of this Specification is to establish uniform MD-WASD requirements for the
design and construction requirements for wastewater pumping stations. This Specification
does not purport to cover all materials or installation procedures which may be required.
However, it is intent of the MD-WASD to obtain a complete and working installation under
this project, and any items of labor, equipment or materials which may reasonably be
assumed as necessary to accomplish this end shall be supplied whether or not they are
specifically shown on the Plans or stated herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
All material and installation shall be in accordance with the MD-WASD's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
See Section 01005, "Defined Terms"
1.04 PROJECT APPROVAL
The approval of the MD-WASD and the local governing agencies shall be secured, prior
to any construction related activity.
1.05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, found
herein:
A. Section 01011 - Site Conditions
B. Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
C. Section 01031 - Grades, Lines and Levels
D. Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
E. Section 01720 - Project Record Documents
F. Section 01725 - Project As-Builts
G. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Instructions
H. Section 01740 - Permits
I. Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
J. Section 16051 — Pump Station Electrical Materials
K. Section 16268 — Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drive
L. Section 16420 - Stationary Engine -Generator Sets
M. Section 16510 — Interior Lighting
N. Section 16780 — S.C.A.D.A. System RTU Installation
O. Section 16940 — Pump Station Control Panel
02540 - 1 10/2017
MDWASD
1.06 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and fees in accordance with
Section 01740, "Permits".
B. Inspection by MD-WASD personnel is required in addition to, not in lieu of, municipal
and County department inspections. No facility will be accepted until it has passed all
inspections, including pavement installation or replacement.
1.07 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to commencement of the work, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction
Conference.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish "As-Builts" in accordance with Section 01725. The
Contractor shall submit operating and maintenance instructions and all other
submittals in accordance with Section 01730.
B. Where the Specifications require test certification or certification that certain products
or material furnished are as specified, the Contractor shall deliver such certification
to the MD-WASD. No material or equipment shall be approved for use in the work
until individual certification has been received.
1.09 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL
1. Pumping stations shall be designed in accordance with the State of Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Rules, Chapter 62-604 for
Wastewater Facilities, with OSHA requirements and with the "Florida State
Board Health Sewage Guide" and the recommendations of Chapter 12 of the
ASCE Manual No. 37, "Sewer Design and Construction", except as otherwise
provided herein. Wet wells shall be classified as hazardous areas, Class 1,
Division 2, Group C.
2. In addition, pump stations shall be designed in accordance with the MD-
WASD's "Supplemental Design Guidelines for Lift Stations and Force Mains"
found in Appendix B. The MD-WASD's "Standard Pump Station Drawings",
bound herein, are provided solely as an aid and shall not be considered as
completed construction drawings.
3. Pump station shall be designed to serve no more than one quarter section. Also
design shall incorporate corrosion inhibiting measures, practices and or
products as found in the "Basic Guide to Corrosion Protection for Miami -Dade
Water and Sewer Department Projects", found in Appendix D.
02540 - 2 10/2017
MDWASD
4. All applicable drawings of the MD-WASD's "Standard Details", found in PART IV
herein, shall apply. Water service at pump stations shall be installed as shown
in M-DWASD's Standard Pump Station Drawings.
B. STRUCTURE AND TYPE
1. Stations may be either precast or cast -in -place, installed by Caisson Method.
2. Stations shall be of reinforced concrete, and may be of the wet well -dry well
type or submersible pumping station type, with depths no greater than 24 feet.
The dry well shall maintain the cross-sectional area of the floor, up to ground
level and shall be provided with an intermediate removable deck. Dry wells with
entrance tubes shall not be approved.
3. Dry wells shall be close to square, in shape, with a minimum area of:
64 sq. ft. - for stations of 50 horsepower per pump and below,
100 sq. ft. - for stations of 60 to 75 horsepower per unit.
In all cases, dimensions of dry well shall also be based on the size of the
pumping equipment and appurtenances approved for installation therein.
4. Structural design shall conform with the requirements of the Florida Building
Code and the American Concrete Institute "Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318, latest edition. In order to provide strength,
stability, and serviceability for sanitary structure under special loading
conditions, the recommendations of ACI Committee 350 Report entitled
"Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures" (ACI 350) shall be used as a guide.
5. Wet-Well/Dry-well configuration shall be used when the station requires
installation of pumps weighing more than 1,500 pounds.
6. Wet -wells may be constructed as an integral part of the dry -well or as a
separate structure. Piping between separate wet -well and dry -well structures
shall be provided with a flexible joint at the structure wall. There shall be at least
four feet of separation between such structures. Wet -well operating capacity
determination shall be based on pump cycling, not on a fixed determined wet -
well effective volume. The method of determination shall be as specified in
Section 3.4.3 of "Supplemental Design Guidelines for Pump Stations and Force
Mains".
C. ACCESS
1. Wet-well/dry-well pumping station: shall have separate outward opening access
hatches for the -wet well and dry -well sized for the pump. Hatches shall be
provided in accordance with Section 05540. Wet -well hatches shall have a
minimum clear opening of 30 inches by 30 inches and shall be located directly
above the influent pipe and the operating control tubing. Dry -well hatches shall
have a minimum clear opening of 48 -inches by 72 -inches centered above the
pumps. In no case shall dry -well opening be less than as recommended by
pump manufacturer.
02540 - 3 10/2017
MDWASD
2. Submersible pumping station: shall have hatches designed for an H-20 live load
and sized according to pump manufacturer's recommendations. [See Section
05540 and Plans entitled; "Typical Submersible Sewage Pumping Station].
D. PUMPING EQUIPMENT
1. For wet well -dry well stations furnish and install vertical, centrifugal sewage
pumps, in accordance with Section 11210.
2. For submersible stations furnish and install submersible sewage pumps in
accordance with Section 11205.
3. Each pumping unit shall be designed to pump the peak flow at the required
head.
E. PIPING
1. Each pump suction line shall be sized for a maximum velocity of 5 feet per
second at the rated peak flow. Provide a 90 degree flared elbow in the wet well
and an isolation plug valve in the dry well, of a wet well -dry well type station.
The plug valve shall be the same size as the suction piping. Provide a plug
valve per pump in the valve vault of a submersible type station together with a
further isolation plug valve just outside of the valve vault on the force main.
2. Discharge lines shall be provided with horizontally mounted check valves of the
outside -lever and weight type and full size isolation plug valve. Discharge piping
shall be sized for a maximum velocity of 6 feet per second at rated peak flow or
a minimum of 6 -inches in diameter, whichever is greater. Each pump discharge
line shall be equipped with a petcock and pressure gage. The combined
discharge line shall be equipped with a bronze tapping saddle with 1 -inch
plugged tap for installation of SCADA by MD-WASD.
3. All pipes and fittings furnished and installed shall be in accordance with Section
15060, "Pipe and Fittings".
4. Piping within the pumping station shall be flanged ductile iron pipe. Piping
passing through concrete walls shall be provided with wall pipe or sleeves.
5. Fresh water and seal water pressure piping shall be copper. Seal water suction,
drain and overflow piping shall be PVC. Small piping (including conduits),
passing through concrete walls shall be provided with wall sleeves.
6. Valves 6 -inches and larger shall be plug valves of the non -lubricated eccentric
type with resilient faced plugs. Valves 2 -inches and smaller shall be gate valves.
F. EMERGENCY PUMP CONNECTION
1. A connection to the discharge piping shall be provided for emergency pump -out
of the wet well. It shall consist of necessary fittings, isolation plug valve, a ductile
02540 - 4 10/2017
MDWASD
iron or brass quick -connect male fitting and a dust cap with an air release
petcock. A petcock for gage at discharge of force main shall be provided.
G. ELECTRICAL SERVICE
1. Coordinate with the power company early during the design stage. No booster
or set-up transformer shall be permitted. Service shall be 3 phase, 208 or 480
volt, and adequate for the load served, but never smaller than the sizes
indicated below:
SERVICE SIZE
Voltage Pump Motor H.P. AMP THW Cu Conduit
208 5 thru 10 110 # 3 1-1/2"
208 15 thru 25 200 # 3/0 2-1/2"
480 5 thru 15 70 # 3 1-1/2"
480 20 thru 50 200 # 3/0 2-1/2"
480 60 thru 75 250 250 MC 3"
2. Neutral and grounding conductors to be sized according to NEC and FBC.
H. STANDBY POWER
1. As shown on the Plans titled, "Typical Submersible Pumping Station (WASD
Design Standard Update 2005)", the MD-WASD will require, as a minimum,
construction of a generator building, fuel tank pad and all interconnecting piping
and conduits. MD-WASD may require actual provision and installation of the
diesel generator, fuel tank and associated items dependent upon the criteria
provided below in this subsection.
2. Stations Above 350 GPM Capacity: Stations that will a peak flow above 350
GPM shall require approval and installation of an emergency generator and fuel
tank (Section 16420).
3. Stations at/or Below 350 GPM Capacity: May require stationary generator
based on the area's need for uninterrupted service (i.e. hospitals, government
centers, correctional institutions and similar facilities).
4. Unusually High Horsepower Motors: Which cannot be operated by portable
generators shall require a stationary generator.
5. Special Cases:
a) The MD-WASD may, at its discretion, require portable generators at
stations having unusual characteristics, or when an existing pump stations
being upgraded above 350 GPM, or when an institution as described in
Article 1.09-H.2, above, is added and no space exist for a permanent
generator.
02540 - 5 10/2017
MDWASD
b) If the project will contribute less than 350 GPM, but the pump station is
being designed to handle more than 350 GPM (PEAK) for the entire service
area, no installation of emergency generator and fuel tank is required.
)
A pump station serving only one development and designed for peak flows
of 150 GPM or more shall require installation of an emergency generator
and fuel tank.
I. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
1. General: One fire extinguisher shall be wall mounted in the dry well on suitable
brackets furnished by the manufacturer, bearing the mark of approval of
Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc., and ratings conforming to NFPA No. 10, but not
less than 3-A; 20-B:C. Fire extinguishers shall be of steel construction with red
enamel finish, except the valves which shall be stainless steel or chromium -
plated.
2. Dry Chemical Extinguishers: shall be rated for Class A, B and C fires, shall be
ten (10) pound capacity, nitrogen operated and shall be steel with red enamel
finish except valves which shall be stainless steel or chromium plated. Dry type
extinguishers shall be Allenco, Badger-Powhatan, Larsen or approved equal.
3. Carbon Dioxide Extinguishers: shall be steel with red enamel finish, except
valve and operator which shall be stainless steel or chromium -plated, Allenco
Model 7400-10, Badgern-Powhatan or approved equal. Hose diffuser horns
shall be non-metallic.
J. PANELBOARD & TRANSFORMER
A 100 amp single phase 120/240V breaker panelboard shall be provided to power all
miscellaneous loads such as lights, seal water pump, air compressors, fans, sump
pumps, dehumidifier, etc. If required, a dry type 480V -120/240V transformer wall
mounted at the intermediate deck level shall be provided to feed all these loads.
The transformer shall be sized to supply all of the connected load plus 30% of spare
capacity.
K. STUCCO
Only the outside wall surfaces of the above -grade structure (to six inches below
grade) shall be stuccoed. Materials shall conform to the Florida Building Code (latest
edition).
L. LIGHTING
1. Provide LED indoor lighting with a minimum of 10 foot-candle power at the
intermediate deck and at the lower level.
2. Where outdoor lighting is required provide LED wall -mounted fixture with
photoelectric control.
02540 - 6 10/2017
MDWASD
3. Lighting fixtures shall be in accordance Section 16510.
M. ALARM SYSTEM
Provide an alarm system to give audible and visual alarms of pump station
malfunction, in accordance with Section 16051.
N. AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT
All air moving equipment shall be in accordance with Section 15860.
O. INTERMEDIATE DECK
Provide an intermediate deck at an elevation with at least one-half foot clearance
above the top of the motor, but never less than 7 -foot clearance from floor slab. The
deck shall be constructed of removable galvanized steel grating supported on
galvanized steel channels. Grating shall be anchored to support frame channels.
The channels shall be located such, that clear access is provided to the motors from
the hatch opening when the grating is removed. Design in accordance with FBC and
OSHA requirements.
P. LADDER
Provide a galvanized steel ladder from the hatch to the intermediate deck. It shall
have extension rails which can be pulled up when the hatch is open. A second
galvanized steel ladder shall be provided from the intermediate deck to the bottom
floor. Ladders shall be in accordance with the requirements of the FBC and OSHA.
A safety railing and stainless -steel chain shall also be provided around the opening
in the intermediate deck for the bottom ladder.
Q. SURFACE PROTECTION - PAINTING
1. The inside walls of the dry well and all piping and equipment shall be properly
primed and painted.
2. Paint material and specification requirements are shown in Section 09900.
R. SITE & LOCATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Stations shall be located on property of adequate size and said property shall
be conveyed to the MD-WASD by fee simple title.
2. Location of pump stations shall be in accordance with local codes or
governing authority having jurisdiction at the proposed site. In any case, a
25 -feet long by 12 -feet wide paved driveway, which shall provide access to
all structures, wet well, dry well, valve pit, emergency generator and fuel tank,
if required. Typical pump station site plans shall have a 45 -feet by 65 -feet
format. A minimum separation of 5 -feet shall be maintained between any
proposed structure and a water or sewer main, and between two sewer
02540 - 7 10/2017
MDWASD
mains (edge to edge). Proposed rim elevations and final grade elevations
shall be in compliance with DERM requirements.
3. Direct access shall be provided, without entering or crossing private property,
by a paved driveway alongside the drywell and the wet -well for parking of
maintenance trucks. The driveway shall be direct and clear from the roadway
to the dry well / wet well. Control panels and emergency pump -out shall be
located to permit clear access through driveway
4. Provide a chain link fence, in accordance with Section 02822, that will
enclose the pump station property. The fence shall be 6 -feet high minimum,
with a 12 -foot wide, minimum, double -leaf gate for the paved driveway.
Barbed wire and extension arms may also be required in some locations.
5. Other types of property enclosures, such as block walls, may be substituted
but shall require the prior approval of the MD-WASD.
6. Unpaved areas shall be completely sodded after construction is complete.
Additional landscaping as required shall be incorporated in the Plans as set
forth in Section 02900.
1.10 COMPLETED AS-BUILTS
A. The as-builts shall be completed and submitted to the Department at the time
of system testing. Testing will not be considered complete until as -built record
documents are submitted and approved by the Department. Completed
finalized as -built package are required by the Department within 10 -days
upon the successful testing of all mains, equipment and appurtenances.
B. Complete topographic and boundary survey for the pump station shall be
signed and signed and sealed by the Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor
and Mapper as part of the as -built plans. All information required of a
boundary survey shall be contained on the as -built plans to include the legal
description of pump station site, easements and right-of-ways abutting the
pump station site and location of all surface facilities recorded by a PSM. All
utilities within pump station property shall be properly shown, along with their
associated elevation and clearance.
C. The mechanical, structural and electrical information on as-builts for Pump
Stations and Plant work shall be reviewed and signed and sealed by a
Florida Registered Professional Engineer when designated as the
responsible party for the corresponding portion of the as-builts. The Engineer
shall verify that all mechanical, structural and electrical information on the as -
built the work was constructed as designed on the Design Plans. Any
deviation shall be noted and approved by the Department.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
02540 - 8 10/2017
MDWASD
2.01 GENERAL
A. All material for use in the Project shall be new and of recent domestic manufacture
and shall be the products of reliable manufacturers or suppliers who, unless
otherwise specified, have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of such
materials and equipment for at least five (5) years.
B. All fittings and components shall, wherever possible, be standard stock articles of
well known manufacturers.
C. Where the Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the
product specified has been found suitable for the intended use, but, unless otherwise
provided, articles or products of similar characteristics may be offered for the
approval of the MD-WASD, after prior approval by the Engineer.
D. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be furnished regarding all material,
consisting of dimension drawings, catalog references and other information
necessary to clearly identify and evaluate each article.
E. Unless otherwise specified, all fabricated items, steel bolts, nuts washers and all
other miscellaneous ferrous metal items (except cast iron and stainless steel) shall
be hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, "Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products" and ASTM A153, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware". Where the word "galvanized" or its abbreviation is used
on the Plans or in these Specifications, it shall mean hot -dip galvanized. Fabricated
items shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Internal threads shall be tapped or
re -tapped after galvanizing. All threaded fasteners together with their associated
components, such as washers, located in the wet well shall be type 316 stainless
steel.
F. Pumps, motors, electrical items and other station equipment shall be shipped,
handled, stored and protected in accordance with Section 01600, "Materials and
Equipment Shipping, Handling, Storage and Protection"
G. Any salvageable pipe, fitting, or other miscellaneous material or equipment, removed
from the MD-WASD-owned mains during construction and not reused in the work
shall be cleaned, hauled to and stored where directed by, and shall remain the
property of the MD-WASD. All other material and equipment shall be disposed of by
the Contractor at his expense.
H. To insure satisfactory and successful final painting of materials and equipment to be
furnished, it is essential that the paints applied in the shop and in the field be
mutually compatible. To this end, require that the shop paints applied to materials
and equipment be compatible with the paints proposed for use in the field, or
determine what shop paints have been used and select field paints compatible
therewith, all as approved by the MD-WASD.
2.02 PUMPS
A. Submersible Pumps — See Section 11205 Submersible Pumps
02540 - 9 10/2017
MDWASD
B. Dry Well Centrifugal Sewage Pumps — See Section 11210 Vertical (Dry Pit)
Centrifugal Pumps
C. Pump Warranty
1. Submersible Pumps: The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units
supplied to the owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a
period of 5 years or 10,000 hours of operation, in normal use, operation
and service. The warranty shall be in printed form and shall apply to all
similar units. A copy of the warranty shall be supplied with each pump.
The warranty shall consist of the following: From 0 18 months or 0 - 3,000
hours, 100% warranty, From 19 39 months or 3,001 6,500 hours, 50%
warranty, From 40 60 months or 6,501 10,000 hours, 25% warranty.
2. Centrifugal over 60 HP and under: Same as for submersible pumps.
3. Centrifugal over 60 HP: One year Warranty minimum. Project specific as
required by the Engineer.
2.03 WET WELL
A. See Section 02536 Precast Manholes.
B. Concrete Protective Coatings: See WASD Pre -Approved Product List Sheet 10.7
Wet Well Coating.
C. Crystalline Waterproofing: Pump Station Wet Wells shall have Xypex/BASF
Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture or approved equal, applied at 2 to 3% of the
weight of portland cement in the wet well by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture shall be used in lieu of painting the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic
Coal -Tar Epoxy. The precast concrete structure with the Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture is required to cure for 28 days prior to application of the concrete
protective coating.
D. Water Cement Ratio: 0.34 for Pump Station Wet Wells
E. Reinforcement of Grade 60 bars. (Pump Station Wet Wells require rebars not wire
mesh reinforcing).
F. Waterstops: Ribbed PVC Waterstop with centerbulb.
G. No construction joints will be allowed below an elevation of four feet above mean
sea level. Construction joints will be allowed above elevation+4.0, if adequate
keyways and waterstops, approved by the Department (Ribbed PVC waterstop with
centerbulb), are provided. The Department may approve an alternate joint method in
cases of excessively deeper and heavy structures.
2.04 CASTINGS
A. GENERAL
02540 - 10 10/2017
MDWASD
1. Material used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTM A48,
"Gray Iron Castings", for Class 35B. Proof Loading: AASHTO M306 Loading
2. Castings shall be in compliance with Standard Details and Section 05550,
"Castings".
B. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole covers and frames shall be MD-WASD Type "A" with roadway cover,
U.S.F. Fabrication No. 310, or approved equal. The covers shall be cast labeled
"SANITARY SEWER".
C. VALVE BOXES AND COVERS
Valve Boxes and Covers shall be MD-WASD No. 52 or No. 53 in accordance with
the Standard Details appended hereto. Valve box covers shall be cast labeled with
the letter "S".
2.05 BRICK
A. Concrete brick shall conform to ASTM Standard C55-01 "Concrete Building Brick".
Clay brick shall be used in manhole construction. Clay brick shall conform to ASTM
Standard C62-00, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)".
B. Bricks shall have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at
least 14 days before being placed.
2.05 CONCRETE, MORTAR AND GROUT
See Sections 03300, 04060 and 03600, respectively.
2.06 CONCRETE BLOCK
Unit masonry shall conform with Section 04220.
A. Standard units of concrete block shall conform to ASTM C90, "Hollow Load -Bearing
Concrete Masonry Units", Normal Weight, Grade N-1, except that the maximum
moisture content shall not exceed 50 percent of the total absorption.
B. Louvered concrete ventilator block shall conform to the FBC for materials and quality
control. Louvered blocks shall be considered non -load bearing units requiring a
reinforced concrete lintel above, when placed in standard concrete block
construction. Size and reinforcement of the lintel shall be as required by the FBC,
however, the lintel shall bear not less than 8 inches on the masonry at each end.
C. Louvered ventilator blocks shall be furnished in modular units 16 inches square
nominal (15-1/2 inches by 15-1/2 inches actual), and each unit shall have four
louvers.
02540 - 11 10/2017
MDWASD
D. A mortar groove shall be provided on the exterior of the frame, centered on the
frame depth.
E. Each modular unit shall be provided with an insect screen. Fabrication shall be
extruded aluminum frames, corners mitered aluminum spline, and 16-18 mesh
aluminum screen. Screens shall be fixed type, with aluminum clips and screens
suitable anchored to the unit.
2.07 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
A. See Section 16051 "Pump Station Electrical Materials".
B. See Section 16940 "Pump Station Control Panel".
2.08 TELEMETRY
A. A telemetry panel provided by the MD-WASD shall be installed in the future. All
appurtenances required by the telemetry system shall be provided, including
antenna, concrete filled galvanized steel pipe, concrete base, mounting clamps and
accessories.
B. All lift stations shall be designed for fully automatic unattended pump control with
local override capability. Lift stations shall also be designed for remote monitoring
capability. Provisions for' these installations shall be made by Engineer of Record.
Remote monitoring will be installed by the MD-WASD.
2.09 FENCING MATERIAL
Fencing material shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Section 02822,
"Chainlink Fences and Gate". Gates shall be positioned to allow for maintenance and
direct truck access to the wet well.
2.10 PIPING AND FITTING MATERIAL
Piping, fittings and appurtenances shall be as specified in Section 15060, "Piping and
Fittings". Sewage lined ductile iron pipe and fittings are required within the pump station.
2.11 LADDERS & GUARD CHAINS
A. Galvanized steel ladders shall be fabricated with structural shapes in accordance
with Section 05120, "Miscellaneous and Structural Steel", and shall be sized in
accordance with the Plans. All welds shall be ground smooth and cleaned to remove
welding marks. All screws and bolts appurtenant to the ladders shall be AISI Type
316 stainless steel.
B. Guards chains shall be used where shown on the Plans. The chains shall be welded
stainless steel close link hoist chain 3/8 -inch by 1.2 inch X .540 inch links. One end
of each chain shall be attached by a stainless steel shackle to a 3/8 -inch round
stainless steel eye bolt through the pipe stanchion and the other end of each chain
shall be connected to a heavy stainless steel snap hook. A 3/8 -inch stainless steel
02540 - 12 10/2017
MDWASD
welded eye and concrete insert shall be provided in the wall for both chains. The
eyes shall be installed just below the bottom of the top and intermediate rails.
Stainless steel items shall be AISI Type 316.
2.12 All other material required for the satisfactory installation of the pump station, including
valves, sewage pumps, sump pump, steel reinforcing, structural steel, waterstops,
miscellaneous material and other products, shall be as specified elsewhere herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. The precast base shall be set level, with the walls plumb on the graded crushed rock
bedding.
B. Excavation shall extend to a level 12 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of
the base slab. If necessary, provide sheeting and shoring for the excavation.
Sheeting and shoring may be required in order to control the excavation dimensions,
protect the workmen, and prevent damage to the structure or other adjacent
facilities. The resulting excavation shall be backfilled with drainfield limerock or
specified pipe bedding material to a level to receive the structures at the proper
elevation.
C. Necessary sheeting and shoring shall be designed by a Registered Professional
Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. Signed, sealed, and dated
drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to construction.
D. The excavation shall then be brought to the structure's bottom elevation by placing
and compacting 6 -inch layers of Oolitic limerock to 95% of maximum density as
determined by AASHTO Specification No. T-180. Excess excavated material,
suitable for the purpose, may be used later as backfill around the structure. The wet
well, dry well and/or valve pit shall be painted prior to installation. Backfill around
new structures up to the pavement base or surface of the ground shall be material
not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter and shall be compacted in layers not exceeding
9 -inches. Each layer shall be compacted with a powered hand tamper or other
approved method.
E. For surfaces of structures exposed to view the Contractor shall fill all depressions
and all air holes with mortar, dampen surfaces, and then spread slurry, consisting of
one part cement and one and one-half parts sand, by damp loose volume, on the
surface with clean burlap pads and sponge rubber floats. The Contractor shall
remove any surplus by scraping and hen rubbing with clean burlap. Finish surface
shall be suitable to receive paint.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST PUMP STATION
02540 - 13 10/2017
MDWASD
A. Excavations for the cast -in -place or the precast structures shall be extended to a
level 6 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of the slab. Sheeting and shoring
may be required in order to control the excavation dimensions, protect workmen, and
prevent damage to the structure or adjacent facilities. The resulting excavation shall
be backfilled with drainfield limerock or specified pipe bedding material to a level to
receive the structures at the proper elevation. Pump station exteriors shall be
painted prior to installation.
B. Sheeting and shoring for the pump station shall be designed by a Registered
Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. Signed, sealed and
dated drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the MD-WASD for
approval prior to construction.
C. The pump station shall come with an anchor slab, precast to the dimensions shown
on the Plans to be lowered in to the excavation separately, or as a complete unit.
The structure, with anchor slab shall be securely seated.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF VALVE PIT STRUCTURES
A. During all backfilling operations the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of
the structure and the Contractor shall exercise every precaution to prevent damage
to, or unplanned loading of, the structure or its appurtenances.
B. The valve pit structure shall be precast to the dimensions shown on the plans and
carefully lowered into the excavation. The structure shall be seated securely to grade
and to the approval of the MD-WASD, after which the Contractor shall complete the
remainder of the installations.
C. After satisfactory installation and testing, the valve pit interior shall be painted as
specified.
3.04 MECHANICAL WORK
A. The mechanical work shall be performed by personnel who have had previous
experience installing similar pumping station equipment. All equipment shall be
installed in complete accordance with the installation instructions pertaining to the
various items of equipment as published by the equipment manufacturers and no
piece of equipment shall be installed unless its installation instructions are on hand.
Duplicate copies of these instructions shall be furnished to the Engineer of Record
prior to installation. Before any installation work is started, the Contractor shall
submit five copies of installation drawings to the MD-WASD for approval of all the
proposed mechanical work. No work shall commence until approval of the
installation drawings has been received.
B. All pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be adequately supported with adjustable pipe
saddle supports, by wall brackets, or by ceiling hangers, as indicated on the
drawings. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all piping passing through
walls or floors shall be provided with pipe sleeves or wall pipe as indicated on the
Plans. Sleeves shall be caulked to piping on both sides of wall with Dow -Corning
02540 - 14 10/2017
MDWASD
790 joint sealant or approved equal. Sleeves and wall pipe shall be accurately set in
the forms and blocked to prevent movement during pouring of concrete. Sleeves
and wall pipe for piping 6 inches and larger shall be made of cast iron. Sleeves for
piping smaller than 6 inches shall be cut from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe,
reamed and set flush with both faces of wall or floor, or as shown on the Plans.
C. All pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned internally to the satisfaction of the MD-WASD
before installation.
D. All pipe work under this Contract including handling of materials, excavation, laying,
blocking, alignment and grade, jointing, setting valves and fittings, and anchoring,
shall meet the applicable provisions of AWWA Specification C600, "Installation of
Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances", latest edition, as modified
herein.
E. The Contractor shall furnish all nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets, foundation bolts, and
all other items necessary to install the equipment specified herein. Foundation bolts
shall be of a size recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. All nuts,
bolts, foundation bolts, and washers shall be hot -dip galvanized steel or stainless
steel, as specified herein, or shown on the Plans.
F. Equipment shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner in accordance with
accepted practices. Alignment of pumping equipment shall be by a qualified
millwright. Foundations and supports for equipment shall be poured to within one
inch from finished elevation. The floor shall be thoroughly roughened by chipping
where supports, foundations or bases are to be poured. Foundation bolts shall be
located by templates which shall be left in place during the pouring of the concrete.
The equipment shall be set and shimmed with steel wedges to the required finished
elevation. The foundations shall be encircled by forms and the equipment grouted in,
using epoxy grout, as specified herein. Rodding or other suitable means shall be
used to assure that all voids have been filled. After the grout has set, the shims shall
be removed and the resulting spaces filled with grout. After setting, this grout shall
be trimmed to match the adjoining grouted surfaces. The matching surfaces of the
grout and foundation on all pumps shall be rubbed with a carborundum brick to
produce a smooth, even finish, satisfactory to the MD-WASD. Exposed corners
shall be chamfered 1 inch.
G. The pumps and motors shall be placed in position and shall be perfectly aligned in
accordance with the recommendations of the pump manufacturer, and to the
satisfaction of the MD-WASD. Bolts shall then be tightened, and the alignment shall
be rechecked. Alignment and checking shall be done in the presence of a MD-
WASD representative.
3.05 STRUCTURAL WORK
A. All concrete work shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable provisions of
Section 03300.
B. If, in performing the concrete work hereunder, the forms holding the concrete should
fail, sag or get out of line in any way whatsoever, repair such damage to the
02540 - 15 10/2017
MDWASD
complete satisfaction of the Engineer. All completed members shall be straight and
true, and present a uniform appearance. The use of excavation walls as forms will
not be approved.
C. Concrete surfaces shall be inspected immediately after the forms are removed.
Defective areas shall be chipped away to the depth of the imperfections but not less
than one inch deep. These areas shall be kept wet for at least two hours before
patching. Immediately thereafter, all the holes shall be brushed neat with cement
grout. While the grout is still wet, the holes shall be filled with a barely moist grout
consisting of one part Portland cement and three parts sand, which shall be driven
tight with wooden caulking tools and finished off flush and smooth. The mortar
patches shall be cured as specified.
D. The dry well floor and valve pit floor shall slope one inch from the farthest point to
the sump.
E. Construct the foundations for the pumps and motors with non -shrink epoxy grout.
The foundation shall include anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and sleeves as required for
the equipment. Anchor bolts shall be in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the MD-WASD. The
foundations shall be poured to heights of not less than one inch below the elevation
required to bring the equipment to the correct elevation, leaving room for placing
grout to maintain the equipment at the proper elevation. After the forms have been
removed, the foundations above the floor line shall be rubbed smooth with a
carborundum brick. Exposed corners shall be chamfered 1 -inch. Anchor bolts, nuts,
washers, and sleeves shall be hot dip galvanized.
F. The Contractor shall construct concrete foundations for the check valves, including
felt paper lining. Foundation and supports shall be allowed to cure for at least 7 days
before setting any equipment. The floor shall be thoroughly roughened by chipping
where supports are to be poured. After the forms have been removed, the
foundations above the floor line shall be rubbed smooth with a carborundum brick.
Exposed corners shall be chamfered 1 inch.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING
A. The Contractor shall inform the City in writing that the station is ready for
operation, and shall, in the presence of the City's representative, demonstrate the
operability and correct adjustment of every device included in the Project. The
Contractor shall furnish all gauges, testing devices, water to fill (and refill as
required) the wet well, electric power, labor, and other necessities to demonstrate
that the station is ready to be put into operation. All tests and/or demonstrations
shall be conducted to the complete satisfaction of the City.
B. Testing of the different items of equipment shall be conducted as many times, and
for as long as is necessary, to determine whether the various items meet
Specifications. Discharge piping shall be tested for leaks under pump shut-off head
condition. No leakage is allowed. All interior ductile iron piping except the pump -
02540 - 16 10/2017
MDWASD
suction piping shall be tested and made "drop -tight" under a hydrostatic test pressure
of at least 100 psi. Sections of discharge piping which cannot be isolated by valving
for full pressure tests shall be tested at system pressure with no leakage allowed.
Pump suction piping and valves shall be made "drop -tight" when the wet well is
flooded to the invert level of the gravity line entering the wet well.
C. The Pump Station shall be tested per pump manufacturer's recommendations, WASD
Standards for Submersible/Centrifugal Pumps and in the manner described below:
1. Fill wet well with water.
2. For pump number one:
• Check winding resistance and record readings.
• Place the operating mode selector switch in the manual position.
• Record voltage and amperages.
• Take pump down time and document it.
3. For all subsequent pumps follow steps 1 and 2.
4. With water level below lead pump starting point place all pumps selector switch to
automatic position and continue adding water to wet well as necessary.
5. Observe lead pump run.
6. Increase water flow into wet well for lag pumps to run.
7. Continue this process for all pumps.
8. Stop pouring water into wet well and observe as all pumps shut off at the pre-
selected levels.
9. Return selector switch to the off position.
10. Allow well to fill up to verify that High level alarm is functioning.
11. Again, pump down well in manual operation until low alarm level is triggered but
12. before pump looses prime.
13. Disconnect Digital Level Controller and check that lead pump is turned "on" and "off'
at the proper levels by Back-up controller operating with float switches.
14. If the above parts of the test show that any component is not operating as intended,
make necessary adjustments and/or repairs and repeat steps one through thirteen,
until the entire system operates trouble free.
15. Fill the wet well with water to the invert of the influent pipe. Leave it full of water for
at least two hours. If the water level goes down, locate and repair the leak to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Repeat test to ensure absence of leaks.
END OF SECTION
02540 - 17 10/2017
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02615
CONCRETE PROTECTIVE LINER SYSTEM
FOR PRECAST STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to supply
polypropylene, random copolymer (PP -R) concrete protective liner in the precast wet wells and
manholes as required and as shown on the plans. The liner system shall be AGRU "Sure -
Grip" PP -R Concrete Protective Liner, or approved equal polypropylene lining, as installed by
U.S. Precast Corporation, Miami, Florida and Joelson-Taylor Concrete Products at Venice,
FL, Deland, FL and other locations in this state.
B. PP -R concrete protective liner shall be designed and installed by the manufacturer of the
precast structure to protect the structure's interior surfaces from chemical attack and microbial
corrosion, and to facilitate the prevention of ground water infiltration. A watertight seal
between the ring and cover, or access hatch, and the liner, must be incorporated into the
design. Additionally, the liner must be sealed at the bottom of the concrete structure's wall
with a waterstop assembly thermo-welded to the wall liner, or with continuous liner coverage
over the top of the base slab. All construction joints must be sealed by extrusion welding the
liner seams together to form a continuous and flexible seal between structure sections.
1.02 SUBMITALS
A. The contractor shall submit for review a detailed CAD shopdrawings for each type of structure
to be used on the project. These drawings shall detail the precast structure, per the design
specified for the project, and shall show the concrete protective liner's placement on the
structure's interior wall surfaces, at the construction joints, at pipe and other conduit
connections, and at the adjustment area between the precast structure and the ring and cover.
A manhole frame sealing system, in accordance with Section 02620, may be used in lieu of
liner at the adjustment area.
B. The contractor shall provide, upon request, detailed thermo-welding and weld testing
procedures, and supply to the engineer, upon request, a copy of the liner manufacturer's
certification of training for those personnel performing the welding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
A. The PP -R liner shall be free of pores, pinholes, voids and foreign bodies. All anchoring studs
shall be manufactured during the extrusion process in one piece with the sheet. No welding
to attach the studs to the sheet or mechanical finishing work is permitted. All welding rod,
profile strips, cap strips and polyester backed transition wrapping shall be manufactured from
02615 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
the same resins by the same manufacturer. The liner manufacturer shall be ISO 9001
certified.
B. The characteristic values of the raw materials shall be as follows:
PROPERTY
TEST METHOD
UNIT
STD. VALUE
Density
ASTM D 792-86
G/cm3
.898
Melt Flow Index
ASTM D 1238-88
G/10min
(190/5)
Heat Reversion
ASTM D 1637-83
%
< 2
Yield Stress
ASTM D 638-89
PSI
> 2,900
Elongation of Yield
ASTM D 638-89
%
> 10
Elongation at
Break
ASTM D 638-89
%
> 50
Fire Classification
UL 94
V2
Electric
Conductivity
1013
Resistance to Pull-
Out
SKZ Test Directives
T/m2
T/ft2
30
3
Maximum Working
Temperature
C.
F.
90 degrees C.
194 degrees F.
2.02 CONFIGURATION
A. Studded PP -R liner sheets shall have a minimum design thickness of 2 mm (.079 inches) and
have a minimum of 39 wedge shaped anchoring studs per square foot of liner. Minimum stud
height shall be no less than 9 mm (.39 inches) with a minimum length of 14 mm (.55 inches).
Anchoring studs must be capable of resisting continuous hydraulic backpressure, to a
minimum of 40 feet of hydraulic backpressure, exerted between the interior wall of the
concrete structure and the anchoring stud side of the protective liner.
B. Non -studded PP -R cap strips, used to bridge construction joints, shall have a minimum design
thickness of 2 mm (.079 inches). Polyester backed non -studded PP -R transition sheets, used
for the purpose of bonding PP -R to dissimilar materials, shall be attached to the PP -R sheet
during the extrusion process.
C. The lining system shall be designed to be repaired, or modified, at any time during the design
life of the system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
02615 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. The installation of the PP -R concrete protective liner into precast wet wells and manholes shall
be accomplished only by a precast concrete manufacturer certified by the liner manufacture,
with a minimum of five years of manufacturing experience, and a minimum of five years
experience in the installation of corrosion resistant thermoplastic sheet liners in concrete
structures. Upon request, the liner installer shall provide written certification that the
installation is in accordance with the liner manufacturer's installation specifications.
B. Placement of the liner on forms shall conform to the liner manufacturer's written instructions.
All shop and field welding shall be performed only by thermoplastic extrusion welders certified
by the liner manufacturer. All field thermo-welding shall additionally be performed only by
confined space trained, and certified personnel.
- END OF SECTION -
02615 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 3/2011
SECTION 02625
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE INFILTRATION INSERT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies sanitary sewer manhole infiltration inserts. Manhole inserts shall be
furnished and installed in all new sanitary sewer manholes and all manholes to be rehabilitated as
part of the Project.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
The manhole infiltration inserts furnished shall be the product of firms which have been regularly
engaged in the manufacture of such items for a period of at least five (5) years.
2.02 MATERIAL
A. All materials used in the manufacture of the infiltration inserts shall be highly resistant to
corrosion from sanitary sewer atmospheres containing hydrogen sulfide and dilute sulfuric
acid.
B. Infiltration insert body shall be manufactured of High Density Polyethylene meeting the
requirements of American Society for Testing and Materials Standard D1248-84
(Reapproved 1989), APolyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials@, Type III,
Class A, Category 5 or stainless steel, when required by the Department.
C. Insert body thickness shall be a minimum of .125 inches. Inflow dish shall be one piece
molded with structural ribbing members in the bowl area for extra structural integrity. Inflow
dish is to have smooth radius molded edges for additional strength and prevention of
cracking. The insert shall have a straight -side design to allow penetration of the manhole lid
dropping through the clear opening of the manhole frame. The depth of the infiltration insert
shall be a minimum of 5 inches from the smooth radius molded edge to the center of the bowl
area. The insert shall be designed to provide a sufficiently loose fit into the manhole frame to
allow easy removal. Manufacturers name and the date manufactured shall be molded into the
inflow dish.
D. The infiltration inserts shall be dimensioned to fit sanitary sewer manholes as shown on the
Miami Dade Water and Sewer Departments Standard Detail #SS4.0, "Type "A" Manhole
cover and Frame" pages 1 and 2 of 2.
E. The gasket shall be a minimum of .5 inches wide and shall be a minimum thickness of .125
inches installed by the manufacturer and shall be envelope type, providing a seal on the
lower side of that portion of the insert, which sits in the manhole frame. The gasket shall be
closed cell Neoprene rubber and shall provide a watertight seal when installed. The gasket
02625 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 3/2011
shall be permanently attached to the insert by means of chemical bonding, (or waterproof
adhesive). The maximum amount of leakage through the infiltration insert shall be five (5)
gallons in twenty-four (24) hours.
F. Ventilation is provided by a vent hole on the side of the bowl.
G. A handle made of nylon webbing no less than one (1) inch wide, shall be located so that it
does not interfere with the installation of the manhole lid, yet still provide for easy removal of
the infiltration insert. Corrosion resistant fasteners shall be used to fasten the nylon webbing
to the inflow dish. The handle shall be able to withstand a pull of at least 500 pounds before
failure or separation from the insert body.
H. Bidders may be required to submit a sample inflow dish along with a complete detailed
specification and certifications referenced in this document for evaluation.
I. The County reserves the right to perform its own testing procedures or to send any and all
samples to any laboratory for analysis. On the basis of this testing and analysis, the County
shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of the sample in conformance with the
specifications and its decision will be final. Any sample submitted shall create an express
warranty that the whole of the goods to be provided by the contractor shall conform to the
sample submitted.
J. Five (5) year warranty against defects.
K. Insert shall be an "Inflow Defender" by USSI, LLC; Venice, FL; (941) 926-2646 or approved
equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Inserts shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations.
B. The Department reserves the right to require installation of stainless steel inserts, as
required.
C. Manhole frame shall be set so that the tops of the covers are flush with the adjoining
pavement or ground surface.
- END OF SECTION -
02625 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 2/2009
SECTION 02822
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing a galvanized
steel chain link fence, complete with gates and "V" arms with barbed wire, where
permitted, to be constructed as shown on the Plans.
B. Minimum fence height shall be six (6) feet, with a double leaf entry gate having a
minimum ten foot clear opening; except that if building and zoning codes permit, the
fence and gate height shall be eight (8) feet.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fabric:
The chain -link fence fabric shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A392, "Zinc -
Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric", latest edition. Zinc coating of the fabric shall
be not less than 2 ounces per square foot of wire surface (Class 2 coating). Fabric
shall be one-piece fabric height as shown on the Plans, with 2 -inch by 2 -inch mesh of
No. 9 gauge wire, unless otherwise specified. Top and bottom selvages shall be
twisted. The fence shall have a single strand of 7 gage galvanized coil spring wire at
the bottom, fastened at each post, and at 2 foot centers, with hog rings, extending to
within 1 -inch of the ground.
B. Posts and Other Appurtenances:
All tubular members including gate members shall comply with ASTM Standard A 53-
90b, "Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and
Seamless, for Ordinary Uses", Type S Grade A or B, and shall be plain -end steel pipe,
with zinc coating applied inside and out by the hot -dip process. Zinc coating shall be
not less than 1.8 ounces per square foot of pipe area. Gate frames shall be hot -dip
galvanized after fabrication. All fence posts shall have weather proof caps which shall
conform with the specifications detailed elsewhere in this section. Fence components
shall be as follows:
Components
Top rail and braces
Gate frames
Line posts
Corner posts
Gate posts (less
Than 10 ft. leaf)
Gate posts (greater
than 12 ft. leaf)
Nominal
Pipe Size
1 1/4 inches
1 % inches
2 inches
2' inches
3 inches
6 inches
Outside
Diameter
1.660 inches
1.900 inches
2.375 inches
2.875 inches
3.500 inches
6.625 inches
Weight
Per Foot
2.27 pounds
2.72 pounds
3.65 pounds
5.79 pounds
7.56 pounds
18.97 pounds
02822 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
C. Top Rail: The top rail shall be provided with couplings approximately every 20 feet.
Couplings are to be the outside sleeve type, at least 6 inches long.
D. Concrete: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28
days.
E. Barbed Wire: Where permitted by building and zoning codes, the fence shall have six
strands of barbed wire mounted on "V" arm post top extensions, as shown on the
Plans. Barbed wire shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A121, "Zinc -
Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire", latest edition, for wire gage No. 12-1/2 (2
strands) with a minimum zinc coating of 0.5 ounce per square foot of wire surface
(Class 2 coating), applied before fabrication. The individual barb shall be four points,
twisted around both wires, with the barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart.
F. Gates:
1. The gate frames shall be assembled by welding and shall be hot -dip galvanized
after fabrication. The gate shall be installed complete with all hardware,
including hinges, locking devices, drop bars, center stops, holdbacks and other
items, as required. Padlock will be furnished by the Department.
2. The gate frame shall be made of 1-1/2 inch diameter Schedule 40 pipe and
shall be welded at all corners so as to form a rigid one piece unit for each leaf.
Fabric shall be securely stretched and held in the center of the tubing by use of
hooks, bolts and tension rods on all four sides of the gate opening frame.
3. If permitted, the gate shall have three strands of barbed wire mounted on frame
top extensions and barbed wire shall be as specified above.
4. Gates shall have a center stop and drop rod with padlock hardware and
padlock. Gate stops and latches shall all be hot -dip galvanized.
5. Gate post shall be equipped with caps designed to exclude moisture from the
post.
6. Gate posts shall be equipped with caps designed to exclude moisture from the
post.
G. Accessories: Miscellaneous hardware shall be of steel, malleable iron or ductile iron of
standard design and conform to the requirements of the Chain Line Fence
Manufacturer's Institute. All parts shall be galvanized except ties and clips may be of
aluminum. The Contractor shall install all of the hardware necessary for a complete
and working installation, and shall include the following:
1. "V" Arms or Single Arm Post Extensions for Barbed Wire:
Barbed wire supporting arms shall form an angle of approximately 45 degrees
with the vertical fence and be fitted for attaching three strands of barbed wire.
The top wire shall project approximately 12 -inches horizontally from the fence
line. The other wires shall be spaced uniformly between the top of the fence
02822 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
fabric and the outside strand. The barbed wire supporting arm shall be
manufactured from pressed steel or malleable iron capable of withstanding 200
pounds applied at outer strand of barbed wire. It shall be designed as a
combination weather -tight closure cap and a barbed wire supporting arm,
where barbed wire is required.
2. Padlocking Device shall be a fulcrum type latch assembly for double gates.
3. Post Caps shall be of cast steel or cast iron and shall be designed to provide a
drive fit over the top of the post to exclude moisture.
4. Tension Bars shall be one piece for the fence height of the fabric with a
minimum cross-section of 3/16" x 3/4". Provide one tension bar for each end
post, and 2 for each corner and pull post. The gate shall have tension bars as
shown on the Plans.
H. Tension bars, the tension bar bands, post caps, V -arms, brace rods, top rail clamps,
turnbuckles, nuts and bolts, all gate hardware and remaining accessories shall be zinc
coated in accordance with the ASTM Standard A153 "Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) On Iron
and Steel Hardware", latest edition.
I. Hardware: Miscellaneous hardware shall be of steel, malleable iron or ductile iron of
standard design and conform to the requirements of the Chain Link Fence
Manufacturer's Institute. All parts shall be galvanized except ties and clips, which may
be aluminum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ARRANGEMENT
A. Posts: Post shall be uniformly spaced, not to exceed 10 -feet on centers. Intermediate
post shall have waterproof tops which have integrally cast openings through which the
top rails shall pass.. Terminal posts shall consist of one end, corner and pull posts.
B. Braces: Braces shall be provided at each gate, corner, pull and end post.
C. Ties and Clips: Fabric shall be fastened to all intermediate posts with 9 gauge tie
wires, spacing not to exceed 14 -inches apart. Fabric shall be tied to top rail with 9
gauge tie wires, spacing not to exceed 24 -inches on centers.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All posts shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F567, "Practice for Installation of
Chain Link Fence", latest edition. Where conflict between said standard and these
specifications exists, the more stringent shall apply.
B. Post Setting: Line posts shall be set in holes 12 inches in diameter, 38 inches deep
with 36 -inch post embedment. Terminal posts shall be set in holes 15 inches in
diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post embedment. Gate posts for double swing
gates shall be set in holes 18 inches in diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post
02822 - 3 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
embedment. Gate posts for single swing gates shall be set in holes 15 inches in
diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post embedment. After the post has been set
and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with concrete. The exposed surface of the
concrete shall be crowned to shed water.
C. Terminal and Gate Posts: Terminal and gate posts shall be set as specified above and
shall be braced to the nearest post with a galvanized horizontal brace used as a
compression member and a galvanized 3/8 -inch steel truss rod and truss tightener
used as a tension member.
D. Fabric: Fabric shall not be stretched until concrete footings have cured a minimum of
three days. Chain link fabric shall be placed on the side designated by the Engineer of
Record and shall be stretched taut approximately 1 -inches above finish grade and
securely fastened to all posts. Rolls of wire fabric shall be joined by weaving a single
strand into the ends of the rolls to form a continuous mesh.
END OF SECTION
02822 - 4 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 05540
ACCESS HATCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish and install access hatches, frames and accessories, where
shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes: Access hatches shall conform with South Florida Building Code and OSHA
requirements.
B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum five years documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HATCHES
A. General:
1. Hatches for valve vault shall be aluminum when outside of the right-of-way and shall
be steel when in public right-of-way. In all cases hatches shall be double door type
designed for AASHTO H-20 wheel loads.
2. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, recessed
padlock and automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. Hatches shall be equipped with a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place. Access hatches shall be
furnished with a safety chain (double door leaf design). Access hatch shall have a
stainless steel slamlock with removable outside handle and fixed inside release handle
and shall be equipped with stainless steel compression springs.
3. When mounted, door leaf shall be flush with the top surface of the frame, with the
exception of the projecting lugs. Hatches shall be of skid proof design.
4. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel. Aluminum used in the construction
of the access hatches shall conform to Section 05140.
B. Valve Vault:
Valve vault hatch shall be Type AHD as manufactured by U.S.F. Fabrication, Inc., Hialeah,
Florida, modified as specified herein, or approved equal.
05540 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. For Submersible Pump Type Pump Stations:
1. Access hatches shall be U.S.F.F. Inc. Type AHD aluminum double door designed for
AASHTO H-20 wheel loads, modified as specified herein, or approved equal.
2. Frame shall be furnished with upper guide holder, level sensors cable holder and
stainless steel compression springs. Frame shall be securely placed and mounted
above the pumps.
3. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, keyed lock and
automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. It shall be equipped with recessed lock and a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place.
D. For Wet Well/Dry Well Type Pump Stations:
1. Access hatches shall be U.S.F.F. Inc. Type THD double door for the dry well and Type
AHD single door for the wet well designed for AASHTO H-20 wheel loads, modified as
specified herein, or approved equal.
2. Frame shall be furnished with stainless steel compression springs.
3. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, keyed lock and
automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. It shall be equipped with recessed lock and a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place.
4. Frames shall be 1/4 -inch thick minimum extruded aluminum with mitered and welded
corners, and with strap anchors bolted or welded to the frame for embedment into the
concrete slab. Frame depth shall be at least 2-1/2 inches below the horizontal top
surface of the hatch doors. The exterior portion of the frames which will be in contact
with the concrete, and the strap anchors, shall be painted with a factory applied
bituminous coating. Run PVC pipe drain from frame to sump in dry -well.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
05540 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 05/2023
SECTION 11205
SUBMERSIBLE (WASTEWATER) PUMPS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install submersible non -clog wastewater pumps
and appurtenances and place in satisfactory operation, in a workmanlike
manner, all machinery, equipment, apparatus and accessories required for a
complete installation in accordance with these specifications.
B. It is the intent of these Specifications to obtain complete and operable equipment.
All items and accessories appearing in the Drawings, in the manufacturer's
literature as standard, and all items specified herein, shall be included. Items not
included herein or on the Drawings or manufacturer's literature, but which can be
reasonably inferred as necessary for the equipment to be properly and legally
operable, shall be included.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of
this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements
of this section shall prevail.
1. ABMA 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
2. ABMA 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller
Bearings
3. ASTM A48-00 Gray Iron Castings
4. ASTM A108-99 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard
Quality
5. ASTM A276 -00a Stainless and Heat -Resistant Steel Bars and
Shapes
6. ASTM A278-93 Gray Iron Castings for Pressure Containing
Parts for Temperature up to 650 Degrees F
7. ASTM A322-91 Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades (1996)
8. ASTM A576 -90b Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot Wrought, Special
Quality (2000)
9. ASTM A743/A743M-98a Castings, Iron -Chromium, Iron -Chromium -
11205 - 1 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
Nickel, Corrosion -Resistances for General
Application
10. Hydraulic Institute Standards of the Hydraulic Institute, (Current
Edition)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit the following after approval of drawings, but prior to
construction of pump station:
1. Pump Drawings.
2. Pump performance curves, including other impeller sizes.
3. Predicted pump performance curves for each condition point specified in
Part 2 showing head, power, efficiency and NPSH required on the
ordinate plotted against capacity on the abscissa (x-axis).
4. Materials of construction.
5. Motor drawings
6. Complete electric motor data.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, "Shop Drawings."
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pumping units and accessories shall be the standard product of manufacturers
which have produced and sold such pumps and appurtenances for a period of at
least 5 years for similar service.
B. Spare parts shall be available from the manufacturer, not the vendor. All
mounting, guides, and spare parts shall be supplied by the manufacturer.
C. The Department has identified area with ragging and clogging problems which
require the use of submersible pumps that have been field tested in the
Department's system. The Department Approved Pumps in areas with rags and
wipes issues shall have cutters or other features to successfully operate at the
location with the severe clogging problems. Coordinate with the Department
Engineer if the proposed pump is located at a severe clogging location.
D. Pump Materials of Construction: Any pumps submitted as an alternate shall meet
the design curve and material construction of the specified pump to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Any submitted alternate shall be reviewed to verify
that the Department will receive the same quality of grade of steel, epoxy coating,
mating to the discharge elbow and resistance to corrosion.
1.05 PUMP WARRANTY
A. The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units supplied to the owner against
defects in workmanship and materials for a period of 5 years or 10,000 hours of
operation, in normal use, operation and service. The warranty shall be in printed
form and shall apply to all similar units. A copy of the warranty shall be supplied
11205 - 2 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
with each pump. The warranty shall consist of the following:
1. From 0 18 months or 0 - 3,000 hours, 100% warranty.
2. From 19 39 months or 3,001 6,500 hours, 50% warranty.
3. From 40 60 months or 6,501 10,000 hours, 25% warranty.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMPS
A. Pump shall be totally submersible, non -clogging, electrically operated, designed
specifically for use in municipal wastewater applications and capable of handling
raw unscreened sewage. Pumping units shall be suitable for the allotted space
shown on the Drawings and 'shall be satisfactorily suitable for the design
conditions as determined by the City. Pump stations will be located in an area
where clogging of pumps by debris in the sewer is expected. The proposed
pumps shall be capable of passing debris without clogging (to the satisfaction of
the Engineer).
B. Source: Provide pumping units by one of the following submersible pumps
approved for use in the Water and Sewer Department system:
1. Xylem/Flygt;
2. ABS, with contra -block impeller;
3. Grundfos.
C. Design: The design shall be such that the pump unit shall be automatically and
firmly connected to the discharge piping when lowered into place on its mating
discharge connection. The pump shall be so designed that it may be lowered to
or raised from its place in the wet -well by Type 316 stainless steel chain or cable
and accurately guided by pipe guide bars extending from the top of the station to
the discharge connection. The pump shall be guided by no less than two (2)
separate Type 316 stainless steel guide rails of 2 -inch minimum diameter for
pumps of 29 or less horsepower; 3 -inch minimum diameter for pumps between
30 and 100 horsepower and of 4 -inch minimum diameter for pumps over 100
horsepower or other guide system as approved by the MD-WASD. There shall be
no need for personnel to enter the wet -well.
D. Discharge Connection: Mating discharge connection of pump unit (aka Base
Elbow) shall be permanently affixed to the concrete in the wet well with Type 316
stainless steel epoxy set anchor bolts furnished by and of the size recommended
by the pump manufacturer. However, anchor bolts shall be 3/4 -inch stainless
steel, minimum. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be
accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. Sealing of the
discharge interface with a diaphragm, 0 -ring or profile gasket shall not be
acceptable. Provide a six-inch discharge for 20 HP and above.
E. Each pump with its appurtenances and cable shall be capable of continuous
submersion under water without loss of water -tight integrity. Major parts such a
11205 - 3 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
stator casing, oil casing, sliding bracket, volute and impeller shall be of cast iron
ASTM A-48, Class 35B. All surfaces coming into contact with sewage other
than stainless steel shall be protected by a coating resistant to sewage. All
exposed bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
F. The discharge connection (aka Base Elbow) shall be design and manufactured
such that it will accept a Flygt CP or NP pump model. The base elbow shall be a
product of the pump manufacturer and not a third party fabricator.
G. The pumps shall have a maximum weight of 1,500 pounds, as required to meet
conditions described in these Specifications and design operating
characteristics. The previously stated weight requirement supersedes any other
weight listed elsewhere in these specifications. Pumps shall have a minimum
efficiency of 50% at Best Efficiency Point (BEP).
2.02 COOLING SYSTEM
A. Motors shall be sufficiently cooled by the surrounding environment or pumped
media. Cooling system shall provide for continuous operation in ambient
temperatures up to 104°F.
2.03 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. Material and Coating: The major pump components shall be ASTM A48, "Gray
Iron Castings", Class 35B cast iron, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes
and other irregularities; of sufficient strength, weight and metal thickness to
insure long life, accurate alignment and reliable operation. All exposed nuts
and bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel. All surfaces coming into contact
with sewage other than stainless steel shall be protected by an approved
sewage resistant coating. The pump exterior shall be sprayed first with PVC
epoxy primer. All remaining surfaces where watertight seal is required shall be
machined and fitted with nitrile rubber "0" rings. Fittings shall be such that the
sealing is accomplished by metal -to -metal contact between the machined
surfaces.
B. Cable Entry Seal:
1. The cable entry water seal shall be designed to preclude specific torque
requirements to insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable
entry shall be comprised of a cylindrical elastomer grommet flanked by
stainless steel washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable
outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the
entry body containing a strain relief function separate from the function of
sealing the cable.
2. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a
stator lead sealing gland or terminal board, which shall isolate the motor
interior from foreign material gaining access through the pump top.
11205 - 4 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
3. Cable entry assemblies utilizing an epoxy for sealing may be considered,
on a case -by -case basis. Epoxy shall be locally and commercially
available, and shall have maximum published cure time of six (6) hours at
room temperature and shall be suitable for use in a municipal sewerage
environment.
C. Impeller: The impeller(s) shall be of gray cast iron, Class 35B, dynamically
balanced, single or double shrouded, non -clogging design having a long
throughlet without acute turns. The impellers shall be capable of handling solids,
fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in normal sewage
applications. The impeller shall be of a single vane, 2 or 3 vane non -clogging
design. Recessed impellers are not acceptable by the City. Impeller(s) shall
be keyed to the shaft, retained with an Allen head bolt and shall be capable of
passing a minimum 3 -inch diameter solid sphere. One impeller tool shall be
provided with each pump.
D. Wear Rings: A wear ring or wear plate system shall be used to provide efficient
sealing between the volute and suction inlet of the impeller. Each pump shall be
equipped with a brass, or nitrile rubber coated steel ring insert that is drive fitted
to the volute inlet.
E. Volute: Pump volute(s) shall be single -piece gray cast iron, Class 35B,
non -concentric design with smooth fluid passages large enough at all points to
pass any solids that may enter the impeller.
F. Shaft and Mechanical Seal:
1. The pump and rotor shaft shall be the same unit. The shaft shall be ANSI
Type 420 series stainless steel, or approved equal.
2. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical rotating shaft
seal system. Seals shall run in an oil reservoir. Lapped seal faces
must be hydro -dynamically lubricated at a constant rate. The lower seal
unit, between the pump and the oil chamber shall contain one stationary
and one positively driven rotating tungsten or silicon carbide ring. The
upper seal unit, between the oil sump and motor housing, shall contain
one stationary tungsten carbide or ceramic ring and one positively driven
rotating carbon ring. The use of a positively driven rotating tungsten or
silicon carbide ring is acceptable in lieu of the positively driven rotating
carbon ring. Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring
system. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment,
but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. Each pump shall be
provided with an oil chamber for the shaft sealing system. The oil
chamber shall be designed to prevent over -filling and to provide oil
expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plug with positive
anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside. The pump
shaft shall rotate on 2 permanently lubricated bearings with a minimum
L10 rating of 50,000 hours.
2.04 PUMP MOTOR
11205 - 5 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
A. The pump motor shall be squirrel cage induction, shell type design, housed in an
air filled, watertight chamber, no more than 60 HP and 1,800 RPM, 240/480
volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz, 1.15 S.F., NEMA Type B. The stator winding and stator
leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class F insulation which will
resist a temperature of 155 degree centigrade. The stator shall be dipped and
baked 3 times in Class F varnish. The motor shall be designed for continuous
duty capable of sustaining a minimum of 12 starts per hour. Motors shall be
approved for Class 1, Division 11, Group D atmospheres in accordance with NEC
classification for hazardous areas. Motors shall be able to start within the
1300% factor allowed by NEC 430-52 or documentation shall be provided as to
why it cannot.
B. Each unit shall be provided with an adequately designed cooling system to
permit continuous operation in totally, partially, or non -submerged condition.
Cooling media channels and ports shall be sized to be non -clogging.
C. Motor bearings shall be permanently grease lubricated. Oil filled motors are not
acceptable.
D. Thermal switches shall be embedded in the stator lead coils. All stators shall
incorporate thermal switches in series to monitor the temperature of each phase
winding. At 125 degrees C (260 degrees F) the thermal switches shall open, stop
the motor and activate an alarm. These thermal switches shall be used in
conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and
shall be connected to the control panel. Wire nuts or crimping devices are not
acceptable. The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same
manufacturer
E. The pump motor cable shall be suited for submersible pump applications with
Underwriters Laboratory approval permanently embossed on the cable. Cable
sizing shall conform to the National Electric Code Specifications for pump
motors. Each pump shall be furnished with ample cable such that one
continuous length of cable, supplied by pump manufacturer, will be all that is
required to run from pump, when lowered in the wet -well, to the controls, without
need of splices.
F. The motor horsepower shall be adequate such that the pump is non -overloading
throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run -out.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with
these specifications.
B. All motors shall be factory mounted by the driven equipment manufacturer in
accordance with the motor manufacturers drawings and instructions. Field
installation of the unit, including final alignment shall be the responsibility of the
11205 - 6 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
Contractor.
C. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary appurtenances for initial
operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in operable
condition.
D. All control and alarm wires, as required, shall be provided even if not shown on
plan drawings.
3.02 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE
A. All flanges shall be covered to prevent damage. Pump motors, and shafts will
be stored inside warehouses. Pumps may be stored outside, on wood
members away from the ground, at sufficient elevation to prevent flooding, and
protected from the weather by secured canvas or plastic coverings.
3.03 PUMP TESTS
A. The manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each
pump before shipment from the factory:
1. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for
compliance with customer's purchase order.
2. Motor and cable insulation tests for moisture content or insulation defects
shall be made.
3. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry, to establish correct
rotation and mechanical integrity.
4. Pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged a minimum of 6 feet
underwater.
5. After the operation tests, the insulation test is to be performed again. A
written report, signed by a professional engineer, registered in the state
where the tests were performed, stating that "A" through "D" (above) were
performed and that the tests were satisfactorily accomplished, shall be
supplied with each pump at the time of shipment.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The supplier shall provide start-up service to place the pumps and controls in
proper operation.
B. During this service, the Manufacturer's Representative shall review the operation
of the equipment and the pump and station will be inspected for proper
installation and shall coordinate with Contractor and make recommendations.
C. The pumps shall be tested at start-up and the voltage, current and other
significant parameters recorded. The manufacturer shall provide a formal test
11205 - 7 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
procedure and forms for recording the data.
D. The supplier shall submit a written report to the Contractor, stating results of the
start-up inspection. A copy of the report shall be furnished to the City. The
Contractor shall inform the City 24 -hours prior to commencement of such
start-up services and tests. These services shall be at no cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
Revision #7, 5-2-2023
1.04 Quality Assurance added Paragraphs C and D
2.01 Pumps Paragraph B removed KSB Pumps from Products List
11205 - 8 R-7
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 11215
SUMP PUMP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install sump pump and all appurtenances, as specified below,
where shown on the plans or as required for a complete installation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall furnish full detailed manufacturer specifications, characteristic curves and
shop drawings showing the make, model and descriptive data to the Department for the pump
unit he proposes to supply. Submittals shall be approved prior to installation of pumping unit.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 SUMP PUMPING UNIT
A. Sump pump in the dry -well shall be a submersible type with a cast iron or bronze housing,
by Barnes, Covert Pump Division, or approved equal. Pump shall be rated for duty in
conditions it shall be subjected to, including being totally submerged. Unit shall contain
mechanical seal with rotating carbon face and stationary ceramic face. The motor shall be
single phased, oil -filled unit, with overload protection and maximum 'A -horsepower.
However, sump pumps installed in dry wells ranging from 20 feet to 24 feet depths are
excluded from this requirement and shall meet Department approval.
B. Sump in shall be sized per sump pump manufacturer's recommendation, but unless
approved, not less than dimensions shown on the Department's Standard Pump Station
Drawings. Dry -well sump shall include space for external float switch. Float switch shall be
furnished with 10 feet cord and piggyback plug.
C. Where installed in valve -pit, sump pump shall be 1/3 -horsepower, single phase, oil filled unit,
with overload protection. Unit shall be Series BP27, by Barnes, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the approved plans.
B. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary wiring, piping and other necessary
appurtenances for satisfactory operation and making final adjustments to place the
equipment in operable condition.
C. All power, control and alarm wires as required shall be provided even if not shown on plans.
11215 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
D. Installation, testing and start-up shall be as recommended by the manufacturer provided
specifications.
E. Dry -well Installation: Provide a sump and sump pump in the floor of the dry -well in a corner
opposite the wet -well. Slop the floor from all directions toward the sump. The PVC pump
discharge line shall contain two swing -disk type check valves and a gate valve, and shall be
piped to the top of the dry -well before passing through the wall into the wet -well.
F. Valve Vault Installation: Sump pump and local motor starting switch shall be installed in the
valve pit and hard -wired to the control cabinet. Manual motor starting switch shall be NEMA
3, 4X and 12, corrosion -resistant, dust -tight and watertight. It shall be Crouse -Hinds NSSC-
D22, or approved equal. Discharge from pump shall be conveyed to the wet -well using 1-1/2
inch diameter PVC pipe. (The Department may consider approval of 1-1/4 inch diameter
discharge piping as shown in the Standard Pump Station Drawings.)
END OF SECTION
11215 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/2013
SECTION 11500
FUEL STORAGE TANKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section includes furnishing and installing above ground fuel
storage tanks, with concrete bases, gauges, valves and piping, as required and as
shown on Drawings; and other related items necessary for a complete installation, as
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02314 - Excavation, Backfill and Fill For Structures
B. Section 03300 - Cast -in -place Concrete, Reinforcing and Formwork.
C. Section 09900 — Painting
D. Section 16420 - Stationary Engine -Generator Set
E. Section 16425 - Portable Engine -Generator Set
1.03 REFERENCE, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. FDEP - Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Ch. 62-761 & 62-762, FAC
B. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
C. NFPA 31 - Installation of Oil -Burning Equipment.
D. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC)
E. NFPA 78 - Protection of Life and Property against Lightning.
F. FBC - Florida Building Code.
G. RER — Regulatory & Economic Resources Department, Miami -Dade County, Ch. 24 -
Miami -Dade County Environmental Code
H. U.L. Subject #2085 and #142.
I. UFC - ICBO Uniform Fire Code, Section 79 Appendix A -II -F
J. OSHA — Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard 1910.23-1910.24
11500 - 1 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the appropriate codes, regulations and standards referenced in
paragraph 1.03.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The fuel storage tank and accessories shall be FDEP approved and installation plans
must have been reviewed and approved by RER/DERM.
B. Prepare and submit a site plan, drawn to scale, containing the following:
1. Show property lines and indicate occupancy or use of adjacent property.
2. Show streets, intersections and railroads.
3. Show buildings on the site and indicate type of construction. Show building openings
on walls adjacent to tanks.
4. Show important utility lines, sewer, water, gas and electric including fire hydrants and
catch basins.
5. Show any nearby waterways, streams, rivers, lakes or bodies of water.
6. Show any existing underground or aboveground tanks.
7. Show location of proposed tank and indicate shortest distance to buildings and
property lines.
C. Prepare and submit detail drawings of tank, to include the following:
1. Tank type double -walled aboveground or underground storage tank (AST or UST),
size, dimensions and spacing between adjacent tanks. Note: Miami Dade Water
and Sewer Department requires aboveground tanks whenever possible.
2. Base slab dimensions and bollard location and size.
3. Vent size, height, location and type of cap.
4. Fill details including spill containment and overfill protection.
5. Piping details including shut-off/isolation valves and anti -siphon valve.
6. Pumps and other equipment, where applicable, including location, size and type.
7. Electrical details including shut-off switch location and grounding wire.
8. Level gauges and leak detection equipment. (i.e. Morrison Clock gauge for fuel
level, Krueger Pop-up gauge for interstitial monitoring)
9. Signs and decals.
1.06 WARRANTY
The tank must carry a thirty year (30) warranty.
1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Protect while transporting, storing, installing until work is completed.
C. Do not handle or move tank unless it is empty.
11500 - 2 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
D. Do not drop or drag the tank.
E. Do not handle or install tank without having knowledge and experience in procedures
involved with proper and safe installation of tank used for storage of stable,
flammable and combustible liquids.
F. Equipment required for the shipping and off-loading of aboveground and
underground storage tanks include lifting straps, forklift and crane up to 150 ton
capacity and nylon tie down straps.
1.08 GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION
A. A sign which prohibits smoking shall be conspicuously posted.
B. Portable fire extinguisher shall be provided for the suppression of fires in accordance
with NFPA 10 and UFC for high hazard area.
C. Exterior warning signs and labels shall be at proper location and configuration to
meet applicable code requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ABOVEGROUND TANKS
A. General:
The Contractor shall furnish an FDEP approved secondarily contained shop
fabricated aboveground storage tank (AST) for flammable and combustible liquids.
Storage tank system shall be UL listed for both vehicle impact protection and
projectile resistant and shall be tested to and listed for the following:
1. UL - 142, aboveground steel tanks for flammable and combustible liquids.
2. UL — 2085, protected aboveground tanks for flammable and combustible
liquids.
B. The tank shall be cylindrical in shape and have continuous welds on all sides
conforming to the American Welding Standard for continuous weld. The primary and
secondary tank shall be minimum 0.125 inch thick carbon steel and manufactured in
accordance with U.L. 142. However, thickness shall be based on a thirty year (30)
warranty.
C. The tank shall be designed and tested to provide 2 -hour fire protection. The fire
resistance of the tank shall be tested in accordance with the procedure established in
U.L. 2085.
D. The primary steel tanks shall have "emergency vent" system as per NFPA 30 Code
requirements.
11500 - 3 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
E. The AST shall have a tank leak detector tube to allow for physical monitoring
capability of the interstitial space between the primary and the secondary tank. A
mechanical interstitial monitoring gauge (i.e., Kreuger Pop -Up) shall be installed.
F. The AST shall have a mechanical level gauge (i.e., Morrison Bros. Clock Gauge
Model 818/818F).
G. The primary steel tank shall be pressure tested at 5 psig for 24 hours.
H. All openings shall be from the top only.
I. The AST shall have a coated exterior to resist weather and reflect sunlight.
J. The AST shall have a warranty of 30 years regardless of capacity.
K. The AST shall be constructed to allow for grounding in accordance with NFPA 78.
L. Tank shall be Fireguard Aboveground Tank or approved equal.
2.02 TANK CAPACITY
The tank capacity shall be as shown on Drawings. Minimum tank size shall be based on the
fuel capacity required to run one pump continuously for five days, at maximum horsepower.
2.03 VENTING
A. Atmospheric Vent: The tank system shall be furnished with a 2 -inch vent and an
appropriate emergency vent. An open atmospheric utility vent cap shall be installed
on the 2 -inch vent line to protect against intrusion and blockage from water, debris or
insects. Venting systems shall meet all 2 -inch standard vent and emergency vent
requirements of U.L. 142. Height of the vent line shall be per code. Vent line shall be
capable of sufficient venting into the atmosphere in case of pressure build-up inside
the tank. Vent cap shall be installed with no overhead obstructions to allow free flow
of vapors from the vent.
B. Primary Tank Emergency Vent: The tank system shall be furnished with pressure
relief nipples and emergency pressure relief devices to automatically relieve the
pressure of the primary tank before it reaches 2.5 psig. It shall include a fire screen
to prevent ignition from an external source.
C. Secondary Containment Venting Device: The tank system's secondary containment
shall be furnished with an emergency venting device. The venting device shall
consist of a pressure relief nipple and a relief device. The emergency device will
open before the secondary containment internal pressure reaches 2.5 psig.
2.04 OVER SPILL CONTAINMENT
A. The AST systems shall include an FDEP approved over spill containment device.
11500 - 4 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
B. Over spill containment device shall be mounted on top of the tank and shall surround
the tank fill pipe to catch occasional spills.
C. A hand -activated spring -loaded normally closed valve shall be provided inside the
containment to drain the spill back into the tank.
D. Lid to over spill containment device shall meet proper color —coding requirements for
diesel fuel.
2.05 FILL PIPE
The tank system shall be furnished with a MNPT fitting for filling. The fill pipe shall be
equipped with an adapter and lockable cap. Fill pipe diameter shall be 4 -inches.
2.06 COLLISION PROTECTION
Collision protection approved by the tank manufacturer shall be located around tank
perimeter for vehicular protection. Pipe bollards shall be installed for collision protection, as
follows: concrete filled steel posts, 4 -inches diameter (minimum) by 6 feet long, shall be set
3 feet into the ground within a 15 -inch diameter concrete filled hole. Post shall be spaced 4
feet center to center and shall be spaced from tank in accordance local codes.
2.07 CONCRETE PAD
The tank system shall be installed on a reinforced concrete pad to protect against stresses
from uneven settlement and to assure that the tank supports allow for inspection and
maintenance beneath the tank. Concrete foundation (i.e, pad) shall have a minimum
compressive strength in 28 days equal to 3000 psi. Pad length, width, thickness and
placement specifications shall be as recommended by the manufacturer or engineer of
record.
2.08 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES
A. All accessories (vents, product fill, etc.) shall be installed to meet the site specific
requirements and governing codes.
B. Adherence to all operational safety precautions shall be taken under consideration
and piping shall include safety valves as follows:
1 Angle check valve with pressure relief or foot valve and strainer. Foot valve and
strainer shall be located 1 -inch from the inside bottom of the tank.
2. Shut-off/isolation valve with fusible link on supply and return piping.
3. Anti -siphon valve (i.e., OPW Model # 199ASV) on the highest point of the supply line
closest to the tank, if suction/supply line falls below the high fuel level.
4. Check valve in the return line.
11500 - 5 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
C. Exterior warning signs and labels shall be properly located and meet applicable code
requirements. Tanks shall be marked as required with warning signs:
"FLAMMABLE" or "COMBUSTIBLE", "NO SMOKING", product identification, etc.
D. Exposed piping exterior surface shall be primed and coated with protective finish
(i.e., Keeler and Long Tri-Polar Ferrite Primer and Rust-Oleum Industrial Acrylic
Enamal 5225 (Royal "Safety" Blue) in a WASD approved safety blue color for diesel
product.
2.09 ELECTRICAL
A. Electrical service and fuel piping to the pumps unit shall be installed in accordance
with the requirements of NEC and NFPA and local code requirements.
B. All electrical devices used with or located twenty (20) feet of the tank shall conform to
NFPA 70 Hazardous Locations. All electrical conduits and wiring connected to the
tank shall be explosion proof and in strict accordance with NEC Class 1, Division 1.
C. Electrical grounding shall be installed on tank.
2.10 STAIRS AND CATWALKS
A. Install stairs/catwalks to facilitate access, inspections and maintenance services to
the tanks as required.
B. Stairs shall comply with OSHA Standard 1910.24.
C. Railings shall be provided as required by OSHA Standard 1910.23
D. Stairs shall be 36" wide, straight -tread with top platform.
a. Top platform shall be 30" in direction of travel by 36" wide.
b. Top platform shall be 24"-30" below top of tank (excluding appurtenances).
E. Stair assembly shall be galvanized carbon -steel, free-standing with a 1"-3" clear gap
between stairs and tank. (It shall not be in contact with tank or be supported by
tank.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TANK SITE
A. The tank location and foundation shall comply with the all applicable local codes and
ordinances.
B. Tanks shall not be located over underground utilities or directly beneath overhead
power and telephone lines.
11500 - 6 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
C. The tank shall be protected from vandalism and accidental damage in accordance
with all applicable codes.
D. Fire department vehicle access should be provided within 150 feet of the tank.
E. The venting of the tank to a remote location must include the use of a steel pipe
equal to or greater in size than the vent outlet. The methods of supporting such
piping against displacement must comply with local codes.
3.02 FOUNDATION REQUIREMENT
A. The foundation for the tank shall be designed to support the tank plus 100% of the
weight of the maximum amount of the product the tank will be storing. The foundation
design shall also include provision for draining surface water away from the tank to
minimize the risk of fuel accumulation from the over fill or spills at the tank footings.
B. The tank foundation (concrete pad) shall sit on compacted fill, free of organic
material. The tank shall be installed on a continuous solid slab which will uniformly
distribute the weight of the tank and its contents to the soil.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF ABOVEGROUND FUEL TANKS
A. General: The aboveground tanks shall be set on a concrete foundation (pad) in
accordance with current installation instructions, foundation engineering drawings
and shall comply with all governing code requirements.
1. Concrete Foundation (Pad): Reference and follow the appropriate
manufacturer's or engineer of record's drawings for the respective foundation
size and load bearing requirements for pad lengths, widths, thickness, and
placement specifications.
2. Unloading and Handling: A thorough inspection of the entire assembly shall
be conducted prior off loading. Check for any damage, chipping or other
impairments incurred during transportation. Do not remove the shrink
wrapped plastic cover until after final installation of vents and piping.
However, shrink wrap should be left on if installation is not to concur with
delivery, as vault finish will be affected if shrinkwrapped and left exposed to
sunlight for several days.
3. Equipment used to off-load: The equipment shall be adequate size and
capability to lift the vault without dragging and dropping to ensure that no
damage is done to the vault or its coating. The vault shall be lifted lowered,
and secured only by use of nylon straps (chain and cables are not allowed)
placed at designated lifting areas to avoid damage to the assembly.
4. The vault shall be anchored in accordance with applicable code
requirements.
11500 - 7 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
5. Air Pressure Test of Internal Steel Tank: Contractor shall verify the internal
steel tank tightness during the process of placing the unit into service. Use
the basic procedure and desired result as an unvaulted steel tank, and in
accordance the industry standard procedures as published by the Steel Tank
Institute or other professional organizations and manufacturer recommended
procedures. Pressure test the tank at 5 psig. No leakage shall be permitted.
Vaults under pressure shall not be left unattended.
END OF SECTION
11500 - 8 R-5
SECTION 33 05 31.13 (15068)
PVC C900 SEWER FORCE MAINS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section includes materials, installation and testing requirements of the
Department for PVC C900 sewer force mains installed in its service area. Size range
is 4 through 48 inches.
B. PVC C900 force mains are acceptable for use in areas with limited heavy vehicle traffic
only. Not for use near gas stations or other sites which may have hydrocarbon
contamination.
C. All PVC pipe used shall be of new or recent manufacturer. Pipe with surface
discoloration will not be allowed.
D. Pipe Fittings shall be ductile iron.
E. Force mains 16 inch or larger shall be fully restrained the entire run of the pipe.
F. This Section does not purport to cover all material or installation procedures which may
be required, whether by the nature of the proposed work, by the Department or by
other regulatory agencies.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specifications sections, bound
herein:
1. Section 01 33 00 (UC-005) — "Project Approval"
2. Section 01 33 23 (01340) — "Shop Drawings"
3. Section 01 35 13 (01100) — "Special Project Procedures"
4. Section 01 35 26 (01016) — "Safety Requirements and Protection of Property'
5. Section 01 42 16 (01005) — "Defined Terms"
6. Section 01 55 26 (01750) — "Maintenance of Traffic and Use of Public Streets"
7. Section 01 71 23 (01031) — "Grades, Lines and Levels"
8. Section 02 00 00 (01011) — "Site Conditions"
9. Section 31 23 33 (02315) — "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems"
10. Section 33 01 10.54 (02505) (UC-170) — "Cleaning and Testing of Mains"
11. Section 33 14 00 (15060) — "Piping and Fittings"
12. Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) — "Sewer Force Mains"
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 1 ER No.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the Department's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details and in shall be in full compliance with
all applicable standards listed in Section 01 42 19 (01090) "Reference Standards" and
this Section.
B. No deflection of joints is allowed for PVC pressure mains.
C. PVC pipe shall not be over -homed. Pipe installed below the water table where the
homing mark is not visible shall utilize an over -insertion prevention device; EBAA Iron
Mega -Stop Series 500; S&B Technical Product, RIG, Resistance Insertion Grip; or
approved equal.
D. Pipe Embedment Material shall be class 1 backfill material with a maximum rock size
of 3/4 -inches.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Sections 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Mains", 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and
Fittings.", 01 33 23 (01340) "Shop Drawings."
B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Departments specifications or submit
the Pre -Approved Product List Manufacturer.
C. PVC Pipe not on the Pre -Approved Products list shall supply the following:
1. Provide affidavit of compliance with AWWA C900.
2. Submit fully dimensioned cross-section of the bell and barrel of the pipe. Show
the bell maximum outside diameter in the pressurized area and its minimum
wall thickness at the same location.
3. Submit copies of the following manufacturer -required tests conducted on
project pipe:
a. Quick -burst strength of pipe and couplings.
b. Flattening resistance of pipe.
c. Record of additional tests after test sample failure.
4. Submit manufacturer's literature of gray iron and ductile -iron fittings including
dimensions, thickness, weight, coating, lining, and a statement of inspection
and compliance with the acceptance tests of AWWA C110 or C153. Submit
copy of report of pressure tests for qualifying the designs of all sizes and types
of AWWA C153 fittings that are being used in the project. The pressure test
shall demonstrate that the minimum safety factor described in AWWA C153 is
met.
5. Submit outline drawings and materials description of service connection
saddles, corporation stops, and pipe plugs.
6. Submit test results for the restrained joint system to be used certified by an
independent test laboratory demonstrating compliance with these
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 2 ER No.
specifications for each size and pressure rating.
7. Submit restrained joint system installation instructions. Include bolt torque
limitations and assembly tolerances.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. Provide pipe manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the following minimum labor
days, travel time excluded: One labor -day to instruct the Contractor's personnel in the
preparation and execution of rubber -gasket and solvent -welded joints for the sizes of
pipes to be installed in the project.
1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. See Section 01 35 26 (01016) "Safety Requirements and Protection of Property."
1.07 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. See Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Mains." and Section 01 33 00 (UC-005)
"Project Approval"
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
2.02 CASTINGS
A. Castings shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 81 (05550) "Castings."
2.03 EMBEDMENT MATERIAL
A. Embedment material, for bedding, haunching and initial backfill, shall conform with the
requirements of Section 31 23 33 (02315) "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping
Systems."
2.04 PIPE
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Pipe shall conform to AWWA C900, rubber -ring gasket bell end or plain end with
elastomeric gasket coupling, cast iron equivalent outside diameter, material cell
classification 12454 per ASTM D1784.
1. Pipe 4 -inches through 30 inches DR 18
2. Pipe 36 -inches through 42 -inches DR 21
3. Pipe 48 -inches DR 25
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 3 ER No.
2.05 FITTINGS
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Fittings shall be Zinc coated Ductile Iron and shall conform to AWWA C153 or AWWA
C110.
C. Fittings shall be Lined and coated with fusion -bonded epoxy.
2.06 FLANGES
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Flanges on outlets of fittings shall be Class 250 per ASME B16.1.
C. PVC flanges shall be of the one-piece solid socket design and shall be made of the
same material as the pipe. Manufacturer's pressure rating shall be at least 250 psi at
a temperature of 73°F. Minimum burst pressure shall be 500 psi. Flanges shall match
the dimensions of ASME B16.5, Class 250, steel flanges for outside diameter, bolt
circle, and bolt holes. Do not use Van Stone flanges.
2.07 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS
A. See Section 33 05 98 (15065) "Miscellaneous Materials."
2.08 OUTLETS AND NOZZLES
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. All connections to PVC require a saddle.
C. For outlets larger than 2 inches, use a Ductile Iron tee with a flanged or MJ outlet.
2.09 RESTRAINED JOINTS
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. PVC Pipe 16 inch or larger shall be restrained at all joints for the entire run of the pipe.
C. Provide restrained joints where indicated in the drawings. Restrained joints shall be
provided by restraining systems that incorporate a wedge restraint on the restraint ring
to provide positive restraint.
D. Restraint devices for bell -and -spigot joints shall consist of a split restraint ring installed
on the spigot, connected to a solid backup ring seated behind the bell.
E. Restraining Glands shall be EBAA Iron Series 2000 and 1600 or approved equal.
F. The ASTM A536 ductile iron casting of the restrained gland shall be bonded powder
coated. The wedge and wedge assembly shall have a bonded liquid polymer coating
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 4 ER No.
applied for corrosion protection. The gland shall utilize torque limiting twist off wedge
actuation screws.
G. T -bolts, studs, and connecting hardware shall be high -strength, low alloy material in
accordance with AWWA C111.
H. Design restraining devices to have a 2:1 safety factor based on the design strength of
the pipe.
2.10 WYE STRAINERS
A. PVC wye strainers shall be manufactured of the same material as the pipe, with 30 -
mesh screens and Viton seals. Connecting ends shall be the socket type, solvent
welded. Provide one spare screen for each strainer.
2.11 DETECTABLE TAPE/TRACER
A. Detectable tape/tracer approved for use by the Department are shown on Sheet
number 10.2 of the Pre -Approved Product List.
2.12 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous material and appurtenances
required for a complete installation. Section 33 05 98 (15065) "Miscellaneous
Materials" specifies material necessary for a complete installation, not specified herein.
These materials, including but not limited to the following, shall be installed when
required, whether shown on the Plans or not.
1. Anchor Bolts, Bolts, Nuts and Washers
2. Blind Flanges
3. Corporation Stops
4. Gasket Lubricant
5. Joint Material for Flanged Pipe, Valves and Fittings
6. Stainless steel repair clamps, with stainless steel bolts
7. 90° Street Elbows
8. Tie -Rods
2.13 SADDLES FOR CONNECTIONS TO SEWER FORCE MAINS
A. See Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Main."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 5 ER No.
3.02 PRODUCT MARKING AND UNDERGROUND LOCATION
A. Legibly mark pipe at 5 -foot intervals and each coupling to identify the nominal diameter,
the outside diameter base, that is, cast-iron or steel pipe (IPS), the material code for
pipe and couplings, the dimension ratio number, AWWA C900, and the seal of the
testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for potable water service
(NSF/ANSI 61).
B. Install 10 gauge tracer wire taped every four feet to the buried PVC pipe, a magnetic
detection tape one foot above the buried PVC pipe and 3M compatible magnetic
location ball markers two feet below grade every 100 feet or at any vertical and
horizontal deflection point. See Pre -Approved product list Sheet 10.2.
3.03 DELIVERY AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PIPE
A. PVC shall be protected from UV degradation caused by extended exposure to direct
sun. Pipe with surface discoloration shall not be installed and immediately removed
from the project site. Tarps used to protect the pipe from sunlight shall be placed to
allow for adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up.
B. Ship, store, and place pipe at the installation site, supporting the pipe uniformly. Avoid
scratching the pipe surface. Do not stack higher than 4 feet or with weight on bells.
Cover to protect from sunlight.
C. Do not drag PVC pipe over the ground, drop it onto the ground, or drop objects on it.
D. Store loose pipes on racks with a maximum support spacing of 3 feet. Provide shades
for pipe stored outdoors or installed outdoors until the pipe is filled with water. Store
fittings indoors in their original cartons.
E. Store solvent cement indoors or, if outdoors, shade from direct sunlight exposure. Do
not use solvent cements that have exceeded the shelf life marked on the storage
container.
3.04 HANDLING PIPE
A. Hoist pipe with mechanical equipment using a cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope
that avoids scratching the pipe. Do not use a chain. Pipes up to 16 inches in diameter
may be lowered by rolling on two ropes controlled by snubbing. Pipes up to 6 inches
in diameter may be lifted by hand.
3.05 INSTALLING BURIED PIPING
A. See Sections 31 23 33 (02315) "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems" and
Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Bedding material and backfill to 1 foot above the pipe for PVC shall be well graded
Class 1 backfill with a max rock size of %-inch compacted in 6 -inch lifts. The minimum
trench width shall be the pipe width plus 24 -inches (12 -inches on each side).
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 6 ER No.
C. Before installation, check pipe and fittings for cuts, scratches, gouges, buckling,
kinking, or splitting on pipe ends. Remove any pipe section containing defects by
cutting out the damaged section of pipe.
D. Do not install PVC pipe when the temperature is below 40°F or above 90°F.
E. Do not install pipe that is gouged or scratched forming a clear depression.
F. Pipe shall be installed utilizing an over -insertion prevention device.
G. Install in accordance with AWWA C605, and as follows.
1. When installing pipe in trenches, do not deviate more than 1 inch from line or
1/4 inch from grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert.
2. Backfill materials in the pipe zone shall be imported sand per Section 31 23 33
(02315) "Trenching and Backfilling of Piping Systems". Do not add successive
layers unless the previous layer is compacted to 90% relative compaction per
ASTM D1557.
3. Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by
hand tamping only.
4. Compact trench backfill to the specified relative compaction. Do not float pipe.
Do not use high -impact hammer -type equipment except where the pipe
manufacturer warrants in writing that such use will not damage the pipe.
5. Install detector balls 2 feet below grade every 100 feet on straight lines, at any
point changing direction, vertical or horizontal; in addition, install 10 gauge
tracer wire taped every 4 feet to the buried PVC C900 pipe and a magnetic
detection tape 1 foot above the PVC C900 pipe.
3.06 PIPE LAYOUT FOR CURVED ALIGNMENT
A. Pipe lengths shall not be bent for curved alignment.
3.07 ASSEMBLY OF RUBBER -GASKET PIPE JOINT
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. The spigot and bell or bell coupling shall be dirt free and slide together without
displacing the rubber ring. Lay the pipe section with the bell coupling facing the
direction of laying.
C. Insert the rubber ring into the groove in the bell in the trench just before joining the
pipes. First clean the groove. Observe the correct direction of the shaped ring. Feel
that the ring is completely seated.
D. Lubricate the spigot over the taper and up to the full insertion mark with the lubricant
supplied by the pipe manufacturer. If the lubricated pipe end touches dirt, clean the
pipe end and reapply lubricant.
E. Insert the spigot into the bell and force it slowly into position.
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 7 ER No.
F. Check that the rubber ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler
gauge around the completed joint.
3.08 CLEANING AND TESTING OF SEWER FORCE MAINS
A. See Section 33 01 10.54 (02505) (UC-170) "Cleaning and Testing of Mains."
END OF SECTION
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 8 ER No.
MDWASD 9/2014
SECTION 15115
CHECK VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish and install check valves complete and operable, including all
appurtenances and accessories.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 15100 - Valves, General
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CHECK VALVE
A. General
1. The swing -check valves shall be standard (plain), outside lever -and -weight or outside
lever -and -spring types, for normal horizontal installations, conforming to all of the
applicable requirements of the most current ANSI/AWWA Standard C508,
"Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 -in. Through 24 In. NPS", except
as otherwise specified herein. The valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted and
suitable for buried service.
2. Valve bonnet opening shall be large enough to allow ample clearance for direct
removal of disc by hand.
B. External Ferrous Items
All external ferrous items, except cast iron, shall be hot -dipped galvanized in accordance
with the most current ANSI/ASTM Standard A123, "Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
and Steel Products", or ANSI/ASTM Standard A153, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and
Steel Hardware", or stainless steel.
C. Flanged Valves
Flanged valves shall have ends plain -faced and drilled conforming to ANSI Standard
B16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings", Class 125. Bolt holes in the flanges
shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical and horizontal centerline. All joint
materials for flanged valves will be furnished with the valves; neoprene for sewer and SBR
for water applications.
D. Clapper
15115 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 9/2014
1. The clapper shall swing clear of the waterway when the valve opens, permitting a full
flow through the valve equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe.
2. The body and clapper seating surface shall be metal to metal, and shall be bronze.
3. The clapper disc and the clapper hinge arm, including the clapper disc cap screw,
shall be bronze or cast iron. Clapper to hinge arm connection shall be such that the
unit cannot be unscrewed by fluid flow.
D. Clapper Hinge Pin
1. The clapper hinge pin (shaft) shall be stainless steel conforming to AISI Type 316.
For check valves with outside levers, the clapper hinge pin shall rest in bronze
bushings and shall extend through the casing on the right hand side when facing the
valve inlet.
2. The clapper hinge pins shall rest in bronze bushings provided with a compression
packing or double nitrile o -ring seal and shall extend through the casing on the right
hand side when facing the valve inlet. An opening shall be provided in each of two
bosses on the body for easy access to either end of the hinge pin. The openings
shall be tapped and provided with plugs.
E. See Part 2 of Section 15100, "Valves, General", for other components.
2.02 TESTING
All check valves shall be tested at the factory in accordance with Section 5.2 of the most current
ANSI/AWWA Standard C508 and a Certified Test Report shall be furnished with each valve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15100, "Valves, General."
Care shall be taken that all valves are well supported.
END OF SECTION
15115 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 11/2015
SECTION 15120
GATE VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install gate valves complete and operable, including all
appurtenances and accessories.
B. The City will permit the use of resilient seated type gate valves in potable water systems, as
described herein. Such use shall be restricted to potable water systems of nominal sizes
4 -inch through 48 -inch. All other size or system applications shall be allowed only if reviewed and
approved by the City. Resilient seat gate valves shall only be used in sewer applications where
cover depth is sufficient to mount the valve in the vertical position and only with review and
approval of the City. Sewer lines may not dipped or lowered in close proximity to a gate valve
for the purpose of providing said cover. Resilient seat gate valves used as tapping valves in
sanitary sewer systems and laid upon their side shall be left open when the line is placed in
operation and backed up with a plug valve to provide flow control.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 15100 - Valves, General
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GATE VALVES, GENERAL
A. As used herein, "ANSI" denotes the American National Standards Institute; "AWWA" denotes the
American Water Works Association; and "ASTM" denotes the American Society for Testing and
Materials.
B. All valves specified herein, whether manufactured under the provisions of AWWA C515, latest
revision "Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service" shall be
furnished with an Affidavit of Compliance from the manufacturer as required by Section 6.3 of
AWWA C515 latest revision.
C. The MD-WASD requires that suppliers shall submit with their proposals, if bidding on valve sales
to the City; or shop drawings, if supplying valves to the City for contract or donations
work; all data as listed in the "Data to Be Supplied by the Manufacturer" Sections of the
referenced standards. This material is Section 4.1 in C515, latest revision and is identical. Data
to be furnished is as follows:
"Catalogue Data. The manufacturer shall supply catalogue data, including illustrations and a
parts list that identifies the materials used for various parts. The information shall be in sufficient
detail to serve as a guide in the assembly and disassembly of the valve and for ordering repair
parts.
Weight information. The manufacturer shall provide a statement of the net assembled weight for
each size of valve exclusive of joint accessories.
15120 - 1 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
Assembly Drawings. The manufacturer or supplier shall submit to the purchaser one set of
drawings showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used for all parts
of the valve. All work shall be done and all valves shall be provided in accordance with these
drawings after the drawings have been reviewed and accepted by the purchaser."
In the quotation above, the word "purchaser" shall be construed to mean the Miami -Dade Water
and Sewer Department in either direct purchase or contract/donations situations.
D. All work performed according to the standards cited above, except prototype testing, shall be
subject to inspection and acceptance by the City or its representatives who shall have
access to all places of manufacture where these valves are being produced and tested.
Suppliers shall, with their shop drawing submittals, submit the company name and location of the
actual manufacturer of the valve which shall include Country, City, and street address of the
manufacturer. Where valves are not domestically produced and tested, the City reserves the
right to require that the Affidavit of Compliance be signed and sealed by a Professional
Engineer, licensed to practice in the state of where the importing firm is located or the State of
Florida. When this is required, the City's decision as to its necessity shall be final and no extra
compensation will be allowed.
E. All valves shall conform with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, "Drinking Water System
Components -Health Effects".
F. Grades B and C bronze as listed in Table 1 of AWWA C500, latest revision shall not be used in
the fabrication of any of the various valve types listed in this specification. Aluminum bronzes, if
used, shall not dealuminize and the method of preventing this shall be fully described in the
submittal.
G. AWWA Standard C515, latest revision lists a number of copper alloys for valve stems and gates.
Of these the City will accept alloys with the following Unified Numbering Series (UNS)
numbers; C66100, C87600, C99400 and C99500. This same standard lists other copper alloys
for Stem Nuts and Gates. Of these the MD-WASD will accept alloys with the following UNS
numbers; C83600, C83450, C95200, C95500, C95800 C99400 and C99500.
H. Other copper alloys not listed in the standard may be used but must meet the performance
requirements of the Standard, including but not limited to, minimum yield strength, chemical
requirements and corrosion. The City requires that alloys containing more than sixteen
(16) percent zinc shall not be used.
2.01 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES
A. Resilient -seated gate valves shall be manufactured in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the most recent ANSI/AWWA Standard C515, latest revision "Reduced -Wall Resilient -Seated
Gate Valves for Water Supply Service" as modified herein.
B. Valves shall have non -rising stems (NRS) and are to be installed under buried and/or submerged
conditions. The design working water pressure shall be 250 psig for 3 48 -inch sizes. For valves
manufactured in conformance with the provisions of AWWA C515, latest revision as modified
herein, the design working water pressure shall be a minimum of 200 psi for all sizes. In addition
to the pressure requirements, the valve assembly and mechanism shall be capable of
withstanding an input torque of 200 ft.lbs. for valves 4 -inch and smaller, and 300 ft. lbs. for valves
15120 - 2 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
6 -inch and larger. With the valve open the unobstructed waterway shall have a diameter not
less than the full nominal diameter of the valve.
C. Valve body: Valves manufactured in conformance with AWWA C515, latest revision shall be
iron -bodied and shall conform to ASTM Standard A395-99, "Ferritic Ductile Iron
Pressure -Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures" or ASTM Standard A536-84
"Ductile Iron Castings". Body and bonnet thickness shall conform with the requirements of
AWWA Standard C515 latest revision.
All ferrous metal items in contact with the line fluids, except gray or ductile cast iron, shall be
AISI Type 316 stainless steel. Valve body and bonnet gaskets shall be rubber or rubber
composition, inorganic mineral fiber and paper are not acceptable. Rubber and rubber
composition materials shall be suitable for use in water containing chlorine or chloramines and in
sanitary sewage.
D.. Stems, stem nuts, glands and bushings shall be made of bronze as specified in ANSI/AWWA
Standard C515 latest revision with no Grades B or C bronze being utilized. The same items for
valves made in conformance with C515 latest revision shall be made of the alloys specified
above in the last paragraph of the "Gate Valves, General" section of this specification. The stem
diameter shall conform to Table 4 of C515 latest revision. All valves shall be equipped with an
ANSI/AWWA standard 2 -inch square operating nut with skirt, or handwheel when required for
above -ground service. Valve stems shall rotate counterclockwise to open. All valves 20 -inch
and larger shall be equipped with gearing conforming to AWWA standard. Bevel or spur gearing
shall be supplied as ordered with no cost differential.
E. "O" -ring stem seals shall be neoprene, Buna-N, or approved equal_ No natural rubber
compounds will be acceptable. The stem seals shall be of design that permits the replacement
of the "O" -ring seals while the valve is in service, without undue leakage.
F. All external ferrous items, except gray or ductile cast iron, shall be hot dipped galvanized in
accordance with ASTM Standard A123, "Zinc (Hot -galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products", or ASTM Standard A153, "Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware", or Type 304 stainless steel.
G. Resilient seats shall be applied to the disc only and shall seat against a corrosion -resistant
surface. The surface may be either metallic or nonmetallic, applied in a manner to withstand the
action of line fluids and the operation of the sealing gate under long-term service. A metallic
surface shall have a corrosion resistance equal to or better than bronze. A nonmetallic surface
shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C550, "Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for
Valves and Hydrants". Resilient seats shall be bonded to the gate. No natural rubber products
will be acceptable. If the resilient seat is a rubber material, the method used for bonding or
vulcanizing shall be proven by ASTM Standard D429, "Test Methods for Rubber
Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates", Method A or B. For method A, the minimum strength
shall not be less than 250 psi. When Method B is applicable, the peel strength shall not be less
than 75 lb/in. All exposed mechanical attaching devices and hardware used to retain the
resilient seat shall be of AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
H. Flanged valves shall have ends faced and drilled conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, Class
125. Bolt holes in the flanges shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical and
horizontal centerlines. Joint materials for flanged valves will be furnished with the valves.
15120 - 3 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
I. Mechanical joint valves shall have ends complying with ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11,
"Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings". Mechanical joint gaskets,
glands, tee -head bolts and hex nuts shall be included with the valve. Segmented glands or
follower glands held in place with set screws will not be acceptable. Bolt holes in the flanges of
the mechanical joint shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical centerline. Gaskets
shall be shipped separately in suitable protective containers. Valves for use in sewage shall
have neoprene gaskets.
J. Painting and coatings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT -C -494a on exterior
ferrous surfaces, and ANSI/AWWA Standard C550 for the interior of the valve. A coating shall
be applied to all ferrous parts of the valves except for finished or seating surfaces. Surfaces
shall be clean and dry before painting.
K. Testing: All production tests shall be performed on all valves supplied without exception.
Operation, shell and seat tests shall be performed as specified in Section 6.2 of AWWA C509
latest revision and Section 5.1.2 of AWWA C515, latest revision as appropriate to the standard
which covers the valve in question. An Affidavit of Compliance as specified in paragraph two of
the "GATE VALVES, GENERAL", section above, shall be furnished to the MD-WASD with the
invoice for the valves. Final payment (prior to installation in donations situations) by the
MD-WASD will not be made until after receipt of these Affidavits of Compliance.
The gate valves shall conform to AWWA C515, latest revision standard as modified herein and as
manufactured by American Flow Control, Mueller or approved equal.
L. Resilient Seated Gate Valves installed in the horizontal position with bevel gearing shall require a
flushing port on the side of the valve to clean the tracks. See the Standard Detail WS 4.70 for
piping and ball valve installation requirements.
2.03 TAPPING VALVES
A. Tapping valves shall conform to the applicable requirements for the gate valves specified above
herein, and also with the requirements listed below.
B. With the valve open, an unobstructed waterway shall be provided, the diameter of which shall be
at least the full nominal diameter of the valve, to permit taps to be made through the valve.
C. Tapping valves shall have a mechanical joint outlet end conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard
C111/A21.11-90, "Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings" or a flanged
outlet conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1 Class 125 (as called for in the particular valve order),
for connection to new piping and a flanged inlet with centering ring (for all valves of 12 -inch
diameter and smaller and for all larger valves where the manufacturer produces a centering ring
flange in that size), for connecting to the tapping sleeve. For tapping valves 12 -inch and
smaller, the sleeve shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of MSS Standard
Practice SP 60, latest revision, as developed and approved by the Manufacturers
Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, 127 Park Street N.E., Vienna, Virginia
22180. For tapping valves larger than 12 -inch, the connecting flanged joint between the tapping
sleeve and the tapping valve shall be industry standard; however, the tapping valve must provide
a matching fit with tapping sleeves by other manufacturers.
15120 - 4 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
D. The tapping valves shall be furnished complete with all joint materials. Joint materials for the
flanged inlets shall be ANSI -sized and approved and shall include 1/8 -inch thick full faced
gaskets and hot -dip galvanized carbon steel bolts and nuts with internal threads tapped or
retapped after galvanizing or stainless steel bolts and nuts. The flanged inlet gaskets shall
conform to the gasket material and property requirements set forth in ANSI/AWWA Standard
C111/A21.11-90. All pipe connection gaskets for use in sewer applications shall be neoprene
and natural rubber shall not be used in any application. Seal shall be neoprene, Buna-N, Nitrile,
EPDM or approved equal, but not natural rubber. The mechanical joint outlets shall include the
necessary joint materials conforming to the requirements of joint materials for mechanical joint
ended gate valves of the appropriate type specified above herein (neoprene for use with sewer).
Bolt holes in the flanges of the mechanical joint shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the
vertical centerline. Gaskets shall be shipped separately in suitable protective containers.
E. Valve operators for tapping valves 20 -inch and larger shall be located to the right or left (when
looking into the mechanical joint outlet end) as ordered by the City.
F. The valves shall be suitable for use with ductile -iron pipe conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard
C151/A21.51-96, "Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water", with wall thickness and
outside diameter as specified in Tables 3 and 4, (Special Thickness Classes) for the following
sizes:
Size Thickness Class
4 -inch 54
6 -inch 53
8 -inch 52
10 -inch and larger 50
and with wall thicknesses and outside diameter as specified in Tables 1 and 2 (Standard
dimensions and weights) of the same standard.
Pressure Class Pipe (Potable, Reuse and Raw Water Only)
Size Pressure Class
4 -inch through 12 -inch 350
14 -inch through 20 -inch 250
24 -inch 200
30 -inch through 48 -inch 150
G. All production tests shall be performed on all valves supplied without exception. Operation and
hydrostatic tests shall be performed as specified in AWWA C515, latest revision. An Affidavit of
Compliance as specified in paragraph two of the "GATE VALVES, GENERAL", section above,
shall be furnished if requested to the City prior to installation of the valves. Final payment
(installation in donations situations) by the City will not be made until after receipt of these
Affidavits of Compliance.
The tapping valves shall conform with the appropriate AWWA valve standard as modified herein
and as manufactured by American Flow Control, Mueller or approved equal.
15120 - 5 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15100, "Valves, General."
Care shall be taken that all valves are well supported.
END OF SECTION
15120 - 6 R-5
SECTION 16051
PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all electrical material specified
herein and required for a complete installation.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16940 - Pump Station Control Panel
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All electrical materials and equipment shall be new, of recent domestic
manufacture, and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Material or
equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be replaced or
repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer.
B. All electrical material and installation shall comply with the following codes
and standards:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. South Honda Building Code (SFBC)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA)
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
9. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Before any material or equipment is purchased, the Contractor shall
submit complete shop drawings to the Engineer for approval, including a
complete list in quintuplicate of electrical materials, fixtures and equipment to be
incorporated in the work. The list shall include catalog number, diagrams,
drawings, and such other descriptive data as may be required by the Engineer.
Approval of material will be based on the manufacturer's compliance with the
Specifications, published ratings, or on test results, where specified.
B. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish four copies, in booklet form, of
complete installation drawings, instruction books, operating and maintenance
manuals, parts lists for each major item of electrical equipment, and similar data
on minor items of equipment, if requested by the Engineer, dimensional
drawings, wiring diagrams and schematics for each major piece of electrical
equipment.
16051 -1 10/2017
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All equipment shall be new, complete and in operating condition unless
otherwise specified.
B. All components shall, whenever possible, be standard stock articles of
well known domestic manufacturers, who have been regularly engaged in the
manufacture of such material and equipment for at least five years.
C. Fusible equipment shall be equipped with fuses, and 100 percent of spare
fuses of each type shall be supplied.
2.02 SURGE PROTECTION
A. Line -to -line and line -to -ground protection shall exceed the requirements of
ANSI/IEEE Standard C62.1-1984 Sections 8.6.1 and 8.7.3 by a factor of at least
300%. Voltage clamping time shall be less than five nanoseconds with a
maximum surge current of 30,000 RMS at a clamping voltage under 600 VAC.
One arrestor, complete with circuit breaker disconnect is to be supplied on the
incoming line to the control system. Arrestors shall be Ingram Products, Joslyn
or approved equal.
2.03 PHASE MONITOR
A. Phase Monitor shall be a three-phase monitor and supplied on the
incoming line. The phase monitor shall prevent motors starting on the following
conditions: overvoltage, undervoltage, phase reversal, phase imbalance and
loss of phase. The phase monitor shall have integral fault light and dry contact
for alarm indication. The unit shall be ATC Diversified Electronics or approved
equal.
2.04 GROUNDING, BONDING AND GROUND RODS
A. Ground Rod shall be a copper -clad steel rod, 3/4 -inch diameter by 15 feet
long, approved for that use.
B. Make inaccessible or underground connections with the exothermic
welding process using equipment manufactured by Burndy or Erico Products.
C. Make accessible connections with multiple bolt silicon bronze connectors
specifically designed and approved for the purpose. Connectors to be as
manufactured by Burndy or O.Z. Gedney Electric.
D. Install grounding system as shown on Drawings and never use a neutral
conductor as grounding or bonding means.
E. Drive ground rods full length into the earth. Main ground electrode system
resistance to ground to be no greater than 3 ohms. Use as many rods as needed
to attain this level.
16051 - 2 10/2017
F. Ground and bond panelboard frame, fittings, fixtures and devices, cable
sheaths and screens, neutral of transformers, boxes and raceways, motor
frames, non -current carrying parts of appliances and devices, control equipment
and panels, and all other parts and equipment as required by the NEC.
G. Provide every branch circuit for power and lighting and each 120 -volt
receptacle circuits, with a green grounding conductor of the same size and type
as the power conductors installed in the same raceway.
2.05 CABLE AND WIRE
A. Cable and Wire shall be plainly marked with the manufacturer's name,
year of manufacture, and type of cable. All conductors shall be copper unless
otherwise specified.
B. All cable shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the specifications
and the applicable IPCEA, NEMA, IEEE, UL, and ANSI standards, by a
manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in cables of this type.
C. All cable and wire shall be suitable for wet locations.
D. All 600 volt class cable shall be Class B, heat and moisture resistant
thermoplastic type THW rated 75° C, maximum conductor temperature in wet or
dry locations, with copper conductors. No. 10 and smaller shall be single strand,
No. 8 through No. 2 shall be 7 strand and No. 1 through 4/0 shall be 19 strand
and 250 MCM through 500 MCM shall be 37 Strand. Insulation shall meet UL
Standard 83.
E. All conductors shall be plainly marked on outer braid at least every two
feet with name of manufacturer, size and grade of insulation.
F. Conductors shall be as manufactured by General Cable, Phelps Dodge,
Okonite or approved equal.
2.06 CONTROL WIRING
A. Wiring for monitoring system and control shall be single conductor #14
AWG minimum, solid or stranded with THW or THWN insulation.
B. Wiring for analog or pulse systems shall be 3 -conductor shielded cable
with #14 AWG stranded copper conductors with individual thermoplastic color -
coded insulation. Overall shield shall be either copper or aluminum tape
providing 100% shielding coverage and provided with a stranded copper ground
drain wire and an overall vinyl jacket. Cable shall be Belden, Dekoron or
approved equal.
C. Fireproofing tape shall be Irvington No. 7700, or approved equal, applied
in accordance to the manufacturer's instructions.
D. Multiconductor cable shall be copper conductors, flame retarded ethylene -
propylene insulated for 600 V with a 90°C rating. The single conductors of the
multiple conductor cable shall be color coded with integral color for proper
16051 - 3 10/2017
identification. Color coding shall be equal to ICEA S-68-514, Table K-2. Cable
shall meet the requirements of IEEE -383. A heat, moisture flame and chemical
resistant, mechanically rugged ethylene -propylene insulating compound, 30 mils
thick, shall be provided for #14 AWG. Conductors shall be tin or alloy coated
stranded copper as per ASTM B-8 and B-33 or B-189. Overall cable jacket shall
be chlorosulfonated polyethylene compound over cable tape and fillers and shall
exceed the requirements of ICEA S-68-516.
E. Connectors, Terminals and Splices:
1. Provide connectors, terminals and splices for all power and lighting
circuits using 600 -volt wire and cable as follows:
a. Provide connectors, terminals, and splices, for all wire, cable,
and equipment and bus connections that are designed and
approved for the specific type and size of conductors being
connected.
b. Connectors and terminals shall be designed and UL
approved for use with the associated conductor material, and
shall provide a uniform compression over the entire contact
surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on all
stranded conductors.
c. Pressure -crimp type connectors, terminals and splices shall
be applied with a mechanical or hydraulic tool with proper
size crimpling dies for making each connection. The tool
shall be of the type that will not release until the correct
pressure has been applied.
d. Splices and taps in wire No. 10 AWG, and smaller, shall be
made with approved, wire -nut -type, patent spring connectors.
Use 3M Scotch -locks or equal.
e. Provide Burndy, type YAV box, or equal, pressure -crimp ring -
tongue terminals for termination of No. 8 stranded cable.
f. Provide Burndy type YSV box butt splices, or equal, for
splicing No. 8 AWG stranded cable.
g. For termination and splicing of cable of AWG No. 6 or larger,
provide long -barrel, type YA pressure -crimp lugs and type YS
tubular pressure -crimp splices by Burndy or equal. Use long -
barrel pressure -crimp lugs wherever space conditions permit.
Use long -barrel pressure crimp splices exclusively for
splicing. Where space is inadequate for use of long -barrel
lugs, provide Burndy Type YA-L, pressure -crimp, short barrel
lugs, or equal. Use two -hole lugs on cable of 250 MCM and
larger.
h. For tap off AWG No. 8 cable and larger, provide Burndy type
KS split -bolt copper connectors (bugs), with Burndy type SC
one-piece plastic split bolt covers, or equal. Other types of
connectors for tapping may be used subject to prior approval
by the Engineer.
i. Use proper size bronze bolts, nuts, washers, and lock
washers of Burndy Durium alloy, or equal, for bolting cable
terminations to equipment terminals and bus bars.
j. Termination of solid wires of AWG No. 10 and smaller at
16051 - 4 10/2017
terminal blocks shall be made by forming the wires in a ring
to fit under a screw head, thus requiring no terminal lug.
2. Provide terminals and splices and make connections in control,
alarm and instrumentation system as follows:
a. For solid wiring provide type TP, vinyl -insulated, ring -tongue
terminals by Burndy, or equal, for all terminations.
b. In locations where splicing of solid wire is indicated or
permitted by specifications, use type SP vinyl -insulated, butt
splices by Burndy, or equal.
c. Wire terminals shall be installed with pressure tools equal to
those manufactured by American Pamcor, one of which is
No. 59072, which obliges the Electrician to apply the correct
pressure required to produce a tight connection before the
tool is released. Use a pressure tool designed for the
specific size of connector and wire being terminated.
d. Taps in solid wire may be made with 3M, Scotchlock wire
nut, or equal, except that the conductor being tapped shall
not be cut, and shall be twisted together with the tap
conductor before wire nut application.
2.07 LUGS
A. All power cables of any voltage class shall be terminated with tinned
copper indentation -type lugs. The lugs shall be Bundy type YA, T & B, or equal,
long barreled, with double indentations in the larger sizes. Two -hole lugs shall
be used where possible. The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility
between hole size and spacing on the lugs and on the equipment furnished.
B. Terminate stranded conductors on mechanical connectors furnished on
equipment. Where no connectors are included, provide suitable mechanical
connectors.
C. Termination of stranded conductors on screw terminals will not be
permitted. Provide suitable size compression or mechanical type connector with
spade tongue.
2.08 PULLING COMPOUND
A. Pulling Compound, if used, shall conform to the recommendations of the
wire and cable manufacturer.
2.09 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND WIREWAY
A. Conduit shall be heavy wall, threaded, rigid, metallic conduit. PVC
schedule 40 conduit shall be used where it is embedded in concrete
and/underground runs, and aluminum conduit shall be used for exposed runs.
Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit for risers and transitions from underground
PVC conduit to above -ground conduit seals. Use galvanized rigid steel conduit
above conduit seals. Conduit, fittings and wireway shall be sized in accordance
with the National Electrical Code, where sizes are not shown on the Plans.
Conduit smaller than 3/4 -inch shall not be used.
16051 - 5 10/2017
1. Galvanized Steel Conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized, inside and
outside, after threading, and shall conform to Federal Specification WW -
0581, ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
2. PVC Coated Steel Conduit shall be externally coated with a 40 mil
of grey PVC per UL 6.
3. Aluminum Conduit shall contain less than 0.1 percent copper, and
shall conform to Federal Specification WW -C -540C. It shall be as
manufactured by Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corporation, Triangle, or
approved equal. Alcoa thread lubricant shall be used on all aluminum
threads.
4. Flexible Conduit shall be "Sealtite" flexible, liquid tight conduit, as
manufactured by the American Brass Company, Bridgeport, Connecticut,
the equivalent by 0-Z/Gedney, or equal.
5. PVC Conduit shall be Schedule 40, heavy -walled rigid, rated for 90
degree C cables conforming to UL 651, Fed Spec W -C-1094 and NEMA
TC-2 as manufactured by Carlon or approved equal.
6. Conduit Fittings and Device Boxes embedded in concrete shall be
PVC conforming to UL 514 and NEMA TC-3.
7. Wall Sleeves for Conduit shall be O.Z., positive, watertight through
wall entrance fittings, FSK Series, Crouse -Hinds, or equal.
8. Entrance Seals shall be O.Z. type CSBG, Crouse -Hinds, or equal.
9. Rigid Conduit Straps and Clamp Backs of cast aluminum such as
EFCOR 233 AL, Appleton, or equal, shall be used in attaching conduit to
concrete surfaces where channels and clamps are not used.
10. Conduit Bushings shall be insulated metallic bushings by T & B,
O.Z., or approved equal, except where grounding bushings are required.
11. Conduit Sealing Fittings shall be Crouse -Hinds, type GUAB, with
sealing covers, or approved equal.
12. Wireways shall be of the size required plus no less than 50% of
spare capacity, made of 12 gauge aluminum with hinged spring -latched
covers conforming to UL 870, and painted to protect against corrosion.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary bends, couplings and
connectors. Interior parts shall be smooth, free of sharp edges and burrs.
Use grounding type locknut and copper bond wire to make wireway and
attached conduits electrically continuous. Slip -fasteners are not
acceptable for this purpose. Wireways shall be type HW as manufactured
by General Metals, Inc., Square D, or approved equal.
2.10 SWITCHES AND COVERS
A. Light Switches shall conform with Fed Spec WS -896E and shall be rated
20 amp, 120/277 volt AC, for tungsten or inductive load, Hubbell 1221 and 1223,
Leviton, or approved equal.
B. Weather proof Switch Covers shall be Crouse -Hinds DS185-SA,
Appleton, or approved equal, copper -free aluminum.
C. Explosion -Proof Switches shall be rated 20 amp, 125 volts AC with front
operating handle, Appleton Cat. No. EFS175-FL, Crouse -Hinds, or approved
equal.
16051 - 6 10/2017
D. Safe -Run Switches shall be 2 position, double pole, single throw,
maintained contact, selector switch in NEMA-4 enclosure, General Electric
AJ201 C or approved equal.
E. Safety Disconnect Switches shall be heavy duty Type A, quick -make,
quick -break, horsepower rated, with external operating handle interlocked to
prevent opening of the cover unless it is in the "off' and "open door" position.
Switch shall be manufactured by Square D, Westinghouse, or approved equal.
F. Mercury Float Switch shall have molybdenum contacts sealed in a
doublewalled float of plastic material resistant to inorganic salt solutions, alkalis,
and mineral acids. The electrical cable shall be two conductors with neoprene
jacket and shall run unspliced to the Control Cabinet. Switch shall be Enpo-
Cornell Pump Co. or equal.
G. Limit Switch shall be heavy duty Square D Class 9007 or approved equal
with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. contacts.
2.11 RECEPTACLES AND COVERS
A. Outlets shall be 125 volt, 20 amp, grounding type, duplex receptacle
specification grade, Hubbell 5362, Leviton, or approved equal.
B. Weatherproof Switch Covers shall be Crouse -Hinds DS185-SA,
equivalent by Appleton, or approved equal, copper -free aluminum, gasketed
cover.
C. Receptacle for Emergency Power shall be 4 wire, 4 pole with angle
adapter and screw cover, Russell Stoll, Catalog numbers as indicated below for
the different services, or approved equal:
1. JRSA 2034 DR45 for 240 volts
2. JRSA 2034 HR45 for 480 volts
D. Ground Fault Protected Receptacles shall be Class A, 120 Volt, duplex
20/20A NEMA 5-20R, Square D Catalog GDFR-120BC or approved equal.
2.12 PANELBOARD
A. Panelboards shall be dead front, safety type construction and shall
conform to Federal Specification WP -115, NEMA PB1, ANSI C33.38 and UL67.
B. All circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, temperature compensated,
bolt -on type with quick -make quick -break mechanism, of the frame and size
indicated.
C. Circuit breakers minimum interrupting ratings shall be 22,000 A for 277
volts systems and 14,000 A for 120 volt systems. Circuit breaker minimum
rating shall be 20A single pole unless otherwise noted.
D. The panel board shall be provided with the voltage, phases and amperage
required per project drawings, with main and branch breakers ambient -
16051 - 7 10/2017
compensated. It shall provide for a minimum of 20% spare space. Panels shall
have neutral and equipment grounding bus and shall be Square D, General
Electric, Westinghouse or approved equal.
E. Install panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2.13 PUMP MOTOR CONNECTION BOX
A. Pump motor connection box shall only be used in submersible pump wet
well applications. The Contractor shall furnish and install 24" x 18" x 8" NEMA
4X stainless steel enclosure with hinged bolt -on cover and all necessary
appurtenances for a complete installation. Connection box assembly shall
include 3' x 3' x 6" concrete slab and 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 unistrut support. The following
shall also be included:
1. 6 -Pole power insulated terminal block panel mount shall be Allen
Bradley Bulletin 1492, sized as required.
2. 6 -Circuit control insulated terminal block panel mount shall be Allen
Bradley Bulletin 1492
3. Gland nut and neoprene bushing shall be Crouse -Hinds CGK, or
approved equal, sized as required for cable outer diameter.
4. Conduit Seal.
2.14 TRANSFORMER
A. Transformer shall be 480 volt to 120/240 volt, single phase, 60 hertz,
3KVA for submersible stations. It shall be high efficiency Sqaure "D" Model
9070E01 D1, or approved equal, with two 5% taps below normal, weatherproof
for indoor or outdoor service.
2.15 PULL BOX
A. Pull box shall be welded aluminum, 12 gauge, with hinged cover,
minimum dimensions of 12 inch x 12 inch x 6 inch, without knockouts, anodized
and painted, as manufactured by General Metals, Inc., Hoffman, or approved
equal.
2.16 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
A. Lightning arrestor shall be 3 -pole, 650 volt, thyrite secondary arrester,
General Electric type 9L15BCC008, Westinghouse 634A217AO1, or approved
equal.
2.17 SURGE CAPACITOR
A. Surge capacitor shall be a 3 -pole, 650 volt, 1.0 mfd. capacitor. It shall be a
General Electric Type 9L18ABB301, equivalent by Westinghouse, or equal.
2.18 EMERGENCY LIGHT
A. Furnish and install wall mounted emergency light package unit with
battery backup wired to an existing lighting fixture, Hubbel Lighting IMF 12-50-2-
16051 - 8 10/2017
P8 or approved equal.
2.19 LEVEL CONTROLLER
A. Level controller shall be microprocessor based SCADA ready, station
controller with float switches backup. It shall measure the depth of water in the
wet well and operate the pumps based on selected setup values. The controller
shall be a microprocessor -based device and not require a battery to maintain the
operating program. All set-up values shall be stored in non-volatile memory.
B. The controller shall be standard "off the shelf' equipment with published
literature and fully tested hardware and operating program. The controller shall
be field configurable from the front of the unit, and require no special tools or
software to set-up or operate.
C. MPE Station Controller, microprocessor based controller with pressure
transducer, Model SC2000, as manufactured by Motor Protection Electronics,
Inc. or approved equal.
D. Provide intrinsically safe duplexer backup controller with float switches, as
manufactured by Motor Protection Electronics Inc. or approved equal.
2.20 PUMP STATION LEVEL TRANSDUCER
A. A submersible level transmitter shall be capable of sensing and
measuring the level of wastewater in the wet well based on the hydrostatic
pressure above the submerged sensor's diaphragm.
B. The level transmitter shall be factory calibrated to a nominal 4-20 mADC
output.
C. The transducer housing shall be fabricated of PVC with a 2.5 -inch
diameter Teflon diaphragm and shall be filled with silicone oil.
D. The sensor shall be mounted using its signal cable and have %" NPT pipe
threading for pipe mounting.
E. The internal air pressure of the sensor assembly shall be relieved to
atmospheric pressure through a sealed breather system.
F. The unit shall measure 9 inches high by 3.8 inches diameter. The cable
diameter shall be 0.26 inches.
G. The level transducer shall be Model SLX 130-M, as manufactured by
Contegra, Inc., or approved equal.
H. The mounting option used shall be a 316 SS pipe for cable suspension
(SLX-SP1 Contegra Option 3).
PART 3 EXECUTION
16051 - 9 10/2017
3.01 GENERAL
A. All electrical work shall comply with the applicable rules of the National
Electrical Code, the National Fire Protection Association, and the South Florida
Building Code, and shall be in accordance with the requirements of OSHA, and
the best commercial and industrial practice. Conduit and cable shall be sized as
specified in the National Electrical Code, where sizes are not shown on the
Plans.
B. All electrical wiring, regardless of voltage classes, shall be installed in rigid
conduit, except where shown otherwise on the Plans. No conduit installed shall
be smaller than 3/4 inch IPS and no wire smaller than 12 gauge, except as
otherwise shown on the Plans, specified herein, or authorized by the Engineer.
C. In some cases, the exact requirements must be determined from the shop
drawings of the equipment furnished by the Contractor. Changes required by
the Contractor - furnished equipment shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
Materials or equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and
located.
B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into
Work.
C. Electrical service shall be built per Florida Power & Light Standards.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF 600 -VOLT WIRE AND CABLE
A. Install wire and cable in conduits, ducts, wireways, cable trays and other
enclosures as indicated.
B. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all wire and cable shall be
installed in continuous runs between terminal points without splicing.
C. Make splices and taps only in junction boxes, from terminals in terminal
boxes, in manholes, in handholes and other accessible enclosures.
D. Do not splice wire and cable in ducts or conduits.
E. Except as otherwise indicated, or specified, do not splice or tap control,
alarm or instrumentation wiring in underground manholes and handholes.
F. When pulling wire or cable, do not subject the wire or cable to a tension
greater than 50% of the yield strength of the conductor. Pulling Tugs shall be
attached to the conductor with a sleeve or grip over the cable sheath to prevent
slipping the insulation.
G. Use a UL approved lubricant to decrease friction when pulling cable in
16051 -10 10/2017
ducts and conduits
H. Do not subject cable to a bending radius less than 8 times the cable O.D.
during or after installation.
I. In wet locations, make splices first as for dry locations, then encapsulate
them in an epoxy resin sealing and potting compound. Encapsulation of
compression sleeve splices shall be with preformed molds.
J. Pulling of wires and cable into conduits shall be done in a manner which
will in no way injure the insulation.
K. All wires in conduit shall be continuous between pull points without
splices. No joints or splices in the conductors shall be permitted except at outlet
or accessible junction boxes.
L. Sufficient lengths of wire shall be left at pull boxes for connecting to
equipment and apparatus without straining.
M. All wires passing through pull boxes shall have enough slack in each box
so they may be pulled out of the box a distance of no less than 6" across the
entire length of the box.
N. Pull together all cables or conductors to be installed in a single conduit.
O. Wire Sizes: Drawings indicate wire and conduit sizes for typical
equipment. If sizes shown on the drawings are not appropriate for the
equipment chosen by the Contractor, wires and conduit shall be sized for the
proper current -carrying capacity (including voltage drop and motor inrush
allowances) in accordance with the NEC, at no extra cost to the Department. On
120/240 volts systems, "Homeruns" of over 50 feet in total length from panel to
first outlet shall be #10 AWG minimum size and on 277/480 volts, the distance
shall be 100 feet total length for #12 AWG minimum size.
3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. The Plans are generally indicative of the work to be installed, but do not
show all bends, fittings, boxes, and specialties which may be required or the
exact location of all conduits. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the site
and conditions affecting all of his work and arrange his work accordingly. Any
changes from locations shown on the Plans must be approved by the Engineer.
B. Conduits shall be installed in such a manner that wires may be removed
and replaced at a later date and to ensure against collection of condensation or
rainwater. Where bends are made, they shall be made with an approved conduit
bending machine. Crushed or deformed conduit shall not be used.
C. All conduit ends shall be square cut and reamed to remove burrs.
Running threads will NOT be permitted. Approved couplings shall be used. All
conduit joints shall be made up wrench tight, using strap wrenches, and shall be
made waterproof in such a manner as not to interrupt the electrical bonds.
16051 -11 10/2017
D. As soon as installed, all open conduit ends, including those terminating in
boxes, shall be plugged or capped and so maintained during construction to
prevent the entrance of moisture and dirt. All conduit shall be carefully cleaned
and dried inside before the installation of wire.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. All grounding shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric
Code and all local Codes having jurisdiction.
B. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the ground system shall be
composed of at least two 5/8" in diameter by 10 feet long copper clad ground
rod, spaced a minimum of 6 feet apart. Ground rods shall also be connected to
rebar in slab. Make all connections with #6 bare copper wire.
C. Maximum ground resistance shall not exceed 25 ohms under normal dry
conditions. Additional ground rods shall be driven if required to maintain this
level.
D. All electrical equipment, structural steel, guard rails, and other metallic
objects shall be connected to the above -mentioned ground system.
E. Provide a warning ribbon installed at 12" depth in the ground above the
ground loop conductor.
3.06 NEUTRALS
A. Each circuit which requires a neutral conductor shall have its own
individual neutral conductor, contained in the same enclosure.
3.07 TESTING
A. All circuits and motors shall be megger tested, and the voltage and
current load on each circuit shall be checked. Five copies of the results shall be
furnished to the Engineer and the Department before acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
16051 -12 10/2017
MDWASD 12/2006
SECTION 16780
S.C.A.D.A. SYSTEM R.T.U. INSTALLATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All conditions of the existing contract shall apply.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate all work with the local Electrical Supervisor for
the area. The Contractor shall review the installation with the area Electrical
Supervisor before starting the work. The installation shall be completed and
inspected by the local supervisor or his representative.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for location of all utilities.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All work shall be in accordance with the Florida Building Code and the National
Electrical Code.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MIAMI-DADE WATER AND SEWER DEPARTMENT SUPPLIED MATERIALS
A. R.T.U. in a NEMA 4X enclosure. Note that batteries are to be furnished and
installed inside the 4X enclosure by the contractor.
B. Radio
C. Antenna with mounting cap and cable
D. Force main pressure transmitter assembly consisting of a 1 -inch diameter
threaded nipple, manifold with test port and pressure gage with isolation
diaphragm and the pressure transmitter unit.
E. Low level pressure switch
F. Wet well level transformer (for the RTU)
G. Current transformer
H. Amp transmitter
I. "Station Flooding"(drywell) and "High Level"(wetwell) float switches; Mini Float,
16780-1 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
model SM N.O.
J. "Low Level"(wetwell) float switch; Mini Float, model SM N.C.
K. "Intrusion Alarm" , Square D 9007 Series A, Type C54D, Type C54RC, Type
C54A2, Microswitch #MC7711-BZ-2R-A2 or equal as required for that type of
installation.
2.02 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise specifically called out elsewhere herein, all other labor,
materials and equipment required for SCADA System R. T. U. Installation will be
provided by the Contractor whether or not said items are specifically called out in
the Contract Documents.
B. Individual wires shall be 600 volt, 75° C insulation, 14 guage stranded copper.
Ends shall be terminated with compressiron lugs. Wires shall be color coded
according to Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department supplied drawings and
identified by wire marking labels. Any circuits designated as "spare" shall each
have individual ends securely taped and marked "spare".
C. Shielded multi -conductor transducer wire shall be Belden twisted #16 stranded
copper with shield, 600 volt rated. The shield shall be terminated at the R. T. U.
end only. Shield shall be cut back to insulation and taped at other end. Shielded
wire shall be run in a raceway with no other power circuits.
D. The antenna ground rod shall be copper weld 3/4", 10 feet long and driven by
the Contractor.
E. Tapping saddle assembly for pressure transmitter consisting of: solid brass,
single strap (silicon bronze), tapping saddle with Buna-N-gasket, Ford Style
101B with 1 -inch tap; brass corporation stop with 1 -inch inlet, outlet and valve
AWWA/CC taper thread inlet by flare copper outlet, Ford FB600-4; brass adapter
for flare copper connection (replaces flare nut) 1 -inch female copper thread x 1 -
inch female iron pipe thread, Ford part no. C01-44. All items specified as brass
shall be ASTM B-62, UNS C83600 allow and shall conform with NSF 61.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ANALOG INPUTS
A. Three transducers are involved at each site with standard or microprocessor
control (current, wetwell pressure level, and force main pressure). The pressure
transmitters will be installed by MD-WASD forces in coordination with, and as a
part of, the Contractor's permitted work. The Contractor shall mount the current
transformer on the leg of the power cable from which the control power is
derived and connect shielded wiring to all three transducers. The current
16780-2 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
transformer shall be installed to indicate power used whether on normal or
generator power where applicable. The current transducer shall be installed in
existing cabinets as close as possible to the current transformer.
B. At sites identified by the City only two types of transducers, (force main
pressure and current), will be used. Shielded wire from the level logic control
device to the R. T. U. shall be installed for level indication. Termination of the
shielded cable to the control unit shall be performed by the City forces.
C. Other analog inputs may include flow recorders, suction pressure, discharge
pressure, vibration or R. P. M. input. The MD-WASD shall supply devices and
the Contractor will supply and install circuits. These circuits will be installed
by the Contractor, but terminated by MD-WASD forces.
3.02 ANALOG OUTPUTS
A. At sites determined by MD-WASD shielded wire and conduit shall be installed for
analog outputs such as VFD speed control, valve control, or other positioning
devices. Circuits shall be installed by the Contractor, but terminated by MD-
WASD.
3.03 DISCRETE INPUTS
A. Feedback signal circuits are "Pump On", "Station Flooding" (drywell), "High
Level" (wetwell), "Low Level" (wetwell), "Generator Run", "Intrusion Alarm" and
"Common Alarm". Except where noted, the Contractor shall provide all materials
and devices to complete these two wire circuits. The power will be from the R. T.
U. and all devices shall be normally open in the safe or off condition.
1. "Pump On" shall be provided by a Contractor furnished and installed
auxiliary contact on each pump motor starter. (Note: two speed pumps
require two per pump.) No other devices shall be used to indicate "Pump
On"
2. "Station Flooding" (drywell), "High Level" (wetwell), and "Low
Level"(wetwell), shall be supplied by MD-WASD and installed by the
Contractor. In pump stations with pneumatic controls (bubbler system)
MD-WASD will provide a pneumatic pressure switch for "Low
Level"(wetwell) to be installed by the Contractor.
3. "Intrusion Alarm" will be supplied by MD-WASD and installed by the
Contractor.
3.04 DISCRETE OUTPUTS
A. Active control circuits to start each pump, (or each speed), stop pump, and reset
alarms shall be installed and connected.
16780-3 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
1. The normally closed stop relay in the R. T. U. shall be connected in
series to the existing stop control circuit.
2. The normally open start relay shall be connected in parallel to the existing
auto start control circuit. No existing safety or process orderly
shutdown circuits shall be bypassed or defeated for either the start
or stop control circuit.
3. The "Common Alarm" circuit shall be from a normally open R.T.U. relay in
parallel with the existing reset switch.
3.05 R. T. U.
B. There shall be no holes or entrance of any type into the top of the R.T.U.
enclosure.
C. The R. T. U. shall not be mounted below grade or inside the drywell. If existing
structure does not provide mounting for the R.T.U. a separate MD-WASD
approved stanchion shall be constructed and installed by the Contractor. The
R.T.U. stanchions shall be installed in accordance with current MD-WASD
approved S. C. A. D. A., R. T. U. installation drawings. Equivalent parts shall
require approval by the S.C.A.D.A. Section representative.
D. All abraded galvanized hardware shall be cleaned and then recoated with two
coats of cold galvanized compound.
3.06 CONDUITS
A. Rigid galvanized conduit shall be used in all exterior below grade installations. It
shall be coated with two coats of Bitumastic No. 50 or equal. Rigid galvanized
conduit shall extend completely through all concrete penetrations at which point
it may be converted to PVC conduit in the interior of the drywell. Rigid aluminum
conduit may be used in installations above grade where exposed.
B. All concrete penetrations shall be sealed with epoxy grout compound. All
conduits shall have minimum 1/4" spacing where installed on concrete surfaces.
C. All conduits below grade and/or extending from the wetwell shall have seal off
fittings installed before entry into the R. T. U. enclosure. All conduits shall be
sealed with duct seal compound during the construction phase to limit the
exposure of electronic circuitry to corrosive atmosphere.
3.07 MISCELLANEOUS
A. A separate circuit shall be provided for and installed by the Contractor from the
existing lighting/control panel, to provide 120 VAC power to the R. T. U. This
circuit shall be routed through an available phase monitor relay normally open
contact. This circuit will be switched on by the SCADA Section at start-up.
16780-4 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
B. For wetwell/drywell pump stations with the pump controller in the drywell a MD-
WASD supplied enclosure and terminal strips shall be installed for circuits
entering and exiting the drywell.
C. Additional work such as sidewalk or street cutting may be required. This work
must be authorized by the Project Manager and validated by a detailed, itemized
invoice showing exact labor and material used.
D. An as -built drawing, (schematic and point-to-point) of the final installation and
approved by the SCADA representative shall be provided by the Contractor for
the installation before final payment is made.
E. A Certificate of Completion and original approved permits shall be supplied to the
Department before final payment is made.
F Install SCADA tapping saddle at location shown on Plans, pressure test, perform
1 -inch tap, in coordination with MD-WASD forces, connect remainder of pressure
transmitting system, and test.
END OF SECTION
16780-5 R-4
SECTION 16940
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a pump station control panel, which shall
include the level controller, relays, switches, lamps, and all electrical material
specified herein or required for a complete installation.
B. The contractor is responsible for the erection, installation and start-up of the
equipment covered under these specifications.
1.02 RELATED SECTION
A. Section 16051 - Pump Station Electrical Materials.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All electrical materials and equipment shall be new, of recent domestic
manufacture, and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Material or
equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be replaced or
repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Department. Further, said
repairs or replacement shall be performed by personnel qualified such that the
UL approval will not be lost. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory evidence
of these qualifications to the MD-WASD prior to the work being performed.
B. All electrical material and installation shall comply with the following codes and
standards listed in Section 16051, Subsection 1.03.
C. Furnish equipment designed, built and tested by a firm with at least ten years
of experience manufacturing this type of equipment.
D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for components and
installation.
E. Furnish equipment that bear the UL label.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide all submittals in accordance with Section 16051,
Subsection 1.04
B. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturers' literature and shop
drawings including but not limited to the following:
1. Dimensioned outlined drawings (Plan and Elevations).
2. Itemized bill of materials.
3. Manufacturers' literature and shop drawings for every piece of equipment
mounted on the panel.
16940 -1 10/2017
4. Enclosure construction details.
5. Operating and maintenance manuals.
6. Detailed external wiring diagram and sequence of operation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The Control Panel shall be designed and built as integrated, pre -wired
equipment. It shall control the operation of number of pumps in the station,
based on the level in the wet well.
1. Level controller (specified in Section 16051, Subsection 2.19) shall
monitor the wet well level and actuate the sewage pumps in sequence
with rising water level. Once a pumping cycle has started, it shall continue
until the stop level is reached. All start/stop levels shall be adjustable,
based on design levels shown on the Plans. Controller shall maintain
level to within ± 1% of full scale (i.e. maximum depth).
2. The level controller shall have a 3 -position selector switch for manual
selection of pumps sequence. An alarm shall be annunciated whenever
the lag pump is called on, indicating failure of lead pump.
3. The Panel shall include the level indicator and pumps alternators, motor
controllers, relays, switches, lamps, pressure switches and any other
device shown on the Plans, or required to function as specified. Shop
drawings of every device shall be submitted and approved before the
panel is assembled.
4. Phase monitor relay shall be Timemark Model 258, Potter-Brunfield CPS -
38, or approved equal, fused on line side and disconnect only for 3 -phase
equipment.
5. Selector switch to manually select or automatically alternate position of
"lead" and "lag", sewage pumps after each pumping cycle shall be
furnished and installed.
6. The manufacturer of the control system shall be certified by the
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) as a UL 698A listed system panel
manufacturer certified to install serialized label for quality control and
insurance liability considerations.
B. Each major component shall be identified by an engraved phenolic nameplate.
C. All wiring shall be a flexible, stranded type and each conductor shall be tagged
and numbered according to wiring diagrams and neatly tied.
D. The Control Panel shall be dimensioned to facilitate maintenance.
2.02 ALARMS
A. Control panels shall be capable of reporting, a minimum, of the following alarm
points:
1. Dry Well High Level (Float switch).
2. Wet Well High Level.
3. Wet Well Low Level (With auxiliary contact to stop sewage pumps.)
16940 - 2 10/2017
4. Level Controller Failure.
5. Sewage Pump High Temperature or Failure (with pump shut down, lock
out relay and reset push button.)
6. Loss of Phase Voltage.
7. Sump Flood (Dry well only).
B. Provide three spare alarm points and one set of N.O./N.C. contacts from
common alarm relay for remote signaling. Every alarm shall be indicated by a
labeled red pilot light mounted in the control panel. A red light with guard
protector, as Series VDA manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, or approved equal
and a bell with silencing buttons shall be mounted in the service enclosure.
The alarm lights shall remain "on" until alarm signal is reset at control panel.
2.03 MOTOR STARTERS
A. Motor starters shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, with overloads to
match the supplied motors. One set of N.O/N.C. spare contacts shall be
provided in the sewage pump starter. Motor starters to be Siemens, Square
D, Cutler Hammer, or approved equal.
B. Starters for sewage pumps shall be three-phase, sized in accordance with the
following table:
NEMA SIZE STARTER
Motor Size
(Horsepower)
Single Phase
240 Volt
Three Phase
208 Volt
Three Phase
480 Volt
Upto5
2
1
1
71/2
2
2
1
10
-
2
2
15
-
3
2
20
-
-
2
25
-
-
3
30
-
-
3
40
-
-
3
50 to 75
-
-
4
100 to 150
-
-
5
2.04 CONTROL PANEL ACCESSORIES
A. All wiring shall be a flexible, stranded type and each conductor shall be tagged
and numbered according to wiring diagrams and neatly tied.
16940 - 3
10/2017
B. All external wiring shall terminate in a terminal block, Square D Type G class
9080, or equal.
C. Relays shall be socket -mounted for ease of replacement, Square D Type K
Class 8501, or equal.
D. Lamps, push bottoms, and switches shall be heavy duty oil-tight/watertight,
Square D, Type K Class 9001, or equal.
E. Elapsed time meters shall be provided to indicate total running time of each
sewage pump in "hours" and "tenths of hours". Meters shall be Eagle Signal
Series HK or approved equal. An extra elapse time meter shall be furnished
and installed to indicate the total time for all pumps simultaneous run.
2.05 LEVEL CONTROLLER
A. As specified in Specification Section 16051.
2.06 TELEMETRY
A. Telemetry (RTU) provided by the City shall be installed by the Contractor
in its own weather-proof and corrosion -resistant enclosure separate from the
control panel enclosure. The manufacturer of the control system shall provide
the hardware required to interface the controller with the City SCADA
System to remotely start -stop the pumps and monitor the operation of pumps
and alarms.
2.07 CONSTRUCTION
A. Outside panels shall be gasketed, NEMA 3R, free standing, stainless steel, 12
gauge minimum construction, with same material continuous hinges and dead
front anodized aluminum inner door. Finishing of the enclosure to be No. 2B.
Padlocking of motor circuit breakers shall not obstruct the closing of the inner
doors.
B. Inside panels shall be NEMA 12, constructed of .080 inches thick anodized
aluminum or 14 gauge 316 stainless steel. Control wiring shall be color coded
(minimum of 16 different colors), 16 gauge, 600 volts, 90 degree C. standard
tinned copper, PVC insulated with crimped terminal connections.
C. Enclosure shall be approximately 48" W x 48" H x 12" D. The top of the panel
shall stand no higher than 72 -inches from the top of the support concrete pad.
In any case, it shall be sized to facilitate maintenance of enclosed equipment
with a double door. Total length of the enclosure will depend on the size of the
pumps but shall be sized to provide enough space so that every piece of
equipment can be easily reached for service and maintenance. The outer doors
shall be furnished with a locking latch and staple for padlock, to be furnished by
the City. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Provide every outer door with a
limit switch to trip a remote alarm in case of unauthorized opening. Panel
seams shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. All exterior joints shall
be ground level and polished smooth. Stiffeners shall be added to panel sides
and doors as necessary to ensure rigidity. Lifting eyes and a rolled lip around
16940 - 4 10/2017
three sides of the outside doors shall be provided. Provide also a rain shield
over the generator outlet or access opening. Enclosure shall be 12 -inches deep
minimum.
D. The double doors shall be made of the same material as the enclosure. All
edges of the doors shall be folded inward, similar to the cabinet to form a rigid
non -flexing door. The door shall be hung on a continuous stainless steel hinge
with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The door shall be equipped with a three-
point locking latch, a handle and a heavy-duty stainless steel staple for a
padlock. Provide a friction type latch on hinge side to keep the door in position
desired and to keep it from being closed by the wind.
E. Cabinet anchorage shall consist of chemical adhesive anchor cartridge system
5/8" cp, minimum, stainless steel anchor threaded rod with 5-1/2", minimum,
depth of embedment. The cabinet shall be secured to the concrete base at a
minimum of four locations.
F. An external red LED strobe light, vapor tight with aluminum lens protector shall
be mounted on a side of the enclosure. The voltage of the strobe light shall be
120 Volts AC and will flash on an alarm condition. The strobe light will continue
to flash after the alarm silence button is pressed until the alarm condition has
cleared.
G. The alarm bell shall be 120 volt A.C., 6 inches diameter, 90 db, weatherproof
with protecting guard. Bell shall be Simplex Series 4090 or approved equal.
H. A cast or stamped plate, with the legend "Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Department, Tel. (305) 274-9272" in characters a minimum of 2 -inches high,
shall be firmly attached to the upper portion of the door by welding or
tamper -proof bolting.
I. Provide stainless steel weather and sun shield welded to top of panel enclosure
as shown on drawings if Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) or Soft -Start
equipment are included and located within the enclosure. Shield shall be factory
installed.
J. All hardware including hinges, 3- point latches and handles shall be corrosion -
resistant metal.
K. Make all punching, reaming, cutting and other fabricating work before any finish
is applied. Prior to painting, clean, degrease and phosphate -clean all panels.
Final finishing, not less than three coats of semi -gloss polyurethane paint
applied over a rust inhibitor primer. Panel interior to be white, with exterior
surfaces of light gray ANSI -61.
L. Provide print pocket inside the panels to hold detailed wiring and
interconnecting diagrams. One copy of the relevant drawings shall be
provided and placed in these pockets.
M. Wiring to be stranded copper with 600 volt rated thermoplastic insulation.
Power wiring shall be No. 14 AWG and control wiring No. 16 AWG minimum.
Electronic signal wiring shall be No. 18 AWG twisted and shielded pairs.
16940 - 5 10/2017
Wiring shall not be spliced. Wiring shall be tagged for identification with printed
wire sleeves or self -stick labels.
1. Color Coding to be as follows:
a. Black: AC hot (line feed and load circuits).
b. White: AC neutral.
c. Green: Bonding ground.
d. Red: AC control circuits.
e. Yellow: Wiring with foreign voltage.
N. All wiring to and from field mounted devices shall be terminated at terminal
strips, not directly connected to devices. Use plastic wireway Panduit or equal
to route wire within the panel. Wireway shall be run in continuous length with
snap -on covers, with AC and DC power wiring in separate wireways.
O. Protect all devices against damage from electrical transients induced in
interconnecting lines by lightning discharges and nearby electrical equipment.
Surge suppressors shall be provided at least at any interconnection of AC
power and electronic equipment and at every analog signal input with circuits
extending outside the building.
2.08 PANEL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (VFD APPICATIONS ONLY)
A. The enclosure shall be Stainless Steel NEMA 4X rating fully gasketed for tight,
leakproof installation. It shall be UUCUL listed with closed loop cooling to allow the
interior airflow system to be isolated from the ambient airflow system. The system
shall be designed so no ambient air can invade the cool, dehumidified sensitive
compartment.
B. Condenser Coils shall be Epoxy -Coated. This coating shall withstand 1000 hours of
salt spray per the ASTM B 117 test method.
C. An air cured coating shall be sprayed on interior copper lines and brazed joints on the
condenser side to provide protection from corrosive environments. The coating shall
withstand 1000 hours of salt spray per the ASTM B 117 test method.
D. The unit shall include thermostatic Low Temperature Control to prevent over -cooling
and to provide energy -efficient operation. Refrigerant shall be R410A.
E. Filters shall consist of a multi -layer grid of sturdy corrugated aluminum, securely held
in a one-piece aluminum frame. Filters are required wherever air is drawn into an
electronics enclosure or related cooling equipment to keep internal parts as clean as
possible.
F. A short cycle relay shall be installed to protect the compressor from possible damage
due to harmful short cycling, (frequent starting) where temperature controls enable
the compressor to restart frequently or after a power interruption.
G. The unit shall be as manufactured by Kooltronic or approved equal. The unit shall be
sized appropriately.
PART 3. EXECUTION
16940 - 6 10/2017
3.01 EXAMINATION & INSTALLATION
A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located.
B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into Work.
C. The Contractor shall provide limit switch to turn light "ON" when dry well hatch
is opened.
D. Minimum interrupting capacity of the electrical panel shall be 10,000 AMPS.
E. Sump pump shall be provided with high level alarm wired to the telemetry.
F. A sump pump, discharge piping and local switch shall be installed in the valve
pit in.
END OF SECTION
16940 - 7 10/2017
MDWASD 8/2011
SECTION UC-250
GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. These Specifications shall govern the design, materials and installation requirements of the
Department for gravity sanitary sewer systems constructed in its service area when using Poly
(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) pipe and fittings, Vitrified Clay (V.C.) pipe and fittings or Ductile Iron pipe
and fittings. "PVC" shall mean Poly (Vinyl Chloride) as it relates to pipe and fittings.
B. This Specification does not purport to cover all material or installation procedures which may be
required, whether by the nature of the proposed work, or by the Department, or by other
regulatory agencies.
C. It is intent of the Department to obtain a complete and working installation under this project, and
any items of labor, equipment or materials which may reasonably be assumed as necessary to
accomplish this end shall be supplied whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or
stated herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the Department's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details.
B. The material and installation for this project shall be in full compliance with all applicable
standards listed in Section 01090, " Reference Standards"
1.03 DEFINITIONS
See Section 01005, "Defined Terms"
1.04 PROJECT APPROVAL
The approval of the Department shall be secured, in accordance with Section 17005, prior to any
construction related activity.
1.05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, bound herein:
A. Section 01011 - Site Conditions
B. Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
C. Section 01031 - Grades, Lines and Levels
D. Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
E. Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
UC-250 - 1 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL
1. Gravity sanitary sewer systems shall be designed in accordance with the State of Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Rules, Chapter 62-604 for Wastewater
Facilities, with OSHA requirements and with the "Florida State Board Health Sewage Guide"
and the recommendations of Chapter 12 of the ASCE Manual No. 37, "Sewer Design and
Construction", except as otherwise provided herein. Wet wells and manholes shall be
classified as hazardous areas, Class 1, Division 2, Group C.
2. In addition, systems shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the
Miami -Dade County Department of Environmental Resource Management (DERM), the
requirements of the latest edition of the South Florida Building Code and the Miami -Dade
Water and Sewer Department Standards and Specifications.
3. The use of PVC pipe or AWWA C900 PVC pipe within a public water supply wellfield cone of
influence or in areas zoned industrial or commercial shall be as stated under "Tightness
Standards" in Section UC-370.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Manhole to manhole runs shall be kept in the range of no more than 400
permission.
feet without
Slope shall be such as to maintain two feet per second minimum velocity when running full
or half full when calculated using the Manning Equation with a roughness coefficient of .013.
Minimum slope for terminal runs shall be 0.40 percent for eight inch pipe. This slope shall
be maintained for a minimum of 300 feet and longer if loading is abnormally light.
Design shall be performed by experienced personnel who have previously designed
sewerage collection systems in Miami -Dade County. Proof of experience shall be provided if
required by the Department. All design work submitted for approval shall be signed, sealed
and dated by a registered professional engineer licenced to practice in the State of Florida.
8. The Department reserves the right request complete design calculations, which shall be
submitted and shall be in a format easily read.
9. Design shall be conservative with sufficient peaking and infiltration factors included.
Absolute minimum slopes shall not be used since minor field construction variations will
reduce slopes and give actual velocity of less than two feet per second.
10. The Department reserves the absolute right to require greater slopes, higher peaking or
infiltration factors if this is considered necessary upon review of design. The design/build
firm shall conform with any such requirements and supply said design and construct same at
no extra cost to the County.
11. The use of PVC pipe and fittings will only be permitted for gravity sanitary sewers (and
service laterals) 15 -inches in diameter and smaller.
UC-250 - 2 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
1.07 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, official inspections and all other fees in
accordance with Section 01740, "Permits".
B. Inspection by Department personnel is required in addition to, not in lieu of, municipal and
County department inspections (if any).
C. No installation will be accepted until it has passed all inspections, including pavement installation
or replacement.
1.08 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Prior to commencement of the work, the Contractor shall attend a "Preconstruction Conference"
in accordance with Section 01150, "Preconstruction Conference".
1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish "As-Builts" in accordance with Section 01725. Project Record
Documents shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01720. The Contractor shall submit
operating and maintenance instructions and all other submittals in accordance with Section
01730.
B. Where the Specifications require test certification or certification that certain products or material
furnished are as specified, the Contractor shall deliver such certification to the Department. No
material or equipment shall be approved for use in the work until individual certification has been
received.
1.10 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970, in general, and any subsequent amendments and revisions thereto and
specifically to the provisions concerning confined space entry.
B. The Contractor's personnel will be in the vicinity of raw sewage. For his own protection, as well
as for his employees, he shall check with Metropolitan Dade County Health Department, and
based upon their recommendation, shall have his personnel properly immunized against
disease.
C. Under this project, personnel may be required to enter the existing manholes/sewers to perform
certain items of work. Before entering, the Contractor shall be in compliance with Dade County
Manhole Ordinance No. 83-3 (which mandates, in part, that above -ground safety personnel shall
be on duty at all times when someone enters or works in a manhole/sewer and the air within a
manhole / sewer shall be tested with a combination oxygen deficiency meter -explosion meter to
determine oxygen content and explosion potential). A test for the presence of hydrogen sulfide
shall also be performed. The work area must be ventilated mechanically by the use of an air
blower, before entry and during occupancy, to insure that an adequate quantity of oxygen is
supplied to the work area.
UC-250 - 3 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
D. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner, utilizing warning devices such as
traffic cones, barricades and warning lights, and personnel such as flagmen and uniformed
police officers, that the public is given adequate warning of hazards of the work site as may be
deemed necessary by the authority having jurisdiction and/or the Department. See Section
01750, "Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets."
E. In the instance of men working within the manholes, the Contractor shall provide safety
provisions to cover any possible consequences of structural failure and/or flooding. Such
provisions might take the form of, but not be limited to, ladders in position to permit rapid egress;
safety harnesses ; stand-by pumping equipment; extra air supplies; and such other measures as
the situation and good construction practices might indicate.
F. Certain products specified in these Specifications contain warnings by the manufacturers that
under certain conditions, if instructions for use of the product are not followed, a hazardous
condition may exist. It is the Contractor's responsibility to instruct his workmen in the safe use of
the product, or any product substitution.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All material for use in the Project shall be new and of recent domestic manufacture and shall be
the products of reliable manufacturers or suppliers who, unless otherwise specified, have been
regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment for at least five (5) years.
B. All fittings and components shall, wherever possible, be standard stock articles of well known
manufacturers.
C. Where the Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the product
specified has been found suitable for the intended use, but, unless otherwise provided, articles or
products of similar characteristics may be offered for the approval of the Department, upon
approval by the Engineer of Record.
D. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be furnished regarding all material, consisting of
dimension drawings, catalog references and other information necessary to clearly identify each
article.
E. When substitutions are permitted, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes in adjacent
or connected structures and equipment, at his expense
F. Unless otherwise specified, all steel bolts, nuts, washers and all other miscellaneous ferrous
metal items (except cast iron) furnished by the Contractor shall be hot -dip galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A386, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products" and ASTM
A385, Providing High -Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot -Dip)". Where the word "galvanized" or its
abbreviation is used on the Plans or in the Specifications, it shall mean hot -dip galvanized.
Fabricated items shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Internal threads shall be tapped or
re -tapped after galvanizing.
UC-250 - 4 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
G. Where miscellaneous materials are required for a complete installation the Contractor shall
provide such materials in conformance with Section 15065, "Miscellaneous Material".
H. See Section 01100 for water used in construction.
2.02 CASTINGS
A. GENERAL
1. Material used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTM A48, "Gray Iron
Castings", for Class 30 iron. Manhole and valve box covers shall have a roadway or
pedestrian type surface as required by location, and shall be non -rocking.
2. Castings shall be in compliance with Section 05550. Castings shall be as manufactured by
U.S.F. Fabrication, Inc., Neenah Foundry, or approved equal.
3. Castings shall be delivered unpainted with a shotblasted finish.
B. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole covers and frames shall be Department Type "A" U.S.F.&F No. 310 as manufactured
by U.S.F. Fabricating, Inc., Hialeah, Florida, or approved equal. The covers shall be cast labeled
"SANITARY SEWER".
2.03 BRICK
A. Clay Brick: Bricks for manhole construction shall be dense, hard burned, common clay brick
conforming to ASTM Standard C62, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units made from Clay or
Shale)".
B. Concrete Brick: Concrete bricks shall conform to ASTM Standard C55, "Concrete Building Brick".
C. All bricks shall have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at least 14 days
before being placed.
2.04 CONCRETE, MORTAR AND GROUT
See Section 17033, " Concrete, Mortar and Grout (Short)"
2.05 EMBEDMENT MATERIAL
Embedment material, for bedding, haunching and initial backfill, shall conform with the
requirements of Section UC-300 "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation".
2.06 MANHOLE
A. Shallow manholes shall be constructed of brick or precast concrete. All other manholes shall be
constructed of precast concrete. See Section 02536, "Precast Manholes & Covers"
UC-250 - 5 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
B. Castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall conform to Subsection 2.02, above.
Casting patterns shall conform to those designated in the Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Standard Details.
C. Concrete shall conform to Section 17033.
D. Brick for manhole construction shall be clay brick, in accordance with Subsection 2.03, above.
E. Cement mortar for manhole construction shall conform to Section 17033. It shall be mixed dry
and then wetted to proper consistency for use. No mortars that have stood for more than one
hour shall be used. Brick manholes shall be coated with 3/4 -inch thickness of mortar both inside
and outside.
F. The invert channels shall be formed of brick or brick rubble thoroughly bedded and covered with
sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the
adjacent sewer section. Steep slopes outside the invert channels shall be avoided. Changes in
size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in the direction of the sewer or
entering branch shall be a smooth curve with radius as long as practical.
G. Frames and covers shall be set accurately to grade with a minimum of 3 and a maximum of 5
courses of brick provided as a leveling course. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assure
that the frames and covers are set to match existing and/or proposed finish paving grades at the
manhole locations.
H. For PVC Sewers:
1. The first joint at both influent and effluent sewers at each manhole, including service laterals,
shall consist of an approved manhole coupling grouted into the manhole wall, and providing
a continuous watertight elastomeric gasket seal between the coupling and the pipe inserted
therein. The coupling shall have an increasing tapered interior from the gasket groove to
allow flexibility for the pipe in the event of future settlement of the manhole or pipeline.
2. The first length of PVC pipe into or out of the manhole shall be 2 -feet long, maximum, and
shall be either plain -end by plain -end, or plain -end by bell. In the first option, the next joint
shall be a double bell PVC repair coupling (no stop) with a maximum 1 -inch gap between the
pipes inserted therein. In the latter option, the next joint shall be another 2 -foot long
section, maximum, of plain -end by bell PVC pipe.
I. For Ductile Iron and Vitrified Clay Sewers
The first length of pipe into or out of the manhole shall be a 2 -foot length of plain end by plain end
ductile iron pipe (i.e. 2' as measured from the outside wall) grouted directly into the opening in the
manhole wall. This P.E. X P.E. short shall be joined to the spigot end of an adjacent ductile iron
sewer main by use of a ductile iron solid sleeve. In the instance of a vitrified clay main, the ductile
iron P.E. X P.E. short manhole stub out shall be joined to the V.C. spigot by use of a double hub
connector for vitrified clay pipe. Note that C-900 PVC repair couplings shall not be used in
ductile iron or vitrified clay mains.
UC-250 - 6 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
J. Where shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall provide stub -outs for future extensions.
Both ends of all such stubouts shall be closed with specified PVC plugs.
K. Precast manholes shall conform to Section 02536, "Precast Manholes & Covers". In precast
concrete manholes, holes for sewer line connections, with a diameter equal to the outside
diameter of the connecting sewer plus an additional four inches (4"), shall be formed in the
manhole walls. No cutting or chipping at pre -formed holes, or cutting additional holes in precast
concrete walls will be allowed.
L. A minimum of three to a maximum of five courses of brick shall be constructed atop each
manhole corbel.
M. Prior to acceptance of manhole, the Contractor shall verify that he has installed required manhole
accessories and coating/lining (See Section 02536)
2.07 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) PIPE
Pipe for use in gravity sewer systems shall be Vitrified Clay, Ductile Iron with polyethylene or
ceramic epoxy (Protecto 401) Tined , PVC SDR 35, or AWWA C900, C905 PVC as shown on
the plans or called out elsewhere herein. For further information on these types of pipe, see
Section 15060, "Piping and Fittings".
2.08 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Bar reinforcement for concrete structures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard
A615 "Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", Grade 60, Deformed,
except that steel manufactured by the Bessemer Process will not be accepted. Wire mesh
reinforcing for concrete paving or driveway repairs, if required, shall be welded wire fabric
meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard A185, "Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement".
B. The Contractor shall furnish the Department with manufacturer's test certificates showing the
steel to meet the above requirements, in addition to which the Department may take
representative samples from the material on the job and have them tested by an independent
testing laboratory. Completely detailed shop drawings and bending schedules shall be submitted
by the Contractor for the approval of the Engineer of Record. Such approval shall be obtained
before the bars are cut and bent.
2.09 DUCTILE IRON CASING PIPE
Ductile iron casing pipe shall be ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51, Class 50, no lining
required. Casing pipe shall be one size larger than PVC pipe to be encased, unless otherwise
approved.
2.10 DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE
A. Ductile iron sewer pipe shall be ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51, Class 53 for 6 -inch, Class
UC-250 - 7 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
52 for 8 -inch, Class 50 for 10 -inch through 15 -inch. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to Section
15060.
B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings 8 -inches and larger in diameter for use in force mains and gravity
sewers, except riser pipes, shall be delivered with either heat fused virgin polyethylene lining or
ceramic epoxy lining (See Section 15060). The only ceramic epoxy material approved by the
Department at this time is a high -build multi -component Amine cured Novalac epoxy, Protecto
401, by Vulcan Painters, Inc. of Bessemer, AL 35021.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous material and appurtenances required
for a complete installation. Section 15065 specifies material necessary for a complete
installation, not specified herein. These material, including the following, shall be installed when
required, whether shown on the Plans or not.
1. Paint, Bituminous
2. Caulking Compound
3. Manhole Couplings
4. PVC double bell repair couplings, No -stop (sleeves)
5. PVC double bell transition couplings or adapters PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Pipe to
ductile -iron or AWWA C900 CI -PVC Pressure pipe.
6. Stainless steel repair clamps, with stainless steel bolts
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe convenient handling and laying of pipe shall
be used and, in general, conform with manufacturer's recommendations. At the time of laying,
the pipe shall be examined carefully for defects, and should any pipe be discovered to be
defective after being laid, it shall be removed and replaced with sound pipe by the Contractor at
his expense.
B. Pipe and fittings shall, at all times, be handled with great care to avoid damage. In loading and
unloading, they shall be lifted with cranes or hoists or slid or rolled on skidways in such manner
as to avoid shock. Under no circumstances shall this material be dropped or allowed to roll or
slide against obstructions. Pipe an other material shall be distributed along the right-of-way in
advance of installation only to the extent approved by the Department. Such materials shall be
so placed as to keep obstruction to traffic minimum.
C. Upon satisfactory completion of the pipe bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and
recesses for the pipe bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging. When the pipe is
laid in the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous,
uniform support with no pressure being exerted on the pipe joints from the trench bottom.
D. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Before being
lowered into the trench, the pipes and accessories shall be carefully examined and the interior of
UC-250 - 8 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter and other deleterious materials by
methods acceptable to the Department. During suspension of work, for any reason, at any time,
a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud, dirt, groundwater
or other foreign material from entering the pipe. Any pipe which is disturbed or found defective
shall be immediately removed and replaced with sound pipe.
E. Gaskets shall be thoroughly checked for breaks, cuts or other damage, and shall be free of oil,
grease, dirt or other foreign matter. Pipe joints shall be assembled with care. Lubricant, if
required shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe, and shall have no
deteriorating effects on the gasket and pipe materials. If assembly is under water, lubricant
recommended by the manufacturer for underwater use is required.
F. Good alignment of the pipe is required for assembly. Align the spigot to the bell of the previously
laid pipe and insert the spigot into the bell until it uniformly contacts the gasket. Apply steady
pressure until the spigot easily slips through the gasket. Do not push or swing the spigot into the
bell. Smaller diameter pipe and fitting may be assembled manually. Mechanical means such as
bars and blocks, ratchets or jacks shall be used for joining larger pipe and fittings. Power
equipment such as a backhoe bucket, shall not be used to assemble pipe and fittings, since
excessive force may damage the gasket or bell.
G. Cutting the pipe in the field shall be done by the Contractor in a neat and workmanlike manner
using manual or power saws. The pipe shall be marked around its entire circumference before
cutting to assure a square cut. After cutting, the end shall be beveled with a beveling tool, rasp, or
other approved equipment, to the proper taper. Mark the proper insertion depth on the cut and
beveled end before installing the cut pipe into the pipeline. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade
from the lowest point of the proposed system, with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
H. All pipe shall be laid straight, true to the lines and grades shown on the Plans, or matching
existing grade, in each section between manholes. The pipe shall be laid so that the identification
markings are located on the top of the installed pipelines.
I. Each individual length of pipe shall be solidly and evenly bedded and haunched throughout its
length on a prepared bed on the floor of the trench and not supported in position on blocks or
wedges. Pipe shall only be laid when the two preceding lengths have been thoroughly embedded
in place to prevent any movement or disturbance of the finished joint. Any pipe which is disturbed
or found to be defective after laying shall be taken up and relaid or replaced.
J. Any work within the pipe and fittings shall be performed with care to prevent damage to the
interior wall of the pipe. Damaged interior walls shall be repaired or the pipe section or fitting
replaced as required by the Department. No cables, lifting arms, hooks or other devices shall be
inserted into the pipe or fitting. All lifting, pulling or pushing mechanisms shall be applied to the
exterior of the pipe or fitting.
K. After pipe has been laid, reviewed and found satisfactory, sufficient backfill shall be placed along
the pipe barrel to hold the pipe securely in place during the conduction of the required tests.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTILE IRON AND VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
UC-250 - 9 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
A. Installation of gravity sewers shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA
Standard C600-93, "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances".
B. Cutting of ductile iron pipe for fittings and other connections shall be done by the Contractor in a
neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe, the lining, or the coating. Pipe shall
be cut with a mechanical pipe saw. After cutting the pipe, the plain ends shall be filed to remove
all sharp edges and burrs.
UC-250 - 10 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
C. Polyethylene encasement of valves, cast iron pipe and fittings, if required by the Department,
shall be installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, "Polyethylene Encasement for
Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids" Method A, B or C.
D. If any difficulty is experienced in assembling lengths of pipe together in the trench, the pipe
sections shall be tried on the surface of the ground and each length of pipe plainly marked for
position and sequence in which they are to be installed.
E. Ductile iron solid sleeves shall be used to connect D.I. pipe spigots to existing D.I. manhole stub
spigots. Vitrified clay double hub connectors shall be used to connect D.I. manhole stub outs to
V.C. pipe spigots.
F, All bolts, nuts, gaskets or other joint materials for use in the pipeline shall be properly protected.
G. Gaskets shall be properly stored, and care shall be exercised to keep them away from heat, light,
oil, gasoline or other petroleum products. Gaskets shall be kept clean at all times and not
handled with greasy or dirty hands.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF POLY VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
A. Each length of pipe, immediately prior to being placed in position in the trench, shall be
inspected, cleaned and prepared for installation. Gaskets shall be thoroughly checked for
breaks, cuts or other damage, and shall be free of oil, grease, dirt or other foreign matter. Pipe
joints shall be assembled with care. Lubricant, if required, shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer of the pipe, and shall have no deteriorating effects on the gasket and pipe
materials. If assembly is underwater, lubricant recommended by the manufacturer for
underwater use is required. Good alignment of the pipe is required for assembly. Align the
spigot to the bell of the previously laid pipe and insert the spigot into the bell until it uniformly
contacts the gasket. Apply steady pressure until the spigot easily slips through the gasket. Do
not push or swing the spigot into the bell. Small diameter pipe and fittings may be assembled
manually. mechanical means such as bars and blocks, ratchets or jacks shall be used for
joining larger pipe and fittings. Power equipment, such as backhoe bucket, shall be not be used
to assemble pipe and fittings, since excessive force may damage the gasket or bell.
B. Cutting the pipe in the field shall be done by the Contractor in a neat and workmanlike manner
using manual or power saws. The pipe shall be marked around its entire circumference before
cutting to assure a square cut. After cutting, the end shall be beveling tool, rasp, or other
approved equipment, to the proper taper. Mark the proper insertion depth on the cut and
beveled end before installing the cut pipe into the pipeline. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade
from the lowest point of the proposed system, with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
All pipe shall be laid straight, true to the lines and matching existing grade, in each section
between manholes. The pipe shall be laid so that the identification markings are located on the
top of the installed pipelines. At all times when work is not in progress, the exposed ends of all
pipes shall be fully protected by an approved stopper to prevent groundwater, dirt, rocks or other
substances from entering the pipe.
3.04 PIPE -TO -PIPE CONNECTIONS
Pipe -to -pipe connections shall be made by using solid sleeves for Ductile Iron, double hub
UC-250 - 11 R-3
MDWASD
connectors for vitrified clay and double bell couplings for PVC.
3.05 PIPE -TO -PIPE MANHOLE CONNECTIONS
8/2011
When a sound pipe stub -out exists at a manhole to which connection is to be made, a
pipe -to -pipe connection shall be made as described above. If a stub -out is not present or is
faulty, an opening shall be cut in the manhole wall and the connection made. The connection
shall be constructed as specified above in paragraphs 2.06 H and I with the pipe material/method
chosen to match that of the new line. The invert/shelf area inside the manhole shall be cut and
reshaped as necessary to construct the new channels in compliance with WASD Standard
Details
3.06 GRAVITY SEWER SERVICE LATERALS
See Section UC-310, "Gravity Sewer Service Laterals".
3.07 MODIFICATIONS OF EXISTING MANHOLES
See Section UC-330, "Repairs to Department Sewers"
3.08 EXCAVATION
See Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems"
3.09 SEWER PIPE FOUNDATION
See Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation"
3.10 CLEANING AND TESTING
See Section UC-370, "Cleaning and Testing Gravity Sewers"
3.11 SEWERAGE REMOVAL
See Section UC-290, "Removal of Sanitary Sewerage and Debris"
3.12 SEWAGE FLOW CONTROL
See Section UC-320, "Sewerage Bypass Pumping and Flow Control"
UC-250 - 12 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
3.13 REPAIR OF DAMAGE TO DEPARTMENT MAINS & SEALING LEAKS
See Section UC-330, "Repairs to Department Sewers"
3.14 DEFLECTION TEST
See Section UC-350, "Sewer Deflection Test"
END OF SECTION
UC-250 - 13 R-3
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-290
REMOVAL OF SANITARY SEWERAGE AND DEBRIS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment required for the removal of sanitary
sewer mains and appurtenances.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REMOVAL OF SANITARY SEWER
A. During cleaning operations and removal sewer mains, all sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, laitance
(lime scum), roots, mortar, unsound concrete and other materials shall be completely removed.
If the steel reinforcing is exposed, the Contractor shall request guidance from the Engineer of
Record.
B. Under no circumstances shall sludge or other debris removed during cleaning or sewer main
removal operations be dumped or spilled into the streets, ditches, storm drains or other
sanitary sewers. However, water decanted from removed solids shall be returned to the
sewer.
C. The Contractor is advised that he shall not dispose of this material by dumping on private or public
property, by sale to others, or any means other than those given below. Any load of material, or
any portion thereof, disposed of in a non -permitted fashion will result in a charge to the Contractor
in the amount of $500.00 per load, or any portion thereof, which sum will be deducted by the
Department from any monies due the Contractor. Additionally, the Contractor shall
be backcharged for any fines, penalties, or other costs or damages imposed upon the City
any agency or private party as a result of improper disposal by the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall keep his haul route and work area(s) neat and clean and reasonably free of
odor, and shall bear all responsibility for the cleanup of any spill which occurs during the
transport of cleaning or surface preparation by-products and the cleanup of any such material
which is authorized by or pursuant to this Contract and in accord with applicable law or
regulations. The Contractor shall immediately cleanup any such spill or waste. If the
Contractor fails to cleanup
UC-290 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
such spill or waste immediately, the Department shall have the right to cleanup or arrange for its
cleanup and shall charge to the Contractor all costs, including administrative cost and overhead,
incurred by the Department in connection with such cleanup. The Department shall also charge
to the Contractor any costs incurred or penalties imposed on the Department as a result of any
spill, dump or discard. Under no circumstances is this spilled material to be discharged into the
waterways or any place other than where authorized to do so by the appropriate authority. The
term "Contractor" as used in this section shall include the Contractor's subcontractors and other
Contractors.
D. The general requirements for vehicles hauling such waste materials are as follows: Transport
vehicles must be of type(s) approved for this application by the political jurisdiction involved.
General requirements are that the vehicles have watertight bodies, that they may be properly
equipped and fitted with seals and covers to prohibit material spillage or drainage, and that they
be cleaned as often as is necessary to prevent the deposit of material on the roadways. Vehicles
must be loaded within legal weight limits and operated safely within all traffic and speed
regulations.
E. The routes used by the Contractor for the conveyance of this material on a regular basis shall be
subject to approval by the governing authority having jurisdiction over such routes.
F. All waste materials and debris removed during these operations shall be, if sufficiently dewatered
(at least 20 percent solids and no visible moisture), conveyed directly to the County's Class I
sanitary landfill, the South Dade Solid Waste Disposal Facility, 24000 S.W. 97th Avenue, Dade
County, Florida. Solids which are too wet for direct deposit at the landfill shall be conveyed to and
deposited on the Plant's "cleanout" pad established to receive and drain/dry this material. All cost
for such removal and disposal, including tipping fees, shall be paid by the Contractor.
G. Material cleaned from the sewer shall be removed from the site for disposal as each truck is filled
and at the end of each work shift.
H. Copies of records of all disposal shall be furnished to the Engineer of Record, indicating disposal
site, date, amount, and a brief description of material disposed. Under no circumstances will the
Contractor be allowed to accumulate debris, etc., on the site of work beyond the stated time,
except in totally enclosed containers and as acceptable to the Department.
END OF SECTION
UC-290 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-300
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE FOUNDATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
The work under this Section includes the installation of gravity sewer pipe foundations.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Material: See Part 2 of Section 02315
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Excavation shall proceed in accordance with Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for
Piping Systems".
B. Gravity sewers shall be constructed using Vitrified Clay, Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) (SDR 35
or AWWA C900) pipe and fittings or ductile iron pipe and fittings, as shown on the approved
Plans (See Section 15060, "Piping and Fittings" for D.I.P. or Section UC-250, "Gravity Sewer
Systems" for PVC).
3.02 FOUNDATIONS FOR V.C. AND D.I.P. AT DEPTH OVER 10 FT. OR BELOW WATER
A. Sewer pipe constructed at a depth greater than 10 feet, or with a trench bottom below
groundwater, shall have a rockbed foundation, in accordance with Section 02315. The trench
shall be excavated to a depth of at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe, the trench
backfilled with a layer of rockbed firmly compacted, the pipe solidly bedded and additional
rockbed firmly packed and thoroughly compacted under and around the pipe up to the
springline.
B. See Subsection 3.03, below, for sewer pipe constructed at a depth less than 10 feet and
trench bottom above groundwater.
UC-300 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
3.03 FOUNDATIONS FOR V.C. AND D.I.P. AT DEPTH ABOVE 10 FT. AND ABOVE WATER
Pipe constructed at cut ranges less than 10 feet, and the trench bottom is above ground water,
shall be installed according to the following conditions:
A. Installation in Rock Bottom
Where rock is encountered at the bottom of a trench in which pipe is to be installed, the
excavation shall be extended to a depth at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe and
shall be backfilled with selected backfill material in 6 -inch layers, with each layer being firmly
compacted, and with the final layer carefully graded and compacted at the proper elevation
to provide continuous support for the pipe barrels. Where pipe bells will be located,
depressions shall be excavated in the trench bottom to provide clearance under the bell or
socket.
B. Installation in Soil Bottom
Where rock is not encountered at the bottom of a trench excavation, and the soil is
satisfactory for pipe foundation, in the opinion of the Engineer, excavation shall be halted at
an elevation slightly above that for bedding the pipe, and the pipe bed carefully excavated
by hand in the undisturbed trench bottom to provide continuous bearing for the pipe
barrels and clearance under the bells or sockets, or machine excavation may extend
slightly below the elevation for bedding the pipe with the trench bottom carefully
backfilled and compacted as specified.
3.04 FOUNDATIONS FOR PVC GRAVITY SEWERS
Embedment material (for bedding, haunching and initial backfill) shall be Class I in stable soil
conditions, and Class II in unstable soil conditions, as modified herein.
A. Class I materials shall be angular, 1/4 to 3/4 inch graded stone including washed and graded
limerock.
B. Class II materials shall be well graded coarse sands and gravels with the following gradation
requirements:
Percent Passing
Sieve Size By Weight
3/4 100
3/8 85-100
#8 40-60
#30 5-30
#100 0-2
END OF SECTION
UC-300 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION UC-310
GRAVITY SEWER SERVICE LATERALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment and appurtenances necessary for the
installation of gravity sewer service laterals, complete, in accordance with these specifications.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
Section UC-250 - Gravity Sewer Systems
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lateral sewers shall be installed in accordance with all the applicable requirements for
pipe installation. Branch fittings shall be installed in the main line sewer as it is
constructed, in the locations and configuration of the original laterals or as designated by
the Engineer.
B. All excavations shall be executed in accordance with the South Florida Building Codes,
OSHA requirements, the State of Florida Trench Safety Act (TSA), the State of Florida
Trench Safety Act (TSA) and all applicable requirements of Section 01016, including
notification of the Sunshine State One -Call Center (1-800-432-4770), 48 hours prior to any
excavation.
PART2-PRODUCTS
See Part 2 of Section UC-250, "Gravity Sewer Systems" & "Tightness Standards" under Section UC-370.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF LATERALS
A. Service laterals shall be installed in accordance with the requirements for gravity main
installation. Branch fittings shall be installed in the main line sewer as it is constructed.
The branch fittings shall be either a tee set for a modified riser when the top of the sewer
is 7 feet or deeper, or a wye set and connected as shown in the Miami -Dade Water and
Sewer Department's Standard Details SS 1.0 and 2.0, respectively. In no case shall the
branch be covered until its location has been measured and recorded.
B. Where a service lateral enters a manhole at an elevation of 2 feet or more above the
UC-310 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
sewer main invert, a drop connection shall be required.
C. Each service lateral shall be plugged at the point shown on the Standard Details. Plug
shall provide a watertight seal, without the use of adhesives or epoxies, and shall be
subject to approval by the Department. In no case shall a service lateral be covered until
its exact location is measured and recorded, nor until a two-inch square by two feet long,
pressure -treated pine stake, with the top stained or painted green, has been set by the
Contractor at the end of the service lateral
D. The Contractor shall not excavate trenches for service laterals to both sides of the street
at the same time unless written permission has been secured in advance to close the
street.
3.02 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF LATERALS
A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping
Systems"
B. The existing laterals shall be hand excavated to a joint, disassembled, or if necessary saw
cut, clean and square and the appropriate adapter installed to connect the replacement
lateral. Care shall be taken to maintain the slopes of the existing lateral. The lateral shall
be removed and replaced from the main line to a point along the existing lateral
determined by the Engineer of Record to be in acceptable condition.
C. Placement of bedding/cover materials in the trench shall be the same for laterals as
provided in Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewers Pipe Foundation".
END OF SECTION
UC-310 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 6/2005
SECTION UC-320
SEWERAGE BYPASS PUMPING AND FLOW CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install all labor, material and equipment necessary to control the
flow of sewage in accordance with this Section. This Section also contains provisions regarding
surcharging sewers and sewage spills.
1.02 SUBMITTAL
The Contractor shall submit complete, detailed plans for this aspect of the work to the City for
approval.
1.03 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
A. All applicable requirements in the following specification sections shall apply during execution
of the work:
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
B. For projects where twenty-four (24) hour by-pass pumping of sewage is required, the
Contractor shall provide personnel for manning and maintenance.
C. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for conditions at the job site, until acceptance
of the project; he shall provide for traffic safety, traffic control and protection of property; and
he shall be directly responsible to property owner(s) for any damage, injury, expense, loss,
suits, or claims in accordance with Section 01016, "Safety Requirements and Protection of
Property".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 BYPASS PUMPING/FLOW CONTROL, GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall be prepared to bypass pump the sewage effluent as a part of his
operations, if necessary. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, piping, and other
equipment to accomplish this task with each mobilized crew and shall be prepared to perform
all construction; obtain all permits; pay all costs; and perform complete restoration of all
existing facilities to equal or better condition and to the satisfaction of the City. Bypass
UC-320 - 1 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
pumping will occur where high flow rates and insufficient upstream storage capacity make this
necessary. All costs of accomplishing the bypass pumping tasks, at whatever volume, and
all associated work, such as, for example, construction of intake and discharge points, and
restoration, shall be considered as incidental to the work.
B. When sewer line flows at the upstream manhole of the gravity main being replaced or the
pump station wet well are above the maximum allowable requirements for the
replacement, the flows shall be reduced to the levels indicated by one of the following
methods: manual operation of pumping stations by the City forces, by the Contractor
plugging/blocking of the flows, or by the Contractor pumping/bypassing of the flows all as
acceptable to the City.
C. In some applications, the sewer may be plugged and wastewater contained within the
capacity of the collection system. This shall only be done when it has been determined that
the system can accommodate the surcharging without any adverse impact.
D. When sewer line flows at the upstream manhole of the line being removed and replaced, in
the opinion of the Engineer of Record, are too excessive to plug while the work is being
performed; the Contractor shall submit for approval by the City, a written plan and pump/
bypass the flow.
E. For all service lateral reestablishment, testing and sealing, the depth of flow within the sewer
shall not exceed that shown below for the respective pipe sizes as measured in the manhole.
Maximum Depth of Flow
4 -inch - 12 -inch Pipe 25 percent of pipe diameter
15 -inch - 18 -inch Pipe 30 percent of pipe diameter
3.02 PLUGGING AND BLOCKING
A sewer line plug shall be inserted into the line at a manhole upstream from the section being
removed and replaced or pump station wet well being re -worked. The plug shall be so designed
that all or any portion of the operation flows can be released. During removals and
replacement, the flows shall be shut off and monitored or pumped / bypassed, as acceptable to
the City. After the work tasks have been completed, flows shall be restored to normal.
3.03 PUMPING AND BYPASSING
A. When pumping / bypassing is required, as approved by the City the Contractor shall supply
the necessary pumps, conduits and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage
around the sewer section or pump station in which work is to be performed. The bypass
system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle existing flows plus additional flow that may
occur during periods of rain storms. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the
necessary labor and supervision to set up and operate the pumping and bypassing
system. A "setup" consists of the necessary pumps (including backup pumps if required),
conduits and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage around the pump station or sewer
section, from the start to finish of work performed in the pump station or sewer section.
B. Pumps and equipment shall be continuously monitored by a maintenance person capable of
starting, stopping, refueling and maintaining these pumps during the construction. If pumping
UC-320 - 2 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
is required on a 24 -hour basis, engines shall be equipped in a manner to keep noise to a
minimum. In the instance of work on a pump station, the Contractor may be required to
provide, at his sole expense, a temporary electric service, electrically driven pump(s) and
engine driven backup pump(s).
3.04 SURCHARGING SEWERS
A. Where the raw sewage flow is blocked or plugged, sufficient precautions must be taken to
protect the public health. Upstream flow shall be monitored. The sewer lines shall also be
protected from damage. The following occurrences will not be allowed:
1. No sewage shall be allowed to back up into any homes or buildings.
2. No sewage shall overflow any manholes, cleanouts or any other access to the sewers.
3. Users upstream of the repair area shall be able to use all their water and sewer utilities
without interruption.
B. If any of the above occur or are expected to occur, the Contractor shall bypass pump to
alleviate one or all of the conditions. Additionally, the Contractor is required to observe the
conditions upstream of the plug and be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping, if
needed.
3.05 PUMP DISCHARGE
Any sump pumps, bypass pumps, trash pumps or any other type pump which pulls sewage/water
or any type of material out of the manhole or sewer shall discharge this material into another
manhole, or appropriate vehicle or container acceptable to the Engineer of Record. Under no
circumstances shall this material be discharged, stored or deposited on the ground, swale, road
or open environment.
3.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC FOR BYPASS PUMPING
The Contractor shall take appropriate steps to ensure that all pumps, piping and hoses that carry
raw sewage are protected from vehicular traffic and pedestrian traffic. Maintenance of traffic shall
be performed in accordance with Section 01750, "Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets"
3.07 SEWAGE SPILLS
A. In the event, during any form of "Sewage Flow Control," that raw sewage is spilled,
discharged, leaked or otherwise deposited in the open environment, due to the
Contractor's work, the Contractor is responsible for any cleanup of solids and
disinfection of the area affected and liability for any claims. This work shall be performed at
the Contractor's expense with no cost to the City.
B. The Contractor is also responsible for notifying the sewer system maintenance personnel and
complying with any and all regulatory requirements in regard to the size of spill with no cost
to the City.
UC-320 - 3 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
C. The Contractor shall be backcharged for any fines, penalties or other costs or damages
imposed upon the City by any agency or private party as a result of a spill or improper
discharge by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-320 - 4 R-4
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION UC-330
REPAIRS TO DEPARTMENT SEWERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment required to repair the Department's
sewers due to damage caused by his operations or as required to perform necessary
modifications to existing installations.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
Section UC-250 - Gravity Sewer Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CHEMICAL JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS FOR ACTIVE LEAKS
A. Chemical joint and crack sealing materials used on this Project shall have the following
properties: react quickly to form a permanent watertight seal; resultant seal shall be flexible
and immune to the effects of wet/dry cycles; non -biodegradable and immune to the effects
of acids, alkalis, and organics in sewage; component packaging and mixing compatible with
field conditions and worker safety; extraneous sealant left inside pipe shall be readily
removable.
B. Chemical joint sealing material shall be acrylic resin type and shall be furnished with
activators, initiators, inhibitors and any other materials recommended by the manufacturer for
a complete grout system. Sealing grout shall be furnished in liquid form in standard
manufacturer's containers. Sealing grout shall be AV -118 Duriflex manufactured by Avanti
International, Houston, Texas (1-800-877-2570) or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REPAIRS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS
A. The Contractor shall exercise caution to insure that his operations do not damage the existing
sewer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the sewers which are necessary
due to damage caused by the Contractor's operations. Such repair shall be considered as
part of the work.
B. Damaged pipe or manholes shall be replaced in kind or repaired by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Department, with emphasis on providing a good, solid foundation for the
new pipe. Temporary paving and permanent paving repairs shall also be made by the
Contractor.
UC-330 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. Contractor shall immediately repair any damage using methods satisfactory to the Engineer.
Repairs shall proceed on a 24-hour/day, seven day/week basis if so directed by the
Department. If the Contractor fails to immediately repair any such damage, the Department
shall have the right to make the repair or have the repair made, and may charge to the
Contractor all costs, including administrative costs and overhead, incurred by the Department
in connection with the repair. The Department shall also charge to the Contractor any costs
incurred or penalties imposed on the Department as a result of such damage.
D. The Contractor is strongly advised not to position equipment having greater than an AASHTO
H-20 loading above the sewer line. Repair of any damage caused by such equipment loads
shall be at the Contractor's expense.
E. Any repairs requiring excavation, except emergency work, shall have prior approval of the
Engineer.
3.02 MODIFICATION OF EXISTING MANHOLES
Where modification of existing manholes are required to replace existing mains the following
requirement shall be adhere to:
A. After satisfactory replacement and testing of mains all interior concrete surfaces of the
modified manhole shall be high pressure washed and seal coated with 2 coats of a coal tar
epoxy, Kop-Coat Company Bitumastic 300-M, or approved equal. Each coat shall have a dry
film thickness of 8 mils, minimum. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable to
existing manholes to lined with a Department approved liner. (See Section 02536 for
additional requirements.)
B. The modifications to the invert channels of the manhole shall be formed of brick or brick
rubble thoroughly bedded and covered with sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semi-
circular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. Steep slopes outside
the invert channel shall be in the direction of the sewer or entering branch shall be a smooth
curve with radius as long as practical
C. Gravity sewer shall connect to the manholes in accordance with Miami Dade Water and
Sewer Department's Standard Details and Section UC-250.
3.03 SEALING OF POST -REPLACEMENT LEAKS
In the event it becomes necessary to seal sewer pipe to stop leakage after sectional replacement,
the following procedure shall be used:
A. Chemical joint or crack sealing material specified above or as approved by the Department
shall be furnished and satisfactorily installed. The Contractor shall modify his equipment as
necessary to seal the leaks, however both his equipment and sealing method shall meet the
approval of the Department prior to use.
B. Extreme caution shall be utilized during leak sealing (pressure) operations in order to avoid
damage of the sewer pipe. If any damage occurs, it shall be repaired as specified in
Subsection 3.01, above, and to the satisfaction of the Department. Excessive pumping of
grout which might plug a service lateral shall be avoided. Any service laterals blocked by the
UC-330 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
grouting operation shall be cleared immediately by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-330 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-350
SEWER DEFLECTION TEST
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall test new sewer system installations, completely and satisfactorily, prior to
final acceptance by the Department.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All testing performed by the Contractor shall be witnessed by the Department Inspector, who shall
be notified a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the test.
3.02 DEFLECTION TESTS
A. Deflection testing of the new sewer shall be performed by the Contractor. No section of sewer
shall be tested before at least 30 days have elapsed from the date of completed backfill over
the section. The pipe will be observed for evidence of obvious ovality, deflected or offset
joints, and other pipe defects.
B. The deflection, or deformation of the pipe due to external loading, shall not exceed
approximately 7.5 percent. All labor, materials and equipment necessary for cleaning the
sewers and performing the deflection testing shall be furnished by the Contractor. However,
prior to the test, the Contractor's mandrel must pass a ring gauge test, performed by the
Inspector at the site using the Department's ring gauge, to show that the mandrel is properly
sized in accordance with the mandrel sizes listed hereinbelow 7.5 percent deflection.
C. Deflection testing the system may also be performed by the Department, at its cost, at any
time during the Warranty or Contract Bond period, and the deflection in any pipe shall not
exceed 7.5 percent.
UC-350 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
D. Deflection shall be determined by passing an approved go/no go mandrel through the gravity
sewer main. Deflection will be based on the average inside diameter as presented in
ANSI/AWWA C900, "AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inches
through 12 inches, for Water Distribution:", Table 1, for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) C 900
pipe. However, no mandrel testing is required for AWWA C900 PVC pipe installed with up
to 14 feet of cover, in accordance with subsection 1.05-C of Section UC-005.
E. The deflection may also be based on the average inside diameter as presented in ASTM
D3034, Table XI.I, for PSM SDR35 PVC sewer pipe. The mandrel sizes are listed as follows:
Pipe Size Nominal Average Inside Mandrel 7.5%
(inches) Diameter Deflection
6 5.893 5.31
8 7.891 7.09
10 9.864 8.84
12 11.737 10.51
15 14.374 12.86
F. If any pipe fails the deflection test, performed by the Contractor or by the Department,
unstable conditions and/or improper bedding will be assumed. The overly deflected pipe shall
be removed and replaced by the Contractor, at his expense. Re -rounding of overly deflected
pipe will not be allowed. A trench to unstable conditions, as shown on Department Standard
Detail SS 18.0, shall be excavated and new pipe installed to unstable soil condition
specifications. New replacement pipe shall be connected to existing pipe to remain with new
double bell PVC repair couplings (no stop) with a maximum 1 -inch gap between the pipes
inserted therein. The couplings shall conform to the Specifications herein for PVC pipe and
fittings. The Contractor shall furnish the Department with a new one year Warranty or
Contract Bond guaranteeing the replacement work and materials under the same terms and
conditions as the original new Warranty or Contract Bond. The new warranty period shall
commence from the Department's acceptance of the replacement work performed by the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-350 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 2/2011
SECTION UC-370
CLEANING AND TESTING GRAVITY SEWERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor and equipment necessary to clean and test
gravity sewers and sanitary force mains and shall conduct all testing required, under the
direction of the Engineer.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Cleaning and testing shall be performed in strict accordance with these specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All drain and gravity sewer line segments or sections shall be separately and
individually tamped and tested for infiltration and exfiltration, unless otherwise
allowed by the Engineer. A line "segment" or "section" shall be defined as a run of
pipe between a manhole and the next manhole either up or down stream of that
manhole.
B. Each section of gravity pipe sewer, upon its completion or at such other time as the
Engineer may direct, is to be cleaned, tested and inspected.
C. The allowable limits of infiltration or exfiltration or leakage for the drain or sewer
lines, or any portion thereof shall not exceed the appropriate rate as specified in
3.04 "Tightness Standards", below. Duration of tests shall be a minimum of two
hours.
D. Since allowable leakage is defined in gallons per hour, testing shall be conducted
in, at a minimum, two independent one -hour test periods. Testing shall continue for
additional one -hour periods if during any subsequent test period leakage
increases above that of any previous test period even if the leakage is within the
allowable amount. Testing shall continue until the leakage stabilizes or decreases.
E. When allowed by the Engineer in writing, longer portions of the line may be tested.
However, no more than three manhole sections or 1000 feet of sewer (whichever
is the lesser) shall be tested at any one time.
F. When multiple sections of line are tested together as specified above, the leakage
UC 370-1 R-3
MDWASD 2/2011
shall be calculated based on the footage of the smallest segment being tested as if
all of the leakage originated in the shortest segment of the group.
G. Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped out so that normal
infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing. The amounts of infiltration or
exfiltration shall be determined by pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or by
other approved methods.
H. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being
tested with water to a level which will provide a minimum head of 2 -feet in a lateral
connected to the test portion, or, in the event there are no laterals in the test
portion, a minimum difference in elevation of 5 -feet between the crown of the
highest portion of the drain or sewer and the test level.
If the ground water level is above the crown of the highest portion of the drain or
sewer, the 5 -foot differential shall be measured between the ground water level
and the test level. Where insufficient depth of cover is available to produce a 5 -foot
differential, the maximum differential producible between ground water elevation
and a test elevation set to avoid flow out of low manholes or into adjacent
structures connected to the test section shall be used.
J. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified herein,
the defective pipe, joints, or other faulty construction shall be located and repaired
by the Contractor.
K. The Contractor shall locate and repair all leaks until the leakage is reduced to the
limits specified. Any observed leaks or obviously defective joints or pipes shall be
repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer, even though the total leakage is
below that specified above.
L. Lamping Test- Each section of sewer shall show, from each end, a full circle of
light.
3.02 DEFECTS
In addition to the above requirements, the following shall also apply:
A. All repairs shown necessary by the tests are to be made, broken, cracked or
obviously defected pipe replaced, all deposits removed, the sewer left true to line
and grade, as herein specified, and entirely clean, free from lumps of cement,
protruding gaskets, bulkheads, etc. and ready for use.
B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall have the specified size
and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially made with the top set
permanently to exact position and grade, and shall serve well and fully its intended
use.
C. Any defects found in the system shall be corrected by the Contractor in
accordance with the requirements of the Specifications or the MDWASD Design
and Construction Standards, as approved by the Engineer.
UC 370-2 R-3
MDWASD 2/2011
D. In the event that a sewer line or structure, such as a manhole, leaks during the period
that the Warranty or Contract Bond is in effect, the Contractor shall be required to
return and replace it with a new section of pipe or manhole or, if approved by the
Engineer, to eliminate infiltration leaks by external grouting or encasement. After the
leaks have been stopped, all visible cracks shall be repaired inside the manhole.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by
the above requirements.
B. The Contractor shall locate and repair all leaks until the leakage is reduced to the
limits specified. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes shall
be repaired or replaced as directed by the Department, even though the total leakage
is below that specified above.
C. The tests and repairs shall be continued or repeated until the Department is assured
that the leakage into or from the section of line under test is less than the amount
specified.
3.04 TIGHTNESS STANDARDS
Effective since 1987 (Per Public Notice No. 9), the Department adopted new tightness
standards for gravity sanitary sewers and sanitary force mains to be installed within the it's
service area. The new standards for maximum allowable exfiltration rates are to minimize
the risk of contaminating the County's groundwater supplies in the Biscayne Aquifer. These
standards are issued to comply with those adopted into Chapter 24 of the County Code by
Ordinance 86-42, and to have leakage requirements for clay and PVC pipe materials. The
term "cone of influence" as used below refers to limits of wellfield protection areas as defined
the County. Tightness standards are specified below:
A. GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
The maximum allowable exfiltration, infiltration, or leakage in gravity sanitary sewers shall be
as listed below, with no allowances for manholes or laterals. The duration of all tests shall be
a minimum of two (2) hours. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes
shall be replaced even when the total leakage is below that allowed. Only the piping
materials listed for each specific area will be permitted in that area, including both gravity
sanitary sewers and laterals. (Where reference is made to a "10 Day Travel Time" contact
the Department or DERM for further information.)
1. Residential Zoned Areas
1.1a Within cone of influence and outside 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains: D.I.P. - 50 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 50 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, or
UC 370-3 R-3
M DWAS D 1/2011
X.H.C.I.(Extra Heavy Cast Iron Soil Pipe)
1.1b Within cone of influence and within 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains and laterals shall only be D.I.P.
1.2 Outside of cone influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, PVC, or
X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
2. Commercial Zoned Areas
2.1a Within cone of influence and outside 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains: D.I.P. - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC or X.H.C.I.
2.1b Within cone of influence and within 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains and laterals shall only be D.I.P.
Note: In any event and any zoned areas, the Department may require D.I.P. based on minimum
cover requirements, installation in grass areas or at depths of 14 feet or greater.
2.2 Outside of cone influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, PVC, or
X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
3. Industrial Zoned Areas
3.1 Within cone of influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P. or X.H.C.I.
3.2 Outside of cone influence:
UC 370-4 R-3
MDWASD 1/2011
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
B. SANITARY FORCE MAINS - ALL AREAS
1. Sanitary force mains shall be constructed of either Protecto 401 lined ductile -iron pipe
and fittings or prestressed concrete plastic lined (120° T.D.C. minimum) cylinder pipe
and fittings meeting current Department Specifications.
2. No such ductile -iron pipe sanitary force main shall exfiltrate or leak at a rate greater
than the allowable leakage rate specified in AVWVA C600 (latest edition) at a test
pressure of one hundred (100) psig. The duration of all test shall be a minimum of two
(2) hours. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes shall be
repaired or replaced even when the total leakage is below that allowed.
3. No such prestressed concrete cylinder pipe sanitary force main shall exfiltrate or leak
at a rate greater than one-half (2) the allowable leakage rate specified for ductile iron
pipe in AVWVA C600 (latest edition) at a test pressure of one hundred (100) psig. The
duration of all test shall be a minimum of two (2) hours. Any observed leaks or any
obviously defective joints or pipes shall be repaired or replaced even when the total
leakage is below that allowed.
4. See Section UC-170, "Cleaning and Testing of Main".
END OF SECTION
UC 370-5 R-3
APPROVED BY
Miami -Dade County
Department of Regulatory and Economic Resources
Environmental Resources Management
S ewerage Facilities Only
2022 S EW-EXT. 00426
Fo r the Directo r:
0 010: 10/19/2023
Nola: This Approval is not intended to cover structural design
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
TEST REQUIRED
Permitte d MUST notify RER -DE RM
before field lest is perf ormed f or:
S 0 Q
Ekfiltration Pr essur e P ump Stati on
Start -Up
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATIO N
CITY COMMISSION
MAYOR: VER ONICA WILLIA MS
VICE MAYOR: JOHN H TAYLOR
COMMISSION ER: D R. SH ERELE AN BASS
CH RIS D AVIS
AUDREY DOMINGUEZ
INTERIM CITY MANAGER: DARVIN WILLIAM
KNOW WHAT'S BELOW
A LWA YS CALL 811
BEFORE YOU D IG
ire mein free. In Nie a N.
ww W.callsunshlne.com
LOCATIO N MAP
Digitally signed
by Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05.30
15:43:41 -04'00' =1:7,4N!
13899 BISCAYNE BLVD., SUITE 310
NORTH MIA MI BEACH, FL 33181
PH (305) 440-4334
WWW.SSNENGINEERING.COM
C A# 29695
INDEX OF SHEETS
S HEET NO
S HE ET DESCRIPTIO N
C-100
0-200 TO C-201
C-300
C-301
C-310
C-311
E-1
E-2
E-3
E-4
wYte.111F .nVrzOr Np uo1 mpFIDpluLENGINIK.t 6rxo.6Rn
r TIE TWA NOWtne eebKM uelol00MW .71.*ND nueF151ooK1uE. rcoN.xEwrt
6wNN„71C11.1 CODE
PIUMEMun6IMS °°N`N NrOn 6 Ea a �dp MEOW
PREPARED BY:
ENGINEE R OF RECOR D:
FL PE NO.:
COV ER S HEET
GE NER AL NOTES
SANITARY SEWER PLA N AND PROFIL E
SANITA RY SEW ER DET AILS
MECHA NICAL PLAN AND PUM P DAT A
ST RUCT URAL PLA N AN D D ET AILS
EL ECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL SIT E PLAN
ELECT RI CAL CONT ROL PANEL
MISCELLANEOUS DET AILS
NOTE:
T HE SC AL E OF THES E PLANS MAY HAVE
CHANGED DU E TO REPRODUCTION
Digitally Signed
Rubel by Rubel
Slddlque
Siddique Date:
72�OU6
1
SS N ENGINE ERIN G, LLC
RUBEL SIDDIQUE, PE
67239
S HE ET
NO.
0-100
STA NDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER AND SEWER C ONSTRUCTION (GS 0.5 -SHEET 1 OF 2)
1 All MATERIALS AND CONOSTRUCTION UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MIAMI-DADE WATER AND SEWER
DEPARTMENT AND SHALL CONFORM TO T HE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAIL ABLE AND ON FILE WITH THE DEPARTMENT. SUB MIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL MATERIALS.
2. COVER OVER WATER OR SEWER FORCE MAINS SHALL BE 3'-O" MIN . UNDER RIGID PAVEMENT.
3, All M AIN LINE VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED CO MPLETE WIT H 10" RISER PIPES AND N0. 3 OR 53 VAL VE BOXES FIRE HYDRANTS AND SERVICE VALVES SHALL BE
INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH 6" RISER PIPES AND NO . 2 VALVE BOXES.
4 A11 FORCE MAIN SERVICE CONNECTIONS INTO PRESSURE TRANSMISSION MAINS SHALL HAVE A SHUT OFF VALVE AT THE POINT OF ENTRY .
5 All GRAVITY SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS.
6 FIRE HYDRANT REQUIREMENTS (NUMBER AND LOCATION) SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE MIAMI-DADE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT OR THE APPROPRIATE FIRE AGENCY
WITH INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS.
7 CONTRACTOR MUST CALL M-DW ASD INSPECTION DIVISION TO ARRANGE FOR A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 2 FULL BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO PROPOSED START OF
CONSTRUCTION. CONTACT ONE CALL CENTER 48 HRS PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.
8. W ORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS PROJECT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS COMPLETE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM BY -HE DEPARTMENT AND UNTIL THE
FOLLOW ING DOCUMENTS ARE RECEIVED AND APPROVED BY THE DEPARTMENT,
a. EASEMENTS, IF REQUIRED.
b. CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN.
ABSOLUTE BILL OF SALE.
tl. L CONTRACTOR'S LETTER OF WARRANTY (I. E. , LETTER AGREEMENT). 11 DEVELOPER'S CONTRACT BOND (I.E., CONTR ACT AGREEMENT), .
e. "AS -BUILT" PRINTS 24"x36" SHOW ING SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, DEPTH, ETC . OF All WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES AS LOC ATED BY A LICENSED FLORIDA SURVEYOR ,
ALONG W ITH PRINTS OF "AS -BUILT W HICH HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED SURVEYOR. (No. OF PRINTS. 3 -FOR WATER, 4 -FOR GRAVITY
SEWER AND 5 -FOR FORCE MAIN OR PUMP STATION PROJECTS). THE DEPARTMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUI RE SUBMITTAL ON ELECTRONIC MEDIA IN
ACCORDANCE W ITH SEC. 01775 "MAGNETIC MEDIA SUBMITTAL",.
f. H. R.S, LETTER OF RELEASE REQUIRED FOR All WA TER PROJECTS.
q. Bill OF SALE SKETCH (8 1/2 x11") FOR W ATER AND SEWER, SEPARATELY.
11, All NEW CONNECTIONS FROM EXISTING DEPARTMENT MAINS TO BE MADE BY DEPARTMENT FORCES ONLY, THE CONTRACTOR TO EXCAVATE AT REOUIRED LOCATIONS ,
PROVIDE AND INSTALL MATERIAL W ITH FITTINGS, PRIOR TO TAP.
12. AN APPROVED PAVING AND DRAINAGE PLAN MUST BE SUBMITTED TO MDW ASD FOR All NEW SUBDIVISIONS PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF WATER AND SEWER PER MIT PLANS,
UPON REQUEST.
13. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, All TAPS 20 IN CHES AND SMALLER FOR CONNECTIO NS TO EXISTING MAINS Will BE DONE BY DEPARTMENT FORCES, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES Will THE CONTRACTOR BE PERMITTED TO TAP EXISTING MA INS IN THE SIZE RANGE SPECIFIED ABOVE. THE TAPPING SLEEVE AND TAPPING VALVE ARE
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE INSPECTOR.
-A s-BuiLr REQUIREMENTS FOR WA TER A ND SEWER CO NSTRUCTIO N (GS 0.5- SHEET 2 OF 2)
1. AT THE COMPLETION OF ANY WATER AND SEWER JOB. EITHER DONATION OR CONTRACT, THE CONTR ACTOR SHALL SUBMIT:
a. AS -BUILT PRINTS WHICH HAVE BEEN SIGNED A ND SEALED BY A FLORIDA LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR AND MAPPER . (OTY. OF PRINTS, A5 REQUIRED BY THE DEPARTMENT.)
2 "AS -BUILT" FORMAT:
• 24" .36" PRINTS
b. LOCATION MAP SCALE SHOULD BE 1"=300' AND SECTION -TOWNSHIP-RANGE SHOULD BE SHOWN.
• THE WORD "AS -BUILT" IN LA RGE LETTERS
d. TITLE BLOCK WITH DEPARTMENT DS, DW OR ER NUMBER AND PERTINENT INFORMATION.
• PREFERRED SCALE TO BE I"= 40' HO RIZONTALLY AND I"= 4' VERTICALLY',
f. STREET NOMENCLATURE.
SEPARATE AS-BUIL TS FOR W ATER AND SEWER.
SEPARATE WATER AND SEWER PROFILE.
STATIONING STARTING WITH 0+00 AT PERM ANENT REFERENCE POINT (1, E.. CL,SL , ETC ) OR A5 SHOWI
EASEMENTS, IF ANY, TIED TO PERMANENT REFERENCE POINT.
IDENTIFY ALL CONTROL LINES (I.E. BLDG. LINE, PROPERTY LINE, R/W. ETC).
ALL " PROPOSED" INFORMATION TO BE REMOVED FROM PRINTS, LEAVING ONLY "AS -BUILT" INFORMATION
9
k.
Digitally signed by Airia
Austin
Date: 2023 .05 3015:44:39
d ---� -04'00'
00'
ON DESIGN PERMIT PLANS, AND TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY TO END OF MAIN.
REFLECTED IN DRAWINGS.
3 WATER "AS-BUILTS" MUST INCLUDE:
O PLANS SHOWING PIPE 517E, MATERIAL AND OFFSET OF MAIN, DEFLECTIONS (IF ANY), STATION OF SERVICES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS AT T) -E MAINLINE (IF PERPENDICULAR TO
IT), AND AT MAIN AND END OF SERVICES IF ANY, OTHER ANGLE, AND DEFLECTION OF PIPE. IF ANY.
PROFILE SHOWING TOP OF GROUND AND TOP OF PIPE ELEVATIONS AT EVERY 100' STA TION AND AT ANY CHANGE IN GRADE (WITH CORRESPONDING STATION), PIPE SIZE AND PIPE
MATERIALS REFERENCED TO PLAN.
4. SEW ER "AS-BUILTS" MUST INCLUDE
• PLAN SHOWING MANHOLE NUMBER, PIPE SIZE AND PIP E MATERIAL OF PIPE, DEFLECTION, IF ANY (FORCE MAIN ONLY), A ND LOCA TION OF LATERALS WITH REFERENCE TO MANHOLE.
b. PROFILE SHOWING MANHOLE NUMBER (AS PER PLAN), RIM AND INVERT ELEVATIONS (IF MORE THAN ONE INVERT, LABEL NORTH. SOUTH . E -C). AND STATION STARTING AT EACH
0+00 AT DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE,
5. FORCE MA IN "AS -BUILT' SAME AS WATER MAIN ABOVE.
6. EACH AS -BUILT SHALL SHOW THE FLORIDA STATE PLANE COORDIN ATES (CURRENT READJUSTMENT) OF ALL THE MANHOLES AND VALVES AND OF AT LEAST TWO
HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINTS PROPERLY IDENTIFIED AND LOCATED W ITHIN THE PROJECT. OTHER SCALE MAY BE PERM ITTED. BUT MUST BE APPROVED BY THE DEPA OF
DRAWINGS.
0006
BY
ssN ENO NEE1NNG. LSO
MSG rte 1.991.81E 510
NO RTH MAN BEA CH. R. 33181
PHl691a+ ss7a
assisirmirramN
ENG INEERIN G
PROJECT NO.
202201002
M INAIGACG
RER-DERM WATER -SEWER GENERAL NOTES
1. Alwoizontal distance mat least 6 feet, and preferably 10 feetNadsl00 to outside) . shun be maintained between gra vity or pressure
sewer pipes and wale, pip e, The minimu m horiz ontal separation can be educed l0 3 feet for vaculmstype sewers or f or gr avity
sewers c the lop of the sewer pip e cat east 6 i nches below the boll omal the wale,pipe . Whe n the above specdM0 h oriz ont al
distance criteria o nut be met due l oan existin8 underground facility conflict, s watted sepa, aliens are allowed If one of the following
VI met
a)The00wet pipesa,e designed and tons, ruled eg0al to the w ater pipe and pressor a t est ed at 110 W1.
6) Th e sewerlsenrasen in awatertight earrlel pipe or[unc ele.
0) The lop of the stoic, ¢al least 18 inches bel ow the boll om of the water pipe.
0. A vertic al dist ance of al le ast 11 Inches !outside t0 o utside) sh all be maintained betw een any water and sewer mains 0bh sewer
pipes pelcably classing u nder water m ain , The minimum vertic al s eparati on tan be reduc ed to 6Inches lot vacuum dype sewers
m forgoing sewers where the s ower pipe b below the wale, ro1n. The classing shall be arranged so Ihat all water m11101011 ate
at east 61ee) from all joints in ga vey and presvre 0 '070001 pipes. This distance c an be ,educed to 3 feet for vacu um -type s ewers
when Ile abo ve 0pe1hed vertical di stanc e criteria can not be met due to an existing u der mound facility co nnkl , s oon.. sepaal i ons
are all owed R are of th e fallowing is met:
a) Th e sewer pipes are design ed and c on structed equalto the water pipe and pressure test ed at 15010.
01 Th e V ewe, ise nc ased In a Walenighl carrier 1138 or concrete.
0. Air release valv es shall b eprovided m'high p oles of new forcenoln snil ary sewers.
4, Gravity sanitary sewers co nstructed within a public wenflekl pmkttlan area shall be 0.90n PVC or Ductile Ira n pipe. The max1num
allowable exllgmllon tal e of gavlly sanitary Sew er, Cml11100 00 Ina pnbgd wellliekl p10130l00 ales Shull be:
al I MSdenti al La nd uses. Fifty 1501 gallonsper . inch pile diameter pet mlle per d ay, based on a minimum T ao 111 h our l est having
minimum., Iwo (9) feet of positive head abo ve the crown of the pine.
61 N un.Residentul Land Uses Twenty 110) g allons net inch pipe daneteI per mile pet d ay , based on a minimum l ump) hour
test h avinga minimum of tw o (2) fe et of posmve h ead ab ove the crown of the pipe.
c) 0,5304 e, ved te al ¢ or any obvi ously d etective 10011 or pipes shall he rep1eul ev en when the Iota) le akage be. that allow ed .
1 The r11. mum allow able eelItral un rate of gravity sante ry SeeIS constructed outsid e a public wepnel0 0olectmn area sh all be one
handed (100) gallons per Inch pipediameter per mile per day, based on a mi nimum tw o (2) hour test having a minimum of tw o 111
he el al positive head ab ov e the crown of Ihe pipe Any00,0060 0010010 2605 any abvb ush . defect l ye Mi nts,, pipes slag be replaced ev en
when the total leakage 1001100 that. allowed.
6. Forc emab s anitary s ewers comhurled wit hl n 030103cwdne0 protecti on area shall be ductil e iron. 0.900 PVC, HOPE or m0mateed
concrete pressure sewer pipes
7. Th e m aximum all owable eoellalm n/kakage r ate orlo,cu,ain,enlla rysewes shall be:
a) Ductile Iron, C-9 00 PVC, IIOPE and PVC PIp e. Dm allow able l eakage rate specified in American Water Wnrlo Association- St andard
(AW WAS) C600.81 at test pr ess ure of 100 psi for a duration of not less than Iwo (0) bangs.
N Reinforte60 omrele Pressure Pipe .Halt(1/D the albvnblelcaltige latesp,efined in AWWA C60D82 al,test pressur e of 1000
fora duration of not Tess Ihan two (1I ho urs .
e) Airy observ ed leaks rasp obvi ously def edbe joints of pipes shall be replaced eve n When the teal leafage H below that allowed.
8. The contractor shall verify n ature , depth. and char acter of exkdng underground utilities prior to start of c onstruction .
9. In no ose shall a c ontract or Inst all Wilily pipes; conduits, cables. etc. In the same trench above an e xisting w ater or sewer pipe
except wher e they cr oss .
10 . II any area of the cork shal e A hound to contai n b uried s olid wasteand/ o, ground or gr ow. water contamination. tee foll owing shall
05311;
0l II w ork in the area shall follow all app&able safety requirements l e.g ., OSH A. etc.) and notification m ust be ro vk1801 0 the
appwn,lae anemic, .
bl Immediately notify the Environmental MOnito6ng and Rest oratio n Divisi on (E NRol. Tr e MILD ca n be c ontacted at (305)
3716700.
cl If mnta minaled soi0 andfol burled solid waste 001,4.al Is e xcavated duringcanstructbn. then they requl,e proper ha ndling and
disposal In accordance wgh the !mat late and federal egulat 1mms . Be advis ed Ib al the landfill own er/operator h Ile g nat
authority on disp osal and may hav e requirem ents b ey ond those pr ovided by herein 0 06poal wills a Maml Dale owner
ow ned la ndfill )mss I land7lll' N app ear,' Me and sel ected, p leas e000 000the 0004.nade County Ben. me nt of Solid Waste
Managem ent at (306) 594-6666 for ,nf0,mat1 on,
81 Th e reuse of.n900100154 soils that ar e not retuned dense origi nal excavation requires prior appa rel te a Soil Manageme nt
Plan from the Environmental Mmllo,ingand Resl o,allon Di vi sion . Th e EM30 can be conta cted at (1051371-6700.
11. Pumps must c omply wIth11 Nati onal EleU IC ad (NEC). reoubernentsl Class), GmcCO 3OMsbnl loc al Mm 0xploslonPlool)
(1 . The contra ct or is arIvisetl Ilmi a Tree 00030011/08100 4500301 001 71(5m ay he q uTed pri or to the removal an0/Or relocati on ollree
r esume, Prior to g or rel ocati ngary trEes, the Contractor hall not My th e Tree a nd F orest R esumes Sect him of PERM al
('A5) . 371 ,6574 or via II I. I fr NOirilmiStaile .iswmonad the unicipality with tree ordinance Lug isdlcl' on to obtain am p
required permits. Those trees n ot Intelfedngw th the c0n nrvctbn shall be 3,00 00ed 0 place in acctadanc0 with the pravgbns of
Section 1449 .5 of the Mbmh.Dade Code.
13. Pleas e mole that th e dem olition , r emoval, and/or disturbance of existing underground utilities that contai n asbe stos cement pip es
(ACP1 ar e s ubject to the provisions of 40 CFN L1 Sllllpan M. 500,0101 0, pursuant to the pr oWsio0s of 40 CF m61.145, a N OTICE OF
DEM OLITI ON OR ASKS" OS RENOVATION form most be 0Fd with the Air Duality M]Ilagemenl O H1Sbn (ACI MDI er et MI, a1 ea st
en 1101 working days prbr to laningof any work N ote that Ihe bac0llit ng and burial of cru shed ACP wo uld c am e these bcatims to
60co nsidered active dispos al sites and Babie d to 40 CFR .61.151, and AGM -61 .51a year alter project col nplet1on .
Existing stame n operal60 procedure . as well as applicable federal. state and l ocal regulat ory criteria, most be F ollowed and
Imple mented to 1 nlnb nbe ary p otential r elease of f ugitive emissions, 00000mly dwbg project mro110110n activities. The AO MO can
be contacted oh email al .whe..i m 1a niNmtlad0.00 0 or 001-371 .6905.
n Y3o13oa
rw .> ,e unmw. .,.y.m ,._ ....-... r ww,-4t+. .. .e.-o�n. v� ."M.e.+,.•.m. .r., ... ...a .m nW .., .. .rm..a,iaw.
F OR ALL PROJECT WHE RE REMOV AL OF UTILITY LINES IS PROP OSED
1- ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEING REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED MUST REMAIN IN EFFECT AND
IN SERVICE, UNTIL SUCH TIME WHEN PROP OSED REPLACING UTILITIES HA VE BEEN INSTALLED AND
IN SERVICE AND ALL RELATED SERVICES TO THE FIRST LINES HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE
LATTER ONES. BY M-DWASD FORCES AT OWNERS EXPENSES.
2- ALL ABANDONED OR REPLACED UTILITY LINES LOCATED IN PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE
REMOVED AND CAPPED AT MAIN, WHEN APPLICABLE, AFTER ALL INST ALLED SERVICES TO OR
FROM THEM HAVE BEEN TRANSFERRED TO THE ALREADY INSTALLED AND IN SERVICE PROPOSED
UTILITY LINES, AN Y RELATED EASEMENT SHALL BE RELEASED AND VACATED AFTER REMOVAL OF
LINES AND RESTORATIONS OF SITE. IF APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN CO MPLETED .
CITY OF OPA -LOCKA
LIFT STATIO N 9 REHABILITATION
O PAA.00KA. FLORIDA rtoRNw,
GENER AL NOTES
RIAU eeOtAVE. P.F.
Rubel ,°°eavw"
Siddique'a,'9 E4
CRAVAT 13 , ft9
MEWED BY: PS
D ATE IN. 039202 .2
SHEET NO.
C-200
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
CITY Of OPA-LOCKA AND/OR MIAMI-DADE COUNTY WATER & SE WER DEPARTMENT (MD-WASD) AND/OR MIAMI DADE COUNTY PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT (MD-PWD) AND/ OR THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (FDOT) AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE AND ON FILE WITH THE DEPARTMENT .
2 MINIMUM COVER OVER MAI NS SHALL BE 3'-0" . 2'-0" FOR SERVICE LINES, UNLESS SPECIFIC WRITTEN EXCEPTION I5 ISSUED OR
REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CITY OF OPA-LOCKA .
3 DETECTOR TAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED 18" AB OVE THE CENTERLINE OF MAINS AND SERVICES. TAPES SHALL BE GREEN
CONTINUOUSLY M ARK ED "CAUTION WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN BURIED BELOW"
4. ALL VALVES SHALL BE INSTA LLED COMPLETE WITH 10" RISER PIPES AND No. 53 C.I. VALVE BOXES AND. LIDS .
5 LOW PRESSURE SEWER MAIN SHALL BE HDPE SD R-11. SERVICE LINES SHALL BE HDPE SDR-9 .
6. ALL JOINTS FOR LOW PRESSURE HDPE MAIN SHALL BE BUTT -FUSION WELDED. ALL WELDING OF JOINTS SHALL BE IN
STRICT CONFORMITY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PIPE MANUFACTURER UNLESS OTHER WISE SPECIFIED IN
WRITING.
7. CONTRACTOR MUST CALL TH E CITY OF OPA-LOCKA INSPECTION DIVISION AND ALL OTHER . APPLICABLE PERMITTING AGENCIES TO
ARRANGE FOR A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO PROPOSED START OF CONSTRUCTION
8. CITY OF OPA-LOCKA PERSONNEL WILL INSPECT ALL FACILITIES APPRO VED BY THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT . ALL OTHER
REQUIREMENTS OF THE PERMITTING AGENCY SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS.
9, W ORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS PROJECT W ILL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS COMPLETE UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE
SYSTEM BY THE DEPARTMENT AND UNTIL THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE RECEIVED AND APPROVED BY CITY OF OPA-LOCKA:
•EASEMENTS, IF REQUIRED (WHETHER BY DEED OR PLAT SUITABLY RECORDED)
• CONTRACTOR' S WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN
• CONTRACTOR'S LETTER OF WARRANTY (I.E. LETTER A GREEM ENT)
▪ AS -BUILT 24" x 36" SHOWIN G SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, DEPTHS, ETC. OF ALL WATER FACILITIES AS LOCATED BY A LICENSED
SURVEYOR. ALONG WITH TWO {2) PRINTS OF THE "AS -BUILT" W HICH HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED SURVEYOR
OR ENGINEER OF RECORD AND ENDORSED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE
W ITH M D-WSD STANDA RDS,
10. ALL NEW CONNECTIONS FROM EXISTING CITY OF OPA-LOCKA MAINS TO BE INSPECTED BY CITY OF OPA-LOCKA FORCES PRIOR
TO BACKFILL.
11 THE CON TRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR V ERIFYING ALL LOCATIONS. DIMENSIONS, ELEV ATIONS AND THE
LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE
LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE NOT GUARANTEED ACCURATE OR CORRECT BY THE KNOW N UTILITY CO MPANIES .
12 THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL BENDS, TEES AND PLUGS IN ACCORDANCE W ITH MD-W ASD STANDARD DETAILS.
13. PIPE INSTALLATION. CLEANING, FLUSHING. AN D TESTING, AS PER CITY OF OPA-LOCKA AND STATE OF FLORIDA STANDARDS FOR
THE INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE SEWER BY CUSTOMER DONATION PROJECTS,
14 THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF INSPECTIONS FOR ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES OCCURRING OUTSIDE
NORMAL WORKING HOURS (8:00 a m. TO 5:00 p m.) SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS EXCLUDED AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR
INSPECTIONS OUTSIDE NORM AL WORKING HOURS MUST BE MADE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF THE CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITY.
15 ALL TRENCHES TO BE EXCAVATED AND BACKFILLED AS PER THE MD-W ASD DETAIL GS -1.9.
16, SURFACE RESTORATION, PAVEM ENT REPLACEMENT. SIDEWALK REPLACEM ENT. TRENCH BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION SHALL
COMPLY W ITH THE APPLICABLE CURRENT MD-W ASD. MD-PWD AND FDOT STANDARDS,
17. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL PROVIDE CITY OF OPA-LOCAA W ITH A SIGNED AND SEALED PRESSURE TEST REPORT
CERTIFYING PRESSURE TEST RESULTS.
Digitally signed by Airia
di Austin
Date: 2023.05.30 15:45:44
-04'00'
REV ISIONS
DATE
BY
SSNCNO EEN 00 BISC AY,.�. wC
310
NORTH M AN BRACH, BLVD ,
A101
PH044-1,212
m x
Bw W. SSNEN CNEENNO.COM
S
ENGIN EERING
PROJECT NO.
202201002
18. FIELD LEAK TESTING OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS USING HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE SHALL BE CONDUCTED
BY THE CONTRACTOR FOLLOWING METHODS AND PROCEDURES NOTED ASTM DESIGNATION: F2164-13
19. A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 10 FEET SHALL BE MAINTAINED BET WEEN WATER AND SE WER MAINS , WHEN A 10 FEET HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE CRITERIA CANNOT BE MET DUE TO AN EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITY CONFLICT, THIS
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MAY BE REDUCED TO 6 FEET . IF THE WATER MAIN 15 LAID AT LEAST 6 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF A
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER, THIS HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MAY BE REDUCED TO 3 FEET.
20. IN HIG HLY CONGESTED ARE AS. WHERE EITHER WATER OR SEWER FACILITIES ARE EXISTING AND THE SEPARATION
REQUIREMENTS CANNOT BE MET . SPECIAL CONSIDERATION M AY BE GIVEN SUBJECT TO A CO MPLETE EVALUATION OF EXISTING AND
PROPOSED CONDITIONS.
21, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY NATURE, DEPTH, CHARACTER OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF
CONSTRUCTION.
22 .TRENCH EXCAVATION PROTECTION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS REOUIRED BY THE PROVISIONS OF PART 1926.
SUBPART P, EXCAV ATIONS. TRENCHI NG A ND SHORING OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATIONS
STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS .
23 ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPE & FITTING, VALVE BOXES, AIR RELEASE VAL VE COVERS AND ANY OTHER MARKING DEVICE, SHALL BE
COLOR CODED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UTILITY LOCATION & COORDINATION COUNCIL UNIFORM COLOR CODE AS SHOWN IN
MIAMI-DADE COUNTY WATER & SE WER DEPARTMENT (MD-WASD).
NOTES FOR C ONTA MINATED SITES
IF ANY AREA OF THE WORK SITE IS FOUND TO CONTAIN BURIED SOLID WASTE AND/OR GROUND OR GROUND WATER
CONTAMINATION. THE FOLLOWI NG SHALL APPLY:
1. ALL WORK IN THE AREA SHALL FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS (7. G .. OSHA, ETC.) AND NOTIFICATION MUST
BE PROVIDED TO THE APPROPRIATE AGENCIES.
2. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND RESTORATION DIVISION (EMRD). THE EURD CAN BE CONT ACTE AT
(305) 372-6700.
3. IF CONTAMIN ATED SOILS AND/OR BURIED SOLID WASTE MATERIAL IS EXCAVATED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THEN THEY REQUIRE
PROPER HANDLING AND DISPOSAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL, ST ATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. BE ADVISED THAT
THE LANDFILL OWNER/OPERATOR IS THE FINAL AUTHORITY ON DISPOSAL AND MAY HAVE REQUIREMENTS BEYOND THOSE
PROVIDED BY HEREIN, IF DISPOSAL WITHIN A MIAMI-DADE COUNTY OWNED LANDFILL (CLASS I LANDFILL) IS APPROPRIATE
AND SELECTED , PLEASE CONTACT THE MIAMI-DADE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT AT
(305) 594-1670 FOR INFORMATION.
4 THE REUSE OF CONTA MINATED SOILS IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND
RESTORATION DIVISION . THE EMRD CAN 8E CONTACTED AT (305) 372-6700.
5. A SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION W AS CONDUCTED BY ENVIRONMENT AL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE. INC . (ERC) DATE MARCH
2022. THE REPORT STATED THAT THE PRESENCE OF SOLID WASTE MIXED WITH OTHER MATERIAL (CARBONATE AND SILICA
SAND, LIMEROCK, AND ORGANIC MATERIAL) WILL NOT S UBSIDE BY THE INSTALLATION OF THE 2 INCH SEWER LINE .
DESIGN APPRO ACH
A SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION WAS CO NDUCTED BY ENVIRON ME NTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE, INC. (ERC) DATE M ARCH
2022. THE REPORT STATED THAT THE PRESENCE OF SOLID W ASTE MIXED WITH OTHER MATERIAL (CARBONATE AND SILICA
SAND. LIMEROCK, AND ORGANIC MATERIAL) WILL NOT SUBSIDE BY THE INST ALLATION OF THE 2 INCH SEWER LINE.
2. DUE THE UNDERLYING SOIL CONDITION OF THE SITE. HDPE PIPE WAS USED TO ADDRESS ANY CONTAMINATION ISSUES.
ACCORDING TO THE PIPE MANUF ACTURER , POLYETHYLENE IS NON-CONDUCTIVE AND IM MUNE TO GALVANIC AND
ELECTROCHEMICAL EFFECTS . THUS POLYETHYLENE WILL NOT CORRODE IN THE MANNER OF METAL AND CONCRETE PIPING .
PERFORMANCE POLYETHYLENE PIPES H AVE OUTSTANDING RESISTANCE TO A WIDE RANGE OF CHE MICALS AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS, MAKING THEM IDEAL CANDIDATES FOR USE WITH CORROSIVE FLUIDS AND CHEMICALS. AND UNDER HARSH
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .
ALL THE JOINT IN THE HOPE PIPES WILL BE FUSED JOINT. THERFORE NO POSSIBILITY OF JOINT LEAKING.
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATIO N
OPAIOCKR, FLORIDA
MA NFOADE
FLORIDA
GENERAL NOTES
R.BEL SIDON.. ITS..
ELLICE... MONT.
Rubel NR..
SIddique
DR AWN BY. RS
CHEMED BT: RS
DATE, RBmama
S HEET NO.
C-201
AWN A VE
NW 151ST ST
LIFT ST ATION N ---
ENLARGED VIEW (THIS SHEET) —
Digitally signed
by Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05.30
15:46:31 -04'00'
.ST MO, O FW SAN FM
PERI ST
r
EX IST. 4SAN. SEWER
POINT OF CONNECTION RIM EL 47 63.
INv. EL N.Nr (E)
NASIM ST.
SEE PLAN
zY. (O INDICA TED
O V ANS)
C THICK CONC.
3000 P .S.I, .
6 COM PACTED SUBCRA DE TO NOT
ES S THAN BB% AX M. DENSITY AS
DETERMINED BY PA SHTO 99
ETOOLED JOINTS TO O CCUR IN TERVALS
QUAL TO W IDTH OF SIDEWALKA SIOEW ALK TO
HAVE BROO M FINISH
1. P ERPENDICULAR rO PATH OF IRAVEL.
SIDEWALK DETAILS
(NOT FOR DRIVEW AY
CROSSING)
OVERALL VIEW OF POINT OF CONNECTION
GENERAL NO TES:
CONTRACTOR SMALL M NNTAICO NSTR UC TION
N FUNC TION OF SEWA GE PIMPING DURING CO NSUCTION BY U TILBING BYP ASS
1 PUM PING SYSTEM. MI NOS A ND VALVES AS RE QUIRED . CON DUCTOR SHALL SUBM IT ARAN OUTLINING SEWAG E
13 P AST PRO CEDURE TO THE EN GINEER FOR APPROVA L PRIOR TO COMM ENCING WORK
ARE BASED ON THE Cm OF OPMO CNA WA TER AND SEWE R ATLAS.
2. SURV EY AND SITE VIS IT. BCOHR R TP. CTTHIS
R MUST V ERIFY SIM.LOCA TION, A ND INVERTS OF AIL UTILITIES PR IOR TO
COMM ENCIN G W ORK
0. C ONTRACT. SHA LL PERFORM ALL WORK WITHIN LEGA L PRO PERTY A ND =.AF MFN T, AND SHAD . NOT DISTURB
A DJACENT PR OPER TY.
4. CON TR ACTOR SIVEL FY EXISTING PIPIN G TO REMAIN BEFORE ORDERING PROPO SED P IPING/FITTING S
CON NECT INGTO IT.
S C ARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVO ID DISTURBING ELE CTRICAL SERVICE IN THE AREA UNDER CONSTRUCT..
B. C ONDUCTOR SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY CU TTING.PATCHING. AND RESTORATION° FALL EX ISTING SURFACES TO
MA T. SURRO UNDING AREAS.
T. CONTRACTOR TO CO AT ALL UNDERGRO UND FITTINGS THOSE ARE IN DIRECT CONTAC T WITH BO IL WITH TWO COATS
OF 6ITUM AS TIC OR APPROV E° EQUAL
B. ELEVATIONS INDICATED HEREON A RE IN FEET AN D DECIM AL S REFERENCED TO THE NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL
DA TUM OF 1022 (NOV➢ 1B22).
B. THE M INIM UM WET - WELL BO TTOM SLOPE SHA LL BE 2:I TO ALLOW SELF-CLE ANING AND M INIM UM DEPOSIT OF DEBRIS.
10 � �CMIGOLECA L SY STEREQS AN DCOM OPO NEN TS RCUT SIINGARAW
WASSTE WOYIATER WELL S SHAILC0M0.Y WITH THE NA TIO NA L
11. M BMsSTATIONOWL.BHOUID BE EQUIPP ED WITH M ISSION 60 F FOR RFM.TIM E ALARMS AND STRE AA11N O DATA OR
A PP ROV ED E
10. FLOW METER SHALL BE ABBFIE CT RGYEWFTICFLO WMETER DN16BIr1 OR APPNOVEDEGVAL.
REVISIONS
R
NW 151ST ST
II -I — -'- F]OBT.r dW . _ 61ST ST
(F
IEL D � DARL OGceI A E GF - xw1
FTIN
REM OVE EAST. ELEC .PAR E -(
P ROP. LIFT STATION WD
OP EL • LR0
EL•(-)>10( NJ
B OTTO M EL • (-)1 21(F
1 SAWCUTANI' MATOi
EXI ST. SIDEW ALK
PROP. ELEC. P OLE
I-
' E OST.CipBWALN
MN 'ME --.. .„,
^
10 1104E AID RELOCATE
MET. 0021E OF FENCE
PROP. ARE LF OO RPU CRAM LOLL
TC11 EMT .
0OLMLTYPEMD M15429
PROP. CONTROL INC.
RIM EL . •L66 I(EE)�
'Elm_••(( 2 W1W0
S.EL Y RON(IWOIE DRILL) .
OT. EL -)NM
INSTALL AIN rW Rm AV G
SAN. 0A % DEN
SIZE AN RI%IHNI REA ..
.- ROST. MHSt"
/ELATER
FULL WATER
BIT . EL • WAN
"-PROPOSED VALVE VALET
OF EDAM AVE
-- 16LF OF
TYPE IT CURB
PROP . OF
Cn
NLMAIN
I N NN
WI12'OATE
WT,.. EX S
ORANRO! Xy;a_ ` EL EV ATIONS
(SEE OE'T THIS8NEET)
OFINT O MENE M `SAW'CUT 0N AT. D
TOVFR FY REQUIRED EMT. SM ALK
OF P PE MID MINOS_._ L — -]GAO '- —
B'I • flDEIOR D TMG OTIDIRW") D
ST. r RA rr o EMAN) 1 C --mar.
-((FlFl99 OO VERIFY LO CATION. I m
_MATE., BRIE AND DEPTO
RA M UK I
CONTROL PANEL
(SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS)
LEGEND
BUILDING OU RINET LINE
— 5D — EXISTING STO RM PIPE
wM — EXISTING WATER PIPE
- 55 — EX ISTING SARI. SEWER PIPE
EXISTING SAN. SEWER MANHOLE
EA STNO GRAD E ELEVA TION
^ PR OPOSED FORCE MA IN
P, EX ISTING PRE HYD RA VT
NOTE:
ELEVA TION S REFE R TO N.01022,
N ARVIK= NOVO.-1.56
7.31
SRN ENONFFRINO. LLC
NON BISCAYNE SLY,STE 310
RTH WA R SEAM Path
PM INN) MN.52T2
RIP E NO. GOMM
N WNSS NENON ECKNO .COM
_4
ENG IN EERING
ENLARGED VIEW
—~fLOF MY161 BTST
NW 151ST ST
E XIST. AIH 00
SETUP BYPASS
ATHIS
MA NHOL
E
RROOCA D
EX IST. A6x LF
OFFENCE
00005001. LIFT STA TOR
MI ERPA SS PIMPS
4PB
74150 ACT00.0 EAST. IVA TING
BYP ASS PUMPS
How
SETUP SY -P ASS
PUMMAH OLE
MA NHOLE
REM OVE a LF OF
EXIST . 1r CU T SAN .
AFTER ACTNATNG
THE BY-PASS PUMP
SOF SEAMAN AVE
RE MOVE EXI ST.
CONTR OL PANEL
AFTR ACT UATING
THE EBV-PASS PU MPS
0)
m
D
Z
m
PR OJECT NO.
202201002
M WAH ICIE
SITE DEMOLITION PLAN
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 R EHABILITATION
OPA-LOCKA, FLO RIDA
FLORIDA
10 2B
t 1
IC ALEI-N 20
811
P ROJECT
r LOCATION
/ NW I1SC SI
5.11St7.1 S-1
ITkf:l SI
LOC ATION MAP
N TS
10
8
6.
4
2
—2
PROP . LIFT ST ATION #9 r
WETWELLDI e. :.
TOP EL•SA O
IN V. EL.•( -14 .10 (NI
BOTO M EL • 1-)1210
NW1511STST1
EOO ST .T YPEF CIO
RME L.SAS
NV.EL •1)0.041EI
INv 6L IN V.
1 .EB .)2. °ir
r II
— 4 NSA A1 FrSD R 0PVC
SA1 p0A%SLGPE( MINI
PROP. VALVE VAULT
P EL NO
. GROIAID
ELEV. ST .]I
NSTALLBB LF Mr 0040 PVC FAIL
AND CONNE CT TO COST. IFFY
60 1ST °RLERwm P�6' ,. .
FITTINGS NEE DED WEDmN
THE ACT UAL FEED FON D ONSI
_*FY (AE1DLLOGATIDLI.
(MATERIA. SIZE. AND DEPTH)
BOTO M EL (-112.10
SEWER FORCE MAIN PROFILE
WAL E 1 • 15005.
VA SIVER
SANITARY SEWER PLAN
AND PROFILE
RUBEL (COME PE.
R. LICENSE NO. SU N
Rubel ,R,:"„,„
S idd Iq ue'°,,, ,'R' „„
C RAWN EC PS
CHECKED ST: RS
EWE
SHEET NO.
C-300
R DaRLi,NRWR1L�R�R u,7r - RE,R �;
11.1,r Ir.! WIN I RDS9.16 I RDEURISt NIA. DoLL. A IV DT
w .rtc''otti,.e uu ari mi1m s:xax�rm
v. DOOM Man
m NW ao.mv .04 m MO C MD R MO MI NAM AS
uw W.X O9 RCRv"S Na ,ORBITS 7`-rw To SWIM sARM 1 .1Nt 0:01 mAiNC
�g+sLM erliar nxnwrom e w nW aDmieNm
,IN
ral k
It PA /MT PAIN 1444: OVOI. 111151W 9 .1•111111:11.M0 110 AffM419 TO
9 6110 M MEMO VI VIC WOORMIXONINANIXD1111K
CO MM 4 1:0 111. 910h1501 IH WILTS
MUL ES
WryUmio
STANDARD DITAIL
STASARO REQUIREMENTS
WA TER TR U TIONER
CONSTRUCTION
CS
0.5
10 NIL Raw.
MINI Or •Irlf7
4.0 -N
--3'
MOR
-Ma l B401. 1.11.0 NC
BM r NIX PER use
Nmu v®ND
. E,DNDi:
NN OTES: vmo. AMMOVA/ .o ITNIIIWRs.nNNIIIS •
.11601.1
ER
pG5
SL UM
MP .a
STANDARD DETAIL
'°'
mipAE TRENCH SALNFIu
FOR WYTER AND FORCE
m-9
s
u Nl
1a
Digitally signed
by Airia Austin
Date: 2023. 05.30
15:47:16 -04'00'
DATE
BY
SSN ENDRE/MVP,
WWI-IM MO MAC, . FL WINt
�FEo)v«uT2 n
W wW.SSNRNDiTm,nc.mN
Rn �r u.qu.i wr, w�
H ...u re Nun .r,K., ru,w.rzw .n .rzaN_.
AS -BUILT" RCOUIREMENTS
GS
0.5
r si 272
Y-
J
I .z
C K...7',,,, ,s4"-r.', 71�
Le
- LID SECTION
BOX PLAN � ...�1
DE
Ll LID PLAN
SECTION
1 IL .
of
Y' K +rte
DR' LID DETAIL
NOTES
I. AL.ANI Mil MAD Or OM MO VT Ir MC
MC 1..a DNLN RMaaarR 11(
w.MSEL WS Lq
ASS
69C°'a
Effiffailf
STANDARD DETAIL
MP
S
NR .: ad. SALVE
'me:: ANL uL
X3.0
loft
4111111111 1/111101184
PRO JECT NO.
202201002
ii
il
3
a
�1E
-
1
i t..
!
i
i ji
i
E J
3
9
E
�S
AMOR M R TR' MFA
WW BOX FOR WAW A OR tnWFR IN putt Mr4
iNOLRASs'VARGS O
S5
21.0
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATION
OPA-LO CKA, FLOR IDA
MIATAN XADE
FLORIN
FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY
SANITARY SEWER DETAILS
RLRLENREN .ORM
Rubel vF,NONNY
5lddique?
Mmaraes m12Malilam.
onenatromn ununegraft
SUMP PUMP AND PIPING MAR
SECTIO
ilrA6 WOW
WET WELL AN D VA LVE VAULT PLAN
Digitally signed by
Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05. 30
15:48:03 -04'00'
Am MoTM
SAIE
BY
_ BINNEERNG. uG
13814E:GTNF N .W., are)10
WHIN PEN NI BESCH.FL33+61
PH OSS NcazT S
R IPE NO. 01. 0021,066
WW W B ENYHEERNGOOM
VENT PIPE DETAIL
xn
EN GINEERING
BACIO'LOW P REVENTER WITH HOSE BIBB
noomrcernAtimumenasa
VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL
PROJECT NO.
202201002
BASE PLATE DETAIL
Zmm
GALVANIZED PIPE SUPPORT
DET AIL,
CITY OF OPA-LO CKA
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATION
O PA-LO CKA. FLOR IDA
MWAHW)E FLORIDA
PUMP DATA:
FLUID
RAW SEWAGE
INSTALLATI ON LOCATION
UFTSTATION NG.9
PU MP TYPE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
RATED POINT
CAPACITY, GPM
172
TDH FEET
10 .7
SHUT OFF HEAD, FT
CONTINUOUS
OPERATIN G
RAN GE
MAXIMUMTOH, FT
20
CAPACITY, GPM
W
MINIMUMTOH, FT
B
CAPACITY, GPM
440
NPSHR FT
22
PUMP
EFFICIENCY
AT B.E,P, 5
B3.5
MIN. @p
RuNOUT, 5
67.0
PU MP
CONSTRUCTION
CASING
CAST IRON ASTM AABCUSS 35B
IMPELLER
CAST IRON ASTM A4BCLSS 3.511
SHAFT
ANSI TYPE 431 STAINLESS STEEL
BEARINGS L-10 UFE HRS.
100,000
MAX SHAFT DEFLECTOR IN
OPERATING RANGE, MILS
-
MAX VEL OF VIBRATIONS
IN OP. RANGE, NCH/SEC
-
SUCTION,INCHES
3'
DISCHARGE, INCHES
3'
ELECT RIC
MO TOR
R ATED HP
2.6BHP
RPM
1175
VOLTSIPHASEIHMS . F.
MS/
AMBIENT TEMP , FOR
MOTOR RATING, 'C
25
MAXIMUM TEMP . RISE, "C
40
BEARINGS L-10 UFE , HRS.
100,000
MAXVIBRATION AMP., MILS
-
NOISE LEVEL,EB®1 MEIFR
-
NEMADESIGN CODE LETTER
B
START.CURR LETTER CODE
0
INSULATIONCLASS
F
MOTOR RATED HP NOT OVERLOADED AT ANY
POINT IN THE PUMPS P ERFORMANCE CURVE
MANUFACTURERS
& MODELS*
PUMP
%FP BOCCB1EM12
MOTOR
CONTRACTOR MAY CHOOSE APPROVED EQUAL PUMPS AND SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE FOR FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
MECH-PLAN-PUMP-DATA
R M�GUE.P.E.
F sE G .!»
Rubel
Slddique>
MEam RY . as
G „YE . NME 22
SHEET N O.
C-310
rx
PLANNALVE PIT ACCESS
NINN ONFONO ORCNWELESOX EDN.WOCCLRPA COR NROW
MANHOLE FLOW CHANNELS
ODETAIL
wrro w,1
um artex LN w'mr[w .
wFx"1 oreoTE w,
MOII UIO r ,.02144
T
WET WELL TOP SLAB DETAIL
T
DETAIL
T:V wIXINRIF
CSID AICR PA C O00 148/11.1
P.CONTINIINVO TC
PORK PLA CE A ND BROM
�000 PSI
�DR ETE BL AB
n? r6'O lll4F4 WIRE/NOM
TVE k COMPACTE DAP PROVEO
GMB cuw GE RB i
wN TERLEE C ONCRETE SLAB DETAIL
J
E: REBrr MN CRA M
VALVE PO M OOR
ADINSW
APPROVED ema
DETAIL
W ARM
le VrCON CINJE
aeCLOP n1Tm0 w:Re
01 IL ue a mJ
BELL C ONN..
THE STANDARD DRAW/N GS PPRS ENTED ARN BASED ON MINIMUM
OF 4. Dra CIIARGE FORCE MA /N.
CO MAC TO R SHALL VERIFY IN APPLICA TIO NS, ELE VATIONS, ROSROGGUND ERGRO UND R10
CONSTRUC TION. THE CO
N TRAC TOR
PIPING 10 RE. N : wNG NEW AND MISTI
NG
FOR CONNEC TIONS. CONTRACTORS/ALL INSPECT AND
VER IFY ALL STIR CONDMONS AND OIMEN SIONS, AND
COO RDINAT E WITH O THER TRAMS PRIOR TO CONSIR UC TION.
WORN SH ALL BE SCHEDULED CO NSTRICT ION S054 PNCG ACCORD ING TO SPECIFIED
ATTENTION TO
D ISTURBING EXISTING ELEC TRICAL
SERV /CE IN A. UNDER COXOTRURIN (FO R COSTING warn .Un
r. O.RA EEVVATIONSFOR ,:U5S OT HER WISE SPE�IED. ARE
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
A LL PIPING, UNLESS SPKIPIED, TO USE DUCTILE IRON NM 10. ALL PUFNGPICONTROLS SHALL N SET. RR DESIGN
N N ectimic./MT NTH RESTRA errsFr nINGs ABOVE GROUND OR IX VAULT TO USE FLANGE Rr W
uxomexanorD uL'OC AaIgrXJOINT NVC xN
RFS ORE.iD Rxi.
APPLY ALL CONNECTIONS IN
DIREC T CONTACT. SOIL WW PITT IN G WITH
ro COATS OF MONASTIC M NO n xwR 010 SMALL BE PERFORMED 14 NO 00010N.M.P
N APPRO VED EQUAL NGVITING POv ns
DIELEC TRIC FIrtIxN BETWEEN TWO o TFFERBtT PTN M6 1INST SNA IL BE NO O X, MIN AND AVER AGE
MI AVER G
MA RRU404LLHANDLEBO TH M
Is. OPERA TIN G POINTS GIVEN BT THE ENG INEER
! OF RECORD.
I PFUSSURE
ES ARE TO BE IN STALLED uts lovrne
a. u xuucinPE MADE. I PRESS.FGJ.N ON GAUGE
NIN N BEFORE MAINSIce AssS URANE DIAL
RENFORCED CONCRETE Vmm MTN NO GREA TER THAN N FELT. READER SxN1 NOT EXCEED R0 PSI.
1;laticlA PPO ITS„ SHA LL
OE HOT/DIP GALV ANITED AFTER
Digitally signed by
Airia Austin
(41 c. Date: 2023.05. 30
15:48:50 -04'00'
REVISICHS
DATE
EMOIREERING. LLC
INN YTI ... , STE 510
NORTH M WM BEACH. FL .01
PH (961).4/1 272
POPE MO
WWW. S NENOC NIFRONG.coM
!N INURING
PROJECT NO.
202201002
L—_
1142 OPB ec
•004 FO4 OPPDXP
I RRR4 ERM1
C °r" ER iu N AI
�u:FrErR INTI LOCK NW �Rirno°R a r.
PROPER MAN wmor .1w,MOORED �.
CITY OF OPA -LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 R EHABILITATION
O PA-LOCKA . FLO RIDA
MN MIOAD E
FLO W.
M.SME
w «*6X
EPDXY a0UPPM
Nwra NUTOIDwa
F
NMNNI
FALNITANN DPF AMP.
waac
R RraEB wm .ee, al 10
MOEN
uwlx. nR PROP. TOP. ..
we1SRNV
STRUCTURAL PLANS
AND DETAILS
I ENTOTDN N"RAMO NOw SORNOBCPOADOOONN"mr DMANE
.
s.;RoOF N X FNFoa mR n
RUN. SMCIE , RE
RUC.. N O. MU
Rubel =w
SlddIque°O R9T.,
Jr
F w.aRATER/RRR FNNTABATIEN ' :C OL.PS
SPININ ALUOVIIIM
NOTIORI
INEuaIVACTED
ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A ORANINGB ME 01.wx¢ AM To TME CO...O wow NOT Y
nE SaLRUIISNDIA "At
KRRDM NHGM SWUT.MEDOIN DMB 6O
not¢ caxM IEnoRODxa
�R N.COH E [O IIRA=.LL WK. ET.
qu¢¢uNE lrr rulN rhs7% "m w B.wsu� Tr'
ra DAM L.11. OF ALL MCP . EwPH.T1.7. WMO. arowtETC
irrOLE 7,1 oAtA NLSa10as SHv ."ATM, HAWa
DESP R mlw A PRROMS .
rc.11OR 10
PBN aPP PAIVEND1iA.T M SS MALL. BRO., W 10 DATE
`00PLDI4 Pitlfx 0-EO.,-.1„00(0 mar
AI0 57001 d014q
ouwatunc HO HMO TO SHOW MT EIM WC.E0 RR ME
8. ma/co
CONTRACBR Nu REA REA M10 FUR.. am.am.0/a ECTRICAL
OF
• MASSE AIS HOUT �D wI .. COD SPRNX , wiww D[S. MO ELECTRICAL
an u0110w10 -. wN AmCn N
• rAnLaE Om TO PMm! Mxsws BO CRE MF ®s arc
iMANUFACTURERSFOAT TOTtX=ACV9w f RleuuDraSPwaiOPWWEG E/13117 1111
DRAW . FEa vWR. (Raa00 V AV AVS�ME11. 50AIS 000 FANS
S A/C UNITS
TEW VER. DUCT REARM ETC. ) M lwtnS.D. PT.. ALL e VHa
rt .OW0 ASO wIw M. WM 11. c
ARIT. sN M...M.S ALL wE MA.S SwF BE
MADE vim11.E. DURNO.5112 . uN ASR MN NSNLLAroA A/C
1 N Pox4BROW.101AIM N¢S HE BASCO a A/C 00*01t00400 a
FMITRACT CRAM B a«mACmR IS MEPasa F FM FROxDYM ALL W OW A.
SPOOFED. caIRACIm SHALL
HARE MMEDQ E rAT¢O Ism RI THAT
C. TEMPORARY SERYICERwOARY Dow, *000000 10010051001100UM.n ews. WS W. AND R ASTA . .11166 RECURING SH E SYS. SHAu
RELIPIAOA OARS s S. R OR R'IM PO w.W110 SM..
M 00PEO.
0. PER100i 0SALM
E 1M Rwu is um 0`MR*TATEESAm0xSRASP060J TOR
INSTALIADE DMAC. SH SECURE CURE ALL NECESSARY U61156 AIM ...ICE OULU. HERM AND AS MC. OH ME PLANS.
E. USN N FOR BIDSmuxxaT mo m MULL M (0010 m M.
FOSION a 111E TMF AW 00.12¢ECM. TO BE SIPP M..
=gal= mrc orzwil,n4
ME REMISE S ACC... M CO MER DATA EN ME Mm PRPPMBSM OU
THE COO. 00.613 11.0010 NCO.
4.mw5104 ANO MP SOP .WO AN IRw 3a CON A¢ PROPP . ..
ME PROMS .0.0. WM DATA WHEW CONTRACT! SOIED006OTO CONTRACTD FSa AND.1146, FOOT M ERE Amr ABLE
DE 60.1 15 BY ACCURATE COW DATA a TIE PR..
MOR ES OR
Cf DE CON TRACT . roDaEA am`N RATIEN. E m
DE PREOPET ORMIFF `HL CONSULTAN TS ITTHS MERGE SLEET ACCFE BORNE BY TE E
ONF910 MEA0aa8 0T F E AN ALMS. PREE.S.. ALL
ADD.. 13GBY
OMR C 1PIS PI KEN SHALL BE BnM BY ME CON ..
ME RIPE ST 5.
BESAW 000 OR.C`E. 1TE Uw ACME EMEBGH R DE
P1N ER AIM win
F. CODES
• ME uSNST mmL A W0 RFOURIGa (0 010 *0 FO WLW Ic 900 1B 0Au COWL,
D
NOMFBY LOCAL `PSCaE. AY 00(1009E¢S STATE LCM A5
nd 1)0ASTATUTES.
, AU TEra aAP PLICABLE
1 ENERGY
ACODDEA1010 1.4 40014801 .
MICE.111 I015 ANEWC00 Ax 1011 n0�Bmnl0 (�1. MOWS W IN
CMIN Es ACT {WA),
G. MATE ✓ OEQOIP0ENGAIFw nM `0 O0 0Ac1T VA LVE/1M
TD`i1EMOM ULAN CT SIM
. ADO 00001 M M 0AN LACIMFRY LATEST CCM.
ALL SII. BEAR ME LABEL Cf MI UND6.6115 LA BORATORY FOR THE
a LIA.ALS APPRO. BY ME CODE EMaIC ALM OON.
ALL .14 .RFT.BYRD MS nNKR MmanTE =LI LL
" 4011.121710.ALL DE "H 61 M°'B'GE OP EN IN A .1 µDM...CE'L" AwER.
m &FEADBY� STP.ID a
roctl oD ORr.ENERG
ID .1 a T` x¢ �
ra U AW .1 DIRGE. MCP M.
4. PANEL BE
N. SUPPORRNG DEVICES A NNA 0 MLLWID MOOS, NSW. A vian 100
SUPPORTS P v11 BC ¢ H 124E a90ED M F... Fa ME RE PO SE AND PULL
.02AMS AND SARI . SIMS THE OA.. L MWBIT A. PnEsaT A NU!
AnawERIc Um oHs "N'=21 THE Y 0Xtt arc II 'mN!`"io� awucmasncs mrt !1¢
I. BACKBOARDS,¢ 3/C MP3:a MAa RYw M0. NE B ¢A.101 ww1EO.
mGE2DIPATT VAi0aiimNE eW M ASP .. AYES 1,10 01110a 1.1..r.a .ul voES . wo
WALE EEC. , EOM.. 10D FOR
.1411 &11. SW
_ FOR AS ILLA., FOI -aM
J. RACEWAYS 00B800ESBa1ND ¢ RACE WAYS NLFFCMHCCMORE. O CAND
0
nFC1W t"EVE WIDP. 00T NTFA mdLET¢ w1O NOraw
RR
G NER RECO RD. SM ULL 1.1.0RUa,.EST GULLM CaO HFO
M EP. xBE IN M OM roe
0 D/D.t CC OCIST WM GROUND
AU.DONS w`�YAW s=u0 1AS NO.11STEEL 9OROR 6�aH01 BY N IG.
SRB-UPS TRW GRS
.1 BE m MAIS� M1NAfiC [SOPVC CONS. ON WTHOUTw11�wAB`GCPIOALL
SECTORS 001.0 A. E LLCMCHL1
¢ n aELEC�wti4/N[1.E.NGcom[aNIENBRBCONCF.0 SMIL
NOEL SS. AS MUCORRCIENS EN AI L HET T. TORS ULS
BY ME
C Am rRD H OEM. fRLL
IN AI L FLIRTY 3 OLOLR.
m. ucER.REP PO.
COMM te¢ ME
BOA CO.
ME AL.
ESPO..40 111. MAIM 10 ME B ANNTO S
CO.ITBFM SIM M10 . aON6.1 /O.0 nm0N`i5RR1 w w u1S �K AS NOT
CP UNDER`
ER
SU. OR LS WMNM , CREPT w NEIN ARML NM ETEC MIGLL ROWS
R.11106
AKIO
WM DE Or
MER TRADES
.111.11 CO .t I.NOTBE 000I0 001AM 0111/0OBw UvrtA 021001DM
NE GRO song AR ra Au
USEMSTD M T.1E5 WM HUM CamsFa HL EATwM B
PFRO. APP O. FRE ncPPM D SA.. AT ALL RUM TO PREWNT DRAFTS AT
IE.MA11. Nm RAISE SPAS A ND Oma LCM11. W RMS. BY GOE S
O. CABLE SUPPORTS 01 .0ROAN IE MTH WC ARM..
NPROW. D P.ON Fn . w 6 .1 RUN S aro SMC Ed....15wME
K.Co0DUCC10RSDREa ODOM. 0116.0. ALL 0.01665 AM nR N Irr
CORMCIODS ALL M CAPER (¢M LARON RPM ARE TN. ME
UrI, THAN . ARM NIx0100 U. AS RESSIETED BY ME MC 116 ¢
DS. ART. 3110MEN C RI M a wn11 0(0 W
EORs,69 12..100001 n: n ac FM PN AND LARlm CAau VD AND DEC
B IuwMlm MM PRESSHLM aRN PAVE
ELP�BOIn we 5I m ]waOFAl150.1`MAN 101 l WAD. RI .
ASE r SHS W IMORM O WR ME WEER CCWIM TC. MS MPMa aS
ME SO. CAL. ISR ON DE DRAW .
LIM N O IV0 FF L . ffw 59iE11:000 CIX`a D ra PHA45 A, & G
120/200 ha lt N AM. RO L BLUE Alm M NR
'27/001111 . w°" `IN6 70110. a uED �AYwNR
6 ME Su6 '1" ,
tl NCS"C DSNIO w. Aw >MLY 9 `UBEC� �1m�x IMC0. W11P NSSE00aO.
AMP S A B. C PHASE RELAM11EP1 TO RIGHT MIEN YEY. . FRED ME MMI.
PLEL O N4.ADi LIPTON CO MO . CA ME. SL W. PSIS TO .ST
Ms OST PAC.
au D[[COES ,10 ME .TRACT PPivuENTS
` S DAIh Nm /01 H MS M U010 NOT INSTALLED IN 0DU T. WD W.
.TED 0 GH 04.011.1. NR SPANS M. MIRY RIM 01 M00(EBExm
AWR won ASSES. FOR RMULI as UWM 3/B'
NAVI RM00 A. w S IATEL .SFNBY TO aPPaF aa E BOMIEs MAY x FEET.
ENKES MALL NUM CS PRIMLY 1IwPP0 RI M R ELLS. FOE nFS EWHKO
I ¢muM RU MOR .11.S.
L EPOENDING.OD--m-E0 UOIn. FOm MR MAIL M ¢0000 4 1 as.
CaTACT5 ¢ MOP WaFS CDOEC EDM AA SOAPY T .. COM. STEN OR TOA STS. W Br
BCWAPPRO.m NAAN. H..STANCEaMBETilPaP ow MI Ar CAMS Wo WW1 S01D
5 ONUS
AU. SWUM SHVJL HAW AN EOM. GTO .CCM. t
M. SAFELY Y SP Y raE5L(N I, FUE T BREAU SBLE OR KER DISCONNECTS..s WOOMALL BE P6M N OM
HMSEPOTER MR CS H OCKED . MALL A
UL .11,0 FCR
040.0.6 FCR AT
WOE S HOCARD HP) MOIRM ., M. ES-IivLA¢ DnDPLamMRLS NPWER M S AT.
GAMES .
.26
D DI.NNECT PULL BE AS LIANIRWIUREO BY SOUM V. OR A PPRO.
P TBM TM wF.ECTSTIMBEU.PI PILO SW PSUPP LIED VAD101 RO ,
P. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. wallOWN ERS TO
GT DIE EFinaH EttIOL 10DNEED TCC P. ms
4 IAVwTI ¢ PEB IN ROOT
a IN M OAK
un PC.) W NOW. Ilnw wn. RATINGS AM Dial M 6r� swARE
I���Sy��,, ssuWElxFx AuwEs aA mB a xEUA msi c0.7.E s
Bw LLMuE.R TO
RI EMTPA All.
ALG 6 BAGRw m a w mwm 00 EMT PAx OSA`�ALLw1W Dkw9E1 .120
EAa POE vim Bfla15 PRwwO
wIRRS[ MT PROTECTION
H.S5 WM=AS.A PCMA Ya5P ELMO[ MALL
CREST . TI ML AR TO HLwELEHIxHM ME..RS USE Fa 1w..
SH. BE PARE FOR STIT OMO DUTY .
O0FUS00.Fo O v1Atc 10001101uu vi m ul um sou N CF ME w1WE
MS FM LI NN OR uES O ER NN6PR`ROOW. OM ALLNE N' AM SO.Nh0 THE OAO E FOR
E. Z. WAAE¢bDDBLEnI0.4 DO 1.' Bu59T M,UW- Im[t# l DAR PWr xaS M ELVAL
OMIT Fug SH. BE AS POC KED.
P.WIRING
TES DONE S1 a Au OUTLETS.
.PEw0Na vas MOM . REAM
M EW
WM ALL M 10010,,,r11.1NHr11.1 A. xw uwTAYY A. ALL EDGES SHALL BE NT.BE NT. aRRa.ut FN mI .
LIMN IEH 0S (m CINDER LINE a x001
IgENERNLY UMW WEEPS. I AR (ABM, 40100 TU. 01(010.10
Aw O NLIO a';1. An.
SWxi 0.05. O.flt CCU. B'WOER1x10 PIME
SCANT
1MEE MM.. AND HMO..°EDN MEW S mull wEtt IT
RE wNTD NS NAT EIN W..'Y` TO WET RI SP. CO MMONS BE NaamFLr CUT OF
EST EACH S7 ET¢ EA. DUI. RIM A Dtx¢w mm0 FMra PURPOSE
Cr .I.12ATAE0Wa1D"N 122/1 2,1 MEP!7..T.
O NECTO 10 THE `DCRCOA . SYSYS.
III DE10UTI0N
MNaE [R. nNP M aPTACS. TELEPHONE S11 ... NO Ma REC.. DEx¢11x
IWIS BY.DRAMiLIxBia ARCHITECT
a MEASt CCRD PURPOSES C OME= IS D11Ba[d YJw[D
DIA1 NOT ALL
ERSTNG 65 WAY HAW rOF PNAL WALLOON �x.N OM EDD EN w l01 M muLw.IlT S O. INl STAND
ODFI0NMD N. TiI`E DDHO0I MAT m 6�.wMn AS PPART owi NS/HER R. ro
DIE LIMA N OUOC DIE FUR.. O A LL MIMLE 0011x4 WM.
4 ADW NW RI D OMEN NOM axOCa1H P ERM 0 E RR
00 15611 MB PPPP A.
NSTAWR0 A3 NAT BE 0Y 10 w0 SY ME .0511011
OUP 1MG.211. A. S.M.ALL BE SUP . / ASw Rtt P. m
CONSTRUE. A ME R. BY MEMO.- RELOCA. P ADHLAIIa ¢ ANY
P4¢ a f9`.muFtL`OiMALLMtw eYWISED ,N ME. As MIRED TD NATGH M NL
of010' (.OR.9010ME nE A OD.R NAL CA WS SWUM. M
aTHEVEDro E
MOR a u., T E CIRCUIT S.1L MBEaMAPU RU H. TO .140 11 MOM
WM. NW MALL B ..ED SAM CE NMI THAf4m OE w¢NNAS NOTREU. MST.M
w BMA PLATES
AS`N FLUM POSES.IN MM. AREA S
ILL C`H [COMM MALL OF .0. Nov BNNCMM m M .06 1
.65IBLE MEW.. BOW S. SHOIES a00.11 LucIRCH 1.S
.`0,1NWMM xM LIMB SHALL E.0. F NOT.0RED Part aN MAACK IC
I
Au MATERI ALMUO.m MA LL a ESP°. OF As 06601 BY OWFR
Digitally signed by
Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05.30
15:49:32 -04'00'
GENERAL ELECTRICAL N OTES
C ON TRACT SHALL vIIM NEC 2011 FM 2020.
LOGS. 0.5 AND 0...63 AND ALL STA NDH.S OF
AN OTO R E NGINEE R BEFOR E WICSFEDING
P OSSME PAL O 06404. S.U. ONLY eE USED IN S.
OR UNDERGROUND AY A RI ND. OSPINOF 24 ' MMES.
A. F.D. CONDUIT 914.60E.ED FOR . NNECTI ON TO
AU . VIB RATHGECHIMIE ur SUCH. MOTO. 66.
• SAFE FOR.. THE UK Y.imPLACE. AS PER w[CONIUD xRR
OPMNW ATI ¢NSPEC . C.BA.ETCJ
6. ML SOUTP.ST SH ALL TI E MO.. ABO. FLO OD
c arom.. NO. THE AR CHITECT ..CONEER OF
TH Y DISCREPANCIES . THE CONYRACTOR SHALL QUALM
THE EH ACCO.IN GL Y.
IN VESTI GATI ON MD MELDS... CONIP PENS AND AM
D. CONTYLACTO R SHALL H AR R. ALL RCM. BE FREE OF
OF .E YEAR AFTER ACCEPTAN.OF T. PROJECT.
ELECTRICAL NOT 1. ALL RESS BE IN ACCwOANCENNH
LO CAL CODES
2. CONTMCTOR SHALL S EA L OfF C ONDUIT RUNS
SC ANTRA CIOR TO RO. L. HINING ARRESTOR AT
C.1. CTOR WHIPT ...URGE PRO P TO
O RDE RMGEOUTR AMT
5. NE UTRAL TOM SUPPLIEDF ORDOCH.D .P HASE POWER .
SYMBOLS LEGEND
W 1s'A .xv/750'ZT.T RWPM RESG1.00
OJ0 007CON AIV
11
PEN SIONS
CATE
BY
0LLC
BBBR CA010 B01011. E310
P5 (00)IAM IBEACH, FLS 31M
ENO. CAOMmxs
.BBNENGINEER ING. COM
ENGINEERING
PROJECT NO.
202201002
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATION
OPA-LOOM, FLORIDA
MIAMIUADE FLOM.
ELECTRICAL PLAN
RUBEL MUEP.E
FL LICEN SE NO . ST.
Rubel N,w "p'W'„N
Siddique °a «IA«„
ET. 110.2.11 DISCS
• 06 . 1111
W OOFS TOO D20
011AVI N BM RS
..0060 B M.. RS
D ATE: OBnsaTRR
SHEET N O.
E-1
LOCATION MAP
PR OJECT
LOC ATI ON
NW 151STST
1T11
KASIM ST
PERI ST
VERHEAD
3PHASE SE RVICE
aB CU C ND
TO FENCE POST
_— — — 51h ST BT
OF NW 151
SPI+ALT PAV EMENT
I PROP. LIFT STATION#9' 151ST ST
TOP EL. •S. W
I
PROP ELEC. P OLE
SS —ET
EXIST. s emEWUY SIDE'?
RAY LINEe
-
]' CUHB A .17E11S
PROP. 326 LF �F CHAIN
FE
N CE
DAWITAIEEL
PRO P. DISCHARG E FLOW M ETER
INSTA LL 58 LE F 6'GA02 PVC
FM AN D CONNEC T TO EXIST. C FM
EXIST. 6 -FM fro REM AIN)
(H ELD
TERIIA L512E,AAN DD OE M ATER IA L,
\ = unEwwL
r9U —
aM EL.9 (110 R EMAIN)
EYE. El. M 12. 80 fA0
IN V EL. Ii (SXCO T(E DRILLI
SOT. EL 6.A'
11
2TALLi16 BSWWC
50PE8AN.®SA% OPE, 3
PROPOSED VA LVE VA ULT
00
ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR LIFT STATION -9
DATE
BY
1RELDV.AFA IF NDDEVLOCATION,
GLEEPTK)
EXIST. MH OA
RIM EL. •136
NV.. EL •0. 52f(S )
FULL
SO T WA TER
SSE ENDINF-EFUNG, LL
126.BISC AYNE BLVDC STE 310
NORTH N NW MACE 8 33161
511 (151)064-3272
m
FEES .. CA00022625
WWWSSNE ND INEERING.COM
/ RAN UNE
S—■
E
100A/3 PEE
METER C AN
2518'X10'
GNO ROOS
6 N3TH WNCUIN 1-1R'c,
ELECTRIC AL RISER DIAGRA M
NOTES, __
1. ENGINEER CALCULATED A FAULT CURRENT OF 5.501( NC BASE
ON CALCUUTEO FAULT CURRENT PROTEH RECOMMENDS 102 NC.
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WRH FPL FOR ACRIPL FAULT
CURRENT . EOUtPMEN1 INSTALLED SHAL L WITHSTAND FPL'S
AVAMBLE FAULT CURRENT. PRIOR TO ORDERING THE ELECTRICAL
SWITCHGE1R THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTNN FROM FPL A LETTER
STATING 1HE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT . N0 EXTRAS WI LL BE
ALLOWED FOR FAILURE TO DO SO .
2. ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE FLOOD CR1100W.
S. 000001201E NEW SERVICE REQUIREMENTS WITH FP L
NOTE: CONTRA CTO R REM OTE TELEMETRYNUI IT ( RTEA4 N
CELLULA R PH ONE CONNEC TI ON
SY STEM
00 A MPS 3 PH GENERATOR PLUG ON
RECEPTACLE
PE R C OUNTY SPECIFI CATIONS
S COAT CIO'
SEAL - OFFS LEY C ONDUITS
SOO-HEY CONTRACT OR
P MP PUMP
Assumed Fault Current Calculation
WAS avmme Mm.
. kVE x 1. 102'la .. FLA
Is . x Irons . FLA= 100
Irons. FL A. •
1203
1203
tw a arrm snen dreuii carom
I
law •
1%
.057 pmpem
Fan an ent from POINT TO POINT METH OD
I
LwpN Disk°. FEET
(ASO)
ncrositant
law =
Three Phew 2601120
24,087
cwwr in Nonm etallic Raw.
111 ta e.
Phew DMus)..
Volt lira to Una
c d
EL-LVW
6 .esslPhas e
C o... 1 1__
5 x0 6 ELr
um
Voll Urge tp.A 6.
c I
EL.N 8_41,52 i2 Volt
. pa c ona w 12____.
Ma ugiar
uw la Use
Una to Neu tral
PA•
•
0229
0.120
• fa ult awes at laminae of main olswnnsa L -L•
Ism x/6 F fault arras et Ermlwu of mein Swarm. L. N•
5.504 amperes
3.106 emwna
PROJECT NO.
202201002
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STA TION 9 REHA BILITATION
OPALOCKA, FLORIDA
MIASIO ADE
FLORIDA
PER
M ANUF ACTURER
811
S;a0�
Digitally signed by
Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05.30
15:50:21 -04'00'
LIFT STATION LOAD TABULATION
SERVICE VOLTAGE: 1201240V.16
DESCRIPTION LOAD A MPACITY
1Q SUBMERSIBLE WASTE WATER PUMPS
CPT + SPARE PROVISIONS
CONNECTED LOAD
2 5 HP
10KVA
= 14.60 A
= 24.04 A
= 38.64 A
Q SERVICE ENTRANCE = 38.64 A + (0 .25)(7.3) = 40.46 A
NOTES:
1Q A MPACITIES PER TABLE 430-150 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE .
Q SERVICE ENTRANCE MINIMUM SIZE AS PER ARTICLE 230 OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
ELECTRIC AL PLAN
RUBEL P.
R LICENSE N00.l7DO E
Rubel
Siddlque om
DR AWN SS RS
CNECNEC1E E RS
D ATE: 0WSA22
E-2
G BARE COPPER 10 GROUND ORG
METER CNN
YZII 0 ARREBrE
Ts" siE as' PGIxT
r -
0 —
12 BARE N
/B' . 20 COPPER MO RO O
ACT 1/57 MX,
M OTOR OVERLOAD (TnP)
CNKO aMENT uT1.111 ?0c . FILLED �/
.Q(MLC0A6IC LL Y INTERLOCKED TO/ um BRR) C13 ) fl A, PUMP CABLE CON DUIT 02 .
MBE MUL11-TIP CABLE BLOM TYR.
. ®B B POLE FRNR sVNR R
SECONOARr�CPT 0085 06 88ROxs.I108
PRIMARY
NOR BIED VAIN MS ISOV SECONDA RY 0.1
P
NE11Fc,
x mamma . DIAGRAMS POR FL1.ACi NU
MBER OF RBx1 WO KS
Q MO TOR PROTECTOR F Iw PINE ADJUSTME
OPENS wnmx IC AT AND
WAND FAULT PROTECTION PROTECTOR ON GR OUND FAULT PROVIDE ADDITIONAL AL.
LT
CIA.TTYPEE GC COMMON
SQUARED DROVED GROUND
PUMP NO. I
AT CA BLES -1 1/Y
2O AT ow.) 5
N50E C1 1 c LL
MADMEN! OF PCP.
20x, 1 BREAAE0 (61 1)
TYPICAL PUMP. CONTROL PANEL (PCP). SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
*2001110NAL REQUIREMENTS AND
NUMERICAL DESIGNATIONS.
PCP CONTROL PANEL NOTES
APPROVAL BY 0 0(18 / (020(RAOF n om07 008 ST.ALLATION 0
QA 60 6 6
COCWNEC1 BM1V/
xOucTORS O 015 [H/COxOUCigtS 1xE BP¢ANER FO
Digitally signed by
Airia Austin
Date: 2023.05.30
15:51:03 -04'00'
R EVISIO N.
DATE
BY
UN ENGINEER ING. LLC
B CA,. BLVD., ME MO
TH N MI BEAM 71.001.1PN (OK 04 1-3272
WE vn vEissNsrvrv�B OINEERING.COM
ENG IN EERING
PROJECT NO.
202201002
DUPLEX CONTROL DIAGRAM
V"iPa j*(ill v e . aa nn Aso.
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
LIFT STATION 9 REHA BILITATION
OPA-LOCKA, FLORIDA
M IAMI-DbE FLOR IDA
ELECTRICAL PL AN
RLBE L BIOOI GU E P.D.
FL,M> =.R. No. Blae
Rubel .°ip"'" .: °"°,
Siddique°,LBf
NM MI'S MN
MM.. MU 11111
MOM SCR OM
BRAW N BY: RS
CI1EGI= 1,1, RS
DATE: 00-06-202 2
E-3
RATE POST.
WE PPE SERES 36PYUBDe n1NEr!,
]' HIW LE„E NS
op.coup .
wAO IT.NIP.
GSf IN COVET
xN9„ED 6001X1 HA NGER e R
1 s18 �
�
GROUND i'
RE lX0 w q0
DOn(TI,
IA' neIX 'W OE
TEST WELL
((PIING HOLE
TINNED 6CII . eq. w
x
SIBSS 'r-Ptr
O
CAST IRON COVER
cA&EGRIP9
CR FENCE POST
PINSHED CRWE
POLES9
OF FEKE. ONE 0000EC110 0 PER
FENCE SIX kW
FLOAT CABLES
PU MP HATCH
ILL MD TAP
WISHED GRADE
LOAT BITCHES
(WlA NIITY AB REWIRE D) NO. 2 ANMW COPP.
CRC. NG
CONDUCTOR.
Q TYPICAL GATE OR FENCE
-ENUTIERMK NRD.
STAINLESS STEELWxe
-316 WILESS St.
PUUP CABIE TG KW H°EEF'No:Ro-oI SERIES
PVM P CW1PW vANEL WMP GM TO PUMP
POST GROUNDING PUMP CABLEMOUNTINGDETAIL FLOAT SWITCH
MOUNTING
wG r." •
u F. 2A. CaNECMN
INDIES COPPER .
CC WCTOR ,O
COUNTERPOIS E
COPPE ACLAD GRO UND ROO
DETAIL GROUND TEST
i
WELL
PRE-GST CON GVETE
N� W/COURSE . .NO OR
GRAVEL (OPEN BOTTOM)
COMPACTED GR AVEL BASE
Q O
wEx
S. RWUS PR OM NT (CLASS I, DIRSW 3 BOUNDARY)
J' RADIUS FROM VENT (CLASS I. DIVISION 1 BOUNDARY)
Q S.
ii .
e:Mal
ALwM
REMOTE
TIORN ETIr r
MPONITONANTD
rPUMP HA TCH OPENING
FIN ISH... /•
e IN
OPENIx G �r� �` ' ;.O��iI M GRADE BOND
Alt"
Alb 6RAK
W/EB n6 21( Fr RW
1
I I ���
:OM::
BOUN DARY DEFINED
FEEiEARWxO WN'nG
WCASI BROWNIRCIEAAL
MSERIFS.
0 Q
Ot O.
a a
0
W ATER LEVEL
IS BARE
®CUSS I DIM. I
TO RUFFC COVEREl
oP
OPEN MP
®.. X
�{
1 ® ^
Hwx
1
Yet MBx
0����4 CUBS t DIMSIX+ 3
A
H
M EIE.
glIZ" HLe
NFPA BOUNDARY CLASSIFICATION PULL BOXG DETAIL
a: 011 O OLT
C oE%:ILR
(
1
'AY
Digitally signed 'M�MTV
byAiriaAustin
PM.
PUMP CONTROL
I1i1i-owBWRDBLLPUMPS
I
C DMR
PANEL
FILL. SW1101.
I
PI'L`°
N OT s...
FRONT VIEW
�"
,„„i___,.. Date: 2023. 05.30 ITWWL °w A. , .1 TARO.)
15:51:43 -04'00'
$��ALL
1111.
9 00
_ED
DRAWN B, RS
� JO K .Cxc��OG�,
CHE CKED e6': R9
NO.
RMS.,
DATE
BV
SSN ENOINEERN C LLC
PROJECT NO.
CITY OF OPA -LOCKA
PIlBF l91DDIOUE, P .E .
-3E " �R eB 'f.'
DATE: oW S
t5s0BISARN E BLVD.. SEES'S
NO RTH °t
FL LICENSE NO. ERN
PNPB G
__�
LIFT STATIO N 9 REHABILITATION
ELECTRICAL PLAN==,., .""
Rubel
"°
MIS°p� '
ENG IN EERING
202201002
OPAIOCK/4 FLORDA
, qo :, 2�0'
'y,SioNn�E
E-4
NYA V. 99NENGINEERING.COM
M
M LUIWA➢ E FLIXUM
Siddique',.;,'„'„' °`,P"
`'
CITY OF OPA-LOCKA
"The Great City of Florida"
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
LIFT STATION 9 REHABILITATION
LOCATION MAP
NW 151ST ST
GI'
`--
JAN; AV
PREPARED BY:
1111111W1111111•11N
ENGINEERING
DECEMBER, 2023
PROJECT
LOCATION
5/2017
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section describes the project in general and provides an overview of the
extent of the work to be performed under this Contract. Detailed requirements and
extent of work is stated in the applicable Specification sections and shown on the
Plans. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in
any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor,
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, and other facilities and
services necessary for proper execution, testing, and completion of the work under
this Contract.
1.02 CONSENT DECREE PROJECT
Not Applicable.
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Specifications included in these Contract Documents establish the minimum
performance and quality requirements for materials and equipment with the
minimum standards for quality of the workmanship and appearance. Generally,
there has been no attempt to separate the Specification sections into groups for
the work of separate subcontractors, or for work to be performed by the various
trades. Should there be any question as to the interpretation of any particular
Specification section or part of Specification section, such question should be
directed to the Department prior to the submittal of a proposal for the work under
this Contract.
B. The work shown on the Plans is intended to be comprehensive and descriptive, not
an exact and complete representation of the actual finished work. Installed work
shall include fittings, joints, supports, nuts, bolts, and all other accessories required
to provide complete and satisfactory systems as specified, even though some
items may not be specifically shown on the Plans.
C. It is the intent of City to obtain a complete functional, satisfactory and legally
operable installation under this project, and any items of labor, equipment or
materials which may be reasonably assumed as necessary to accomplish this
end shall be supplied whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or
stated herein. The Contractor shall provide all materials for the project unless they
are specifically called out in these specifications as being supplied by the
Department. The Contractor shall also supply all other labor, material or equipment
01010-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
required to preclude damage to or loss of functionality of any existing facility or
system.
D. No request for additional compensation or Contract time (except for a non-
compensable item extension at the sole discretion of the Engineer, whose
decision shall be final) resulting from encountering utilities or structures not
shown, or differing in location or elevation from that shown, will be considered.
The Contractor shall explore sufficiently ahead of the Work to allow time for any
necessary adjustments without delay to the progress of the installation. Cost due
to delays occasioned by encountering utilities or structures which could have or
should have been discovered by timely exploration ahead of the work shall rest
solely with the Contractor.
1.04 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH ABSENT
FROM SPECIFICATIONS
A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the Specifications but is shown on
the Plans, or any part not shown on the Plans but described in the Specifications,
or any part not shown on the Plans nor described in the Specifications, but which
is necessary or normally required as a part of such work, or is necessary or
required to make each installation satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be
performed by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost to the City, as
if fully described in the Specifications and shown on the Plans, and the expense
thereof shall be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid for the work.
1.05 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The project consists of furnishing all materials, labor, and equipment necessary to
Upgrade Sewage Pump Station No. 09, including, but not limited to, excavation,
demolition and modification work including: Abandon existing dry well; Remove of
dry well chimney; Remove of existing pumps, valves, piping, fittings, emergency
discharge connection, existing sewer clean out plug, existing concrete slabs;
existing wet well top slab; Remove and Replace in kind to match existing 6'(feet)
chain link fence; Remove and Relocate as required: existing water meter and
connect line to existing service; existing RTU antenna, existing electric box,
existing concrete slab for electrical service; Relocate as required existing back flow
preventer unit and water faucet, existing plug valve; furnish, installation, operation,
and removal of temporary sewage effluent by-pass pumps, equipment and
accessories; fumish and install wet well concrete top slab / new valve vault
structure concrete and concrete top slab; furnish and install aluminum access
hatches for wet well and valve vault and emergency connection; fumish and install
new wet well protecting coating; furnish and install two (2) 2.68 HP submersible
pumps and related equipment; furnish and install bubbler control system and
related equipment; fumish and install new meter and main disconnect; furnish and
install the proposed power/control system inclusive of the necessary electrical
panel, enclosure, telemetry system and related equipment; install electrical
conduits and junction boxes; install R.T.U. panel and S.C.A.D.A. equipment
furnished by the Department; electrical work;
01010-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
mechanical work: furnish all materials, equipment and supplies necessary for pump
station startup and testing; furnish and install sewage force main pipe and fittings;
connection to existing sewage force main; replacement of any sod, sidewalk,
pavement damaged during construction; site restoration; and other appurtenant
and miscellaneous items for a complete, satisfactory and functional installation.
B. Pumping Station No. 09 is located at SW Corner of NW 151st ST and Seman Ave
in Section 21, Township 52, Range 41, Miami -Dade County, Florida.
C. It is the intent of the department to obtain a complete and working installation
under this Project and any items of labor, equipment or materials which may
reasonably be assumed as necessary to accomplish this end shall be supplied
whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or stated herein.
1.06 TESTING
A. Testing procedures shall be submitted to the Engineer as Shop Drawings and will
be subject to review and approval. The Department reserves the right to require
test procedure and equipment changes and revisions to the extent considered
appropriate by the Engineer whose decision shall be final. The Contractor is
advised that all testing shall be carried out in accordance with the best practices of
the trade, best management practices (bmp) and as recommended in writing by
the engineering/technical/test staff of the manufacturer of the equipment and he
should plan and price his test work accordingly. In no case will test
recommendations of a manufacturer's sales or management groups be considered
sufficient. All necessary temporary power sources, load banks, test materials, test
instrumentation, qualified test personnel including manufacturer's representatives,
fuels and lubricants shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be as approved
by the Engineer and, if not approved, the Contractor shall change the item(s) to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Where required by the Engineer, testing shall be
carried out utilizing Contractor -supplied power sources and load banks prior to any
connection with FPL. The Contractor shall include in his prices bid all costs for
testing and no extra compensation will be allowed.
B. Factory testing of equipment is in all cases required and test data from these tests
shall be provided to the Engineer prior to shipment. The Department will decide
when to send its personnel or representatives to the factory for witness testing of
equipment. Travel expenses for Department personnel or representatives are paid
for by the Department. Repeat tests due to unsuccessful tests will be borne by the
Contractor. To establish a base line, the Bidder will assume that any piece of
equipment with an invoice cost to the Contractor of one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000) or more will require witnessed testing. The City will in the
Specifications try in all cases to note which items will require testing.
C. On site testing shall conform to the protocol previously approved by the Engineer,
and shall include testing and calibration prior to energizing of individual cubicles
followed by testing and calibration as a whole system or group of systems. The
Contractor shall supply all material, equipment, power, time, and fully qualified
01010-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
specialist personnel to perform all system integration work as necessary to provide
systems that talk to one another and correctly react to one another, including
systems that must communicate with, and react to existing systems, and systems
being or to be installed by others. It is an absolute requirement that upon
completion, all systems installed in the Work be able to correctly communicate and
react to one another and to systems in existence, being or to be installed, external
to the Work. Final testing and calibration will be performed with the equipment
energized and will only take place when the Engineer is satisfied with the results of
earlier tests. Full written reports of tests and results shall be furnished by the
Contractor to the City. All costs for this testing, calibration, system
integration and reporting, including the costs for factory and specialist
personnel required during testing, calibration and system integration, shall be
included in the prices bid and no extra compensation will be allowed. Any
delays or costs occasioned by test procedures or results not being
satisfactory to the Engineer shall rest solely with the Contractor and no extra
time or compensation will be allowed. All on -site testing shall be witnessed by
City, and the Contractor shall make timely arrangements and fully coordinate
tests with the Engineer.
D. After installation is completed, the Contractor shall provide records of non-
destructive electrical insulation tests performed by a certified institution approved
by the Engineer, witnessed by the City personnel and attesting that the
dielectric condition of the equipment and wiring is acceptable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01010-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01011
SITE CONDITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION
A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and
location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing
upon availability of transportation; disposal, handling and storage of materials;
availability of labor, water, electric power, roads; disposal of water from
construction; uncertainties of weather; the conformation and conditions at the
ground; the type of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work
or the cost thereof under this Contract.
B. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the
character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be
encountered from inspecting the site and from evaluating information derived from
exploratory work that may have been done by the City or included with these
Contract Documents. Any failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the
available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating
the difficulty or cost thereof under this Contract.
C. The Contractor acknowledges that by personal field observation or other means
satisfactory to himself, performed prior to the bid, he has included in the prices bid
all costs for dealing with all construction problems created by observable above or
on grade features on or adjacent to the site of the work whether these features are
shown on the Plans or described in the Specifications. In instances where the
observable features indicate subsurface conditions which may affect the Project
work, as for example, a pavement patch or catch basin gratings indicating
respectively a utility or storm sewer not shown on the Plans, the Contractor
acknowledges that he has made timely, diligent, inquiry of the Engineer or by other
means fully satisfied himself prior to the bid as to the nature of, and costs created
by, the subsurface condition and included all costs therefore in the prices bid.
1.02 INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
A. All information obtained by City regarding the site conditions, topography,
subsurface information, ground water elevations, existing construction of site
facilities as applicable, and similar data will be made available to the Contractor in
the Contract Documents. Such information is offered as supplementary
information only. Neither the Engineer nor MDWASD assumes any responsibility
for the completeness or for the Contractor's interpretation of such supplementary
information. Prior to bidding and after written approval from MDWASD, bidder
01011-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
may make his own survey investigations to satisfy himself with site conditions at
his own cost.
B. Subsurface investigations, including test borings, have been made to indicate
subsurface conditions at locations in the Project.
C. Prospective bidders are advised, at their own expense, to make such subsurface
investigation, by boring or test hole excavation, as may be desirable. However,
such work is to be scheduled by appointment with the Engineer if on a City site
or by notification to the City and properly permitted if in the public right of way.
1.03 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
A. In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different
from those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the character of
work covered in these Contract Documents, promptly, and before such conditions
are disturbed, notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions.
B. The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this
investigation, the Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise
instructed by the Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do so
materially differ as to cause an increase or decrease in cost and time considered
reasonable by the Engineer, the City will make the final decision regarding any
adjustment in cost or time for completion.
C. In the event that site conditions differ from those expected by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall proceed to complete the work as contemplated by the Plans and
Specifications at his own cost and expense. If in the discretion of the Engineer,
the difference in site conditions renders completion of the work as described by the
Plans and Specifications impossible, the Engineer may alter the work, whereupon
the Contractor shall be compensated for any extra work in accordance with
Section 13 "Extra Work and Payment Therefore" of the General Covenants and
Conditions; the Engineer shall not alter the work where the site conditions render
the work more difficult or costly to perform, if such work is otherwise still possible
as described in the Contract Documents.
1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND LOCATION SERVICES
A. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on
the Plans. The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best
information available from existing plans. However, it is expected that there may
be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and quantities of utilities
and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the Contractor
only, and no responsibility is assumed by either MDWASD or the Engineer for their
accuracy or completeness. No request for additional compensation or
01011-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Contract time (except for a non-compensable time extension at the sole
discretion of the Engineer, whose decision shall be final) resulting from
encountering utilities or structures not shown, or differing in location or
elevation from that shown, will be considered. The Contractor shall explore
sufficiently ahead of the work to allow time for any necessary adjustments
without delay to the progress of the installation. Costs due to delays
occasioned by encountering underground utilities or structures which could
have or should have been discovered by timely exploration ahead of the
Work shall rest solely with the Contractor.
B. Prior to proceeding with excavation the Contractor shall contact all utility
companies and all other users of the right-of-way in the area to aid in locating their
underground services. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to contact utility
companies at least three Normal Working Days before starting construction. The
Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation so that the
exact location of underground utilities may be determined. The Contractor shall
comply with Chapter 556, F.S. "Underground Facility Damage Prevention and
Safety Act", Chapter 553, F.S. "Florida Trench Safety Act, Part IV", Chapter 368,
F.S., "Florida Gas Safety Law, Part 1, and OSHA Standard 1926.651.
C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all utility or other existing
facilities, the stability of which may be endangered by the close proximity of
excavation, are temporarily held in position while work proceeds in the vicinity of
the facilities and that the utility or other companies concerned be given reasonable
advance notice of any such excavation by the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions against damage to existing
utilities. However, in the event of a break in an existing water main, gas main,
sewer or underground cable, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
responsible official of the organization operating the interrupted utility. The
Contractor shall lend all possible assistance in restoring services and shall assume
all cost, charges, or claims connected with the interruption and repair of such
services, as determined by the Department.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE
A. Where the Contractor's operation could cause damage or inconvenience to
railway, telephone, fiber optic, television, electrical power, oil, gas, water, sewer,
irrigation system, or any other utility, the Contractor shall make all arrangements
necessary for the protection of these utilities and services.
B. Notify all utility companies that are affected by the construction operation at least
48 hours in advance. Under no circumstance expose any utility without first
obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once permission has been
granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all existing
underground utilities and utility poles where necessary. Absolutely no extra
compensation will be allowed for construction problems created by utility
01011-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
poles of whatever size, overhead electric, telephone or other lines, whether
shown on the Plans or not. The Contractor is solely responsible for
discerning such items in the field prior to bidding and including all costs for
such work in the prices bid.
C. The Contractor and his subcontractors shall be solely and directly responsible to
the owners and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense,
loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought
because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction
operations under this Contract.
D. Neither the City nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor
for damages as a result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in
the work.
E. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility
services as a result of accidental breakage due to construction operations,
promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of
service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall
interruption of any utility service be allowed unless granted by the owner of the
utility. In the event water service lines that interfere with trenching are
encountered, the Contractor may, by obtaining prior approval of the water utility,
cut the service, dig through, and restore the service with similar and equal
materials at the Contractor's expense and as approved by the Engineer.
G. Replace, with material approved by the Engineer, at Contractor's expense, any
and all other laterals, existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during
construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents and as
approved by the Engineer.
1.08 INTERFERING STRUCTURES
A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on
the surface, above ground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show
major structures on the Plans. While the information has been compiled from the
best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and
is presented as a guide. The Contractor is solely responsible for field verification
of all locations.
1.9 FIELD RELOCATION
A. During the process of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work
may be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by the direction of the
Engineer at the Contractor's expense. If existing structures are encountered that
will prevent construction as shown, notify the Engineer before continuing with the
work in order that the Engineer may make such field revisions as necessary to
avoid conflict with the existing structures. If the Contractor fails to notify the
01011-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Engineer when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the
work despite this interference, the Contractor does so at his own risk.
B. Representatives of utility companies, the railroad companies, the traffic and
transportation authorities, etc., shall be notified in accordance with the provisions
set forth in the relevant sections of the Specifications and the permitting
documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01011-5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01016
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY
A. Conduct whatever work is necessary for safety and be solely and completely
responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons (including
employees) and property during the Contract period. This requirement shall apply
continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
B. Neither the Professional activities of the Design Professional, nor the presence of
the Design Professional nor his or her employees and subconsultants at a
construction site, shall relieve the Contractor and any other entity of their
obligations, duties and responsibilities including but not limited to, construction
means, methods, sequence techniques or procedures necessary for performing,
superintending, or coordinating all portions of the Work of construction in
accordance with the Project Documents and any health and safety precautions
required by any regulatory agencies.
1.02 MANDATORY SAFETY TRAINING AT WATER AND SEWER TREATMENT PLANTS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Construction Manager and thereafter the
Water and Sewer Department Safety Office to arrange for a mandatory (PSM)
Project Safety Management training for all his personnel who will be on site. This
training must be completed prior to mobilization or anv other work on site. The
Contractor shall also be responsible that all on -site personnel of his
subcontractors, at whatever tier, receive this training. The training normally takes
about 2 to 3 hours and is held at the project site.
1.03 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State Departments of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable Federal,
State, County, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth
herein, and any regulations that may be specified in other parts of these Project
Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements
shall be followed. Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the
aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the
obligations and penalties set forth therein.
B. All open excavations made in the earth shall be performed in compliance with the
State of Florida Trench Safety Act, OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P (Chapter 90-96,
Laws of Florida). The Contractor shall appoint a "competent person", in
01016-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
accordance with Subpart P, who shall be present at the jobsite. A "competent
person" shall mean one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable
hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate them.
C. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the "Underground Facility Damage
Prevention and Safety Act", Florida Statute 556. The Contractor shall contact the
Sunshine 811, at 1-800-432-4770, (or by submitting an internet ticket entry via
www.sunshine811.com) at least forty-eight hours prior to any excavation. Failure
to familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve
him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth therein.
D. Conduct operations in such a manner utilizing warning devices, such as traffic
cones, barricades and warning lights that traffic, pedestrian and Department
personnel are given adequate warning of hazards of the worksite as may be
deemed necessary by the Department, Engineer of Record, and governing agency
having jurisdiction over the work or political subdivision.
E. The Contractor shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the OSHA
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Process Safety Management (29 CFR 1910.119)
2. Personal Protective Equipment (29 CFR 1910.132)
3. Respiratory Protection (29 CFR 1910.134)
4. Confined Space Entry Procedures (29 CFR 1910.146)
5. Lockout/Tagout (29 CFR 1910.147)
6. Industrial Truck / Forklift (29 CFR 1910.178)
7. Electrical Safety (29 CFR 1910.301)
8. Commercial Diving (29 CFR 1910.401)
9. Air Monitoring (29 CFR 1910.1000)
10. Asbestos & Lead Abatement (29 CFR 1910.1001, 1025)
11. Blood Borne Pathogens (29 CFR 1910.1030)
12. Crane Operations (29 CFR 1926 & ANSI)
13. Fall Prevention Protection (29 CFR 1926.104)
14. Welding and Cutting (29 CFR 1926.350)
15. Scaffolding (29 CFR 1926.451)
16. Excavation Protection (29 CFR 1926.650)
17. Movement of Traffic (FDOT Index)
1.04 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS
A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the
Work by authorized government officials.
1.05 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PROGRAM
01016-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. Develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will
effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The
Contractor's Manual of Safety Practices outlining the firms policies on field safety
procedures for employees shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before
"Notice to Proceed" will be issued. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who
is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety
program.
B. Certain products specified in these specifications contain warnings by the
manufacturers that under certain conditions, if instructions for use are not followed,
a hazardous condition may exist. It is the Contractor's responsibility to instruct his
workmen in the safe use of the product, or any product substitution.
C. The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's
performance is not intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of the
Contractor's Safety Supervisor, the safety program, or any safety measures taken
in, on, or near the construction site.
1.06 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
A. As part of the safety program, maintain at an office or other well-known place at
the jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the Work as prescribed by the
governing safety authorities, all articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured,
and establish the procedure for the immediate relocation to a hospital or a doctor's
care of any person who may be injured on the jobsite.
B. Perform all necessary work to protect all personnel and the general public from
hazards, including, but not limited to, surface irregularities or unramped grade
changes, and trenches or excavations. Furnish barricades, lanterns, and proper
signs to safeguard all persons and work.
C. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly with
respect to ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, logging,
machinery guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable
governing safety authorities.
D. During construction, construct and at all times maintain satisfactory and substantial
temporary chain link fencing, solid fencing, railings, barricades or steel plates, as
applicable, at all openings, obstructions, or other hazards. All such barriers shall
have adequate warning lights as necessary, or required, for safety.
E. There shall be no oil dripping from equipment or oil spills.
1.07 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. The material shall be stored and handled in a proper and safe manner and upon
its use, immediately dispose of the containers, cans, rags and remnants of the
01016-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
material in a manner approved by the Department of Environmental Resources
Management (DERM) at the Contractor's sole cost. The Contractor is not allowed
to store empty containers at the site. In case of any violation, the Engineer will
report such violation to DERM and the Contractor shall be subject to all penalties
and fines as required by State and County regulations.
B. The Contractor is hereby cautioned that he cannot store any environmentally
hazardous materials such as solvents, greases, lubricants or any other type of
chemical substances at the Pump Station site. The Contractor shall be allowed to
keep only such materials at the site for immediate use.
1.08 ACCIDENT REPORTS
A. If death, serious injuries, or serious damages are caused, report the accident
immediately by telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the
Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer and the City all
accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the
work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of
witnesses.
B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on
account of any accident, promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer and
the City, giving full details of the claim.
1.09 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY
A. Comply with all rules and regulations of the city, state, and county authorities
regarding closing or restricting the use of public streets or highways. No public or
private road shall be closed, except by express permission of the City and the
controlling authority. Conduct the work so as to assure the least possible
obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. Protect all obstructions
within traveled roadways by installing approved barricades, signs, and lights where
necessary for the safety of the public. The convenience of the general public and
residents and the protection of persons and property are of prime importance and
shall be provided for in an adequate and satisfactory manner.
B. Where traffic will pass over backfilled trenches before they are paved, the top of
the trench shall be maintained with temporary asphalt that will allow normal
vehicular traffic to pass over. Temporary access driveways must be provided
where required. Access to businesses, schools and homes along the route of the
work shall be provided by the Contractor at all times. Cleanup operations shall
follow immediately behind backfilling and the worksite shall be kept in an orderly
condition at all times.
C. Supply flagmen and guards or Police when they are required by regulation, when
deemed necessary for safety, or required by the Engineer. Flagmen and Guards
01016-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
shall be furnished with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation
traffic control devices.
1.10 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION
A. Perform all work in fire -safe manner. Furnish and maintain on the site adequate
fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. Comply with
applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention regulations. Where these
regulations do not apply, applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention Standard
for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations (NFPA No. 241) shall be
followed.
1.11 DECLARED STATE OF EMERGENCIES
HURRICANE
A. Hurricane Preparedness: During such periods of time as are designated by the
United States Weather Bureau as being a hurricane alert, the Contractor shall
perform all precautions as necessary to safeguard the work and property, including
the removal of all small equipment and materials from the site, lashing all other
equipment and materials to each other and to rigid construction, and any other
safety measures as may be directed by the Engineer.
B. Prior to the Start of Work: The Contractor shall submit for approval, a Plan of
Action for the specific actions to be taken on his particular projects during a
hurricane watch and hurricane warning.
C. Upon Notification of a Hurricane Warning
1. Formal notification to the Contractors to implement their approved Plan of
Action to protect the project and the public.
2. For construction projects at a Plant or Pump Station, a copy of the
notifications will be provided to the Plant Superintendent or, for Pump
Stations, to the Engineer. The Plant Superintendent or Engineer may notify
the Construction Superintendent of any assistance he may need for the
Contractor in order to secure the Plant or Pump Station.
3. For pipeline construction projects within the public right-of-ways, the
Contractor will be notified by the Construction Manager Office to suspend his
construction operations. The Contractor will backfill all open trenches,
remove all construction equipment and materials from the right-of-way,
remove unnecessary traffic barricades and signs, secure remaining
barricades by "half burial" or "double sand bags".
POST DISASTER WORK
A. In the event of a disaster declaration by the Local or State governing authorities,
the Department may choose to obtain the services of the Contractor to perform
01016-5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
work made an imminent priority for the disaster event. The compensation for the
additional work caused by the disaster shall be negotiated between the Engineer
and the Contractor with written approval provided by both parties prior to
mobilizing at the designated location or locations. The value of the work
performed shall be up to the amount of the original contract with contingencies
and dedicated allowances.
1.12 JOINT SURVEY TO ESTABLISH AUTHENTICITY OF POSSIBLE DAMAGE CLAIMS
A. The Contractor shall maintain vertical and horizontal survey control points on all
structures and improvements, located in the vicinity of the work prior to beginning
work, and shall periodically check the points for movements with copies provided
to the Engineer, of the survey notes for each survey and a copy of the layout of the
survey control points.
B. After the contract is awarded and before commencement of work, the Contractor
shall perform a thorough examination of existing buildings, structures, and other
improvements in the vicinity of the work, as applicable, which might be damaged
by his operations.
1. Examinations of existing structures, buildings, and other improvements in the
vicinity of the work shall be done by the Contractor. The scope of the
examination shall include cracks in the structures, settlement, leakage, and
similar conditions. The City assumes no responsibility for pre-existing
conditions of the structure.
2. Records in triplicate of all observations shall be prepared by the Contractor,
photographs shall be taken by the Contractor signed and dated, with
descriptive information and in the manner specified above. One signed copy
of every document and photograph will kept on file in the office of the
Engineer. Video recording also required.
3. The above records are intended to be used as indisputable evidence in
ascertaining the extent of any damage which may occur as a result of the
Contractor's operations and are for the protection of the Contractor and
the City, and will be a means of determining whether and to what extent
damage, resulting from the Contractor's operations, occurred during the
Contract work.
C. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged
pavement, including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the
authority having jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists
prior to proceeding with any work in the vicinity. Preconstruction videos and digital
pictures shall be taken with date stamps of the entire area of work. A copy of all
such notices shall be forwarded to the City.
1.13 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND USE OF PUBLIC STREETS
01016-6 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for traffic control as specified hereinafter. Any
reference to Miami -Dade County, its departments, or its published regulations, permits
and data, shall be synonymous and interchangeable with other recognized governing
bodies over particular areas of streets or their departments, published regulations,
permits, or data. Abide by all applicable laws, regulations and codes thereof, pertaining
to maintenance of public streets, detour of traffic, traffic control and other provisions as
may be required for this project.
B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the maintenance of public streets, detour of
traffic (including furnishing and maintaining regulatory and informative signs along the
detour route), traffic control and other provisions, throughout the project as required by
the Metropolitan Dade County Department of Public Works, Traffic Engineering Division
(Traffic Division). Traffic shall be maintained according to corresponding typical traffic
control details as outlined in the Dade County Public Works Manual. No street shall be
completely blocked nor blocked more than one-half at any time, keeping the other half
open for traffic without specific approval.
C. If required by the Traffic Division, employ the required number of uniformed off -duty
policemen to maintain and regulate the flow of traffic through the construction area. The
number of men required and the number of hours on duty necessary for the
maintenance and regulation of the traffic flow shall be subject to their approval. If
required for traffic control permits or agencies, the Contractor shall work odd or night
hours, as required for traffic control reasons, and the cost of such work shall be
considered as incidental to construction.
D. The Contractor shall provide all barricades and/or flashing warning lights necessary to
warn motorist of the construction throughout the project.
E. Excavated or other material stored adjacent to or partially upon a roadway pavement
shall be adequately marked for traffic safety at all times. Provide necessary access to all
adjacent property during construction.
F. The contractor shall be responsible for the provision, installation and maintenance of all
traffic control and safety devices, in accordance with specifications outlined in the Dade
County Public Works Manual. In addition, provide for the resetting of all traffic control
and information signing removed during the construction period.
G. Where excavations are to be made in the vicinity of signalized intersections, attention is
directed to the fact that vehicle loop detectors may have been embedded in the
pavement. Verify these locations by inspecting the site of the work and by contacting
the Sunshine 811, at 1-800-432-4770, (or by submitting an internet ticket entry via
www.sunshine811.com) . Any loop detector which is damaged, whether shown on the
Plans or not, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Traffic Division.
H. Notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in advance of the construction date, and 48 hours in
advance of construction within any signalized intersection.
I. Temporary pavement will be required over all cuts in pavement areas, and also where
01016-7 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
traffic is to be routed over swale or median areas. When the temporary pavement for
routing traffic is no longer necessary, it shall be removed and the swale or median area
restored to their previous condition.
1.14 WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
Where a Contractor needs to work in a confined space, the Contractor must comply with
the General Industry, OSHA Confined Space Standard, 29 CFR 1910.146 or the
equivalent Confined Space Standard in CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction Standards.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01016-8 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01031
GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This work of this Section comprises the establishing of grades, lines and levels.
1.02 RELATED WORK
Section 01720 - Project Record Documents
Section 01725 - Project As-Builts
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials:
Furnish all stakes, templates and other materials necessary for establishing and
maintaining of the lines and grades necessary for control and construction of the Work
and all incidental labor necessary for the prosecution of the Work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LAYOUT OF THE WORK:
A. GENERAL
1. The Engineer of Record, through retaining the services of a Professional Land
Surveyor and Mapper, who is licensed in the State of Florida, shall furnish the
Contractor with horizontal and vertical controls which shall be utilized as specified
elsewhere herein to layout the work. The Professional Land Surveyor and Mapper,
who is licensed in the State of Florida hired by the Contractor, shall verify all controls
provided by the Engineer of Record and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to preserve same.
2. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Professional Land Surveyor and Mapper,
who is licensed in the State of Florida who, shall furnish and set stakes, establishing
line and grade and shall solely be responsible for the layout of the work as well as
the recording of all as -built dimensions and elevations. The Contractor shall furnish
all additional stakes, templates, and other materials for marking and maintaining
survey points and lines given, and shall be responsible for their preservation. Should
any of the horizontal and vertical control points set by the Engineer of Record be
01031 - 1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
destroyed or disturbed, they shall be reset by the Contractor's Florida Registered
Land Surveyor and Mapper, at the Contractor's expense. All control points previously
set by the Engineer of Record shall be verified by the Contractor's surveyor.
B. LAYOUT
As provided in Subsection 3.01-A, above, the Contractor through the services of his
Florida Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper, shall establish the line and bench mark
and other reference points for the pipeline or structure, as follows:
1. Structures: Will consist of baselines, stakes at building corners, centers and
centerlines, auxiliary lines and two bench marks from which to establish the elevations.
The Engineer of Record shall set a minimum of three horizontal and vertical control
points which shall thereafter be maintained by the Contractor, without further help from
the Engineer of Record, for use in establishing and checking the lines and grades as
shown on the contract drawings.
2. Pipelines: Will consist of baselines, construction lines, centerlines, auxiliary lines and
bench marks from which to establish the elevations. The Engineer of Record shall set
horizontal and vertical control points at the beginning and end of the work and at a
minimum distance of 1,400 ft. in between. When the total distance is less than 1,400
ft. control points shall be set at the beginning and end of the work.
3. The Contractor shall use this information to construct the structures and pipelines to
the lines and grades shown on the project drawings and shall supply all equipment
and personnel necessary to accomplish this end.
4. For pipelines, this will consist of establishing all points of bend (but not necessarily
bevel pipe unless in close proximity to other facilities), valves, tees, crosses and other
stations not more than 100 feet apart along the proposed centerline of the pipe, or
along a stationed offset line as shown on the Plans, marked by a nail in a metal cap if
in pavement, with the station painted nearby or by a nail in the top of a wooden stake
driven flush with the ground with the station marked on the flag stake nearby, if not in
pavement.
5. The Contractor shall supply the Department Inspector with a copy of the Florida
Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper's layout of the work immediately upon its
availability to his own forces.
6. The Contractor shall make his equipment and men available to the Inspector for spot
checking the accuracy of the pipe laying. The Inspector shall require the Contractor to
correct pipe alignment when necessary.
C. RECORD DRAWINGS:
1. During the entire construction operation, the Contractor shall retain the services of a
State of Florida Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper who shall maintain records of
01031 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
the installation, including all deviations from the Plans and Specifications by obtaining
"as -built" dimensions and elevations.
2. The Surveyor shall prepare Record As -Built Drawings showing correctly and
accurately all changes and deviations made during construction, including approved
construction variances, to reflect the work as it was actually constructed.
3. Refer to Sections 01720 and 01725 for Department's criteria for developing project
record documents and record As -Built drawings.
D. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL FOR DESIGN
The following shall apply when establishing horizontal and vertical controls for design.
They shall also be used for the development of construction drawings.
1. Survey stationing shall proceed from south to north and/or from west to east.
2. Baseline or centerline shall be tied to section corners, or to monument lines or to right-
of-way lines.
3. Points along the survey line shall be referenced to perpetuate the alignment.
Whenever possible, the reference points shall be established at right angles to the
survey line and at intervals no longer than 1,400 feet. Reference points shall be shown
on construction plans.
4. Centerline of side streets shall be established and set by nail and disc. Station and
angle turned shall be given and shown on the plans.
5. All curve data (horizontal) shall be shown on Plans. Point of curvature and point of
tangency shall be set in the field, reference P.C. and P.T. or P.I.
6. Easement lines shall be tied to baseline or centerline. Give station and angle turned.
7. Set centerline or baseline stations every 100 feet on the ground using iron rods in
unpaved areas or P.K. nails on asphalt.
8. On vertical control refer to datum used (such as NGVD 88, NGVD 1929, City of Miami).
Nationwide, surveys and as-builts are in the process of conversion to NAVD 88 from
the NGVD 1929. The Department will accept NAVD 88 datum with a conversion factor
on each page. The Florida Department of Transportation is using the NAVD 88 datum.
Projects within FDOT roadway limits shall either use NAVD 88 datum or provide a
conversion factor on each page if the NGVD 1929 datum is used. For projects using
City of Miami datum provide a conversion factor on each page to the NAVD 88 datum.
9. Temporary bench marks (T.B.M.) and bench marks shall be established throughout
the project at approximately 1,000 feet intervals. Show information on plans
01031 - 3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
10. Centerline shall be tied to baseline if different from each other.
11. Tie proposed pipe to centerline or baseline, not to right-of-way line. Right-of-way line
shall be tied to centerline or baseline.
12. All survey information shall be shown on the plans.
13. All point of intersections and deflection angles shall also be shown. Angle can be
submitted by bearings.
END OF SECTION
01031 - 4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01070
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work Included: This section includes work required to provide complete, in place,
cutting, fitting, and patching of new and existing work.
1. Do not imperil any work by cutting or altering work or any part of it.
2. Do not cut structural or reinforcing steel without the written consent of the
Engineer.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting or patching of work, required to:
1. Make the several parts fit properly.
2. Uncover work to provide for the installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
4. Install specified work in existing construction.
B. In addition to Contract requirements, upon written instructions from the Engineer:
1. Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Prior to cutting which affects structural integrity or safety, submit written notice to
the Engineer and other Contractors, requesting consent to proceed with cutting.
B. All cutting and patching, to be performed at no additional cost to the Department.
C. Should conditions of work, schedule, indicate change of materials or methods,
submit written recommendation to the Engineer, including:
1. Conditions indicating change.
2. Recommendations for alternative materials and/or methods.
3. Submittals as required for substitutions.
4. Submit written notice to the Engineer, designating time work will be
uncovered, to provide for observation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials for replacement of work removed shall comply with applicable sections of
these specifications for type of work to be performed. Materials not specified herein
01070 -1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
shall be replaced as specified in Sub- Section 3.03 of this Section, Restoration.
B. Provide all tools and equipment required to accomplish cutting and patching.
C. Completely remove damaged or deteriorated concrete or other material.
D. Legally dispose of all demolition debris generated by the project. The Contractor
shall pay for all loading, hauling, transportation and applicable tipping fees.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing condition of work, including elements subject to movement or
damage during cutting, patching, excavating, and backfilling.
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply
with specified tolerances and finishes.
B. Execute cutting and demolition as specified below:
1. The cutting and removal of existing work necessary for modifications and
installation of new work shall be made with a minimum of damage to the
work that is to remain. Any damage done to existing facilities which are to
remain shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the
Department.
2. When removing materials, or portions of existing structures, and when
making openings in walls and partitions, the Contractor shall take all
precautions and use all necessary barriers and other protective devices so
as not to damage the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new
work, and not to damage the structures or contents by falling or flying debris.
Unless otherwise permitted, line drilling will be required in cutting existing
concrete.
3. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as
nearly as possible the adjacent surfaces.
4. Non -shrink grout shall be used for setting wall casting, sleeves, and leveling
equipment bases. Doweling anchors into existing concrete and elsewhere
as required shall be done with an approved type of epoxy material.
5. Debris created within facilities, which are to remain in service during the
modification work, shall be removed daily. Operators of the Department and
Contractor's employees shall not be subjected to hazardous areas, when
performing their duties.
6. Follow other specific instructions for the modification work given in other
sections of these specifications and as shown on the Drawings. Should
these instructions conflict, the more stringent conditions shall prevail.
C. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed work in accordance with the requirements of Contract Documents.
01070 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
3.03 RESTORATION
A. Restore structures and surfaces damaged during the course of this Contract that are
to remain in the completed work.
B. Restoration shall be done with new materials and appropriate methods as specified
elsewhere in these specifications for new work of similar nature; if not specified, best
recommended practice of manufacturer, or appropriate trade association.
C. Restore damaged work in such a way that there is a secure intimate bond or
fastening between new and old work. Restored surfaces shall be finished to such
planes, shapes, and textures that no transition between new and old work is evident
in finished surfaces.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove from site all debris, rubbish, and extra material caused by cutting and
patching.
END OF SECTION
01070 - 3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Department has established a "Pre -Approved Product List" for products to be
used in the construction of water and sewer facilities. The "Pre -Approved Product
List" lists manufacturer's product models pre -approved by the Department which
meet the minimum requirements established in the Department's design and con-
struction standards and specifications. However, not all products that may be used
in the construction of water and sewer facilities that meet the Department's design
and construction standards and specifications are listed in the "Pre -Approved
Product List." The "Pre -Approved Product List" is not an exclusive collection of all
qualified and approved products. For those products that are not on the "Pre -
Approved Product List," the Contractor shall submit shop drawings as specified
herein.
B. Contractors and suppliers can submit the "Pre -Approved Product List(s)" for the
products that they intend to use in the construction of the water and sewer facilities
for the Project. Products listed in the "Pre -Approved Product List" do not require
the submittal of shop drawings to the Department. The "Pre -Approved Product
List(s)" must be stamped, reviewed and initialed by the Contractor and by his en-
gineer, if applicable, prior to submittal to the Department. A "Submittal Summary
Sheet" must accompany all "Pre -Approved Product List" submittals. Both forms
can be found in the Department website at vvvvw.miamidade.gov/water/pre-
approved-product-list.asp.
B. Shop Drawings (including Pre -Approved Product List submittals) shall be submit-
ted prior to any project construction activity. In a timely fashion, well before the
contemplated ordering for fabrication of special order or long -lead items or con-
struction use of any standard element of the work, the Contractor shall furnish
Shop Drawings for the review and approval of the City.
C. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility, upon the first occasion of submittal of a
particular element of the work, to submit Shop Drawings of an element which
match and fulfill the requirements and intent of the Plans and Specifications. Any
delays or costs caused, either directly or indirectly, by non -timely submissions;
submission of items differing significantly from the intent of the Plans and/or Speci-
fications; repeated submission of, or argument over, rejected elements or changes
required for acceptance; arguments with the criteria or requirements of the Plans
or Specifications; or any other such similar activities shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
01340-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
D. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that the Contractor shall, in the first in-
stance, submit Shop Drawings of elements which meet or exceed the require-
ments of the Contract Documents and fit with the other elements of the work and
the existing conditions. Delays or the inability to obtain shop drawing approval
may subject the Contractor to costs for liquidated or actual damages as specified
in the Contract.
E. The approval of Pre -Approved product sheets, shop drawings and data will be
general and shall mean that upon examination of the drawings, no variations from
the approved project drawings and project requirements have been discovered,
and approval will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities as defined above.
The Department's review will not constitute an approval of dimensions, quantities
and details of the material, equipment or item shown.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit a minimum of four (4) hardcopies of the shop
drawing submittal package to the Water and Sewer Department Document
Control Section. PDF files of the entire submittal package along with the
hard copies are encouraged to simplify the approval process.
B. The Shop Drawing submittal package shall include a transmittal, submittal
registry and the pre -approved product list or shop drawing sheets stamped
by the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall meet with the Department Engineer (Construction
Manager) the after Project Award to begin the shop drawing submittal pro-
cess and establish a schedule for submittal and approval.
D. Where there is a deviation from the Specifications, the Contractor shall note it
and state the reasons why a deviation is required.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Submit to the Engineer for review and approval, Shop Drawings, test reports and
data on materials, equipment, and material samples as required for the proper
control of work, and as specified in the Specification sections. Shop Drawings
shall be submitted for all materials and equipment to be furnished.
B. After award of the project, the Contractor may begin providing submittals for ap-
proval. Submit to the Engineer a complete list of preliminary data on items for
which Shop Drawings are to be submitted. Included in this list shall be the names
of all proposed manufacturers furnishing specified items. Review of this list by the
Engineer shall in no way expressed or implied relieve the Contractor from submit-
ting complete Shop Drawings and providing materials, equipment, etc., fully in ac-
cordance with the Specifications. This procedure is required in order to expedite
01340-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
final review of Shop Drawings.
C. Maintain an accurate updated Shop Drawing submittal log which shall include the
following items:
1. Submittal Description and Number Assigned
2. Specification Section
3. Plans Sheet Number
4. Date to Engineer
5. Date Returned to Contractor (from Engineer)
6. Status of Submittal (Approved, Approved as Noted, Rejected/Resubmit)
7. Date of Resubmittal and Return (as Applicable)
8. Date Material Release (for Fabrication)
9. Projected Date of Fabrication
10. Projected Date of Delivery to Site
11. Status of 0 & M Manuals Submittal
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Furnish the Engineer with a schedule of Shop Drawings submittals, fixing the re-
spective dates for the submission of Shop Drawings, the beginning of manufac-
ture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment. This schedule
shall indicate those that are critical to the progress schedule.
B. Submit to the Engineer all plans and schedules sufficiently in advance of construc-
tion requirements to provide maximum time for checking and appropriate action
from the time the Engineer receive them.
C. It is the duty of the Contractor to check and approve all plans, data and samples
prepared by or for him before submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each
and every copy of the Plans and data shall bear Contractor's stamp showing that
they have been checked and approved. Shop Drawings submitted to the Engineer
without the Contractor's stamp and approval shall be returned to the Contractor for
conformance with this requirement before Engineer's review. Shop Drawings
shall indicate any deviations in the submittal from requirements of the Pro-
ject Documents and the Contractor shall state the reason why a deviation is
required.
D. All submittals shall be accompanied by a submittal registry and transmittal letter
containing the following information:
1. Date
2. Project Title and Number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. The number of each Shop Drawing, Data, and Sample submitted
5. Notification of Deviations from Project Documents
6. Submittal Log Number conforming to and referring to Specification Section
01340-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
Numbers
E. Submit seven copies of Shop Drawings and of descriptive or product data submit-
tals necessary to complement Shop Drawing. The Engineer will retain five sets.
F. After receiving approval by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for
submitting the Shop Drawings to the Building Department. Shop Drawings of all
premanufactured items and all other Shop Drawings are required to obtain ap-
proval prior to manufacturing or installing the submitted items. The Contractor
shall also be responsible for contesting any interpretations by the Building De-
partment that the City considers non -acceptable. The Contractor shall include in
the bid prices, all costs for permits, fees and expenses associated with the sub-
mittals, including resubmittals (if any) of Shop Drawings to the Building Depart-
ment. The Building Department as used in this paragraph shall be taken to mean
the Miami -Dade County Building Department and/or other governing building au-
thority appropriate to this project.
G. Do not begin any of the work covered by a drawing, data, or a sample returned as
"Rejected/Resubmit" until a revision or correction thereof has been reviewed and
returned to the Contractor, by the Engineer, with approval or approval "As Noted".
Be responsible for and bear all costs of damages which may result from the order-
ing of any material or from proceeding with any part of work prior to receiving En-
gineer's approval or approval "As Noted" of the necessary Shop Drawings.
H. Be fully responsible for observing the need for and for making any changes in the
arrangement of piping, connections, wiring, manner of installation, etc., which may
be required by the materials/equipment the Contractor proposes to supply, both as
they pertain to the Contractor's own work, work of others, or of other Divisions
herein or Trades and clearly show such changes on the Shop Drawings.
I. When substitutions in materials or equipment are allowed, the Contractor shall
make all necessary changes in adjacent or connected structures and equipment at
his expense. Where contemplated changes, substitutions or appurtenant work re-
quire engineering design, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor shall have
such design services performed at his expense. Said engineering design services
shall be of an extent satisfactory to the Engineer whose word shall be final and
shall be performed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in
the State of Florida.
J. When substitutions in materials or equipment are allowed, the Contractor shall be
solely responsible for all costs and time required by any differences in construction
methods, fabrication or assembly required and no additional time will be allowed.
K. When a construction change, initiated by the Contractor or resulting from a change
made by the Contractor, requires re -permitting as discussed in the preceding par-
agraph, the Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, material and equipment
required to redraw the Plan sheet or sheets affected by the change to the satisfac-
01340-4 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
tion of the Engineer of Record and the City. The costs for all work of this sort
and all costs of re -permitting shall be borne by the Contractor and no extra
com-pensation will be allowed.
L. Determine and verify:
1. Field measurements
2. Field construction criteria
3. Catalog numbers and similar data
4. Conformance with specifications
5. That installation and maintenance clearances are sufficient particularly when
equipment or arrangement changes have been made
1.05 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Engineer's review of plans, data and samples, submitted by the Contractor will
cover only general conformity to the Drawing and Specifications. The Engineer's
review will not constitute an approval of dimensions, quantities, and details of the
material, equipment, device, or item shown. The review of plans and schedules
will be general, and shall not be construed:
1. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including detail,
dimensions, and materials
3. As approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as
otherwise provided herein
B. Variations
1. If the plans or schedules, as submitted, describe variations per paragraph
1.03 C, and show a departure from the Contract requirements which Engi-
neer finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to in-
volve a change in Contract price or time for performance, the Engineer may
return the reviewed plans without noting an exception.
2. If the plans or schedules, as submitted, describe variations and show a de-
parture from the Contract requirements which the Engineer finds to be minor
enough to be corrected by redlining the submittal, the engineer will mark and
return the submittal marked "Approved as Noted." The redlined corrections
shall be as binding on the Contractor as would be a resubmission embody-
ing the same corrections.
C. When reviewed by the Engineer, each of the Shop Drawings shall be stamped and
dated to indicate it had been reviewed. Shop Drawings stamped "Revise and Re-
submit" and with required corrections shown will be returned to the Contractor for
correction and resubmittal.
D. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On resubmit -
01340 -5 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
tats the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings, to revisions and corrections required by the Engineer on previous sub-
missions. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer.
E. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the Shop Drawings to con-
stitute a change to the Project Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall give
written notice thereof to the Engineer who will render a decision which shall be fi-
nal. After the decision has been made, the Contractor shall without delay, provide
the corrections to the plans.
F. When the Shop Drawings have been approved by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall carry out the construction in accordance therewith and shall make no further
changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer.
G. No partial submittals will be reviewed. Submittals not complete will be returned to
the Contractor for resubmittal. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the En-
gineer, all submittals shall be made in groups containing all associated items for
systems, processes or as indicated in specific specifications sections. All plans,
schematics, manufacturer's product data, certifications and other Shop Drawing
submittals required by a system specification shall be submitted at one time as a
package to facilitate interface checking.
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. When used in the Project Documents, the term "Shop Drawings" shall be consid-
ered to mean Contractor's plans for materials and equipment which become an in-
tegral part of the Project. These Shop Drawings shall be complete and detailed.
Shop Drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting drawings and
schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, and wiring and control dia-
grams. Cuts, catalogs, pamphlets, descriptive literature, and performance/test da-
ta shall be considered only as supportive to required Shop Drawings as defined
above.
B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, illustrations and other stand-
ard descriptive data shall be clearly marked to identify pertinent materials, product
or models. Information which is not applicable to the Work shall be deleted by
striking or cross hatching.
C. Shop Drawing shall have a submittal registry and display the following:
1. Project Title and Number
2. Name of Project Building or Structure
3. Number and Title of the Shop Drawing
4. Date of Shop Drawing or Revision
5. Name of Contractor and Subcontractor Submitting Drawing
6. Supplier/Manufacturer
7. Separate Detailer when Pertinent
01340-6 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
8. Specification Title and Number
9. Specification Section
10. Application Project Drawing Number
D. If plans show variations from Contract requirements because of standard shop
practice or for other reasons, describe such variations in the letter of transmittal. If
no explanation of these variations is provided, the Contractor shall not be relieved
of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract, even
though such plans have been reviewed and approved.
E. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, provide a list including the
equipment name, address of and telephone number of the manufacturer's repre-
sentative and service company so that service and/or spare parts can be readily
obtained.
F. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment or
products shall submit an installation list to the Engineer along with the required
Shop Drawings. The installation list shall include at least five installations where
identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a period of at
least five years, unless otherwise specified. Manufacturers and/or equipment
which fails to meet the specified experience period will be considered if the manu-
facturer or supplier provides a bond or cash deposit which will guarantee replace-
ment of the equipment or process in the event of failure or unsatisfactory service.
G. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking Shop Drawing submittals.
1.07 REQUIRED INFORMATION
A. Submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structur-
al, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process system, and equipment work:
1. Shop Drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and loca-
tion of connections to other work, and weight of equipment
2. Catalog information and cuts
3. Installation or placing plans for equipment, drives, and bases
4. Supporting calculations, signed and sealed by a Florida Registered Engineer
when required, for equipment and associated supports, or hangers required
or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers
5. Signed and sealed calculations and plans by in-house Florida Registered
Professional Engineer for structural systems, indicating compliance to the
structural design criteria specified in the Plans
6. Complete manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and
paint system
7. Performance data and pump curves
8. Suggested spare parts with current price information
9. List of special tools required for testing, checking, parts replacement, and
maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed
01340-7 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and are not customarily and
routinely carried by maintenance mechanics)
10. List of special tools furnished with the equipment
11. List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to, and during
startup
12. List of materials or supplies furnished with the equipment
13. Special handling instructions
14. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation
15. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to equipment startup
16. List of all requested exceptions to the Project Documents
1.08 SUBMITTAL REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURED ITEMS
A. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign manu-
factured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the
United States that maintain technical service representatives and a complete in-
ventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign -made item proposed for
incorporation into the Work. Failure to prove these capabilities shall be cause for
rejection of the foreign manufactured items.
B. Foreign manufactured equipment and materials shall in all cases be clearly and
permanently marked with the manufacturer's name and country of origin of the
item. The name of the U.S. importing/supplying firm is not acceptable. Shop
Drawing submittals of foreign -made items shall be accompanied by written infor-
mation to include name and location (i.e. country, City, and street address) of the
manufacturer. This requirement shall also apply to the foreign made elements of
items assembled in this country from parts wholly or partially manufactured over-
seas.
1. The words, "Permanently Marked" as used in this paragraph shall mean; die
stamped, cast -in, welded, or otherwise marked such that the removal of the
marking by any mechanical or chemical means will result in obvious perma-
nent damage to the surface marked. These markings shall be on surfaces
which are not hidden by assembly.
C. Where specified elsewhere herein or at the sole discretion of the Engineer, whose
word shall be final, supply verification of quality, suitability or other aspects, as di-
rected by the Engineer, from a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the
State of Florida or the state where the supplying U.S. firm is located. The verifica-
tion shall be signed, sealed, and dated. All costs for this verification shall be at the
sole expense of the Contractor and no extra compensation will be allowed. Verifi-
cation by foreign -based engineers, firms, manufacturers, etc. will not be accepta-
ble. Verification by means of a very stringent foreign testing agency/standard (for
example ISO 9000 series) may be acceptable. However, this shall again be at the
sole discretion of the Engineer and the full burden of proof and satisfaction of
the City shall rest with the Contractor. No extra time will be permitted due to the
requirement for verification and the Contractor has the sole responsibility to make
01340-8 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
his submittals with all necessary information in a timely fashion.
1.09 SAMPLES
A. Furnish for the approval of the Engineer, samples required by the Project Docu-
ments or required by the Engineer. Samples shall be delivered to the Engineer as
specified or directed. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges on sam-
ples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not be used in
work until approved by the Engineer.
B. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and at-
tachment devices
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern
3. A minimum of two samples of each Item shall be submitted
C. Each sample shall have a label indicating:
1. Name of Project
2. Material or Equipment Represented
3. Name of Producer and Brand (if any)
4. Location in Project
D. Prepare a transmittal letter in triplicate for each shipment of samples containing
the information specified herein in Paragraph 1.06 A. Enclose a copy of this letter
with the shipment and send a copy of this letter to the Engineer. Approval of a
sample shall be only for the characteristics or use specified and shall not be con-
strued to change or modify any Contract requirements.
E. Approved samples of the hardware in good condition will be marked for identifica-
tion and may be used in the work. Materials and equipment incorporated in work
shall match the approved samples. Samples which failed testing or were not ap-
proved shall be returned to the Contractor at his expense, if so requested at time
of submission.
1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required
by the Contract Documents, which are proposed by the Contractor after award of
the Contract, are considered to be requests for substitutions. Where the Plans
and/or Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the
product specified has been found suitable for the intended use. Articles or prod-
ucts of similar characteristics may be offered for the approval of the Engineer,
whose decision shall be final. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be fur -
01340 -9 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
nished regarding all materials furnished by the Contractor, consisting of Dimension
drawings, catalog references, product data, cost, and other information necessary
to clearly identify and evaluate each article. When substitutions are permitted, the
Contractor shall make all necessary changes in adjacent, connected, or other
structures and equipment at his expense.
B. Where engineer -recommended changes, substitutions or appurtenant work require
engineering design, the Contractor shall have such design services performed.
Those engineering design services shall be of an extent satisfactory to the Engi-
neer, whose decision shall be final. Engineering services for engineer -
recommended changes, substitutions or appurtenant work, shall be performed by
a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing, no additional contract
time will be allowed, and a decrease in time may be appropriate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01340-10 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01410
TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The City will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform testing as indicated in the Project Documents, and may at any time elect
to have materials and equipment tested for conformance with the Project
Documents.
B. Cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services.
C. Testing laboratory inspection, sampling and testing will be required for, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Soil Compaction
2. Cast -in -Place Concrete
3. Mechanical Work
1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work.
B. Make available, at no cost to the City, adequate quantities of representative
samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing.
C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix approved to be used for
concrete, and other materials mixes, which require control by the testing
laboratory.
D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
1. To provide access to work to be tested
2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the
product to be tested
3. To facilitate inspections and tests
4. For storage and curing of test samples
E. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
1.03 PAYMENT FOR TESTING
01410-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. The City will pay for initial testing services required elsewhere in these
Specifications.
B. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Project Documents,
subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the
same Testing Laboratory, and all costs thereof shall be paid for by the Contractor.
C. Inspecting and testing, performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience,
shall be the sole responsibility of and shall be paid for by the Contractor.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Upon completion of each test and/or inspection, promptly distribute copies of test
or inspection reports to the Engineer, the Contractor, to governmental agencies
requiring submission of such reports, and to other persons as directed by the
Engineer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEST METHODS
A. Tests and Inspections will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of
these specifications or, if not herein specified, in accordance with the latest
standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), or other
approved and recognized authorities as acceptable to the City.
B. Requirements for testing are described in various Sections of these Specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01410-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
SECTION 01710
CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section specifies the maintenance of the work site in a clean, orderly, hazard -
free condition.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations in accordance with local ordinances and
anti -pollution laws. Rubbish, volatile wastes, and other construction wastes shall
be neither burned nor buried on the work site, and shall not be disposed of into
storm drains, sanitary drains, streams or other waterways.
B. Final cleaning shall be accomplished either by workmen experienced in cleaning
operations or by professional cleaners.
1.03 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local codes, ordinances,
regulations, and anti -pollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials
on Project site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or
paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains, Volatile wastes shall be disposed in
accordance with proper laws and be approved by the Department. Do not dispose
of wastes into streams or waterways.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ON -SITE WASTE CONTAINERS
A. Provide on -site waste containers for collection of waste materials, debris and
rubbish. See Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures, Subsection 1.05
regarding Safety Requirements for environmentally hazardous materials.
2.02 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Cleaning materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to
be cleaned.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain work site in accordance with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws
01710-1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
applicable to work site cleanliness and in a neat, orderly and hazard -free condition
until final acceptance of the work. Catwalks, accessible underground structures,
work site sidewalks and walkways adjacent to the work site shall be kept free from
hazards caused by construction activities.
B. Store volatile wastes including rags in covered metal containers, and remove from
work site daily.
C. Prevent accumulations of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
D. Artificially ventilate spaces which are not naturally ventilated when volatile or
noxious substances are present in those spaces.
3.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Perform cleaning every workday for duration of the Work. Structures, grounds, and
areas of the work site, access roads and adjacent public and private properties
shall be maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish
caused by construction operations on the work site. Place waste materials and
rubbish in on site containers or as otherwise approved. Unneeded construction
equipment shall be removed and all damaged repaired so that the public and
property owners will be inconvenienced as little as possible.
B. Remove or secure loose material on open decks and on other exposed surfaces at
end of each day's work or more often to maintain work site in hazard -free
condition.
C. Prevent dislodgement of materials due to wind and other forces. Wet down dry
materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. Cover or wet
excavated material leaving and arriving at the site to prevent blowing dust. Clean
the public access roads to the site of any material falling from the haul trucks.
D. Empty on -site waste containers whenever necessary so that trash overflow does
not occur. Legally dispose of contents at either public or private dumping areas.
E. Control the handling of materials, debris and rubbish; do not drop or throw from
heights.
F. Immediately remove spillages of construction -related materials from hauling routes
or the site.
G. Where material or debris has washed or flowed into or been placed in existing
watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, pipes, structures, or elsewhere during the
course of the Contractor's operations, such material or debris shall be entirely
removed and satisfactorily disposed of during the progress of the work, and the
ditches, channels, drains, pipes, structures, and work, etc., shall, upon completion
of the work, be left in a clean and neat condition.
3.03 FINAL CLEANING
01710-2 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
A. In addition to the cleaning performed above, in preparation for final inspection,
remove grease, dust, dirt, rust stain from surfaces. Remove labels, fingerprints
and other foreign materials from exposed exterior finished surfaces. Flush down
all manhole covers and frames, valve boxes, and areas leaving such surfaces
clean of all sand, laitances, etc.
B. In preparation for final acceptance or occupancy, conduct final inspection and
cleaning of exposed exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces.
C. Maintain cleaning operations until project has been finally accepted.
END OF SECTION
01710-3 Revision Date: 05/2017
MDWASD 9/2016
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope of Work: For contracts where the work is performed at an on -site
location maintain one record copy of:
1. Record Drawings. Record Drawings as used herein shall mean a
drawing that accurately records constructed improvements and any field
changes.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modification of the contract.
5. Engineer's written orders or instructions.
6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
7. Field Test records.
8. Construction photographs.
9. As built dimensions and elevations as recorded by the Contractor's
Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) on a daily
basis.
10. Field Book. Survey Field notes taken by the Florida Licensed
Professional Surveyor and Mapper's survey crew (copy provided to the
Engineer on a monthly basis).
B. The records listed above are to be made available to the Engineer at all times
for all projects.
C. Related Requirements Described Elsewhere:
1. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Maintain documents in a clean dry, legible, condition and in good order. Do not
use record documents for construction purposes.
1.03 REQUIRED MEASUREMENTS
A. Set-up and Verification: The Contractor's Florida Licensed Professional
Surveyor and Mapper is required to recover the design baseline and verify the
elevations and coordinates on a regular basis as needed.
B. The Contractor is required to have a level instrument setup next to the
construction site in order to control the vertical alignment of the pipe installation
01720 -1 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
prior to trench backfilling. The level shall be setup daily for use by the surveyor,
Contractor's foreman and Department Engineer/Inspector. Any underground
construction work that does not have a level properly setup will be stopped by
the Department Engineer/Inspector.
C. The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the field information on
a daily basis when there is underground pipe installation. The survey crew shall
be on -site as needed to record and verify the information before it is covered.
Any underground construction work that does not have the information recorded
by a survey crew will be stopped by the Department Engineer/Inspector. The
Engineer/Inspector has the authority to order re -excavation of work that was
covered without accurate survey measurements.
D. Field Book Information: The Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper
is required to have his crews make daily visits to the project site during
underground pipe installation work to perform field measurements of the
Contractor's daily installations. This information shall be recorded in field books.
Copies of the field notes are required to be provided to the Construction
Manager on a monthly basis. The surveyor's field notes of the surveyor shall be
submitted to the Department along with partial as-builts plans (signed and
sealed) on a monthly basis as a condition of payment.
1.04 PROJECT RECORDS
A. During the life of the Contract the Contractor shall retain the services of a Florida
Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) who shall maintain daily
records of the installation, including all deviations from Plans and Specifications
and for the purposes of preparing and submitting to the Department an as-
built/record survey in compliance with:
1) Florida Statutes Chapter 472.027.
2) Florida Administrative Code Chapter 5J-17.050, 5J-17.051 and 5J-
17.052
3) As further required by these Contract Documents.
B. The Measure and Recording of all information required in Subsection A above
for all projects concurrently with construction progress. The services of the
Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper for the project shall be
retained by the Contractor prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. A letter
from the Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall be provided
at the preconstruction meeting indicating that the Contractor has secured his
services to perform all survey work for the duration of the project and prepare
final as-builts plans.
C. Submit redlines, partially completed as -built plan sheets and fully complete as -
built Plan sheets and certified copies of field book information to include raw
data of the measurements all as required by and satisfactory to, the Engineer as
01720 -2 R-5
MDWASD 9/2016
prerequisite for the acceptance of monthly payment applications.
D. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.
1. Record all information for pipeline projects and on -site projects
concurrently with construction progress.
2. Do not conceal any work until as -built information is recorded by the
Contractor's surveyor.
3. All locations for future connections or tie-ins shall be left unburied and
uncovered until the Contractor's PSM measures and records the as -built
information.
a. All as -built and inspector information is to be made available to
the Engineer on a daily basis for inclusion in the M -D WASD
records.
4. Restrained pipe, end line valves, thrust blocks shall be left uncovered
for the last complete length. Inline valves and tees shall be left exposed
for 1 length on both sides plus the face end. Measure and record the
elevation, horizontal and vertical alignment, and the inclination for these
items.
5. For all projects, the Contractor's PSM shall maintain exact and
extensive records of any deviations from Drawings and Specifications.
These records shall be satisfactory to the Engineer, whose decision
shall be final, and sufficient to allow the production of accurate as built
Plans which correctly and completely portray the work as constructed.
6. For all projects, the Contractor's PSM shall record data as follows during
the entirety of construction.
a. For facility (e.g. a water or sewage plant, pumping station, or
similar site, if so designated by M -D WASD) projects, record as -
built dimensions and elevations every twenty-five feet (25') or
portion thereof along pipeline and at every abrupt change in
direction of the new line.
b. For pipeline projects, constructed in the public right-of-way,
record dimensions and elevations every one hundred feet or
portion thereof along the pipeline and at every horizontal and
vertical change in direction.
c. In all cases, record locations and elevations for each valve,
fitting, service line, fire hydrant, water sampling point, utility poles
adjacent to the proposed line, overhead wires crossing the ditch
line (approximate height above grade) and other appurtenances
along the pipeline.
d. The identity, dimensions, location, and elevation of any existing
utility crossing the proposed line and so immediately adjacent to
the new line as to be exposed by the excavation, shall also be
01720 -3 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
recorded. Locate, excavate, expose, and record the same data
for any utility shown in the plans whose proximity to the
proposed pipeline could affect the certification requirements of
the new installation. Note that in instances of a very wide ditch
due to ground conditions, the recording of data for adjacent,
paralleling utilities shall only be required for lines which come
within three feet of the outside of the pipe being installed, unless
otherwise ordered by the Engineer who's decision shall be final.
e. Without exception, for all thrust blocks, the top elevation, outer
dimension, thickness of the block, length and location of any
sheet piling, if used, shall be recorded by the Contractor's PSM.
f. Specific locations and elevation of equipment, the buildings and
miscellaneous items installed inside them shall be recorded as
applicable and as required by the Engineer.
g. Without exception, where the substitution of another piece of
equipment for that shown on the Plans has been allowed, the
footprint, clearance, and elevation dimensions shall be recorded
by the Contractor's PSM and these changes shall be accurately
and thoroughly portrayed on the as -built plans.
h. Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall prepare from the field data,
as -built record drawings showing correctly, completely, and
accurately the installation, embracing all changes and deviations
made during construction, including all construction variances, to
reflect the work as it was constructed.
i. Record Drawings shall be prepared as specified hereinafter.
j. Record Drawings and five (5) copies shall be signed and sealed
by the Surveyor and shall be submitted to the Department for the
Engineer's review within ten (10) calendar days following the
completion date of successful pressure testing of all mains and
appurtenances under this Contract.
k. If the Engineer determines that the Drawings are not acceptable,
they will be returned to the Contractor with a cover letter noting
the deficiencies and/or reasons for the disapproval. Contractor
shall have ten (10) calendar days to correct all exceptions taken
by the Engineer and resubmit as -built record drawings to the
Engineer for final acceptance.
1.05 MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL AS -BUILT RECORDS
A. The mechanical, structural and electrical information on as-builts for Pump
Stations and Plant work shall be reviewed and signed and sealed by a Florida
Registered Professional Engineer when designated as the responsible party for
the corresponding portion of the as-builts.
B. The Engineer shall verify that all mechanical, structural and electrical information
on the as -built the work was constructed as designed on the Design Plans. Any
deviation shall be noted and approved by the Department.
C. Capital Improvement Projects contracted by the Department shall be certified by
01720 -4 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
the Construction Manager or Engineer of Record that the work was constructed
as designed on the Design Plans with any deviation shall be noted and
approved by the Department.
1.06 PROPERTY BOUNDARIES
A. The Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and
maintain throughout the construction the property boundaries of pump stations
and easements. The surveyor shall verify that the work of the project does not
encroach into adjacent (abutting) property. Property corners lost during
construction shall be reset at the first opportunity to ensure that the work is done
within the designated limits.
B. The as-builts for pump stations or other Water and Sewer Department above
ground facilities in an easement or designated property shall show all property
corners, setbacks and dimensions of the structure and appurtenances. All
information required of a boundary survey shall be contained on the as -built
plans. A boundary survey signed and sealed by a PSM shall be a part of the as -
built plans.
1.07 DRAWINGS
A. During the life of the Contract, maintain records of all deviations from the Plans
and Specifications and prepare therefrom As -Built Record Drawings showing
correctly and accurately all changes and deviations made during construction to
reflect the work as it was actually constructed. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to check the As -Built Record Drawings for errors and omissions prior
to submittal to the Department and certify in writing that the As -Built Record
Drawings are correct and accurate, including the actual location of all piping,
exposed and internal piping, and electrical/signal conduits in or below the
concrete floor. Indicate the size, depth and voltage in each conduit.
B. Legibly Mark To Record Actual Construction: All data as previously specified for
all installations by the Contractor's PSM. For on -site structures and facilities
work the Contractor's Florida Registered Land Surveyor shall record:
1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor
and datum plane.
2. All exposed and underground piping and ductwork with elevations and
dimensions and locations of valves, pull boxes, etc. Changes in
location. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent reference points, plant survey
grids, property lines and similar.
3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the
construction shall be referenced to visible and accessible features of the
structure. Air conditioning ducts with locations of dampers, access
doors, fans and other items needing periodic maintenance.
4. Field changes in dimensions and details.
5. Changes made by Engineer's written instructions or by Change Order.
01720 -5 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
6. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
7. Equipment and piping relocations.
8. Major architectural and structural changes in structures, including tanks.
9. Architectural schedule changes according to Contractor's record and
shop drawings.
10. Record Drawings shall be prepared as specified hereinafter.
C. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and Supplier of each product
and item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Engineer's written instructions or by Change Order.
D. Approved Shop Drawings: Provide record copies for system diagrams and
drawings together with each element of process equipment, piping, electrical
system and instrumentation system.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each Record Document
5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.
B. Record Drawings with five copies which have been signed and sealed by the
surveyor shall be submitted to the M -D WASD for the engineer's review.
Drawings shall conform to recognized drafting standards. As -built drawing shall
be submitted on 24 -inch by 36 -inch bond paper. These materials shall be
submitted to the MD-WASD for the Engineer's review as a prerequisite for
payment during the course of construction as previously specified and final,
complete sets of documents within ten calendar days following the completion
date of successful testing of all mains, equipment and appurtenances under this
Contract. Final payment will not be made until the five sets of as -built record
drawings (with AutoCAD file) and five sets of prints have been approved and
accepted by the Engineer.
1. In cases where a portion of a pipeline system or parts of a process
system are put into service, the above conditions shall apply for the in-
service portion and monthly payments shall be withheld until the as -built
drawings are accepted by the Engineer.
2. As -Built Record Drawings, as prepared by the Contractor's Florida
Licensed Professional Surveyor and Mapper and submitted by the
Contractor, shall comply with following criteria and standards:
a. Title block must show the Contract or Project Title (as
applicable); Contract number; MD-WASD ER, PCTS, RPQ
numbers; Contractor's name; Engineer of Record's name;
01720 -6 R-5
MDWASD
9/2016
Surveyor's name and address; date; location; and where
appropriate to the work, size and type (i.e. water main, sanitary
gravity main, sanitary force main) of main.
b. Baselines or centerlines must be tied to section corners,
monument line and right-of-way lines.
c. Pipeline must be tied to baseline or centerline with stations and
offsets.
d. Baselines or centerlines must show bearings or deflection
angles, or delta, radius, chord and arc length for curves.
e. Show all horizontal curve data, including point of curvature (PC)
and point of tangency (PT) stations or radial bearing.
f. Stationing must be the same as shown on construction drawings
and must be tied to Section corners, centerline intersections and
all other pertinent control points within the Project. All such
pertinent points shall have their stationing shown and where
there is dual stationing for a point, both stations shall be called
out.
g. Indentify all streets by name or number and show stationing at all
intersecting streets.
h. Refer to vertical datum plane and identify the location, elevation
and source supplying the bench mark used.
i. Tie easement lines to survey baseline or platted centerline and
right-of-ways.
j. Show horizontal and vertical locations of all fittings, deflections,
or at any significant change of direction, and at a maximum of
100 -foot intervals along the pipeline for off -site (e.g. in the public
right-of-way) and at maximum 25- foot intervals for on -site (e.g.
on a facility such as a pump station or plant work.
k. On all pipe fittings of 36 -inch diameter or over, (i.e. tees bends,
crosses, wyes, increasers/decreasers, bevels) elevations must
be taken at the end and center points to reflect the true elevation
and altitude of the fitting.
I. Elevations of natural ground or pavement over the pipeline must
be shown at each position where the pipe elevation is shown and
at intervening high and low points.
m. Manhole rim and valve box rim elevations must be shown.
n. Show all invert and bottom elevations in manholes and valve
vaults or boxes. Show all invert and bottom elevations together
with pipe size, and where it can be determined, pipe material, for
existing structures having pipes which cross the pipe line being
constructed.
o. Locations and elevations together with diameter, thickness and
material of all casings.
p. Location, top and bottom elevations of all sheeting left in place.
q. Coordinate values used inside plants shall be the local, the
City established coordinate systems referenced to the
property boundary.
r. State plane coordinate values for all new valves and manholes;
on existing valves and manholes at points of connection or
closest to the point of connection and the point of connection
01720 -7 R-5
MDWASD 9/2016
itself.
3. Certification: The Contractor shall certify on as -built record drawings all
other actual constructed details and information as may be required by
the City including but not limited to:
a. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material,
manufacturer, type of joint and type of joint restraint.
b. Valves shall be identified by size, type, end condition; and n
valves 16 -inch or larger, the manufacturer's name and number of
turns required to open or close the valve.
c. Show calculated pipeline percent of grade between manholes of
gravity systems.
d. Types and sizes of sheeting and piling together with measured
and complete; location, dimensional, , and elevation data on any
pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other appurtenant
structures left in place.
C. Digital Records: The City requires the submittal of as -built drawings in
AutoCAD for Windows format and in PDF format. Graphical information
contained on magnetic media shall be the same as provided on plan sheets.
Digital Records shall be delivered to the City Project Manager containing a
list of all files and data being provided. The AutoCAD file shall be compatible
with the Department system and capable of being uploaded without external
reference files.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01720 -8 R-5
SECTION 01 78 40 (01725)
PROJECT AS-BUILT/RECORD DRAWINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section shall serve to set requirements for As-Built/Record Drawings submitted
to Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department (Department").
B. As-Built/Record Drawings shall be submitted prior to placing any mains in service. The
approved Final As-Built/Record Drawings are required for Substantial Completion and
Conveyance of new water or sewer infrastructure. The infrastructure shall have As-
Built/Record Drawings in the format and information specified herein, as recorded by
a Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM) and prepared in accordance with these
guidelines as part of the construction and inspection process.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, bound
herein:
1. Section 01 31 19.13 (01150) — "Preconstruction Conference"
2. Section 01 42 16 (01005) — "Defined Terms"
3. Section 01 71 23 (01031) — "Grades, Lines and Levels"
4. Section 01 77 00 (01700) — "Contract Closeout"
1.03 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Florida Registered Professional Surveyor
and Mapper as a prerequisite to receiving a Notice To Proceed (NTP).
1. Prior to receiving the NTP the Contractor shall provide a letter from the PSM
indicating that the Contractor has secured his services to perform all survey
work for the duration of the Project, and to prepare final As-built/Record
Drawings.
2. Prior to receiving the NTP the Contractor shall provide a copy of the insurance
policy declaration page of the surveying company, and the professional Liability
insurance coverage.
3. The Surveyor shall attend the Preconstruction Conference. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to have the services of the PSM by the Preconstruction
Conference and the PSM in attendance.
4. Donation projects require the Survey Company or PSM to carry professional
liability insurance coverage. A copy of the insurance policy including the
declaration page shall be provided with the Final As-Built/Record Drawings.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 1 ER No.
B. The Florida Registered PSM shall maintain records of the installation, including all
deviations from Plans and Specifications, and for the purposes of preparing and
submitting to the Department an As-Built/Record Drawing in compliance with:
1. Florida Statutes Chapter 472.027.
2. Florida Administrative Code Chapter 5J-17.
3. As further required by the Contract Documents.
1.04 AS -BUILT SUBMITTAL PACKAGE
A. The Final As-Built/Record Drawing shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to
performing the pressure test of the main to be placed into service. The Department is
required to have as -built record documentation of all mains in operation.
B. Donation Projects As -Built Package -Submittal Prior To Pressure Testing and
Certification
1. A set of signed and sealed As-Built/Record Drawings (DWFX or PDF file),
signed and sealed field book information, electronic field raw data shall be
submitted using the applicable Department's system.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings in digital format DWG.
3. Bill of Materials, Bill of Sale Sketch (completed and signed by the Contractor).
4. Easement(s) legal description and sketch (signed by the owner if part of the
project). All surveys for right-of-ways, easements, properties, topographical,
boundaries and other special purposes.
C. Monthly submittals (for WASD contract projects)
1. A set of signed and sealed As-Built/Record Drawings (DWFX or PDF file),
signed and sealed field book information, electronic field raw data shall be
submitted using the applicable Department's system.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings in digital format DWG.
3. Final As-Built/Record Drawings shall be submitted as a prerequisite for the last
progress payment.
4. Easement(s) legal description and sketch (signed by the owner if part of the
project). All surveys for right-of-ways, easements, properties, topographical,
boundaries and other special purposes.
D. Final submittal shall consist of corrected As-Built/Record Drawings and Documents
in digital format (DWG and PDF files), to be submitted using the applicable
Department's system and the following sets of signed and sealed hard copies:
1. Two sets for water main projects,
2. Two sets for gravity and force main sewer projects,
3. For pump stations:
a. Five sets for donation projects.
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 2 ER No.
b. Three sets for contracts.
4. PSM's signed and sealed copy of the Field Book.
5. For donations, a copy of the insurance policy of the PSM, and the surveying
company, including the declaration page.
E. As-Built/Record Drawings signed and sealed by the Florida Registered Professional
Surveyor and Mapper and/or Engineer of Record or designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer must comply with format requirements.
F. Platted Lots Requirement
1. In lieu of recorded plats, 1 copy of a tentative plat signed by a representative of
the Miami -Dade County, Department of Transportation and Public Works, Plats
Division may be acceptable for As-Built/Record purposes. The Plats Division
representative shall attest that the lot and block numbers, street names,
easements, and other pertinent data shown are as will be recorded in the plat's
final form. In this case, the submitter is responsible to provide a copy of the
recorded plat to the Department's New Business office before any water meters
are set on the Project.
1.05 AS-BUILT/RECORD DRAWINGS FORMAT AND GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Size shall be 24" X 36".
1. Preferred scales are 1"=20' for contracts and 1"=40' for donations horizontally,
and 1 "=2' for contracts and 1 "=4' for donations vertically. Other scales may be
permitted but must be approved by the Department prior to preparation of the
drawings.
2. Provide separate As-Built/Record Drawings and easements for water and
sewer conveyances. Where water and sewer are shown on the sewer As-
Built/Record Drawings, print dash the water on the sewer As-Built/Record
Drawings and show only sewer As -Built information. The same applies for the
water As-Built/Record Drawings.
3. Any deviations from the design plans must be approved by the Department.
B. Quality of As-Built/Record Drawings
1. To ensure that As-Built/Record Drawings may serve their intended purposes,
they shall be prepared with consideration for quality. The Inspector and As -
Built Reviewer will consider the following elements to ensure the quality of As-
Built/Record Drawings:
a. Accuracy: The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the
field information as necessary when there is underground pipe
installation. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and
Mapper shall be responsible for providing measurements in accordance
with the standard of practice established in Chapter 5J-17 of the Florida
Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 427.027, Florida Statutes.
The approved final As-Built/Record Drawing will be used as part of the
Department's GIS and Record System. In addition, the horizontal
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 3 ER No.
accuracy shall not exceed 1 foot in 7,500 feet, a commonly value
accepted for suburban areas. The elevations shall be based on a closed
level between two -benchmarks and shall not exceed the calculated
value of a closure in feet of plus or minus 0.05 feet times the square
root of the distance in miles.
b. Appearance: As-Built/Record Drawing shall be prepared in a
professional manner consistent with common drafting standards for
layout, lettering and line work.
c. Understandability: As -Built information shall be portrayed in a manner
that is readily understandable by someone not familiar with the specific
job.
d. Clarity: Preparer shall endeavor to present As -Built information clearly
without "cluttering" the drawing. Do not include or show trees, shrubs,
traffic lights or signs, landscaping, etc.
1.06 CERTIFICATION
A. As-Built/Record Drawings shall include a signed, sealed and dated certification
statement by the responsible Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper,
that all measurements were recorded under his direction and that they are accurate.
B. Final As-Built/Record Drawings that contain electrical, mechanical or structural work
(pump stations, sewage flow meters, etc.), shall be signed and sealed by the Engineer
of Record to indicate As -Built conditions.
C. Certifier shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of the As-Built/Record Drawings.
As-Built/Record Drawings shall not contain any statement that the information was
obtained from another party other than a Professional Surveyor and Mapper under his
direction (e.g. a statement such as "As -Built information provided by Contractor" shall
not be permitted).
D. The Contractor shall certify on the As-Built/Record Drawings that the As-Built/Record
Drawings are correct and accurately depict what was constructed in the field, in
addition that all As -Built field information submitted to the FOR or designated Florida
Registered Professional Engineer and/or PSM reflects actual field As -Built project
conditions, such as:
1. Valves must be identified by size, type, and end condition. On valves 16 -inch
or larger, the manufacturer's name and number of turns required to open or
close the valve.
2. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material, manufacturer, type of joint
and type of joint restraint.
3. Types and sizes of sheeting and piling together with location, dimensional, and
elevation data on any pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other
appurtenant structures left in place.
4. External wiring has been terminated inside the panel at the designated
"terminal boxes" in accordance with the approved electrical schematic and/or
shop drawings.
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 4 ER No.
5. The electrical control panel has been installed and its components match
approved shop drawings and are in compliance with the Department's
Standards and Specifications.
6. The electrical power and control diagrams are current and reflect all approved
plans and/or field modifications made, if any.
7. The electrical control panel and associated electrical equipment are safe to
energize and operate.
E. The electrical control panel manufacturer shall certify that:
1. The installed control panel has been inspected at the job site.
2. The control panel and its components match approved shop drawings and are
in compliance with project's plans and specifications.
3. The control panel and its components have not been modified, changed or
altered in any way, shape or form as to void the Underwriter Laboratory (UL)
listing.
4. The electrical control panel and its components are safe to energize and
operate
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor's Responsibility
1. As-Built/Record Drawing preparation and submittal shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor. The final As-Built/Record Drawings shall be completed and
submitted to the Department prior to pressure testing, pending to show only
portions of the Project not authorized to be done before certification of the
system, such as interconnections, abandonments, cut and plugs, etc.; those
activities shall be reflected on the final As-Built/Record Drawing and
resubmitted within ten (10) County calendar days after a successful test.
Testing will not be considered complete until As-Built/Record Drawings, field
book data and other record documents are submitted and approved by the
Department.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings shall be checked by the Contractor for errors and
omissions prior to submittal to the Department.
3. For Donation Projects: A Bill of Materials (on Department form) shall also be
certified as correct by signature and presented at the time of As -Built
submission. Quantities shown on the Bill of Materials shall match installed and
As -Built quantities, not quantities proposed, bid or bought nor scaled distances
or quantities.
B. Professional Surveyor and Mapper Responsibility
1. The PSM shall be responsible for all locations, measurements and associated
information on the As-Built/Record Drawings.
2. Infrastructure being shown on As-Built/Record Drawings shall have been
located under the direction of a Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and
Mapper.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 5 ER No.
3. As-Built/Record Drawings shall meet the requirements established in these
specifications.
1.08 PHASING
A. Phasing of projects must be approved by the Department and such approval
communicated to the Inspections Unit. Where phasing is approved the following
additional requirements for As-Built/Record Drawings shall apply:
1. The phase number must appear prominently on each sheet.
2. A prominent phase line shall be drawn at the junctures of the submitted phase
with any previous or subsequent phases. The phase line shall be labeled and
the phase numbers on either side of it identified.
3. Work in previous or subsequent phases shall be "hatched" out or dashed in
plan and profile and labeled "Not a Part" to clearly eliminate it from the As-
Built/Record Drawings.
4. Clearly show what is part of the present phase and what is part of previous or
subsequent phases at the tie-in points or phase lines. Make certain that this
matches what was previously submitted with any earlier phases.
5. Unless otherwise authorized, phases shall end at a valve for water and force
mains, and at a manhole for gravity sewers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. If construction drawings are used to create the As-Built/Record Drawings, all
"proposed" construction related information such as "equal to", "typical",
"approximately", "shall", etc. shall be removed from As-Built/Record Drawings, leaving
only "As -Built" information reflected on the drawing. Do not remove any information on
materials installed. The construction drawings need to be adjusted accordingly to
reflect constructed as -built information.
B. Site location sketch shall be provided showing the Project site and surrounding area
with all streets clearly named, its own north arrow and a readable scale. The section,
township and range shall also be provided therein.
C. Provide separate water and sewer profiles.
D. When the main crosses a utility or structure, the two points providing the clearance
shall be identified, measured and recorded. This shall apply to all utilities (water, sewer,
sewer laterals, water services, gas, electric, storm, telecommunication, duct banks,
etc.).
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 6 ER No.
E. All mains shall be stationed, and all facilities and infrastructure labeled. As-Built/Record
Drawings shall show stations for all services. As -Built lengths and distances for service
runs shall also be given.
F. Stations shall run along the baseline.
G. For water mains, force mains and gravity sewers use one continuous stationing
system.
H. Where different stationing systems cross, show the equation station.
I. Label with station and offset all valves, fittings, services, outlets, manholes, deflection
points and other components in the line. The labels, stations and offsets shall coincide,
plan and profile.
3.02 REQUIRED INFORMATION AND MEASUREMENTS
A. Set -Up Verification
1. The Contractor's Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper is
required to recover the design baseline and verify the elevations and
coordinates on a regular basis as needed.
2. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and
maintain throughout the construction the property boundaries and easements
of pump stations and any other Department's facilities and infrastructure. The
PSM shall verify that the work of the Project does not encroach into adjacent
(abutting) property. Property corners lost during construction shall be reset at
the first opportunity to ensure that the work is done within the designated limits.
The PSM shall note on As-Built/Record Drawings any Department approved
encroachments into pump station site (fencing, driveways, etc.).
3. The Contractor is required to have a level instrument setup next to the
construction site in order to control the vertical alignment of the pipe installation
prior to trench backfilling. The level shall be setup daily for use by the PSM,
Contractor's foreman and Department Engineer/Inspector.
4. The Contractor is required to have a survey crew record the field information
on a daily basis when there is underground facilities and infrastructure
installation. The survey crew shall be on -site as needed to record and verify
the information before it is covered. Any underground construction work that
does not have the information recorded by a survey crew will be stopped by the
Department Engineer/Inspector. The Engineer/Inspector has the authority to
order re -excavation of work that was covered without accurate survey
measurements.
B. Field Book Information
1. The Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper is required to have
his crews make daily visits to the Project site during underground pipe
installation work to perform field measurements of the Contractor's daily
installations. This information shall be recorded in field books. Copies of the
field notes are required to be provided to the Construction Manager/Inspector
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 7 ER No.
on a monthly basis. The PSM's field notes shall be submitted to the
Department along with final As-Built/Record Drawings (signed and sealed) as
a condition of conveyance (for donation projects), or monthly basis as a
condition of payment and at substantial completion (for contract projects)
before applying for final payment. Electronic field raw data is acceptable.
C. As-Built/Record Drawings Content Requirements and Procedures
1. The following shall be made a part of any As -Built submittal for water or sewer,
where applicable:
a. Project name, Project identification number and the words "As-
Built/Record Water" or "Record Drawing Water" or "As-Built/Record
Sewer" or "Record Drawing Sewer", all prominently displayed. PMS's or
Engineer's name, company, address, phone number and certification
statement shall also be displayed.
b. All applicable permit numbers for the Project shall be shown on the
cover sheet.
c. Graphic and numeric scale, north arrow and any symbol legend
needed.
d. All involved streets shown with centerlines, right-of-way lines, widths
and names, with matching plat, if applicable, subdivision name, phase
line and number. (Phasing to be nearest valve and manhole in limits
of phase area). Show station at all intersecting streets.
e. All involved lots and blocks shown and correctly designated (to match
plat).
f. All control lines identified (i.e. centerline, section line, monument line,
property line, etc.). Identify all streets by name or number.
Baseline shall be tied to centerlines, boundary lines, section corners, or
to monument lines or to right-of-way lines. Baselines must show
bearings or deflection angles, or delta, radius, chord and arc length for
curves.
h. Pipeline shall be tied to a baseline that is easily identified on the existing
or proposed right-of-way. Baseline shall not be on top of the main
except for gravity sewers installed on centerlines.
i. Show all horizontal curve data, including point of curvature (PC) and
point of tangency (PT) stations or radial bearing.
j. Stationing shall proceed from south to north and/or from west to east.
Stationing shall be the same as shown on construction drawings and
must be tied to section corners, centerline intersections and all other
pertinent control points within the Project. All such pertinent points
shall have their stationing shown and where there is dual stationing for
a point, both stations shall be called out.
k. Horizontal Control
1) The PSM shall show on the As-Built/Record Drawings the
Florida State Plane Coordinate (current readjustment - NAD 83,
g.
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 8 ER No.
FLA East Zone 901) with at least two physically located
horizontal control points within the Project limits.
2) For As-Built/Record Drawings within Department facilities with
relative coordinates, a coordinate conversion equation needs to
be included on every sheet.
I. Vertical Control
1) As-Built/Record Drawing shall use the same datum as per
approved design plans.
2) Nationwide, surveys and As-Built/Record Drawings are in the
process of conversion to NAVD 88 from the NGVD 1929. The
Department will accept NAVD 88 datum with a conversion factor
to NGVD 1929 on each page.
3) For projects using City of Miami datum provide a conversion
factor on each page to NGVD 1929 datum.
m. Easements
1) Easements, if any, shall be clearly shown with size, coordinates
for each corner and tied to the property line. The easements
shall be separate for water, sewer, force main and pump
stations.
2) Existing easements with Official Record Book (ORB) information
must be shown.
3) Easements are required for any infrastructure not in the public
right-of-way. An easement may also be required for a main in
the public right of way if there is insufficient side clearance to the
right-of-way line to permit maintenance of the pipeline (usually
6' for water and 7.5' for force mains and gravity sewer mains on
each side measured from the center of the pipe). For pipelines
larger than 16 -inches in diameter the easement size shall be
determined by the Department.
4) Easement lines shall be tied to the centerline of the main.
5) Show easement released with Miami Dade County Clerk of the
Court Official Record Book (ORB) and page.
n. Tie-in Points
1) All tie-in points, water or sewer shall be tied to the baseline.
2) In instances where this is impractical such as for service
installations, the tie-in location may be referenced to a known
Department facility such as a valve or manhole. This facility
must be fully identified with atlas page, Department As-
Built/Record Drawing number and page and its designation and
station as given therein. Approval for this method of location
shall be secured with the As -Built Reviewer/Inspector.
3) All locations for future connections or tie-ins shall be left
unburied and uncovered until the Contractor's Florida
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 9 ER No.
Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper measures and
records the As -Built information.
4) Clearly show and label what is new and what is existing at the
tie-in points with the WASD As-Built/Record Drawing number
identified on the existing main.
o. The ends of all services and laterals shall be fully located by reference
to the main and the nearest property line(s).
p. Show all outlets, stub -outs, sewer lateral, water service and any other
relevant information. Identify the size, material, length, direction and
elevation (top of pipe for water and force main, invert for gravity sewer).
q. On all pipe fittings of 36 -inches diameter or larger, including tees,
bends, crosses, wyes and bevels, station and elevation shall be taken
at the end and center points to reflect the true elevation and orientation
of the fitting.
r. Elevations of natural ground or pavement over pipelines shall be shown
at each position where the pipe elevation is shown at least every 100
feet on profile view.
s. Show profile view of the main pipeline installation on the same sheet as
the plan view. Stationing on both views shall be aligned to facilitate As -
Built review.
t. Manhole rim and valve box rim elevations shall be shown.
u. Show all invert and bottom elevations in manholes and valve vaults or
boxes.
v. Show all invert and bottom elevations together with pipe size, and where
it can be determined, pipe material, for existing structures having pipes
which cross the pipe line being constructed within 250 feet of point of
crossing.
w. Location, elevation, material and size of all casings shall be shown.
Launching and receiving pits location and dimensions shall be shown in
case of jack and boring or micro tunneling used for casing installation.
x. Types, sizes of sheeting and piling together with measured and
complete locations with dimensions, top and bottom elevations of all
sheeting and pile caps, tie backs, anchors, whalers or other appurtenant
structures including sheeting left in -place, shall be shown.
y. Where service is not at a right angle (90 degrees) to main line, tie
service with length of offset to nearest property line.
z. For Horizontal Directional Drilling installations, in addition to the
applicable items already mentioned on this section, As-Built/Record
Drawings shall include:
1) Equipment used.
2) Angles at entry and exit and radius.
3) Bore path report to include detection method used, location for
both entry and exit referenced to a permanent structure,
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 10 ER No.
information of the company collecting the data, such as
company name, address, date, staff information who collected
the data.
4) The Department shall be provided with As-Built/Record Drawing
for any failed bore path.
aa. Provide State Plane Coordinate values and elevations for all visible
features such as valves, fittings, service lines, manholes, fire hydrants,
water sampling points, water meters, cleanouts and backflow
preventers, utility poles, adjacent to the main, overhead wires crossing
the main and other appurtenances along the main. Also provide State
Plane Coordinate values for existing valves and manholes at points of
connection or closest to the point of connection and the point of
connection itself.
bb. Lines that are abandoned in place, placed out of service or removed
shall be clearly identified (dashed and bold line type) on the As-
Built/Record Drawings to include cut and plug locations, pipe material
and existing As -Built location. Include the existing As-Built/Record
Drawing numbers. State whether cut and plug was performed by
Department forces.
cc. Include a statement showing work performed by the Contractor under
Department's licensed operator supervision.
dd. Mechanical restraints shall be identified on the As-Built/Record
Drawing. The restraint system used shall be identified (gland restrained,
joint restrained or gasket restrained). If thrust blocks are constructed,
the top elevation, outer dimension, thickness of the block, length and
location of any sheet piling, if used, shall be recorded by the
Contractor's PSM.
ee. Large diameter concrete transmission mains 42 -inches and larger shall
show each pipe joint with station and pipe length.
ff. Restrained pipe, end line valves, thrust blocks shall be left uncovered
for the last complete length. In line valves and tees shall be left
exposed for one length on both sides plus the face end. Measure and
record the elevation, horizontal and vertical alignment, and inclination
for these items.
For pipeline projects, provide dimensions and elevations of ground and
top of pipe every one -hundred feet maximum, or portion thereof along
the pipeline, at every significant change on ground elevation, at every
horizontal and vertical change in direction and at all fittings, with
stations.
gg.
hh. If an asset is authorized to be reused, clearly show that asset, such as
a fire hydrant, is being reused.
ii. Pipeline must be identified by type of pipe material, manufacturer, type
of joint and type of joint restraint.
jj. The identity, dimension, location and elevation of any existing utilities
crossing the proposed line and so immediately adjacent to the new line
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 11 ER No.
as to be exposed by the excavation shall also be recorded. Locate,
excavate, expose and record the same data for any utility shown in the
plans whose proximity to the proposed pipeline could affect the
certification requirements of the new installation. Note that in
instances of a very wide ditch due to ground conditions the recording of
data for adjacent, paralleling, utilities shall only be required for lines
which come within three feet of the outside (but not less than the
minimum required per FAC 62-555.314) of the pipe being installed
unless otherwise ordered by the Department whose decision shall be
final.
kk. Specific location and elevation of equipment, buildings and
miscellaneous items installed inside the buildings shall be recorded as
applicable and as required by the Department.
II. Without exception, where the substitution of a piece of equipment for
that shown on the Plans has been allowed, the footprint, clearance and
elevation dimensions shall be recorded by the Contractor's PSM and
these changes shall be accurately and thoroughly portrayed on the As-
Built/Record Drawings.
2. As-Built/Record Drawings for water and sewer force mains shall additionally
include the following:
a. Plan view showing size, material, offset of main, deflections (if any),
stations and offsets of services, hydrants and fittings at the main; and
at main, deflections (if any) and the end of the service line.
b. Profile showing ground and top of pipe elevation every 100 feet,
maximum, and at any change in grade (with corresponding station) and
at every fitting. Show size and material of pipe, all fittings and extend of
restrained pipe with stations. Stationing system shall be the same as
that used in the plan view.
c. Distances from main to all valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall
be shown. Tie hydrants to right-of-way. In established areas, the PSM
shall run -out right-of-way lines.
d. All "Assembly Detail" shall be provided for all turbo meter installations
and for all meters greater than four (4) inches.
e. Label water service as either double, single, irrigation, and so on, based
on type of service, including diameter and material.
f. When meter banks are used, show typical detail with size of service
line, material and type of services.
Location of all air release valves and top of pipe elevation, identifying if
the air release valves are automatic or manual.
h. Valves must be identified by size, type, and end condition.
Manufacturer's name and number of turns required to open or close the
valve shall be provided for valves 16 inch or larger.
3. Gravity sewer As-Built/Record Drawings shall additionally include the following:
a. Plan showing manhole numbers and stations, size and material of pipe,
g.
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 12 ER No.
manhole to manhole length and slope in percentage. The size,
material, station and lengths of laterals shall also be shown. Stationing
shall be in accordance with the approved permit Plans.
b. Profile showing manhole numbers (as per plan), rim elevations, invert
elevations in and out of each manhole with directions, length and slope
of line. Pipes with a slope less than the minimum recommended by RER
(formerly Department of Environmental Resource Management)
minimum for a particular size of pipe shall not be accepted.
c. Stations and offsets of all wyes and tees for laterals and location of
cleanouts with distance to property line.
d. Connections to existing sewer collection systems with flow direction
shown.
e. Show profile for sewer laterals crossing utilities, with invert elevations
at main, at crossings, at change in direction and at clean out, including
slope, clearance at crossing and station.
f. When connecting a new main or lateral to an existing main, the As-
Built/Record Drawing shall show distance and invert elevations of
downstream and upstream existing manholes.
4. The following shall also be included on As-Built/Record Drawings for sewer
pump stations and other infrastructure:
a. A complete topographic and boundary survey for the pump station
and/or other facilities signed and sealed by the Florida Registered
Professional Surveyor and Mapper as part of the As-Built/Record
Drawings. All information required of a boundary survey, such as
property corners, setbacks, dimensions of the structure and
appurtenances, etc. shall be contained on the As-Built/Record
Drawings to include the legal description of pump station site and/or
other facilities, easements and rights -of -way abutting the pump station
site and location of all surface facilities recorded by a PSM. All utilities
within pump station property shall be properly shown, along with their
associated elevation and clearance.
b. Horizontal and vertical locations of all fittings, deflections, or at any
significant change of direction, and at a maximum 25- foot intervals for
on -site (e.g. on a facility such as a pump station or plant work).
c. Plan and vertical cross-section of the station showing and identifying
the piping and mechanical layout. Show elevations for top of wet and
dry wells, bottom of wet well, pipe inverts, finish floor elevation, etc.
d. FEMA flood zone and elevation shall be shown on the cover sheet.
e. Electrical As-Built/Record Drawing control and riser/one-line power
schematic diagrams, RTU wiring diagram and all other elevation and
any other electrical details.
f. Engineering Report as to the pump manufacturer, size, capacity (TDH),
peak design capacity (in GPM) and Bill of Materials (for donation
projects).
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 13 ER No.
g.
The mechanical, structural and electrical record drawings are to be
prepared by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer, each sheet of the record drawings must be
signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida
Registered Professional Engineer. The cover sheet is to be signed and
sealed by the Engineer of Record or a designated Florida Registered
Professional Engineer and shall include the following statement:
1) "I certify that these record drawings have been reviewed by me
or by individual(s) under my direct supervision and that these
drawings incorporate the information contained in the certified
As-Built/Record Drawings. To the best of my knowledge and
belief these record drawings substantially reflect the sanitary
sewer pump station and/or other infrastructure as constructed,
and as depicted on the permit plans including any Department
approved deviations, if any. The accuracy of these record
drawings is reliant on the accuracy applied by the PSM that
prepared the certified As-Built/Record Drawings, which was
[include the PSM's name, business name, PSM number,
address and telephone number]. The PSM has certified to me in
writing, that the As -Built location information of the sanitary
sewer pump station and/or other infrastructure conforms to the
standards of practice for land surveying, Chapter 5J-17 of the
Florida Administrative Code."
3.03 DEPARTMENT PROCESSING
A. The Department will require 10 County calendar days to perform the As -Built review.
B. As-Built/Record Drawings will be initially reviewed, commented and/or recommended
to be approved, from construction perspective, by the responsible Field Inspector, who
shall verify that they are an accurate representation of the work as installed and that
the job as shown is complete and in accordance with the permitted plans.
C. Following the Field Inspector's review, As-Built/Record Drawings will be reviewed in
depth by the As -Built Reviewer to ensure compliance with these specifications. The
Reviewer will also check the complete package which for donation projects shall
include the Bill of Materials.
D. The complete submittal package as defined above shall be delivered using the
applicable Department's system.
E. Cause for Non -Review
1. If review by the As -Built Reviewers reveals excessive errors or omissions, the
As-Built/Record Drawings shall be deemed "non reviewable". As-Built/Record
Drawings containing excessive errors or omissions shall include those with
omission of major sections of the installation, water and sewer As-Built/Record
Drawings on same sheet, those lacking large amounts of information and other
WASD 12/2020 01 78 40 - 14 ER No.
rrors or omissions that are considered excessive in the opinion of the As -Built
Reviewer.
2. In cases when an As-Built/Record Drawing is considered "non -reviewable", it
shall be marked "Not Reviewable", the reviewer shall note comments regarding
obvious problem(s) and shall be returned to submitter. Such As-Built/Record
Drawings will not be considered as having been reviewed for the purposes of
Sub -section F, Punch List, below.
F. Punch List (for donation projects only)
1. Punch List items may be generated from the Department initial review.
Successive reviews are solely for the purpose of ensuring that original punch
list items are completely and correctly done to obtain a final As-Built/Record
Drawing acceptable to the Department.
2. Successive punch list items may only be added to correct a problem resulting
from submitter's efforts to comply with the original punch list. The Department
will prevent adding new punch list item(s). Submitter shall be required to make
these successive changes.
3. In the case of a major oversight on the part of the As -Built Reviewer, punch list
items may be added to the list or requested to the submitter after the valid time
for such items. The Department requires that all corrections be made as a
condition of accepting the final As-Built/Record Drawings.
G. Acquisition and Resubmittal
1. After notification from the Department, DWFX and/or PDF file with markups
along with the As -Built punch list (donation projects only) can be obtained from
the applicable Department's System.
2. After making the corrections requested on the As-Built/Record Drawing set and
punch list, upload the revised package to the applicable Department's System.
On contracts, contractor shall resubmit con-ected As-Built/Record Drawings to
the Department within 10 County calendar days for contracts
3. The Department will require 10 County calendar days to perform the As-
Built/Record Drawing review.
H. Disputes or Interpretation
1. Resolution of disputes and interpretation of these requirements is the
responsibility of the As -Built Reviewer. Submitting parties are urged to work
with him to resolve any problems of this nature.
2. Where necessary, the submitting party may request a hearing with the
Department's PSM in matters of dispute or interpretation. The Department's
PSM's decisions shall be final.
END OF SECTION
WASD 12/2020
01 78 40 - 15 ER No.
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION 01730
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Prepare Operating and Maintenance (0 & M) Manual covering all equipments and systems
provided under this project.
B. Instruct Department's personnel in the operation of equipment and maintenance provided
under this project.
C. This Section covers the services of the manufacturer's representatives and special
coordinating services required of the Contractor that shall apply during construction, facilities
startup, and training of the Department's personnel for facilities operation.
D. The Contractor shall inform all subcontractors and manufacturers of the requirements herein
and include the following services in his costs for the work. Where a minimum amount of
time is stated in the Technical Specifications for manufacturer's services, any additional time
required to perform the specified services shall be at no additional cost to the Department.
1.02 FORM, FORMAT AND SUBMITTALS CONTENTS:
A. Operating and Maintenance manuals will be used for use by Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Department personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various systems.
B. The Department shall be furnished with one set of any special tools required for servicing
for each type of equipment actually furnished.
C. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Department's personnel.
D. Format:
1) Size: 8% in. x 11 in.
2) Paper: 20 -pound minimum, white, for typed pages.
3) Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten.
4) Drawings:
(a) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
(b) Fold larger drawings to the size of the text paper.
5) Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment.
(a) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment.
(b) Provide indexed tabs.
6) Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAIN-
TENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List:
(a) Title of Project.
(b) Identify of separate structure as applicable.
(c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
01730 - 1 R-1
MDWASD
E. Binders:
1/1999
1) Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
2) Maximum ring size: As required (Minimum 1V2 -inches).
F. Content of Manual:
1) Neatly typewritten table of contents, arranged in a systematic order.
(a) Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
(b) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the
volume.
(c) List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
(i) Subcontractor or installer.
(ii) Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
(iii) Identify the area of responsibility of each.
(iv) Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
(d) Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth
in Contract Documents.
G. Product Data:
1) Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2) Annotate each sheet to:
(a) Clearly identify the specific product or part Installed.
(b) Clearly identify the data applicable in the installation.
(c) Delete references to inapplicable information.
H. Drawings:
1) Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
(a) Relations of component part of equipment and system.
(b) Control wiring, schematic wiring, and flow diagram.
2) Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3) Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
I. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1) Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2) Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
J. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1) Provide information sheet for Department's personnel, give:
(a) Proper procedures in the event of failure.
(b) Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
01730 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1.03 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS:
A. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1) Description of unit and component parts.
(a) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
(b) Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
(c) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2) Operating Procedures:
(a) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
(b) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions.
(c) Special operating instructions.
3) Maintenance Procedures:
(a) Routine operations.
(b) Guide to "trouble shooting".
(c) Disassembly, repair, and reassembly.
(d) Alignment, adjusting, and checking.
4) Servicing and lubrication schedule.
(a) List of lubricants required.
5) Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6) Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7) Original manufacturer's parts list, illustration, as drawings and diagrams required for
maintenance.
(a) Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
(b) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8) List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recom-
mended quantities to be maintained in storage.
9) Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications.
B. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of Department's personnel.
C. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: The respective sections of
Specifications.
01730 - 3 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1.04 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. General: Operating instructions and diagrams shall be prepared for posting near the
equipment. Posted operating instructions shall be photographic or equal non -fading
reproductions framed under glass encased in non -discoloring plastic and shall be mounted
in location directed. Copies of the posted operating instructions shall also used with the
operating and maintenance manuals as a basis in training employees in the operation and
maintenance of systems and related equipment installed.
B. Contents: Posted operating instructions shall consist of simplified, consolidated equipment,
control and power diagrams graphically representing the entire system and actual equipment
installed, including concise written instructions on how to start and stop systems, what
settings and conditions are to be observed and what control adjustments are to be made or
maintained by the operation.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATES:
A. Each major component of equipment to have manufacturer's name, address, model number
and rating on a plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. Nameplate of a distributing
agent will not be acceptable in lieu of manufacturer's nameplate.
B. Nameplate shall be die -stamped, engraved, or etched to guarantee long term legibility.
1.06 GUARANTY/WARRANTY:
A. The Contractor shall guarantee that all new equipment has the capacity specified and that
it will operate without excess noise or vibration.
B. Contractor shall furnish a written guarantee covering all workmanship and materials for a
period of one (1) year, from the date of acceptance. This shall include an agreement to
repair or replace, at his expense, all defects that may appear in that time, which in the
opinion of the Department, are due to defective workmanship or materials.
C. Copies of factory warranties on all equipment furnished shall be submitted with the above
described, written guarantee period, and included in maintenance manuals.
1.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Contractor shall provide all required service and maintenance on all equipment installed
under this contract for one (1) year following final acceptance or the beginning of beneficial
use by the Department. The starting date of one (1) year service period shall be determined
by the Department. Included in the service and maintenance to be provided during this one
(1) year period, shall be all required lubrication, adjusting belt tensions, eliminating excessive
noise and vibration, correcting all electrical and mechanical faults, recording all permanent
installed gauge meter and temperature readings, and other general service items, including
the answering of service calls.
B. Services During Construction:
01730 - 4 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
1) General: Competent and experienced technical representatives shall represent the
manufacturers of all equipment and systems as many days as may be necessary to
resolve assembly or installation problems at the worksite which are attributable to, or
associated with, the equipment furnished. This requirement applies to manufacturers
of all equipment furnished, whether or not specifically set forth in the Technical
Specifications.
2) Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation: Where called for in the Technical
Specifications, the manufacturer's representative shall provide a certificate stating that
the equipment or system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation and has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized representa-
tive, that it has been serviced with the proper initial lubricants, that applicable safety
equipment has been properly installed, and that the proper electrical and mechanical
connections have been made.
C. Functional Testing Assistance:
1) Where functional (or run) testing is called for on the Technical Specifications, the
manufacturer's representative shall assist with the initial test, which shall include
checking for proper rotation, alignment, speed, excessive vibration, and noisy
operation. Initial equipment and system adjustment and calibrations shall be performed
in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative. The
previously specified Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation shall include the
statement that proper adjustment have been made and that the equipment or system
is ready for plant startup and operation.
2) The Contractor, as applicable to the equipment furnished, shall state in writing that all
necessary hydraulic structures, piping systems, and valves have been successfully
tested; that all necessary equipment systems and subsystems have been checked for
proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate that they are all
operational; that the systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended
functions; and that the facilities are ready for startup and intended operation.
D. Training of Owner's Personnel
Where called for in the Specifications, the manufacturer's representative shall provide
detailed instructions to the Departments personnel for operation and maintenance of the
specified equipment. These training services shall include pre -startup classroom and onsite
equipment instruction and/or post -startup classroom and onsite equipment instruction, as
stated in the Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not used)
01730 - 5 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
END OF SECTION
01730 - 6 R-1
5/2017
SECTION 01750
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC AND PUBLIC STREETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Engineer with Maintenance
of Traffic (M.O.T.) plans for lane closures and/or detours for approval. These
M.O.T. plans shall be produced by an individual employed by the Contractor and
certified as "Work Zone Traffic Safety Supervisor" by the American Traffic Safety
Service Association, ATSSA.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of public streets and
traffic control for the duration of the project. The cost of Traffic Control including
the cost of any required off duty police officers shall be included under the
appropriate bid item in the Proposal. If no bid item for this is included, said costs
shall be included in other appropriate items of the bid and no extra compensation
will be allowed.
1.02 REGULATIONS
A. As used herein, any reference to Miami -Dade County, its departments, or its
published regulations, permits and data, shall be synonymous and
interchangeable with other recognized governing bodies over particular areas or
streets, or their departments, published regulations, permits or data. The
Contractor shall abide by all applicable laws, regulations, and codes thereof
pertaining to maintenance of public streets, detour of traffic, traffic control and
other provisions as may be required for this Project.
1.03 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (M.O.T.)
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the maintenance of public streets,
detour of traffic (including furnishing and maintaining regulatory and informative
signs along the detour route), traffic control, and other provisions throughout the
Project as required by the MDCDTPW, Traffic Engineering Division (Traffic
Division), FDOT or other governing agency. Traffic shall be maintained
according to corresponding typical traffic control details as outlined in the
MDCDTPW Manual. No street shall be completely blocked, nor blocked more
than one-half at any time, keeping the other one-half open for traffic, without
specific approval.
B. If required by the Traffic Division, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the
employment of uniformed off -duty policemen to maintain and regulate the flow of
traffic through the construction area. The number of men required and the
number of hours on duty necessary for the maintenance and regulation of the
traffic flow shall be subject to their approval. The cost of such off -duty policemen
shall be paid from the Quotation Item established for this purpose. If required by
traffic control permits or agencies, the Contractor shall work, odd or night hours,
as required for traffic control reasons, and the cost of such work shall be
considered as incidental to construction and no extra compensation will be
01750 -1 Revision Date: 05/2017
5/2017
allowed.
C. The Contractor shall provide all barricades with warning lights, necessary arrow
boards and signs, to warn motorists of the work throughout the Project.
Adequate approved devices shall be erected and maintained by the Contractor to
detour traffic.
D. Excavated or other material stored adjacent to or partially upon a roadway
pavement shall be adequately marked for traffic safety at all times. The
Contractor shall provide necessary access to all adjacent property during
construction.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision, installation and
maintenance of all traffic control and safety devices, in accordance with
specifications outlined in the MDCDTPW Manual. In addition, the Contractor
shall be responsible for the resetting of all traffic control and information signing
removed during the construction period.
F. Where excavations are to be made in the vicinity of signalized intersections, the
Contractor is alerted that vehicle loop detectors may have been embedded in the
pavement. Every effort has been made to show the approximate locations on
the Plans; however, the Contractor shall verify these locations by inspecting the
site of the work and by contacting the Traffic Division. Any loop detector which is
damaged by the Contractor, whether shown on the Plans or not, shall be repaired
or replaced by the Contractor, at his expense, and to the satisfaction of the Traffic
Division.
G. Where applicable, the Contractor shall notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in
advance of the construction date or 48 hours in advance of construction within
any signalized intersection.
H. Temporary pavement will be required over all cuts in pavement areas, and also
where traffic is to be routed over swale or median areas. When the temporary
pavement for routing traffic is no longer necessary, it shall be removed and the
swale or median areas restored to their previous condition.
I. Pavement markings damaged during construction shall be remarked, as required
by the Traffic Division.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
01750 - 2 Revision Date: 05/2017
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02230
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Clear and grub the areas to be occupied by the facilities or utility systems to be constructed,
including all areas to be excavated, filled, paved or planted as shown on the approved plans
and as specified herein.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Clearing shall consist of the cutting, removal and satisfactory disposal of all trees, stumps,
brush, shrubs, rubbish and any other objectional material within the designated areas.
B. Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps larger than 1-1/2 inches in
diameter and other objectional material to a depth of at least 12 inches below the ground
surface.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
In the course of the work, it may become to remove trees if they interfere with the work. Dade
County and various municipalities have ordinances regulating the removal, relocation and pruning
of trees in the public right-of-way, these ordinances shall be strictly adhered to. The Contractor shall
obtain a permit from Dade County and/or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the work
area before removing, relocating and/or pruning any tree. The Contractor shall comply with all
requirements and conditions of the permit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. The Contractor shall remove and replace, where required all existing shrubbery, trees, grass,
sprinklers, fences, signs, mailboxes, structures, roadways, sidewalks, curbs and similar items
or structures in the way of all excavation necessary for the construction of the project.
B. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut, they shall be cut by means of a mechanical pavement
saw to form true and straight edges. Where such cutting is for the purpose of pipeline
installation, saw cutting shall be either parallel or at right angles with the centerline of the pipe,
02230 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. To protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement, including detour
routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having jurisdiction, prior to
proceeding with any work in the vicinity.
3.02 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT AREAS
The Contractor shall protect areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the Engineer of
Record to remain protected from damage by construction operations by erecting suitable
barriers of other acceptable means.
3.03 DISPOSAL
All roots, vegetation and other refuse removed from the site during clearing and/or grubbing
operations shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Where required, the Contractor shall
obtain a permit from Miami -Dade County and/or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction
over the work area before burning any material on the site.
- END OF SECTION -
02230 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION 02260
STEEL SHEET PILING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install steel sheet piling as shown in the plans or as required for
a complete and satisfactory installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL SHEET PILING
A. Steel sheet piling shall conform to the requirements of "High -Strength Low -Alloy
Columbium -Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality", ASTM A572/A572M-94b (AASHTO
No. M223).
B. The Contractor will be responsible for design and selection. Structural plans for the sheet
steel piling installation and the calculations for the required Section Modulus and the
Sheet Piling Designation shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer registered in the
State of Florida. Sealed plans shall be submitted to the Engineer of Record for approval
prior to installation of the piling system.
B. Structural steel shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A36/A36M-94 "Structural
Steel".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 The Contractor will be responsible for removing the temporary sheet piling and structural steel
at the completion of the Project, such material will remain the property of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
02260 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02314
EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND FILL FOR
STRUCTURAL FACILITY AND UTILITY SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. The work included under this Section consists of furnishing material and equipment, and
performing all labor necessary for excavating, backfilling, filling and compaction of areas to be
occupied by facilities or utility systems to be constructed.
B. Plan For Excavation: Prior to commencing the excavation, the Contractor shall submit a plan
of his proposed operations to the Engineer of Record for approval. The Contractor shall
consider, and his plan for excavation shall reflect, existing utilities that are to remain, the
equipment and methods to be employed in the excavation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
All excavations shall conform with South Florida Building Codes, the State of Florida Trench Safety
Act, OSHA requirements and the provisions herein. Excavations shall be executed in accordance
with all applicable requirements of Section 01016, including notification of Sunshine State One -Call
Center (1-800-432-4770) 48 hours prior to any excavation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Structural Fill: Structural fill shall consist of an inorganic, non -plastic, granular soil containing
less than 10 percent material passing the No.200 mesh sieve (relatively clean sand or crushed
limerock with a 2 -inch max. particle size) with a Unified Soil Classification of GP, GW, SP, SP -
GM, SW-SM or SP-SM.
B. Ballast Rock: Ballast rock shall be composed of hard, durable, sound pieces having a specific
gravity of not less than 2.65. It shall be crushed rock conforming to the following gradation:
U.S. Standard
sieve size
Percent by
weight passing
1-1/2 inch 100
3/4 inch 30-75
'/2 inch 15-55
1/4 inch 0-5
C. Suitable Backfill Material: Backfill material shall be clean and free from all organic material,
clay, marl or unstable materials, debris, lumps, or broken paving. No rocks or stones larger
than 6 inches in diameter shall be allowed in any backfill. Material for backfill may be material
resulting from excavation, if suitable in the opinion of the Department.
02314 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
D. Select Backfill Material: Select backfill material specified herein shall meet all the general
requirements for backfill material set forth above, and in addition, shall be free of any rocks
or stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. Select backfill material may be material resulting
from trench excavation, if suitable in the opinion of the Department, carefully selected to
comply with these requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Clearing: The construction site shall be cleared of all obstructions and vegetation, including
large roots and undergrowth, within 5 feet of the lines of excavation, in accordance with
Section 02230. All debris created by this clearing operation shall be hauled from the site and
disposed of by the Contractor.
B. Removals: Complete all removals within the lines of excavation prior to beginning excavation.
Where required, all existing shrubbery, trees, grass, sprinklers, fences signs, mailboxes,
structures, sidewalks, curbs, utility poles, or structures subject to damage resulting from the
excavation should be transplanted, relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise protected and
preserved.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances
encountered, to the dimensions and depths shown on the approved plans, but in all cases as
required for construction, and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made by open cut.
B. When the walls of the excavations are to be kept vertical and in order to protect the safety of
workmen, the general public, this or other work or structures, or excavation walls, or pipe
installation including materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency to slough
or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken the overlying strata, or are otherwise
rendered unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by steel sheeting, stabilization,
grouting or approved methods. Said methods shall comply with the Trench Safety Act (TSA).
Sheeting and shoring or other approved method shall be designed by a Professional Engineer
licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C. For structures, the Contractor shall maintain the bottom of the excavation firm and dry, and
maintain an elevation of the water one (1) foot below the concrete to be placed, by use of
pumps, tremie or other acceptable method.
D. In areas where trench widths are not limited by right-of-way or easement widths, property line
restrictions, existing adjacent improvements including pavements, structures, and other
utilities, and maintenance of traffic, the trench sides may be sloped to a suitable angle of
repose of the excavated material.
E. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and leave trenches.
02314 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
F. Excavated material shall be stored and disposed of in such a manner that they will not interfere
unduly with traffic on public streets and sidewalks. In congested areas, such materials, cannot
be stored adjacent to the trench nor used immediately as backfill, shall be removed to
convenient places of storage. If any material is creating a public hazard or other unsafe
condition, it shall be removed immediately to a storage area.
G. Materials suitable for use as backfill be hauled to and used in areas where not enough suitable
material is available from the excavation. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall be
removed promptly and disposed of by the Contractor. Any pockets of organic matter, concrete
or other unsuitable material encountered in excavating shall be removed and replaced with
material satisfactory to the Department.
H. The excavation of walls for forms will not be permitted.
I. Excavation for structures:
1. Clear, as stated above, all existing items or structures in the way of the proposed pipeline
or structures, and excavate as necessary to the depths and dimensions shown on the
Plans, but in all cases as necessary for satisfactory installation.
2. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut, they shall be cut by means of a mechanical
pavement saw to form true and straight edges which shall, in general, be either parallel
or at right angles.
3. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement,
including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having
jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists prior to proceeding with
any work in the vicinity. A copy of all such notices shall be forwarded to the Department.
4. Where interlocking steel sheeting is used, the Department may require that the sheeting
be cut off at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and that portion below
the level be left in place.
5. Excavation for manholes and other piping appurtenances shall be sufficient to leave at
least two (2) feet clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or sheeting.
6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer of Record or the Department, the soil at that depth is
unsatisfactory as foundation material because it contains marl, muck, organic matter, or
other unsuitable material, the excavation shall be continued two (2) feet deeper, except
if a suitable foundation material is exposed at a lesser depth, further excavation will not
be required.
7. When the pipe to be installed in a trench requires the pipe installers to work under and
around the pipe, the Contractor may request the Department that he be allowed to
exceed the 12" maximum clearance, specifying the clear distance desired.
8. The ends of existing mains shall be temporarily capped or plugged to keep them clean
and the ends of all mains shall be temporarily anchored to keep the joints from blowing
apart from internal pressure until the new mains can be reconnected to them.
02314 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
9. In addition to specific construction methods specified, the general requirements in
subsequent subsections, below, shall apply to the work of this project.
3.03 DEWATERING
A. Any water which accumulates in the excavations for structures shall be removed promptly by
means satisfactory to the Engineer of Record in such a manner as to not create a nuisance
to adjacent property or public thoroughfare. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall
be operated with mufflers and at a minimum noise level suitable to a residential area. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any nuisance created due to the disposal of the water from
his drainage system.
B. Where applicable, the Contractor shall be required to obtain all necessary permits approving
the location and proposed method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation
into any portion of the public right-of-way or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
3.04 STOCKPILED MATERIALS
Suitable materials removed from the excavation shall be stored and disposed of in a manner which
will not interfere with traffic at the site. Material suitable for backfill and not needed for backfill at
the structure, but needed elsewhere shall be stockpiled until moved and used elsewhere.
3.05 BACKFILL
A. The excavation shall then be brought to the structures bottom elevation by placing and
compacting 6 -inch layers of Oolitic limerock (or material previously defined) to 95 percent of
maximum density as determined by AASTHO T-180. Structural fill shall be supplied by the
Contractor except as may otherwise be carefully selected from excavated material if deemed
suitable in the opinion of the Engineer. Backfill around new structures up to the pavement
base or surface of the ground shall be material not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter, and shall
be compacted in layers not exceeding 9 inches. Each layer shall be compacted with a powered
hand tamper, or other approved method to at least 98% of maximum density as determined
by AASHTO T-180
B. Backfill for precast manholes shall be drainfield limerock or specified pipe bedding material to
a level to receive the manhole at the proper elevation.
END OF SECTION
02314 - 4 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02315
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING FOR PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of excavating, backfilling and compaction as
required for the construction of the piping systems as specified herein. (See Section 02314 for
excavation for structures.)
B. All excavations shall be executed in accordance with the South Florida Building Codes, the
State of Florida Trench Safety Act (TSA), OSHA requirements and all applicable requirements
of Section 01016, including notification of Sunshine State One -Call Center (1-800-432-4770),
48 hours prior to any excavation.
PARTS 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BACKFILL MATERIAL
A. Except where a 1:10 cement/sand or flowable fill concrete mix is required (See Section
02745), granular soil backfill materials shall be utilized. Suitable backfill material shall be
clean, shall not be expansive nor have high organic content, shall be free of clay, marl,
unstable materials, debris, lumps and clods, and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Maximum Liquid Limit shall not exceed 12 as determined by ASTM D 423.
2. Maximum Plasticity Index shall not exceed 35 as determined by ASTM D 424.
3. Not more than 10 percent of weight shall be finer than 74 micron (No. 200) U.S. Standard
Sieve.
B. Backfill material containing limerock shall have sufficient sand to fill the voids in the limerock.
No stones or rocks larger than 6 -inches in diameter will be permitted in any backfill. Backfill
material placed to a point at least one foot (1 ft.) above pipe and appurtenances shall be
select backfill material not exceeding 2 -inches in diameter. For PVC gravity sewers backfill
material placed at least two feet (2 ft.) above pipe shall be select backfill material not
exceeding 2 -inches in diameter. In any case, above this point, but up to the upper 6 -inches of
the trench, backfill shall be of material not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter.
C. Debris, broken paving or broken concrete shall not be used.
D. Material for backfill may be material resulting from excavation, only if it meets the above
mentioned requirements, or if suitable in the opinion of the Department. If sufficient suitable
backfill material, including select backfill material, is not available from the site, additional
material shall be furnished.
02315 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
2.02 SELECT BACKFILL MATERIAL
Select backfill material specified in these specifications or required by the Plans shall meet all the
general requirements for backfill material set forth above, and in addition, shall be free of any rocks
or stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. Select backfill for copper tubing shall be limerock
screenings or sand. Select backfill material may be material resulting from excavation, if suitable
in the opinion of the Department, carefully selected to comply with these requirements.
2.03 BEDDING MATERIAL
Pipe bedding material shall consist of one of the following types of material, and accordance with
the Department's Standard Details: (See Section UC-300 for Gravity Sewer Piping Foundations)
A. Bedding may be select backfill material, as specified above, if approved by the Department.
B. Crushed stone (or drainfield limerock) shall be used for bedding of piping (except for copper
pipe) and/or manholes as shown on the Standard Details. Crushed stone shall consist of hard,
durable, sub -angular particles of proper size and gradation, and shall be free from organic
material, wood, trash, sand, loam, clay, excess fines and other deleterious materials. The
stone shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 33, Size No. 57 (3/4 -inch rock) and be
graded within the following limits:
Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight
1 %-inch 100
1 -inch 95 to 100
%-inch 25 to 60
No.4 0to10
No. 8 0 to 5
C. Sand for bedding copper pipe shall be a dry screened sand. Sand shall be graded sand with
100 percent passing a 3/8 -inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
D. Limerock screenings, sand or other fine material shall not be used for bedding.
E. All pipe bedding material shall be new, unless otherwise approve by the Department. Existing
pipe bedding material may not be used.
2.04 BACKFILL UNDER MANHOLES AND METER VAULTS
Any excavation below the levels required for the proper construction of manholes or meter vaults
shall be filled with Class C concrete. The use of earth, rock, sand or other materials for this purpose
will not be permitted. (See Section 02314 for excavation for structures.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING
02315 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. The Contractor shall perform all clearing necessary for the proper installation of all piping and
appurtenances in the locations shown in the Drawings, in accordance with Section 02230,
"Clearing and Grubbing".
B. Where required, all existing shrubbery, trees, grass, sprinklers, fences, signs, mail boxes,
structures, sidewalks, curbs, utility poles or structures subject to damage resulting from the
excavation should be transplanted, relocated, braced, shored, or otherwise protected and
preserved.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances
encountered, to the dimensions and depth shown on the Drawings. All excavations shall be
made by open cut.
B. When the walls of the excavations are to be kept vertical and in order to protect the safety of
workmen, the general public, this or other work or structures, or excavation walls, or pipe
installation including materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency to slough
or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken the overlying strata, or are otherwise
rendered unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by steel sheeting, stabilization,
grouting or approved methods. Said methods shall comply with the Trench Safety Act (TSA).
Sheeting and shoring or other approved method shall be designed by a Professional Engineer
licensed to practice in the State of Florida.
C. In areas where trench widths are not limited by right-of-way or easement widths, property line
restrictions, existing adjacent improvements including pavements, structures, and other
utilities, and maintenance of traffic, the trench sides may be sloped to a suitable angle of
repose of the excavated material, but only from a point one foot above the crown of the pipe.
D. A substantially and safely constructed moveable shield or box, as approved by the Engineer
of Record, may be used in place of sheeting, except where specifically called for on the Plans
to install sheeting. Where a moveable shield or trench box, is used in place of sheeting and
shoring, the trench shall be opened immediately ahead of the shield as pipe laying proceeds
inside the shield.
E. Ladders or steps shall be provided for and used by workmen to enter and leave trenches.
F. Materials removed from the trenches shall be stored and disposed of in such a manner that
they will not interfere unduly with traffic on public streets and sidewalks. In congested areas,
such materials, cannot be stored adjacent to the trench nor used immediately as backfill, shall
be removed to convenient places of storage. If any material is creating a public hazard or other
unsafe condition, it shall be removed immediately to a storage area.
G. Materials suitable for use as backfill be hauled to and used in areas where not enough suitable
material is available from the excavation. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall be
removed promptly and disposed of by the Contractor
H. Excavation for Pipes and Piping Appurtenances (See Section UC-300 for additional
requirements for gravity sewer piping):
02315 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
1. Clear, as stated above, all existing items or structures in the way of the proposed pipeline
or structures and excavate as necessary to the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
2. Where pavements or sidewalks are cut they shall be cut by means of a mechanical
pavement saw to form true and straight edges which shall in general be either parallel or
at right angles with the centerline of the pipe.
3. In order to protect himself from being held liable for any existing damaged pavement,
including detour routes, the Contractor is advised to notify in writing the authority having
jurisdiction over the street where such defective pavement exists prior to proceeding with
any work in the vicinity. A copy of all such notices shall be forwarded to the Department.
4. Excavate pipe trenches to a minimum of 6 -inches below the outside bottom of the
proposed pipe barrel to provide for the installation of the bedding material.
5. If, in the opinion of the Department, the soil at that depth is unsatisfactory as foundation
material because it contains unsuitable marl, muck, organic matter, or other unsuitable
material, the excavation shall be continued 2 feet deeper, except if a suitable foundation
material is exposed at a lesser depth, further excavation will not be required.
6. If the soil is still unsuitable after the additional excavation as prescribed above, the trench
bottom shall be excavated further in one foot increments in accordance with "Trench
Overcut", below.
7. Sheeting and shoring shall be installed where necessary to control trench width, protect
the workmen and the general public, and prevent damage to this or adjacent work, or
structures.
8. Where wood sheeting or certain designs of steel sheeting are used, the Department may
require the sheeting to be cut off at a level 2 -feet above the top of the installed pipe and
that portion below that level shall be left in place.
9. If interlocking steel sheeting is used, the Department may permit its complete removal in
lieu of cut-off, providing removal can be accomplished without disturbing the bedding,
pipe or alignment of the pipe. Any damage to the pipe bedding, pipe or alignment of the
constructed utility caused by removal of sheeting shall be cause for rejection of the
affected portion of the work. Not more than 100 -feet of trench shall be opened ahead of
pipe laying operations at one time unless a greater length of open trench is approved by
the Department.
10. Trench widths, when measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe, shall
provide a 12 -inch maximum clearance on each side, between the outside of the pipe
barrel and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Minimum trench width shall
provide at least 6 -inches clearance on each side, between the outside of the pipe barrel
and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used.
11 Excavation for appurtenances, such as manholes and valves, shall be sufficient to provide
a clearance between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation or sheeting, if
used, of not less than 12 -inches. Manhole excavations shall be carried to sufficient depth
to permit their construction on the undisturbed bottom of the excavation.
02315 - 4 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
12. Excavation for thrust block shall be made in such a manner so that, when concrete is
placed, it will bear against a firm, undisturbed, vertical trench wall with bearing are in
accordance with the schedule shown in the Standard Details.
13. Selected backfill shall then be placed and compacted in 6 -inch layers up to the level of the
pipe bedding material.
14. When the pipe to be installed in a trench requires the pipe installers to work under and
around the pipe, the Contractor may request the Department that he be allowed to exceed
the 12" maximum clearance, specifying the clear distance desired. The decision of the
Department in this regard shall be final.
15. The ends of existing mains shall be temporarily capped or plugged to keep them clean
and the ends of all mains shall be temporarily anchored to keep the joints from blowing
apart from internal pressure until the new mains can be reconnected to them.
16. In addition to specific construction methods specified, the general requirements in
subsequent subsections, below, shall apply to the work of this project.
I. Excavation for PVC Gravity Sewers and Service Laterals:
1. The Contractor shall make all excavations necessary for the construction of the gravity
sewers and service laterals to the lines and grades shown on the Plans, and in
accordance with the Standard Details.
2. In stable soils, trench widths when measured to a point 12 inches above the top of the
pipe shall provide a 12 -inch maximum clearance on each side, between the outside of the
pipe barrel and the face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Minimum trench widths
under the same conditions shall be 6 -inches on each side for the pipe for 4 -inch and 6 -
inch pipe, and 9 -inches on each side of the pipe for 8 -inch pipe and larger. Minimum
trench widths are required to provide room for a man to place and compact the haunching
and initial backfill material. Embedment material shall be Class I. (See Section UC-300)
3. In unstable soils (defined as peat, much or other organic soils, elastic silts and clays below
the water table, and fine sands below the water level), trench widths when measured at
a point 12 -inches above the top of the pipe shall be a minimum of five (5) nominal pipe
diameter in width. Slightly greater width are at the Contractor's option in order to
accommodate his trenching equipment, but the pipe bedding material shall extend to the
face of the excavation, or sheeting if used. Embedment material shall be Class II. (See
Section UC-300)
3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION
Trench bottoms which are rendered soft or unstable as a result of construction methods, such as
improper or inadequate sheeting, dewatering or other causes, shall be stabilized. In no event shall
pipe be installed when such conditions exist. The Contractor shall correct such conditions so as
to provide proper bedding or foundations for the proposed installation.
3.04 TRENCH OVERCUT
02315 - 5 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. If, after excavating the trench to a depth of 2 feet 6 inches below the outside bottom
elevation of the proposed pipe barrel, and the soil at that depth is still unsatisfactory as
foundation material because it contains marl, muck, organic matter, or other unsuitable
material, the pipe trench shall be excavated further in one -foot depth increments until a
suitable foundation material is found. As a point of reference, it has been the Department's
experience that, typically, trench overcut does not extend to depths more than 6 feet. However,
the Department reserves the right to require trench overcut to depths up to 6 feet, i.e., to a
point 8.5 feet below the bottom of the pipe.
B. Select backfill, as defined above, shall then be compacted in 6 -inch layers up to the bottom
of the proposed 6 inches of pipe bedding.
3.05 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. It is a basic requirement of these Specifications that excavation shall be free from water before
pipe or structures are installed. However, it is realized that in certain sections of the work this
cannot be accomplished economically and the Contractor may request permission to use the
"Alternate Method of Construction" defined below.
B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, underdrains, well point systems, and other
means for removing water from trenches and other parts of the work including structures. The
Contractor shall continue dewatering operations until the backfill has progressed to a sufficient
height over the pipe to prevent flotation or movement of the pipe in the trench, so that the
backfill is above the natural water level.
C. Where applicable, the Contractor shall be required to obtain all necessary permits approving
the location and proposed method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation
into any portion of the public right -of -away or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
D. Water from the trenches and excavation shall be disposed of in such a manner as will not
cause injury to public health, to public or private property, to the work completed or in
progress, to the surface of the streets, or to cause interference with the use of the same by
public. Submit the proposed method of handling and disposal of trench waster for approval
before starting the excavation.
E. The Contractor is cautioned that Dade County or other governing body having jurisdiction over
the work location may have regulatory rules and ordinances prohibiting, or limiting, the
discharge of water from any excavation into sanitary and storm sewer systems, or to canals
and drainage ditches. Obtain all necessary permits approving the location and proposed
method of disposal before discharging water from any excavation into any portion of the public
right-of-way, or into any existing drainage structure or facility.
F. Pumps and engines for dewatering systems shall be operated with mufflers and a minimum
noise level suitable to a residential area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any nuisance
created due to the disposal of the water from his discharge system.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF BACKFILL
02315 - 6 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. Backfilling of pipe trenches will not be allowed until the work has been approved by the
Department, pressure tested if required, and the Department indicates that backfilling may
proceed. Any work which is covered or concealed without the knowledge and consent of the
Department shall be uncovered or exposed for inspection. Partial backfill may be made to help
restrain the pipe during pressure testing, if previously authorized by the Department.
B. The Contractor shall backfill all trenches and other excavations made in the process of
installing the pipe. He shall maintain the surface of the backfill free from major irregularities
and potholes.
C. Select backfill material shall be placed under and around the pipe to one foot above the crown
(or to two feet above crown for PVC gravity sewers) in 6 -inch layers. Each layer shall be
thoroughly compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density as defined by AASHTO
Standard No. T-180, "Moisture -Density Relations of Soils using a 10-Ib. (4.54 kg.) Rammer
and an 18 -in. (457 mm) Drop". The material in the ditch may be compacted by either hand
tamper or a mechanized power tamper, provided the results obtained meet the continued
approval of the Department. Particular attention and care shall be exercised in obtaining
thorough support for the branch of all service connection fittings. Care shall be taken to
preserve the alignment and gradient of the installed pipe.
D. Backfilling and compacting of material lying above a point one foot (or two feet for PVC pipe),
above the crown of the pipe and below the pavement base or the surface of the ground, if out
of pavement, shall be accomplished in layers not exceeding 9 inches in thickness. Each layer
shall be thoroughly compacted with a powered hand tamper or a mechanized power tamper
to at least 98 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO Specification T-180 or
such greater density as may be required by the governing authority over the area in which the
work is performed. A testing laboratory will make periodic field tests to determine the density
being obtained in each lift, or layer, or the backfill. When compacted backfill fails to meet the
specified percentage of maximum density as shown by test results, it shall be reworked and
recompacted, and then retested. The reworking, recompacting and retesting of the backfill
shall be repeated as many times as may be necessary to obtain compacted backfill with
density meeting or exceeding the specified percentage as indicated by test results.
E. The Contractor shall exercise proper care to insure that no pipe will be broken or displaced
through the use of the type of mechanical compacting equipment he selects. Water shall be
added as required to obtain optimum moisture to facilitate compaction, but ponding or
inundation of backfill will not be permitted. These ponding limitations shall not prohibit backfill
in a wet trench up to the level of the natural water table if the "Alternate Method of
Construction" is utilized.
F. Backfill shall in general be kept up with the rate of pipe laying. The backfill up to the springline
of the pipe shall be placed as soon as practical after the laying of the pipe. On parts of the line
where ground water level may be high enough to float the pipe, the placing of the backfill and
the rate of pumping the trench shall be so controlled as to prevent the pipe from floating or
moving from the line and grade shown on the Plans.
G. In the event that sufficient suitable material is not available at any point to properly backfill the
trench, the Contractor shall transport suitable material from points of the line where such
material is available or shall otherwise furnish suitable material.
02315-7 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
H. Suitable material in excess of all backfill requirements and all unsuitable material shall be
removed from the work and disposed of by the Contractor.
I. Within paved areas of trench excavation, the base and surfacing shall be reconstructed as
specified under Section 02745, "Pavement Removal and Replacement".
J. Where cuts have been made through unpaved, stabilized rock roadways, driveways and
parkways, surface restoration shall consist of 3 inches of compacted limerock overlaid by 3
inches of gravel or graded and washed rock with a maximum diameter of %-inch, except as
otherwise directed by the Department. The rock shall be installed over the entire width of the
disturbed area and shall closely match the existing rock at each location. Several grades of
rock may be required to attain this end, but it is not anticipated that more than one grade will
have to be used at any one location.
K. Backfill for Structures: See Section 02314.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE BEDDING - FORCE MAIN AND WATER MAIN
A. As described above, all pipe trenches shall be excavated to a level 6 -inches below the outside
bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. The resulting excavation shall be backfilled with approved
pipe bedding material, up to the level of the outside bottom of the proposed pipe barrel. This
material shall be tamped and compacted to provide a proper bedding for the pipe and shall
then be shaped to receive the pipe, including recesses for the pipe bells and couplings.
Placing and compacting bedding up to the level of the lower one-third of the pipe barrel shall
immediately follow the installation of the pipe. Bedding shall be provided under the branch of
all fittings to furnish adequate support and bearing under the fitting.
B. Select Backfill material may be utilized where the excavated trench bottom is above water.
C. Any excavation below the levels required for installation of the pipe bedding shall be backfilled
with approved bedding material, tamped, compacted and shaped to provide proper support
for the proposed pipe.
D. For installation of gravity sewers, see Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation".
3.08 COMPACTION AND DENSITIES
A. Methods of control and testing of backfill construction to be employed in this work are:
1. Maximum density of the material in trenches shall be determined byAASHTO Designation
T 180.
2. Field density of the backfill material in place shall be determined by AASHTO Designation
T 238.
B. Laboratory and field density tests are necessary to establish compliance with the compaction
requirements of these specifications. The Department will not accepts projects for which
successful laboratory and field density test results are submitted. Tests will be made at depths
and locations to the satisfaction of the Department.
02315 - 8 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. Trench backfill which does not comply with the specified densities, as indicated by such tests,
shall be reworked and recompacted until the required compaction is secured.
3.09 ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION
A. General:
1. A combination of conditions in the substrata, water table, or method of disposal may be
encountered during the course of the work which make dewatering impossible, or only
possible through the use of unusual methods, the cost of which is excessive. When such
conditions are encountered, but only after all reasonable means to dewater the excavation
have been employed without success, the Contractor, with the concurrence of the
Department may elect to employ the following alternate method of construction. The
concurrence of the Department shall be obtained and the Contractor shall limit the use of
the alternate method of construction to such specific portions of the work as determined
applicable.
2. The requirements set forth in other sections of these Specifications shall establish the
required standards of construction quality for this work. Use of the alternate method of
construction described hereinafter shall in no way be construed as relieving the Contractor
of his basic responsibility for satisfactory completion of the work.
3. Subject to all of the requirements stated hereinabove, including approval by the
Department, construction will be permitted in accordance with the following specifications.
B. Removal of Water: The installation of pipe, manholes and appurtenances under water will be
permitted and the dry -trench requirements of "Removal of Water" will be waived.
C. Excavation: Excavation shall be performed in accordance with normal applicable excavation
specifications.
D. Pipe Bedding for Ductile Iron and Vitrified Clay Pipe:
1. Pipe bedding shall be placed from 6 -inches below the outside bottom of the proposed pipe
barrel up to the level of the springline of the pipe barrel of gravity sewers and to the level
of the lower one-third of the pipe barrel for force mains or water mains. The bedding
material shall be washrock, drainfield limerock or approved material. Limerock screenings,
sand or other fine organic material shall not be used.
2. The bedding material used shall be tamped and graded to provide a proper bedding for
the pipe and shall then be shaped to receive the pipe. Bedding shall be provided under
the branch of all fittings to furnish adequate support and bearing under the fitting.
E. Bedding for PVC Pipe: The pipe bedding, haunching and initial backfill material shall conform
to embedment material listed in Section UC-300 for either stable or unstable soil conditions
as required, and shall be placed and compacted in as stated in "Installation of Pipe Bedding",
above.
F. Backfill:
02315 - 9 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
1. After the pipe is installed, backfilling shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of
"Installation of Backfill", except that select backfill material or pipe bedding material shall
be used to backfill around the pipe and to a level one foot above the outside top (crown)
of the pipe. Under no circumstances shall material other than select backfill or specified
pipe bedding material be considered satisfactory for this purpose.
2. If the Alternate Method of Construction is used, all backfill material, shall be carefully lifted
into the trench and released to fall freely therein when the bucket or container is near or
at a moderate height above water level. Height of release shall be to the satisfaction of
the Department. Below the existing water level, and to a point not more than 18 -inches
above the water level, the backfill material shall be carefully placed into place in uniform
layers, of equal depth on each side of the pipe. From a point not more than 18 -inches
above the water level, and below the pavement base or the surface of the ground if out
of paving, backfill material shall be placed and compacted for normal backfilling as
provided in "Installation of Backfill" and "Compaction and Densities".
G. Backfill for PVC Gravity Sewers:
1. After the pipe is installed, backfilling shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of
"Installation of Backfill", except that select backfill material or pipe bedding material shall
be used to backfill to a level two feet above the outside top (crown) of the pipe. Under
no circumstances shall material other than select backfill or specified pipe bedding
material be considered satisfactory for this purpose.
2. If the Alternate Method of Construction is used, all embedment and backfill material, shall
be carefully lifted into the trench and released to fall freely therein until the bucket or
container is at or just above water level. Below the existing water level, and to a point not
more than 18 -inches above the water level, the backfill material shall be carefully placed
into place in uniform layers, of equal depth on each side of the pipe. From a point not
more than 18 -inches above the water level, and below the pavement base or the surface
of the ground if out of paving, backfill material shall be placed and compacted for normal
backfilling as provided in "installation of Backfill" and "Compaction and Densities".
3.11 RESTORATION OF EXISTING SURFACES
Paved and grassed areas disturbed by the operations required under this Section shall be restored
as indicated on the approved Plans and/or specified herein.
END OF SECTION
02315 - 10 R-2
SECTION 02534
PUMP STATION TESTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. The Contractor shall test sewage pump station, to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer, prior to final acceptance by the Department.
B. The Contractor shall provide start-up service to place the pumps and controls in
proper operation. During this service, the operation of the equipment will be
reviewed and the station will be inspected for proper installation and operation.
This service shall be provided by a representative of the manufacturer. The
Contractor shall inform the Department 48 -hours prior to commencement of such
services. These services shall be at no additional cost to the Department.
PART2 PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Engineer and the Contractor shall jointly be present to witness test for
determination of conformance with approved plans and specifications.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Department a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours in
advance of the test.
3.02 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING SEWAGE PUMP STATION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing the pump station in the manner
described below:
1. Place the operating mode selector switch in the manual position.
2. Fill wet well with water.
3. Start and stop each pump sequentially and then both pumps together.
While doing this, add water to the wet well as necessary.
4. With water level lower than pump's shut-off point, place selector switch to
automatic position.
5. Fill wet well slowly. Observe lead pump run.
6. Increase water flow into wet well for lag pump to run.
7. Stop pouring water into wet well and observe as both pumps shut off at the
pre -selected levels.
8. Disconnect power to pumps and fill wet well to alarm level and make sure it
operates.
9. Disconnect level controller and check that the lead pump is turned "on" and
"off at the proper levels by the float switches.
02534-1 10/2017
B. If the above parts of the test show that any component is not operating as
intended, make necessary adjustments and/or repairs and repeat steps 1 through
9, until the entire system operates trouble free.
C. Fill the wet -well with water to the invert of the influent pipe. Leave it full of water for
at least two hours. If the water level goes down, locate and repair the leak to the
satisfaction of the Department. Repeat test to insure absence of leaks.
3.03 GENERATOR START-UP
A. Upon completion of the initial start-up and system checkout, perform a field test,
with the Engineer notified in advance, to prove full specified power, stability,
voltage and frequency. The test shall run for four hours using a portable, dry
resistive load bank capable of incremental loading. Use the load bank
instrumentation to check the meters on the generator. The generator set shall be
able to take its full rated KW load when applied in one step. The generator set
shall also run continuously for four hours with all available load connected through
the automatic load transfer switch. Records shall be maintained through the
testing periods on coolant temperature, lubricating oil pressure, ambient air
temperature, voltage, current, frequency and kilowatts. Record the data at fifteen
minute intervals through the tests. There shall be a thirty minute unloaded run at
the conclusion of each test to allow the engine to cool down before shutdown.
Three copies of the field tests data shall be furnished to the Engineer. The
generator set shall also be tested under a simulated power failure to check that the
transfer sequence operates satisfactorily.
3.04 CERTIFICATIONS
A. At the time of final acceptance inspection, and in addition to all other submittals
required by the specifications, the Contractor shall furnish the following to the
Engineer:
1. Submit letter from electrical panel manufacturer certifying that:
a. The electrical panel has been inspected at the jobsite, after complete
installation.
b. The electrical panel and its components match approved shop
drawings and are in compliance with the project's plans and
specifications.
c. The electrical panel and its components have not been modified,
changed or altered in any way, shape, or form as to void the
Underwriter Laboratory "UL" listing.
d. The electrical panel and its components are safe to energize and
operate.
2. Submit letter from the Contractor certifying that:
a. The electrical panel has been installed in accordance with the
Department's standards and these specifications.
b. External wiring has been terminated inside the panel at the
02534-2 10/2017
designated "Terminal Boxes," in accordance with the approved
electrical schematic and/or shop drawings.
c. The electrical panel and its components have not been modified,
changed or altered in any way, shape, or form as to void the
Underwriter's Laboratory "UL" listing.
d. The electrical panel and its components match approved shop
drawings and are in compliance with the Department's specifications.
e. The electrical wiring schematic and control schematic are current and
reflect all approved field modifications made, if any.
f. The electrical panel associated electrical equipment are safe to
energize and operate.
END OF SECTION
02534-3 10/2017
MDWASD 9/2016
SECTION 02536
PRECAST MANHOLES & COVERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
This section includes minimum construction requirements for standard sewer manholes and
precast concrete wet wells. It also includes precast concrete manhole sections with bell and spigot
joints with masonry transition to covering, anchorage, coating/lining and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES:
Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall be in accordance with
the current editions of the following standards:
A. Florida Building Code
B. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete; ACI 350 Code Requirement
for Environmental Engineer Construction Structures.
C. PCI MNL 116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Concrete
Products.
D. ASTM C62 - Specification for Building Brick (Solid masonry units made from Clay or shale).
E. ASTM C478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections.
F. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot -Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
1.03 SUBMITTALS, INSPECTIONS:
Submit the following information for approval. Fabrication shall not begin until submission has
been approved.
A. Satisfactory evidence that plant and production methods meet the requirements of PCI MNL
116 for the Quality Control of the Precast Plant, Concrete Batch Plant and Testing Lab.
B. Submit Design mix to the Engineer prior to fabrication.
C. Complete shop drawings of both concrete structure and castings and showing all dimensions,
reinforcement data, concrete strengths, etc. If of a non-standard design or if required by the
Engineer of Record submit design calculations and data. All computation shall bear the seal
of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida.
D. Manhole and Wet Wells: The WASD shall have the option of witnessing the manhole wet well
pour, reinforcing or formwork prior to fabrication. Provide the Engineer a schedule of the
manhole fabrication at the preconstruction meeting.
02536 - 1 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
E. Provide a rebar cutting lists for Pump Station Wet Wells. The rebar cut list is not required for
standard manholes.
F. Cylinder breaks shall be done for each lot in accordance with FDOT Standards (max of 50
structures per LOT). The manufacturer shall maintain records of the cylinder breaks for each
design mix. The 28 day concrete cylinder break reports shall be submitted to the Department
once the 28 day before the project closeout.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS:
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with
minimum five years documented experience. United Concrete Products, Landmark Precast,
Concrete Products of the Palm Beaches, TJ Precast, US Concrete Products or Approved
equal.
B. Quality Control Plan approved by the FDOT. The testing laboratory and batch plant shall be
included in the FDOT Quality Control Plan.
C. The Precast Manufacturer shall have a stamp from the Quality Control Manager on each
completed precast structure. The Quality Control Manager Stamp shall indicate that the
manhole was constructed in accordance with ASTM C478 and Municipality Standards and
the date that the structure was fabricated.
1.06 TRANPORTATION
A. The precast concrete structure shall cure for a minimum of 72 hours. Transport of the precast
structure to the jobsite is not allowed during the 72 hour curing period.
B. Comply with all applicable requirements of FDOT Section 450-16 Handling, Storage,
Shipping and Erection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
Precast manholes shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C478, latest edition, the Miami -
Dade Water and Sewer Department Standard Details and the following:
A. Properties:
1. Reinforcement of Grade 60 bars. (Pump Station Wet Wells require rebars not wire
mesh reinforcing).
2. Concrete 4,000 psi.
3. Water Cement Ratio: 0.40 to 0.34 Standard Manholes, 0.34 Pump Station Wet Wells.
4. Waterstops: Ribbed PVC Waterstop with centerbulb.
02536 - 2 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
B. Cement shall be Type 11 with a maximum aggregate size of #57. Aggregate shall be well
graded to produce a less porous and stronger concrete.
1. Gravity Sewer System Manholes: In sanitary sewage applications, all manholes
receiving the discharge of a force main, connecting to a major sewer line or interceptor
sewer terminal manhole within a 350 foot radius of the pump station, drop manholes, or
where called for in the plans and/or specifications shall have a concrete protective
coating or a antimicrobial admixture in the concrete mix.
The antimicrobial admixture in the concrete mix is specified below:
a. An antimicrobial agent, ConMICShield®, or approved equal, shall be used to render
the concrete uninhabitable for bacteria growth.
b. Contractor shall mix the liquid antimicrobial additive with the total water content of
the concrete mix design in a proportion of 1 gallon per cubic yard. In the case of
repairs to damaged concrete a proportion of 2 gallons per cubic yard shall be
utilized.
c. In some instances all of the concrete in the structure will receive the additive and
in other instances only a portion of the concrete will receive the additive. Hence,
the Contractor shall apply the additive only as directed in the specific instance.
d. Precast Plant shall submit a letter of certification to the Department, stating that
the correct amount and correct mixing procedure was followed for all antimicrobial
concrete.
e. ConMtcShield® antimicrobial additive shall be as manufactured by ConMlcShield®
Technologies, Inc.; 541 Tenth Street NW #233, Atlanta, GA 30318; Phone:
(877)543-2094.
2. Pump Station Wet Wells
a. Pump Station Wet Wells shall have Xypex/BASF Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture or approved equal, applied at 2 to 3% of the weight of portland cement
in the wet well by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture shall be used
in lieu of painting the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
b. Do not use Con -Shield with the Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture
c. Concrete Protective Coating Preparation: The precast concrete structure with the
Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture is required to cure for 28 days prior to
application of the concrete protective coating. Prepare the interior wet well surface
with an epoxy cement underlayment compatible with the concrete protective
coatings approved for Pump Station Wet Wells, Epoxytec CPP, Tnemic 218 or
approved equal.
C. Minimum shell thickness of manholes shall be eight (8) inches.
D. Lifting holes through the structure will not be permitted.
02536 - 3
R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
E. Three to five courses of brick shall be constructed atop the manhole corbel for height
adjustment. Manhole adjustment grade rings may be utilized in lieu of clay bricks.
F. Precast Joints above Elevation +4.0. and Waterproofing
1. Standard Manhole: Ram-Nek preformed plastic joint filler, Swellseal Hydrophillic
Waterstop by Deneef, or approved equal. Apply Non -Shrink Grout both inside and
outside of the joint. Wrap the outside Corbel and Exterior joint with a heat activated high
shrink membrane.
2. Pump Station Wet Wells: Ram-Nek preformed plastic joint filler, Swellseal Hydrophillic
Waterstop by Deneef, or approved equal. Apply Xypex Concentrate Cementitous Slurry or
approved equal to the exterior and interior of the joint between precast members for
waterproofing.
G. Holes for pipe connections, with a diameter equal to the outside dimension of the connecting
pipe plus an additional 4 -inches, shall be formed in the manhole walls. No cutting or
chipping of the pre -formed holes, or cutting additional holes in the precast concrete walls will
be permitted.
H. The bottom slab shall be cast monolithically with the lower section and the longitudinal
reinforcement extending into the slab. The free air drop of the mix shall not exceed five feet.
I. No construction joints will be allowed below an elevation of four feet above mean sea level.
Construction joints will be allowed above elevation+4.0, if adequate keyways and waterstops,
approved by the Department (Ribbed PVC waterstop with centerbulb), are provided. The
Department may approve an alternate joint method in cases of excessively deeper and
heavy structures.
J. Built-in ladders or climbing rungs will not be permitted in any sanitary sewer manhole and
only in other structures where shown on the Plans and called for in the specifications.
K. Openings shall be sealed with hydraulic cement non -shrink grout on both the exterior and
interior of the structure.
L. Furnish manholes with accessories listed under "Manhole Accessories", below.
M. Lid and Frame: See Section 05550, "Castings".
N. Waterproofing:
Xypex Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture C -1000R with red dye or approved equal, applied
at 3% of the volume of Portland cement in the manhole by volume.
Rheomac 300D Admixture as manufactured by BASF with red dye applied at 2% of the
volume of Portland cement in the manhole by volume.
The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture may be used in lieu of painting the exterior of the
structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
Note: The Engineer may accept certification from the precast fabricator in lieu of the red dye.
02536 - 4 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
2.02 CLAY BRICK UNITS AND GRADE RINGS
A. Clay brick shall be used in manhole construction. Clay brick shall conform to ASTM
Standard C32, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)". Bricks shall
have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at least 14 days before
being placed in any wall. Under no circumstances shall brick with holes be utilized anywhere
in construction of a manhole or other structure unless specifically called out on the Plans or
in the Specifications.
B. Manhole adjustment grade rings may be utilized. Rings shall be made of 100% recycled
HDPE and available in cone opening diameters of 24, 27, 30 and 36 -inches. Slope
adjustment shall be attained by rotation of "wedge" rings from 4.1% to 0% grade. Rings shall
have been tested to withstand HS25 loading through at least 1,100,000 cycles without
cracking or other damage. Rings shall not be damaged by hydrogen sulfide manhole
conditions and shall be waterproof when assembled with approved butyl sealant. Ring shall
weigh six pounds or less and be equipped with UV inhibitor. Rings shall have been in
successful service in multiple locations within the US for at least ten years and shall be
warranted for five years. Rings shall be LadTech, Inc. HDPE Recycled Adjusting Rings or
approved equal.
C. Exterior Shrink Membrane not required on the HDPE Grade Rings.
2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT: As specified in Section 04060 and 03600, respectively. Only Type II
cement shall be used.
2.04 REINFORCEMENT: As specified in Section 03300.
2.05 SUMP: Where required, formed integrally with the base slab.
2.06 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS (Gravity Sewer Manholes)
A. For manholes standard manholes that do not have a concrete protective coating or an
antimicrobial additive (ConShield)in the mix, coat the interior of the manhole with Bitumastic
300M or approved equal, 16 mils minimum thickness. The manholes with a concrete
protective coating or ConShield anti -bacterial admixture shall not have Bitumastic on the
interior of the manhole.
Locations that require a Concrete Protective Coating or the Con Shield Admixture:
1 Manholes receiving the discharge of a force main.
2 Manholes within a 350 foot radius of a pump station wet well.
3 Drop manholes (if a drop connection is added to an existing manhole the existing
manhole shall be rehabilitated with a concrete protective coating).
4 Any manhole location determined by the Engineer to have the probability of generating
large quantities of sewer gas.
B. All concrete protective coating systems shall be pre -approved by the Water and Sewer
Department based on testing done within the WASD system. Only products that have had a
successful test application within the Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department system and
approved by WASD forces shall be allowed.
02536 - 5 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
PREAPROVED PRODUCTS LIST- concrete protective coatings (standard manholes)
1. Available Manufacturers: The manhole coating products below have passed
the WASD testing protocol and have been approved for use for rehabilitation
of standard manholes. The manhole rehabilitation products shall be used as
a complete system with no third party products used unless approved in
writing by the coating manufacturer. A one year warranty on the complete
coating system from the project completion is required.
a. Uroflex as manufactured by Epoxytec International
b. PPC as Manufactured by Polymorphic Polymers Corporation
c. SP15 Spray Mortar, Sewer Guard HBS 100 Epoxy Liner by BASF
d. Permaform MS -10,000 Fortified with ConShield or Cor-Guard Epoxy
e. SprayRoq, Spray Wall and SprayShield GT Coating
f. GEOKRETE System as manufactured by Quadex
g. Mainstay DS -5 High Build Epoxy, Mainstay ML -72 Restoration Mortar
h. GML Coating System: Green Monster Epoxy, GML-30 and GML-60 Epoxy
Cement
i. Raven Lining System: Raven 405 Epoxy, Raven 755 Epoxy Mortar
2. The manhole chimney shall utilize a flexible concrete protective coating. The
acceptable flexible interior coatings for the manhole Chimeny are Epoxytec
Uroseal, Uroflex or Geokrete.
C. Due to the probability of sewer gas generation, all manholes receiving the discharge of a
force main, connecting to a major sewer line or interceptor sewer, drop manholes, or within a
350 -foot radius of the terminal manhole immediately upstream of the pump station shall be
either constructed of concrete containing ConMlcShield antimicrobial additive or lined on all
interior concrete surfaces with a pre -approved concrete protective coating or approved equal.
Concrete protective coating system shall fully protect openings, such as for pipes, to insure
that corrosive attack cannot take place at these locations. Protective system design for these
areas will be checked as shop drawings. Note that boot systems are not accepted by the
Department.
Since the proprietary grouts used to close the annular area between the manhole wall and
pipe entering or leaving the manhole are not compatible to the addition of ConMtcShield®
these areas require liner or coating (as acceptable to the Engineer) protection even in
manholes constructed of concrete containing this material.
D. All manhole exterior surfaces, from finished grade to base, shall be coated with Carboline
Bitumastic 300M, 2 coats 16 mils minimum thickness or have Xypex/BASF Crystalline
Waterproofing Admixture, applied at 2 to 3% of the volume of portland cement in the
manhole by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture may be used in lieu of painting
the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic Coal -Tar Epoxy.
E. If ConM"cShield® anti -microbial agent is used, interior coating and liners can be eliminated
except as specified above.
2.07 CONCRETE ADDITIVE AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS (Pump Station Wet Wells)
02536 - 6 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
A. Waterproofing Additive: Xypex Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture or approved equal,
applied at 3% of the weight of Portland cement in the manhole by volume. The concrete
protective coating shall be applied a minimum of 28 days after the casting of the reinforced
concrete structure in order for new concrete to cure.
B. Epoxy Cement Underlayment to smooth and prepare concrete surface Epoxytec Ceramico,
Tnemic 218 or approved equal.
C. Preapproved Concrete Protective Coating for Pump Station Wet Wells
1. Uroflex Coating System as manufactured by Epoxytec International
2. PPC as Manufactured by Polymorphic Polymers Corporation
3. or approved equal
2.08 MANHOLE ACCESSORIES:
All new sanitary sewer manholes shall be furnished with the following items. Where existing
manholes will be modified or are scheduled to be refurbished, rehabilitation shall also include the
following items unless otherwise approved by the Department.
A. Provide concrete protective coating system for manholes installed in locations identified to
have high levels of sewer gas.
B. Provide high density polyethylene manhole infiltration inserts in accordance with Section
02625, unless the Department requires the installation of stainless steel insert.
C. Exterior Shrink Membrane on Corbel and Exterior Joint; On all manholes (excluding the
HDPE grade rings)install a heat activated, high shrink membrane, on the manhole's exterior,
at each section joint and from the cast iron frame to the corbel section. Membrane shall be
Wrapid Seal, by Canusa Corrosion Protection and Sealing, or approved equal with the
following properties:
PRODUCT
COMPONENT
PROPERTY
TEST
STANDARD
UNIT
RESULTS
ADHESIVE
Softening Point
ASTM E28
Deg. C (Deg. F)
100 (212)
Lap Shear Strength
DIN 30 672
N/cm2 (psi)
8 (12)
BACKING
Tensile Strength
ASTM D638
MPa (psi)
20 (2900)
Elongation
ASTM D638
%
600
Hardness
ASTM D2240
Shore D
46
Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D1044
mg
45
SLEEVE
Peel Strength
ASTM D1000
N/cm2 (psi)
15 (9)
Water Absorption
ASTM D570
%
0.05
02536 - 7
R-10
MDWASD
11/2015
Low Temp. Flexibility
ASTM D2671 D
Deg. C
-40 (-40)
(Deg. F)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. Refer to Section 02314, "Excavation, Backfill and Fill for Structures" for specific procedures,
requirements and testing methods appurtenant to the work under this Section.
B. Excavation shall extend to a level 12 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of the base
slab. If necessary, provide sheeting and shoring for the excavation.
C. Backfill resulting excavation with drainfield limerock or specified bedding material to a level to
receive the structure at the proper elevation.
3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. The precast base shall be set level, with the walls plumb on the graded crushed rock
bedding.
B. If any surfaces of structures are exposed to view and to a depth of 6 inches below grade, the
Contractor shall fill all depressions and all air holes with mortar, dampen surfaces, and apply
an approved bonding agent then spread slurry, consisting of one part cement and one and
one-half parts sand, by damp loose volume, on the surface with clean burlap pads and
sponge rubber floats. The Contractor shall remove any surplus by scraping and then rubbing
with clean burlap. Finish surface shall be suitable to receive paint.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF MANHOLES
A. Place base slab and manhole sections plumb and level. Coat exterior of precast structure
with Bitumastic 300M or approved equal. Install heat activated, high shrink membrane, on
the manhole's exterior, at each section joint and from the cast iron frame to the corbel
section.
B. During all backfilling operations, the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of the
structure. Exercise every precaution to prevent damage to, or unplanned loading of, the
structures and its appurtenances.
C. Lay clay brick in running bond. A minimum of three and a maximum of five courses shall be
constructed atop each manhole corbel. Lay masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head
joints, uniformly jointed with other work. Stucco inside and out with 3/4 -inch of mortar.
D. Set cover frames and covers level without tipping, to correct elevations.
E. Exterior surfaces of all structures shall be painted prior to the installation as specified
elsewhere herein.
02536 - 8 R-10
MDWASD 9/2016
F. Openings shall be sealed with non -shrink grout. No expanding grout shall be allowed.
G. After satisfactory installation and testing, all interior concrete surfaces of the new manhole
shall be seal coated in accordance with Section 2.06-A.
H. The invert channels of the manhole shall be formed of brick or brick rubble thoroughly
bedded and covered with sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semi -circular bottom
conforming to the lower half of the connecting sewer pipe. Steep slopes outside the invert
channels shall be avoided. Changes in size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly.
Changes in the direction of the sewer or entering branch shall be a smooth curve with radius
as long as practicable.
I. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assure that the frames and covers are set to
match proposed finish paving grades at the manhole locations.
J. Gravity sewers shall connect to the manholes in accordance with Standard Details SS 7.0
and Section UC-250 "Gravity Sewer Systems".
3.04 ALTERNATE INSTALLATION
Installation methods given below in this Section shall only apply if permission is granted by the
Engineer of Record to use the "Alternate Method of Construction" as specified elsewhere herein.
All provisions of that Section shall be applied to the installation of the structures with the specific
modifications as follows:
A. Excavation
Excavation shall be carried to a depth of two feet below the bottom of the base slab.
B. Special Bedding
1. Bedding shall be crushed stone or gravel meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard
C33 "Concrete Aggregates", latest edition, gradation 67.
2. The bedding shall be placed in the excavation from cut bottom to the level of the
bottom of the slab. Thereafter it shall be thoroughly rammed and tamped by use of a
crane and weight or other means suitable to the Engineer of Record to provide a stable
base for the structure. Tamping and, if necessary, additional filling shall be carried on
until the Engineer of Record is satisfied that a suitably stable base has been created
for the structure.
C. Backfill
1. After the structure is installed, special bedding material as specified immediately above
shall be carefully hand or machine tamped around the structure up to a level of no
more than eighteen inches above the water level. Thereafter the procedures and
materials specified for backfill and compaction, shall be used to complete the
installation.
02536 - 9 R-10
MDWASD 11/2015
2. During all backfilling operations the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of the
structure and the Contractor shall exercise every precaution to prevent damage to, or
unplanned loading of, the structure or its appurtenances.
END OF SECTION
02536 - 10 R-10
MDWASD
SECTION 02540
PUMP STATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The purpose of this Specification is to establish uniform MD-WASD requirements for the
design and construction requirements for wastewater pumping stations. This Specification
does not purport to cover all materials or installation procedures which may be required.
However, it is intent of the MD-WASD to obtain a complete and working installation under
this project, and any items of labor, equipment or materials which may reasonably be
assumed as necessary to accomplish this end shall be supplied whether or not they are
specifically shown on the Plans or stated herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
All material and installation shall be in accordance with the MD-WASD's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
See Section 01005, "Defined Terms"
1.04 PROJECT APPROVAL
The approval of the MD-WASD and the local governing agencies shall be secured, prior
to any construction related activity.
1.05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, found
herein:
A. Section 01011 - Site Conditions
B. Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
C. Section 01031 - Grades, Lines and Levels
D. Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
E. Section 01720 - Project Record Documents
F. Section 01725 - Project As-Builts
G. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Instructions
H. Section 01740 - Permits
I. Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
J. Section 16051 — Pump Station Electrical Materials
K. Section 16268 — Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drive
L. Section 16420 - Stationary Engine -Generator Sets
M. Section 16510 — Interior Lighting
N. Section 16780 — S.C.A.D.A. System RTU Installation
O. Section 16940 — Pump Station Control Panel
02540 - 1 10/2017
MDWASD
1.06 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and fees in accordance with
Section 01740, "Permits".
B. Inspection by MD-WASD personnel is required in addition to, not in lieu of, municipal
and County department inspections. No facility will be accepted until it has passed all
inspections, including pavement installation or replacement.
1.07 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to commencement of the work, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction
Conference.
1.08 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish "As-Builts" in accordance with Section 01725. The
Contractor shall submit operating and maintenance instructions and all other
submittals in accordance with Section 01730.
B. Where the Specifications require test certification or certification that certain products
or material furnished are as specified, the Contractor shall deliver such certification
to the MD-WASD. No material or equipment shall be approved for use in the work
until individual certification has been received.
1.09 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL
1. Pumping stations shall be designed in accordance with the State of Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Rules, Chapter 62-604 for
Wastewater Facilities, with OSHA requirements and with the "Florida State
Board Health Sewage Guide" and the recommendations of Chapter 12 of the
ASCE Manual No. 37, "Sewer Design and Construction", except as otherwise
provided herein. Wet wells shall be classified as hazardous areas, Class 1,
Division 2, Group C.
2. In addition, pump stations shall be designed in accordance with the MD-
WASD's "Supplemental Design Guidelines for Lift Stations and Force Mains"
found in Appendix B. The MD-WASD's "Standard Pump Station Drawings",
bound herein, are provided solely as an aid and shall not be considered as
completed construction drawings.
3. Pump station shall be designed to serve no more than one quarter section. Also
design shall incorporate corrosion inhibiting measures, practices and or
products as found in the "Basic Guide to Corrosion Protection for Miami -Dade
Water and Sewer Department Projects", found in Appendix D.
02540 - 2 10/2017
MDWASD
4. All applicable drawings of the MD-WASD's "Standard Details", found in PART IV
herein, shall apply. Water service at pump stations shall be installed as shown
in M-DWASD's Standard Pump Station Drawings.
B. STRUCTURE AND TYPE
1. Stations may be either precast or cast -in -place, installed by Caisson Method.
2. Stations shall be of reinforced concrete, and may be of the wet well -dry well
type or submersible pumping station type, with depths no greater than 24 feet.
The dry well shall maintain the cross-sectional area of the floor, up to ground
level and shall be provided with an intermediate removable deck. Dry wells with
entrance tubes shall not be approved.
3. Dry wells shall be close to square, in shape, with a minimum area of:
64 sq. ft. - for stations of 50 horsepower per pump and below,
100 sq. ft. - for stations of 60 to 75 horsepower per unit.
In all cases, dimensions of dry well shall also be based on the size of the
pumping equipment and appurtenances approved for installation therein.
4. Structural design shall conform with the requirements of the Florida Building
Code and the American Concrete Institute "Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318, latest edition. In order to provide strength,
stability, and serviceability for sanitary structure under special loading
conditions, the recommendations of ACI Committee 350 Report entitled
"Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures" (ACI 350) shall be used as a guide.
5. Wet-Well/Dry-well configuration shall be used when the station requires
installation of pumps weighing more than 1,500 pounds.
6. Wet -wells may be constructed as an integral part of the dry -well or as a
separate structure. Piping between separate wet -well and dry -well structures
shall be provided with a flexible joint at the structure wall. There shall be at least
four feet of separation between such structures. Wet -well operating capacity
determination shall be based on pump cycling, not on a fixed determined wet -
well effective volume. The method of determination shall be as specified in
Section 3.4.3 of "Supplemental Design Guidelines for Pump Stations and Force
Mains".
C. ACCESS
1. Wet-well/dry-well pumping station: shall have separate outward opening access
hatches for the -wet well and dry -well sized for the pump. Hatches shall be
provided in accordance with Section 05540. Wet -well hatches shall have a
minimum clear opening of 30 inches by 30 inches and shall be located directly
above the influent pipe and the operating control tubing. Dry -well hatches shall
have a minimum clear opening of 48 -inches by 72 -inches centered above the
pumps. In no case shall dry -well opening be less than as recommended by
pump manufacturer.
02540 - 3 10/2017
MDWASD
2. Submersible pumping station: shall have hatches designed for an H-20 live load
and sized according to pump manufacturer's recommendations. [See Section
05540 and Plans entitled; "Typical Submersible Sewage Pumping Station].
D. PUMPING EQUIPMENT
1. For wet well -dry well stations furnish and install vertical, centrifugal sewage
pumps, in accordance with Section 11210.
2. For submersible stations furnish and install submersible sewage pumps in
accordance with Section 11205.
3. Each pumping unit shall be designed to pump the peak flow at the required
head.
E. PIPING
1. Each pump suction line shall be sized for a maximum velocity of 5 feet per
second at the rated peak flow. Provide a 90 degree flared elbow in the wet well
and an isolation plug valve in the dry well, of a wet well -dry well type station.
The plug valve shall be the same size as the suction piping. Provide a plug
valve per pump in the valve vault of a submersible type station together with a
further isolation plug valve just outside of the valve vault on the force main.
2. Discharge lines shall be provided with horizontally mounted check valves of the
outside -lever and weight type and full size isolation plug valve. Discharge piping
shall be sized for a maximum velocity of 6 feet per second at rated peak flow or
a minimum of 6 -inches in diameter, whichever is greater. Each pump discharge
line shall be equipped with a petcock and pressure gage. The combined
discharge line shall be equipped with a bronze tapping saddle with 1 -inch
plugged tap for installation of SCADA by MD-WASD.
3. All pipes and fittings furnished and installed shall be in accordance with Section
15060, "Pipe and Fittings".
4. Piping within the pumping station shall be flanged ductile iron pipe. Piping
passing through concrete walls shall be provided with wall pipe or sleeves.
5. Fresh water and seal water pressure piping shall be copper. Seal water suction,
drain and overflow piping shall be PVC. Small piping (including conduits),
passing through concrete walls shall be provided with wall sleeves.
6. Valves 6 -inches and larger shall be plug valves of the non -lubricated eccentric
type with resilient faced plugs. Valves 2 -inches and smaller shall be gate valves.
F. EMERGENCY PUMP CONNECTION
1. A connection to the discharge piping shall be provided for emergency pump -out
of the wet well. It shall consist of necessary fittings, isolation plug valve, a ductile
02540 - 4 10/2017
MDWASD
iron or brass quick -connect male fitting and a dust cap with an air release
petcock. A petcock for gage at discharge of force main shall be provided.
G. ELECTRICAL SERVICE
1. Coordinate with the power company early during the design stage. No booster
or set-up transformer shall be permitted. Service shall be 3 phase, 208 or 480
volt, and adequate for the load served, but never smaller than the sizes
indicated below:
SERVICE SIZE
Voltage Pump Motor H.P. AMP THW Cu Conduit
208 5 thru 10 110 # 3 1-1/2"
208 15 thru 25 200 # 3/0 2-1/2"
480 5 thru 15 70 # 3 1-1/2"
480 20 thru 50 200 # 3/0 2-1/2"
480 60 thru 75 250 250 MC 3"
2. Neutral and grounding conductors to be sized according to NEC and FBC.
H. STANDBY POWER
1. As shown on the Plans titled, "Typical Submersible Pumping Station (WASD
Design Standard Update 2005)", the MD-WASD will require, as a minimum,
construction of a generator building, fuel tank pad and all interconnecting piping
and conduits. MD-WASD may require actual provision and installation of the
diesel generator, fuel tank and associated items dependent upon the criteria
provided below in this subsection.
2. Stations Above 350 GPM Capacity: Stations that will a peak flow above 350
GPM shall require approval and installation of an emergency generator and fuel
tank (Section 16420).
3. Stations at/or Below 350 GPM Capacity: May require stationary generator
based on the area's need for uninterrupted service (i.e. hospitals, government
centers, correctional institutions and similar facilities).
4. Unusually High Horsepower Motors: Which cannot be operated by portable
generators shall require a stationary generator.
5. Special Cases:
a) The MD-WASD may, at its discretion, require portable generators at
stations having unusual characteristics, or when an existing pump stations
being upgraded above 350 GPM, or when an institution as described in
Article 1.09-H.2, above, is added and no space exist for a permanent
generator.
02540 - 5 10/2017
MDWASD
b) If the project will contribute less than 350 GPM, but the pump station is
being designed to handle more than 350 GPM (PEAK) for the entire service
area, no installation of emergency generator and fuel tank is required.
c) A pump station serving only one development and designed for peak flows
of 150 GPM or more shall require installation of an emergency generator
and fuel tank.
I. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
1. General: One fire extinguisher shall be wall mounted in the dry well on suitable
brackets furnished by the manufacturer, bearing the mark of approval of
Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc., and ratings conforming to NFPA No. 10, but not
less than 3-A; 20-B:C. Fire extinguishers shall be of steel construction with red
enamel finish, except the valves which shall be stainless steel or chromium -
plated.
2. Dry Chemical Extinguishers: shall be rated for Class A, B and C fires, shall be
ten (10) pound capacity, nitrogen operated and shall be steel with red enamel
finish except valves which shall be stainless steel or chromium plated. Dry type
extinguishers shall be Allenco, Badger-Powhatan, Larsen or approved equal.
3. Carbon Dioxide Extinguishers: shall be steel with red enamel finish, except
valve and operator which shall be stainless steel or chromium -plated, Allenco
Model 7400-10, Badgern-Powhatan or approved equal. Hose diffuser horns
shall be non-metallic.
J. PANELBOARD & TRANSFORMER
A 100 amp single phase 120/240V breaker panelboard shall be provided to power all
miscellaneous loads such as lights, seal water pump, air compressors, fans, sump
pumps, dehumidifier, etc. If required, a dry type 480V -120/240V transformer wall
mounted at the intermediate deck level shall be provided to feed all these loads.
The transformer shall be sized to supply all of the connected load plus 30% of spare
capacity.
K. STUCCO
Only the outside wall surfaces of the above -grade structure (to six inches below
grade) shall be stuccoed. Materials shall conform to the Florida Building Code (latest
edition).
L. LIGHTING
1. Provide LED indoor lighting with a minimum of 10 foot-candle power at the
intermediate deck and at the lower level.
2. Where outdoor lighting is required provide LED wall -mounted fixture with
photoelectric control.
02540 - 6 10/2017
MDWASD
3. Lighting fixtures shall be in accordance Section 16510.
M. ALARM SYSTEM
Provide an alarm system to give audible and visual alarms of pump station
malfunction, in accordance with Section 16051.
N. AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT
All air moving equipment shall be in accordance with Section 15860.
O. INTERMEDIATE DECK
Provide an intermediate deck at an elevation with at least one-half foot clearance
above the top of the motor, but never less than 7 -foot clearance from floor slab. The
deck shall be constructed of removable galvanized steel grating supported on
galvanized steel channels. Grating shall be anchored to support frame channels.
The channels shall be located such, that clear access is provided to the motors from
the hatch opening when the grating is removed. Design in accordance with FBC and
OSHA requirements.
P. LADDER
Provide a galvanized steel ladder from the hatch to the intermediate deck. It shall
have extension rails which can be pulled up when the hatch is open. A second
galvanized steel ladder shall be provided from the intermediate deck to the bottom
floor. Ladders shall be in accordance with the requirements of the FBC and OSHA.
A safety railing and stainless -steel chain shall also be provided around the opening
in the intermediate deck for the bottom ladder.
Q. SURFACE PROTECTION - PAINTING
1. The inside walls of the dry well and all piping and equipment shall be properly
primed and painted.
2. Paint material and specification requirements are shown in Section 09900.
R. SITE & LOCATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Stations shall be located on property of adequate size and said property shall
be conveyed to the MD-WASD by fee simple title.
2. Location of pump stations shall be in accordance with local codes or
governing authority having jurisdiction at the proposed site. In any case, a
25 -feet long by 12 -feet wide paved driveway, which shall provide access to
all structures, wet well, dry well, valve pit, emergency generator and fuel tank,
if required. Typical pump station site plans shall have a 45 -feet by 65 -feet
format. A minimum separation of 5 -feet shall be maintained between any
proposed structure and a water or sewer main, and between two sewer
02540 - 7 10/2017
MDWASD
mains (edge to edge). Proposed rim elevations and final grade elevations
shall be in compliance with DERM requirements.
3. Direct access shall be provided, without entering or crossing private property,
by a paved driveway alongside the drywell and the wet -well for parking of
maintenance trucks. The driveway shall be direct and clear from the roadway
to the dry well / wet well. Control panels and emergency pump -out shall be
located to permit clear access through driveway
4. Provide a chain link fence, in accordance with Section 02822, that will
enclose the pump station property. The fence shall be 6 -feet high minimum,
with a 12 -foot wide, minimum, double -leaf gate for the paved driveway.
Barbed wire and extension arms may also be required in some locations.
5. Other types of property enclosures, such as block walls, may be substituted
but shall require the prior approval of the MD-WASD.
6. Unpaved areas shall be completely sodded after construction is complete.
Additional landscaping as required shall be incorporated in the Plans as set
forth in Section 02900.
1.10 COMPLETED AS-BUILTS
A. The as-builts shall be completed and submitted to the Department at the time
of system testing. Testing will not be considered complete until as -built record
documents are submitted and approved by the Department. Completed
finalized as -built package are required by the Department within 10 -days
upon the successful testing of all mains, equipment and appurtenances.
B. Complete topographic and boundary survey for the pump station shall be
signed and signed and sealed by the Florida Licensed Professional Surveyor
and Mapper as part of the as -built plans. All information required of a
boundary survey shall be contained on the as -built plans to include the legal
description of pump station site, easements and right-of-ways abutting the
pump station site and location of all surface facilities recorded by a PSM. All
utilities within pump station property shall be properly shown, along with their
associated elevation and clearance.
C. The mechanical, structural and electrical information on as-builts for Pump
Stations and Plant work shall be reviewed and signed and sealed by a
Florida Registered Professional Engineer when designated as the
responsible party for the corresponding portion of the as-builts. The Engineer
shall verify that all mechanical, structural and electrical information on the as -
built the work was constructed as designed on the Design Plans. Any
deviation shall be noted and approved by the Department.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
02540 - 8 10/2017
MDWASD
2.01 GENERAL
A. All material for use in the Project shall be new and of recent domestic manufacture
and shall be the products of reliable manufacturers or suppliers who, unless
otherwise specified, have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of such
materials and equipment for at least five (5) years.
B. All fittings and components shall, wherever possible, be standard stock articles of
well known manufacturers.
C. Where the Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the
product specified has been found suitable for the intended use, but, unless otherwise
provided, articles or products of similar characteristics may be offered for the
approval of the MD-WASD, after prior approval by the Engineer.
D. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be furnished regarding all material,
consisting of dimension drawings, catalog references and other information
necessary to clearly identify and evaluate each article.
E. Unless otherwise specified, all fabricated items, steel bolts, nuts washers and all
other miscellaneous ferrous metal items (except cast iron and stainless steel) shall
be hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, "Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products" and ASTM A153, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware". Where the word "galvanized" or its abbreviation is used
on the Plans or in these Specifications, it shall mean hot -dip galvanized. Fabricated
items shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Internal threads shall be tapped or
re -tapped after galvanizing. All threaded fasteners together with their associated
components, such as washers, located in the wet well shall be type 316 stainless
steel.
F. Pumps, motors, electrical items and other station equipment shall be shipped,
handled, stored and protected in accordance with Section 01600, "Materials and
Equipment Shipping, Handling, Storage and Protection"
G. Any salvageable pipe, fitting, or other miscellaneous material or equipment, removed
from the MD-WASD-owned mains during construction and not reused in the work
shall be cleaned, hauled to and stored where directed by, and shall remain the
property of the MD-WASD. All other material and equipment shall be disposed of by
the Contractor at his expense.
H. To insure satisfactory and successful final painting of materials and equipment to be
furnished, it is essential that the paints applied in the shop and in the field be
mutually compatible. To this end, require that the shop paints applied to materials
and equipment be compatible with the paints proposed for use in the field, or
determine what shop paints have been used and select field paints compatible
therewith, all as approved by the MD-WASD.
2.02 PUMPS
A. Submersible Pumps — See Section 11205 Submersible Pumps
02540 - 9 10/2017
MDWASD
B. Dry Well Centrifugal Sewage Pumps — See Section 11210 Vertical (Dry Pit)
Centrifugal Pumps
C. Pump Warranty
1. Submersible Pumps: The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units
supplied to the owner against defects in workmanship and materials for a
period of 5 years or 10,000 hours of operation, in normal use, operation
and service. The warranty shall be in printed form and shall apply to all
similar units. A copy of the warranty shall be supplied with each pump.
The warranty shall consist of the following: From 0 18 months or 0 - 3,000
hours, 100% warranty, From 19 39 months or 3,001 6,500 hours, 50%
warranty, From 40 60 months or 6,501 10,000 hours, 25% warranty.
2. Centrifugal over 60 HP and under: Same as for submersible pumps.
3. Centrifugal over 60 HP: One year Warranty minimum. Project specific as
required by the Engineer.
2.03 WET WELL
A. See Section 02536 Precast Manholes.
B. Concrete Protective Coatings: See WASD Pre -Approved Product List Sheet 10.7
Wet Well Coating.
C. Crystalline Waterproofing: Pump Station Wet Wells shall have Xypex/BASF
Crystalline Waterproofing Admixture or approved equal, applied at 2 to 3% of the
weight of portland cement in the wet well by volume. The Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture shall be used in lieu of painting the exterior of the structure with Bitumastic
Coal -Tar Epoxy. The precast concrete structure with the Crystalline Waterproofing
Admixture is required to cure for 28 days prior to application of the concrete
protective coating.
D. Water Cement Ratio: 0.34 for Pump Station Wet Wells
E. Reinforcement of Grade 60 bars. (Pump Station Wet Wells require rebars not wire
mesh reinforcing).
F. Waterstops: Ribbed PVC Waterstop with centerbulb.
G. No construction joints will be allowed below an elevation of four feet above mean
sea level. Construction joints will be allowed above elevation+4.0, if adequate
keyways and waterstops, approved by the Department (Ribbed PVC waterstop with
centerbulb), are provided. The Department may approve an alternate joint method in
cases of excessively deeper and heavy structures.
2.04 CASTINGS
A. GENERAL
02540 - 10 10/2017
MDWASD
1. Material used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTM A48,
"Gray Iron Castings", for Class 35B. Proof Loading: AASHTO M306 Loading
2. Castings shall be in compliance with Standard Details and Section 05550,
"Castings".
B. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole covers and frames shall be MD-WASD Type "A" with roadway cover,
U.S.F. Fabrication No. 310, or approved equal. The covers shall be cast labeled
"SANITARY SEWER".
C. VALVE BOXES AND COVERS
Valve Boxes and Covers shall be MD-WASD No. 52 or No. 53 in accordance with
the Standard Details appended hereto. Valve box covers shall be cast labeled with
the letter "S".
2.05 BRICK
A. Concrete brick shall conform to ASTM Standard C55-01 "Concrete Building Brick".
Clay brick shall be used in manhole construction. Clay brick shall conform to ASTM
Standard C62-00, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)".
B. Bricks shall have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at
least 14 days before being placed.
2.05 CONCRETE, MORTAR AND GROUT
See Sections 03300, 04060 and 03600, respectively.
2.06 CONCRETE BLOCK
Unit masonry shall conform with Section 04220.
A. Standard units of concrete block shall conform to ASTM C90, "Hollow Load -Bearing
Concrete Masonry Units", Normal Weight, Grade N-1, except that the maximum
moisture content shall not exceed 50 percent of the total absorption.
B. Louvered concrete ventilator block shall conform to the FBC for materials and quality
control. Louvered blocks shall be considered non -load bearing units requiring a
reinforced concrete lintel above, when placed in standard concrete block
construction. Size and reinforcement of the lintel shall be as required by the FBC,
however, the lintel shall bear not less than 8 inches on the masonry at each end.
C. Louvered ventilator blocks shall be furnished in modular units 16 inches square
nominal (15-1/2 inches by 15-1/2 inches actual), and each unit shall have four
louvers.
02540 - 11 10/2017
MDWASD
D. A mortar groove shall be provided on the exterior of the frame, centered on the
frame depth.
E. Each modular unit shall be provided with an insect screen. Fabrication shall be
extruded aluminum frames, corners mitered aluminum spline, and 16-18 mesh
aluminum screen. Screens shall be fixed type, with aluminum clips and screens
suitable anchored to the unit.
2.07 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
A. See Section 16051 "Pump Station Electrical Materials".
B. See Section 16940 "Pump Station Control Panel".
2.08 TELEMETRY
A. A telemetry panel provided by the MD-WASD shall be installed in the future. All
appurtenances required by the telemetry system shall be provided, including
antenna, concrete filled galvanized steel pipe, concrete base, mounting clamps and
accessories.
B. All lift stations shall be designed for fully automatic unattended pump control with
local override capability. Lift stations shall also be designed for remote monitoring
capability. Provisions for these installations shall be made by Engineer of Record.
Remote monitoring will be installed by the MD-WASD.
2.09 FENCING MATERIAL
Fencing material shall be furnished and installed in accordance with Section 02822,
"Chainlink Fences and Gate". Gates shall be positioned to allow for maintenance and
direct truck access to the wet well.
2.10 PIPING AND FITTING MATERIAL
Piping, fittings and appurtenances shall be as specified in Section 15060, "Piping and
Fittings". Sewage lined ductile iron pipe and fittings are required within the pump station.
2.11 LADDERS & GUARD CHAINS
A. Galvanized steel ladders shall be fabricated with structural shapes in accordance
with Section 05120, "Miscellaneous and Structural Steel", and shall be sized in
accordance with the Plans. All welds shall be ground smooth and cleaned to remove
welding marks. All screws and bolts appurtenant to the ladders shall be AISI Type
316 stainless steel.
B. Guards chains shall be used where shown on the Plans. The chains shall be welded
stainless steel close link hoist chain 3/8 -inch by 1.2 inch X .540 inch links. One end
of each chain shall be attached by a stainless steel shackle to a 3/8 -inch round
stainless steel eye bolt through the pipe stanchion and the other end of each chain
shall be connected to a heavy stainless steel snap hook. A 3/8 -inch stainless steel
02540 - 12 10/2017
MDWASD
welded eye and concrete insert shall be provided in the wall for both chains. The
eyes shall be installed just below the bottom of the top and intermediate rails.
Stainless steel items shall be AISI Type 316.
2.12 All other material required for the satisfactory installation of the pump station, including
valves, sewage pumps, sump pump, steel reinforcing, structural steel, waterstops,
miscellaneous material and other products, shall be as specified elsewhere herein.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. The precast base shall be set level, with the walls plumb on the graded crushed rock
bedding.
B. Excavation shall extend to a level 12 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of
the base slab. If necessary, provide sheeting and shoring for the excavation.
Sheeting and shoring may be required in order to control the excavation dimensions,
protect the workmen, and prevent damage to the structure or other adjacent
facilities. The resulting excavation shall be backfilled with drainfield limerock or
specified pipe bedding material to a level to receive the structures at the proper
elevation.
C. Necessary sheeting and shoring shall be designed by a Registered Professional
Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. Signed, sealed, and dated
drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to construction.
D. The excavation shall then be brought to the structure's bottom elevation by placing
and compacting 6 -inch layers of Oolitic limerock to 95% of maximum density as
determined by AASHTO Specification No. T-180. Excess excavated material,
suitable for the purpose, may be used later as backfill around the structure. The wet
well, dry well and/or valve pit shall be painted prior to installation. Backfill around
new structures up to the pavement base or surface of the ground shall be material
not exceeding 6 -inches in diameter and shall be compacted in layers not exceeding
9 -inches. Each layer shall be compacted with a powered hand tamper or other
approved method.
E. For surfaces of structures exposed to view the Contractor shall fill all depressions
and all air holes with mortar, dampen surfaces, and then spread slurry, consisting of
one part cement and one and one-half parts sand, by damp loose volume, on the
surface with clean burlap pads and sponge rubber floats. The Contractor shall
remove any surplus by scraping and hen rubbing with clean burlap. Finish surface
shall be suitable to receive paint.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF PRECAST PUMP STATION
02540 - 13 10/2017
MDWASD
A. Excavations for the cast -in -place or the precast structures shall be extended to a
level 6 -inches below the level of the outside bottom of the slab. Sheeting and shoring
may be required in order to control the excavation dimensions, protect workmen, and
prevent damage to the structure or adjacent facilities. The resulting excavation shall
be backfilled with drainfield limerock or specified pipe bedding material to a level to
receive the structures at the proper elevation. Pump station exteriors shall be
painted prior to installation.
B. Sheeting and shoring for the pump station shall be designed by a Registered
Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Florida. Signed, sealed and
dated drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the MD-WASD for
approval prior to construction.
C. The pump station shall come with an anchor slab, precast to the dimensions shown
on the Plans to be lowered in to the excavation separately, or as a complete unit.
The structure, with anchor slab shall be securely seated.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF VALVE PIT STRUCTURES
A. During all backfilling operations the backfill level shall be kept even on all sides of
the structure and the Contractor shall exercise every precaution to prevent damage
to, or unplanned loading of, the structure or its appurtenances.
B. The valve pit structure shall be precast to the dimensions shown on the plans and
carefully lowered into the excavation. The structure shall be seated securely to grade
and to the approval of the MD-WASD, after which the Contractor shall complete the
remainder of the installations.
C. After satisfactory installation and testing, the valve pit interior shall be painted as
specified.
3.04 MECHANICAL WORK
A. The mechanical work shall be performed by personnel who have had previous
experience installing similar pumping station equipment. All equipment shall be
installed in complete accordance with the installation instructions pertaining to the
various items of equipment as published by the equipment manufacturers and no
piece of equipment shall be installed unless its installation instructions are on hand.
Duplicate copies of these instructions shall be furnished to the Engineer of Record
prior to installation. Before any installation work is started, the Contractor shall
submit five copies of installation drawings to the MD-WASD for approval of all the
proposed mechanical work. No work shall commence until approval of the
installation drawings has been received.
B. All pipe, tubing, and fittings shall be adequately supported with adjustable pipe
saddle supports, by wall brackets, or by ceiling hangers, as indicated on the
drawings. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all piping passing through
walls or floors shall be provided with pipe sleeves or wall pipe as indicated on the
Plans. Sleeves shall be caulked to piping on both sides of wall with Dow -Corning
02540 - 14 10/2017
MDWASD
790 joint sealant or approved equal. Sleeves and wall pipe shall be accurately set in
the forms and blocked to prevent movement during pouring of concrete. Sleeves
and wall pipe for piping 6 inches and larger shall be made of cast iron. Sleeves for
piping smaller than 6 inches shall be cut from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe,
reamed and set flush with both faces of wall or floor, or as shown on the Plans.
C. All pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned internally to the satisfaction of the MD-WASD
before installation.
D. All pipe work under this Contract including handling of materials, excavation, laying,
blocking, alignment and grade, jointing, setting valves and fittings, and anchoring,
shall meet the applicable provisions of AWWA Specification C600, "Installation of
Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances", latest edition, as modified
herein.
E. The Contractor shall furnish all nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets, foundation bolts, and
all other items necessary to install the equipment specified herein. Foundation bolts
shall be of a size recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. All nuts,
bolts, foundation bolts, and washers shall be hot -dip galvanized steel or stainless
steel, as specified herein, or shown on the Plans.
F. Equipment shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner in accordance with
accepted practices. Alignment of pumping equipment shall be by a qualified
millwright. Foundations and supports for equipment shall be poured to within one
inch from finished elevation. The floor shall be thoroughly roughened by chipping
where supports, foundations or bases are to be poured. Foundation bolts shall be
located by templates which shall be left in place during the pouring of the concrete.
The equipment shall be set and shimmed with steel wedges to the required finished
elevation. The foundations shall be encircled by forms and the equipment grouted in,
using epoxy grout, as specified herein. Rodding or other suitable means shall be
used to assure that all voids have been filled. After the grout has set, the shims shall
be removed and the resulting spaces filled with grout. After setting, this grout shall
be trimmed to match the adjoining grouted surfaces. The matching surfaces of the
grout and foundation on all pumps shall be rubbed with a carborundum brick to
produce a smooth, even finish, satisfactory to the MD-WASD. Exposed corners
shall be chamfered 1 inch.
G. The pumps and motors shall be placed in position and shall be perfectly aligned in
accordance with the recommendations of the pump manufacturer, and to the
satisfaction of the MD-WASD. Bolts shall then be tightened, and the alignment shall
be rechecked. Alignment and checking shall be done in the presence of a MD-
WASD representative.
3.05 STRUCTURAL WORK
A. All concrete work shall be constructed in accordance with all applicable provisions of
Section 03300.
B. If, in performing the concrete work hereunder, the forms holding the concrete should
fail, sag or get out of line in any way whatsoever, repair such damage to the
02540 - 15 10/2017
MDWASD
complete satisfaction of the Engineer. All completed members shall be straight and
true, and present a uniform appearance. The use of excavation walls as forms will
not be approved.
C. Concrete surfaces shall be inspected immediately after the forms are removed.
Defective areas shall be chipped away to the depth of the imperfections but not less
than one inch deep. These areas shall be kept wet for at least two hours before
patching. Immediately thereafter, all the holes shall be brushed neat with cement
grout. While the grout is still wet, the holes shall be filled with a barely moist grout
consisting of one part Portland cement and three parts sand, which shall be driven
tight with wooden caulking tools and finished off flush and smooth. The mortar
patches shall be cured as specified.
D. The dry well floor and valve pit floor shall slope one inch from the farthest point to
the sump.
E. Construct the foundations for the pumps and motors with non -shrink epoxy grout.
The foundation shall include anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and sleeves as required for
the equipment. Anchor bolts shall be in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the MD-WASD. The
foundations shall be poured to heights of not less than one inch below the elevation
required to bring the equipment to the correct elevation, leaving room for placing
grout to maintain the equipment at the proper elevation. After the forms have been
removed, the foundations above the floor line shall be rubbed smooth with a
carborundum brick. Exposed corners shall be chamfered 1 -inch. Anchor bolts, nuts,
washers, and sleeves shall be hot dip galvanized.
F. The Contractor shall construct concrete foundations for the check valves, including
felt paper lining. Foundation and supports shall be allowed to cure for at least 7 days
before setting any equipment. The floor shall be thoroughly roughened by chipping
where supports are to be poured. After the forms have been removed, the
foundations above the floor line shall be rubbed smooth with a carborundum brick.
Exposed corners shall be chamfered 1 inch.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING
A. The Contractor shall inform the City in writing that the station is ready for
operation, and shall, in the presence of the City's representative, demonstrate the
operability and correct adjustment of every device included in the Project. The
Contractor shall furnish all gauges, testing devices, water to fill (and refill as
required) the wet well, electric power, labor, and other necessities to demonstrate
that the station is ready to be put into operation. All tests and/or demonstrations
shall be conducted to the complete satisfaction of the City.
B. Testing of the different items of equipment shall be conducted as many times, and
for as long as is necessary, to determine whether the various items meet
Specifications. Discharge piping shall be tested for leaks under pump shut-off head
condition. No leakage is allowed. All interior ductile iron piping except the pump -
02540 - 16 10/2017
MDWASD
suction piping shall be tested and made "drop -tight" under a hydrostatic test pressure
of at least 100 psi. Sections of discharge piping which cannot be isolated by valving
for full pressure tests shall be tested at system pressure with no leakage allowed.
Pump suction piping and valves shall be made "drop -tight" when the wet well is
flooded to the invert level of the gravity line entering the wet well.
C. The Pump Station shall be tested per pump manufacturer's recommendations, WASD
Standards for Submersible/Centrifugal Pumps and in the manner described below:
1. Fill wet well with water.
2. For pump number one:
• Check winding resistance and record readings.
• Place the operating mode selector switch in the manual position.
• Record voltage and amperages.
• Take pump down time and document it.
3. For all subsequent pumps follow steps 1 and 2.
4. With water level below lead pump starting point place all pumps selector switch to
automatic position and continue adding water to wet well as necessary.
5. Observe lead pump run.
6. Increase water flow into wet well for lag pumps to run.
7. Continue this process for all pumps.
8. Stop pouring water into wet well and observe as all pumps shut off at the pre-
selected levels.
9. Return selector switch to the off position.
10. Allow well to fill up to verify that High level alarm is functioning.
11. Again, pump down well in manual operation until low alarm level is triggered but
12. before pump looses prime.
13. Disconnect Digital Level Controller and check that lead pump is turned "on" and "off'
at the proper levels by Back-up controller operating with float switches.
14. If the above parts of the test show that any component is not operating as intended,
make necessary adjustments and/or repairs and repeat steps one through thirteen,
until the entire system operates trouble free.
15. Fill the wet well with water to the invert of the influent pipe. Leave it full of water for
at least two hours. If the water level goes down, locate and repair the leak to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Repeat test to ensure absence of leaks.
END OF SECTION
02540 - 17 10/2017
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 02615
CONCRETE PROTECTIVE LINER SYSTEM
FOR PRECAST STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to supply
polypropylene, random copolymer (PP -R) concrete protective liner in the precast wet wells and
manholes as required and as shown on the plans. The liner system shall be AGRU "Sure -
Grip" PP -R Concrete Protective Liner, or approved equal polypropylene lining, as installed by
U.S. Precast Corporation, Miami, Florida and Joelson-Taylor Concrete Products at Venice,
FL, Deland, FL and other locations in this state.
B. PP -R concrete protective liner shall be designed and installed by the manufacturer of the
precast structure to protect the structure's interior surfaces from chemical attack and microbial
corrosion, and to facilitate the prevention of ground water infiltration. A watertight seal
between the ring and cover, or access hatch, and the liner, must be incorporated into the
design. Additionally, the liner must be sealed at the bottom of the concrete structure's wall
with a waterstop assembly thermo-welded to the wall liner, or with continuous liner coverage
over the top of the base slab. All construction joints must be sealed by extrusion welding the
liner seams together to form a continuous and flexible seal between structure sections.
1.02 SUBMITALS
A. The contractor shall submit for review a detailed CAD shopdrawings for each type of structure
to be used on the project. These drawings shall detail the precast structure, per the design
specified for the project, and shall show the concrete protective liner's placement on the
structure's interior wall surfaces, at the construction joints, at pipe and other conduit
connections, and at the adjustment area between the precast structure and the ring and cover.
A manhole frame sealing system, in accordance with Section 02620, may be used in lieu of
liner at the adjustment area.
B. The contractor shall provide, upon request, detailed thermo-welding and weld testing
procedures, and supply to the engineer, upon request, a copy of the liner manufacturer's
certification of training for those personnel performing the welding.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
A. The PP -R liner shall be free of pores, pinholes, voids and foreign bodies. All anchoring studs
shall be manufactured during the extrusion process in one piece with the sheet. No welding
to attach the studs to the sheet or mechanical finishing work is permitted. All welding rod,
profile strips, cap strips and polyester backed transition wrapping shall be manufactured from
02615 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
the same resins by the same manufacturer. The liner manufacturer shall be ISO 9001
certified.
B. The characteristic values of the raw materials shall be as follows:
PROPERTY
TEST METHOD
UNIT
STD. VALUE
Density
ASTM D 792-86
G/cm3
.898
Melt Flow Index
ASTM D 1238-88
G/10min
(190/5)
Heat Reversion
ASTM D 1637-83
%
< 2
Yield Stress
ASTM D 638-89
PSI
> 2,900
Elongation of Yield
ASTM D 638-89
%
> 10
Elongation at
Break
ASTM D 638-89
%
> 50
Fire Classification
UL 94
V2
Electric
Conductivity
1013
Resistance to Pull-
Out
SKZ Test Directives
T/m2
T/ft2
30
3
Maximum Working
Temperature
C.
F.
90 degrees C.
194 degrees F.
2.02 CONFIGURATION
A. Studded PP -R liner sheets shall have a minimum design thickness of 2 mm (.079 inches) and
have a minimum of 39 wedge shaped anchoring studs per square foot of liner. Minimum stud
height shall be no less than 9 mm (.39 inches) with a minimum length of 14 mm (.55 inches).
Anchoring studs must be capable of resisting continuous hydraulic backpressure, to a
minimum of 40 feet of hydraulic backpressure, exerted between the interior wall of the
concrete structure and the anchoring stud side of the protective liner.
B. Non -studded PP -R cap strips, used to bridge construction joints, shall have a minimum design
thickness of 2 mm (.079 inches). Polyester backed non -studded PP -R transition sheets, used
for the purpose of bonding PP -R to dissimilar materials, shall be attached to the PP -R sheet
during the extrusion process.
C. The lining system shall be designed to be repaired, or modified, at any time during the design
life of the system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
02615 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
A. The installation of the PP -R concrete protective liner into precast wet wells and manholes shall
be accomplished only by a precast concrete manufacturer certified by the liner manufacture,
with a minimum of five years of manufacturing experience, and a minimum of five years
experience in the installation of corrosion resistant thermoplastic sheet liners in concrete
structures. Upon request, the liner installer shall provide written certification that the
installation is in accordance with the liner manufacturer's installation specifications.
B. Placement of the liner on forms shall conform to the liner manufacturer's written instructions.
All shop and field welding shall be performed only by thermoplastic extrusion welders certified
by the liner manufacturer. All field thermo-welding shall additionally be performed only by
confined space trained, and certified personnel.
- END OF SECTION -
02615 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 3/2011
SECTION 02625
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE INFILTRATION INSERT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies sanitary sewer manhole infiltration inserts. Manhole inserts shall be
furnished and installed in all new sanitary sewer manholes and all manholes to be rehabilitated as
part of the Project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
The manhole infiltration inserts furnished shall be the product of firms which have been regularly
engaged in the manufacture of such items for a period of at least five (5) years.
2.02 MATERIAL
A. All materials used in the manufacture of the infiltration inserts shall be highly resistant to
corrosion from sanitary sewer atmospheres containing hydrogen sulfide and dilute sulfuric
acid.
B. Infiltration insert body shall be manufactured of High Density Polyethylene meeting the
requirements of American Society for Testing and Materials Standard D1248-84
(Reapproved 1989), APolyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials@, Type III,
Class A, Category 5 or stainless steel, when required by the Department.
C. Insert body thickness shall be a minimum of .125 inches. Inflow dish shall be one piece
molded with structural ribbing members in the bowl area for extra structural integrity. Inflow
dish is to have smooth radius molded edges for additional strength and prevention of
cracking. The insert shall have a straight -side design to allow penetration of the manhole lid
dropping through the clear opening of the manhole frame. The depth of the infiltration insert
shall be a minimum of 5 inches from the smooth radius molded edge to the center of the bowl
area. The insert shall be designed to provide a sufficiently loose fit into the manhole frame to
allow easy removal. Manufacturers name and the date manufactured shall be molded into the
inflow dish.
D. The infiltration inserts shall be dimensioned to fit sanitary sewer manholes as shown on the
Miami Dade Water and Sewer Departments Standard Detail #SS4.0, "Type "A" Manhole
cover and Frame" pages 1 and 2 of 2.
E. The gasket shall be a minimum of .5 inches wide and shall be a minimum thickness of .125
inches installed by the manufacturer and shall be envelope type, providing a seal on the
lower side of that portion of the insert, which sits in the manhole frame. The gasket shall be
closed cell Neoprene rubber and shall provide a watertight seal when installed. The gasket
02625 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 3/2011
shall be permanently attached to the insert by means of chemical bonding, (or waterproof
adhesive). The maximum amount of leakage through the infiltration insert shall be five (5)
gallons in twenty-four (24) hours.
F. Ventilation is provided by a vent hole on the side of the bowl.
G. A handle made of nylon webbing no less than one (1) inch wide, shall be located so that it
does not interfere with the installation of the manhole lid, yet still provide for easy removal of
the infiltration insert. Corrosion resistant fasteners shall be used to fasten the nylon webbing
to the inflow dish. The handle shall be able to withstand a pull of at least 500 pounds before
failure or separation from the insert body.
H. Bidders may be required to submit a sample inflow dish along with a complete detailed
specification and certifications referenced in this document for evaluation.
I. The County reserves the right to perform its own testing procedures or to send any and all
samples to any laboratory for analysis. On the basis of this testing and analysis, the County
shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of the sample in conformance with the
specifications and its decision will be final. Any sample submitted shall create an express
warranty that the whole of the goods to be provided by the contractor shall conform to the
sample submitted.
J. Five (5) year warranty against defects.
K. Insert shall be an "Inflow Defender" by USSI, LLC; Venice, FL; (941) 926-2646 or approved
equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Inserts shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations.
B. The Department reserves the right to require installation of stainless steel inserts, as
required.
C. Manhole frame shall be set so that the tops of the covers are flush with the adjoining
pavement or ground surface.
- END OF SECTION -
02625 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 2/2009
SECTION 02822
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing a galvanized
steel chain link fence, complete with gates and "V" arms with barbed wire, where
permitted, to be constructed as shown on the Plans.
B. Minimum fence height shall be six (6) feet, with a double leaf entry gate having a
minimum ten foot clear opening; except that if building and zoning codes permit, the
fence and gate height shall be eight (8) feet.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fabric:
The chain -link fence fabric shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A392, "Zinc -
Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric", latest edition. Zinc coating of the fabric shall
be not less than 2 ounces per square foot of wire surface (Class 2 coating). Fabric
shall be one-piece fabric height as shown on the Plans, with 2 -inch by 2 -inch mesh of
No. 9 gauge wire, unless otherwise specified. Top and bottom selvages shall be
twisted. The fence shall have a single strand of 7 gage galvanized coil spring wire at
the bottom, fastened at each post, and at 2 foot centers, with hog rings, extending to
within 1 -inch of the ground.
B. Posts and Other Appurtenances:
All tubular members including gate members shall comply with ASTM Standard A 53-
90b, "Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded and
Seamless, for Ordinary Uses", Type S Grade A or B, and shall be plain -end steel pipe,
with zinc coating applied inside and out by the hot -dip process. Zinc coating shall be
not less than 1.8 ounces per square foot of pipe area. Gate frames shall be hot -dip
galvanized after fabrication. All fence posts shall have weather proof caps which shall
conform with the specifications detailed elsewhere in this section. Fence components
shall be as follows:
Components
Top rail and braces
Gate frames
Line posts
Corner posts
Gate posts (less
Than 10 ft. leaf)
Gate posts (greater
than 12 ft. leaf)
Nominal
Pipe Size
1 1/4 inches
1 % inches
2 inches
2 1/2 inches
Outside
Diameter
1.660 inches
1.900 inches
2.375 inches
2.875 inches
3 inches 3.500 inches
6 inches 6.625 inches
Weight
Per Foot
2.27 pounds
2.72 pounds
3.65 pounds
5.79 pounds
7.56 pounds
18.97 pounds
02822 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
C. Top Rail: The top rail shall be provided with couplings approximately every 20 feet.
Couplings are to be the outside sleeve type, at least 6 inches long.
L
D. Concrete: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28
days.
E. Barbed Wire: Where permitted by building and zoning codes, the fence shall have six
strands of barbed wire mounted on "V" arm post top extensions, as shown on the
Plans. Barbed wire shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard A121, "Zinc -
Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire", latest edition, for wire gage No. 12-1/2 (2
strands) with a minimum zinc coating of 0.5 ounce per square foot of wire surface
(Class 2 coating), applied before fabrication. The individual barb shall be four points,
twisted around both wires, with the barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart.
F. Gates:
1. The gate frames shall be assembled by welding and shall be hot -dip galvanized
after fabrication. The gate shall be installed complete with all hardware,
including hinges, locking devices, drop bars, center stops, holdbacks and other
items, as required. Padlock will be furnished by the Department.
2. The gate frame shall be made of 1-1/2 inch diameter Schedule 40 pipe and
shall be welded at all corners so as to form a rigid one piece unit for each leaf.
Fabric shall be securely stretched and held in the center of the tubing by use of
hooks, bolts and tension rods on all four sides of the gate opening frame.
3. If permitted, the gate shall have three strands of barbed wire mounted on frame
top extensions and barbed wire shall be as specified above.
4. Gates shall have a center stop and drop rod with padlock hardware and
padlock. Gate stops and latches shall all be hot -dip galvanized.
5. Gate post shall be equipped with caps designed to exclude moisture from the
post.
6. Gate posts shall be equipped with caps designed to exclude moisture from the
post.
G. Accessories: Miscellaneous hardware shall be of steel, malleable iron or ductile iron of
standard design and conform to the requirements of the Chain Line Fence
Manufacturer's Institute. All parts shall be galvanized except ties and clips may be of
aluminum. The Contractor shall install all of the hardware necessary for a complete
and working installation, and shall include the following:
1. "V" Arms or Single Arm Post Extensions for Barbed Wire:
Barbed wire supporting arms shall form an angle of approximately 45 degrees
with the vertical fence and be fitted for attaching three strands of barbed wire.
The top wire shall project approximately 12 -inches horizontally from the fence
line. The other wires shall be spaced uniformly between the top of the fence
02822 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
fabric and the outside strand. The barbed wire supporting arm shall be
manufactured from pressed steel or malleable iron capable of withstanding 200
pounds applied at outer strand of barbed wire. It shall be designed as a
combination weather -tight closure cap and a barbed wire supporting arm,
where barbed wire is required.
2. Padlockinq Device shall be a fulcrum type latch assembly for double gates.
3. Post Caps shall be of cast steel or cast iron and shall be designed to provide a
drive fit over the top of the post to exclude moisture.
4. Tension Bars shall be one piece for the fence height of the fabric with a
minimum cross-section of 3/16" x 3/4". Provide one tension bar for each end
post, and 2 for each corner and pull post. The gate shall have tension bars as
shown on the Plans.
H. Tension bars, the tension bar bands, post caps, V -arms, brace rods, top rail clamps,
turnbuckles, nuts and bolts, all gate hardware and remaining accessories shall be zinc
coated in accordance with the ASTM Standard A153 "Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) On Iron
and Steel Hardware", latest edition.
I. Hardware: Miscellaneous hardware shall be of steel, malleable iron or ductile iron of
standard design and conform to the requirements of the Chain Link Fence
Manufacturer's Institute. All parts shall be galvanized except ties and clips, which may
be aluminum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ARRANGEMENT
A. Posts: Post shall be uniformly spaced, not to exceed 10 -feet on centers. Intermediate
post shall have waterproof tops which have integrally cast openings through which the
top rails shall pass.. Terminal posts shall consist of one end, corner and pull posts.
B. Braces: Braces shall be provided at each gate, corner, pull and end post.
C. Ties and Clips: Fabric shall be fastened to all intermediate posts with 9 gauge tie
wires, spacing not to exceed 14 -inches apart. Fabric shall be tied to top rail with 9
gauge tie wires, spacing not to exceed 24 -inches on centers.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All posts shall be installed in accordance with ASTM F567, "Practice for Installation of
Chain Link Fence", latest edition. Where conflict between said standard and these
specifications exists, the more stringent shall apply.
B. Post Setting: Line posts shall be set in holes 12 inches in diameter, 38 inches deep
with 36 -inch post embedment. Terminal posts shall be set in holes 15 inches in
diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post embedment. Gate posts for double swing
gates shall be set in holes 18 inches in diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post
02822 - 3 R-1
MDWASD 2/2009
embedment. Gate posts for single swing gates shall be set in holes 15 inches in
diameter, 38 inches deep with 36 -inch post embedment. After the post has been set
and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with concrete. The exposed surface of the
concrete shall be crowned to shed water.
C. Terminal and Gate Posts: Terminal and gate posts shall be set as specified above and
shall be braced to the nearest post with a galvanized horizontal brace used as a
compression member and a galvanized 3/8 -inch steel truss rod and truss tightener
used as a tension member.
D. Fabric: Fabric shall not be stretched until concrete footings have cured a minimum of
three days. Chain Zink fabric shall be placed on the side designated by the Engineer of
Record and shall be stretched taut approximately 1 -inches above finish grade and
securely fastened to all posts. Rolls of wire fabric shall be joined by weaving a single
strand into the ends of the rolls to form a continuous mesh.
END OF SECTION
02822 - 4 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 05540
ACCESS HATCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish and install access hatches, frames and accessories, where
shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes: Access hatches shall conform with South Florida Building Code and OSHA
requirements.
B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section
with minimum five years documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HATCHES
A. General:
1. Hatches for valve vault shall be aluminum when outside of the right-of-way and shall
be steel when in public right-of-way. In all cases hatches shall be double door type
designed for AASHTO H-20 wheel loads.
2. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, recessed
padlock and automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. Hatches shall be equipped with a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place. Access hatches shall be
furnished with a safety chain (double door leaf design). Access hatch shall have a
stainless steel slamlock with removable outside handle and fixed inside release handle
and shall be equipped with stainless steel compression springs.
3. When mounted, door leaf shall be flush with the top surface of the frame, with the
exception of the projecting lugs. Hatches shall be of skid proof design.
4. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel. Aluminum used in the construction
of the access hatches shall conform to Section 05140.
B. Valve Vault:
Valve vault hatch shall be Type AHD as manufactured by U.S.F. Fabrication, Inc., Hialeah,
Florida, modified as specified herein, or approved equal.
05540 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. For Submersible Pump Type Pump Stations:
1. Access hatches shall be U.S.F.F. Inc. Type AHD aluminum double door designed for
AASHTO H-20 wheel loads, modified as specified herein, or approved equal.
2. Frame shall be furnished with upper guide holder, level sensors cable holder and
stainless steel compression springs. Frame shall be securely placed and mounted
above the pumps.
3. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, keyed lock and
automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. It shall be equipped with recessed lock and a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place.
D. For Wet Well/Dry Well Type Pump Stations:
1. Access hatches shall be U.S.F.F. Inc. Type THD double doorforthe dry well and Type
AHD single door for the wet well designed for AASHTO H-20 wheel loads, modified as
specified herein, or approved equal.
2. Frame shall be furnished with stainless steel compression springs.
3. The access hatches shall have spring loaded covers for easy opening, keyed lock and
automatic 90 -degree hold -open arms. It shall be equipped with recessed lock and a
flush drop handle which does not protrude above the cover. Hinges shall be all
stainless steel with tamper proof stainless steel bolts and nuts, and shall be removable
for maintenance after the access hatch is cast in place.
4. Frames shall be 1/4 -inch thick minimum extruded aluminum with mitered and welded
corners, and with strap anchors bolted or welded to the frame for embedment into the
concrete slab. Frame depth shall be at least 2-1/2 inches below the horizontal top
surface of the hatch doors. The exterior portion of the frames which will be in contact
with the concrete, and the strap anchors, shall be painted with a factory applied
bituminous coating. Run PVC pipe drain from frame to sump in dry -well.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
05540 - 2 R-2
I
MDWASD 05/2023
SECTION 11205
SUBMERSIBLE (WASTEWATER) PUMPS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install submersible non -clog wastewater pumps
and appurtenances and place in satisfactory operation, in a workmanlike
manner, all machinery, equipment, apparatus and accessories required for a
complete installation in accordance with these specifications.
B. It is the intent of these Specifications to obtain complete and operable equipment.
All items and accessories appearing in the Drawings, in the manufacturer's
literature as standard, and all items specified herein, shall be included. Items not
included herein or on the Drawings or manufacturer's literature, but which can be
reasonably inferred as necessary for the equipment to be properly and legally
operable, shall be included.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of
this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the
requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements
of this section shall prevail.
1. ABMA 9-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
2. ABMA 11-90 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller
Bearings
3. ASTM A48-00 Gray Iron Castings
4. ASTM A108-99 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard
Quality
5. ASTM A276 -00a Stainless and Heat -Resistant Steel Bars and
Shapes
6. ASTM A278-93 Gray Iron Castings for Pressure Containing
Parts for Temperature up to 650 Degrees F
7. ASTM A322-91 Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades (1996)
8. ASTM A576 -90b Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot Wrought, Special
Quality (2000)
9. ASTM A743/A743M-98a Castings, Iron -Chromium, Iron -Chromium -
11205 - 1 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
Nickel, Corrosion -Resistances for General
Application
10. Hydraulic Institute Standards of the Hydraulic Institute, (Current
Edition)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit the following after approval of drawings, but prior to
construction of pump station:
1. Pump Drawings.
2. Pump performance curves, including other impeller sizes.
3. Predicted pump performance curves for each condition point specified in
Part 2 showing head, power, efficiency and NPSH required on the
ordinate plotted against capacity on the abscissa (x-axis).
4. Materials of construction.
5. Motor drawings
6. Complete electric motor data.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, "Shop Drawings."
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pumping units and accessories shall be the standard product of manufacturers
which have produced and sold such pumps and appurtenances for a period of at
least 5 years for similar service.
B. Spare parts shall be available from the manufacturer, not the vendor. All
mounting, guides, and spare parts shall be supplied by the manufacturer.
C. The Department has identified area with ragging and clogging problems which
require the use of submersible pumps that have been field tested in the
Department's system. The Department Approved Pumps in areas with rags and
wipes issues shall have cutters or other features to successfully operate at the
location with the severe clogging problems. Coordinate with the Department
Engineer if the proposed pump is located at a severe clogging location.
D. Pump Materials of Construction: Any pumps submitted as an alternate shall meet
the design curve and material construction of the specified pump to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Any submitted alternate shall be reviewed to verify
that the Department will receive the same quality of grade of steel, epoxy coating,
mating to the discharge elbow and resistance to corrosion.
1.05 PUMP WARRANTY
A. The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units supplied to the owner against
defects in workmanship and materials for a period of 5 years or 10,000 hours of
operation, in normal use, operation and service. The warranty shall be in printed
form and shall apply to all similar units. A copy of the warranty shall be supplied
11205 - 2 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
with each pump. The warranty shall consist of the following:
1. From 0 18 months or 0 - 3,000 hours, 100% warranty.
2. From 19 39 months or 3,001 6,500 hours, 50% warranty.
3. From 40 60 months or 6,501 10,000 hours, 25% warranty.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMPS
A. Pump shall be totally submersible, non -clogging, electrically operated, designed
specifically for use in municipal wastewater applications and capable of handling
raw unscreened sewage. Pumping units shall be suitable for the allotted space
shown on the Drawings and shall be satisfactorily suitable for the design
conditions as determined by the City. Pump stations will be located in an area
where clogging of pumps by debris in the sewer is expected. The proposed
pumps shall be capable of passing debris without clogging (to the satisfaction of
the Engineer).
B. Source: Provide pumping units by one of the following submersible pumps
approved for use in the Water and Sewer Department system:
1. Xylem/Flygt;
2. ABS, with contra -block impeller;
3. Grundfos.
C. Design: The design shall be such that the pump unit shall be automatically and
firmly connected to the discharge piping when lowered into place on its mating
discharge connection. The pump shall be so designed that it may be lowered to
or raised from its place in the wet -well by Type 316 stainless steel chain or cable
and accurately guided by pipe guide bars extending from the top of the station to
the discharge connection. The pump shall be guided by no less than two (2)
separate Type 316 stainless steel guide rails of 2 -inch minimum diameter for
pumps of 29 or less horsepower; 3 -inch minimum diameter for pumps between
30 and 100 horsepower and of 4 -inch minimum diameter for pumps over 100
horsepower or other guide system as approved by the MD-WASD. There shall be
no need for personnel to enter the wet -well.
D. Discharge Connection: Mating discharge connection of pump unit (aka Base
Elbow) shall be permanently affixed to the concrete in the wet well with Type 316
stainless steel epoxy set anchor bolts furnished by and of the size recommended
by the pump manufacturer. However, anchor bolts shall be 3/4 -inch stainless
steel, minimum. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be
accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. Sealing of the
discharge interface with a diaphragm, 0 -ring or profile gasket shall not be
acceptable. Provide a six-inch discharge for 20 HP and above.
E. Each pump with its appurtenances and cable shall be capable of continuous
submersion under water without loss of water -tight integrity. Major parts such a
11205 - 3 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
stator casing, oil casing, sliding bracket, volute and impeller shall be of cast iron
ASTM A-48, Class 35B. All surfaces coming into contact with sewage other
than stainless steel shall be protected by a coating resistant to sewage. All
exposed bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
F. The discharge connection (aka Base Elbow) shall be design and manufactured
such that it will accept a Flygt CP or NP pump model. The base elbow shall be a
product of the pump manufacturer and not a third party fabricator.
G. The pumps shall have a maximum weight of 1,500 pounds, as required to meet
conditions described in these Specifications and design operating
characteristics. The previously stated weight requirement supersedes any other
weight listed elsewhere in these specifications. Pumps shall have a minimum
efficiency of 50% at Best Efficiency Point (BEP).
2.02 COOLING SYSTEM
A. Motors shall be sufficiently cooled by the surrounding environment or pumped
media. Cooling system shall provide for continuous operation in ambient
temperatures up to 104°F.
2.03 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. Material and Coating: The major pump components shall be ASTM A48, "Gray
Iron Castings", Class 35B cast iron, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes
and other irregularities; of sufficient strength, weight and metal thickness to
insure long life, accurate alignment and reliable operation. All exposed nuts
and bolts shall be Type 316 stainless steel. All surfaces coming into contact
with sewage other than stainless steel shall be protected by an approved
sewage resistant coating. The pump exterior shall be sprayed first with PVC
epoxy primer. All remaining surfaces where watertight seal is required shall be
machined and fitted with nitrile rubber "0" rings. Fittings shall be such that the
sealing is accomplished by metal -to -metal contact between the machined
surfaces.
B. Cable Entry Seal:
1. The cable entry water seal shall be designed to preclude specific torque
requirements to insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable
entry shall be comprised of a cylindrical elastomer grommet flanked by
stainless steel washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable
outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the
entry body containing a strain relief function separate from the function of
sealing the cable.
2. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a
stator lead sealing gland or terminal board, which shall isolate the motor
interior from foreign material gaining access through the pump top.
11205 - 4 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
3. Cable entry assemblies utilizing an epoxy for sealing may be considered,
on a case -by -case basis. Epoxy shall be locally and commercially
available, and shall have maximum published cure time of six (6) hours at
room temperature and shall be suitable for use in a municipal sewerage
environment.
C. Impeller: The impeller(s) shall be of gray cast iron, Class 35B, dynamically
balanced, single or double shrouded, non -clogging design having a long
throughlet without acute turns. The impellers shall be capable of handling solids,
fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in normal sewage
applications. The impeller shall be of a single vane, 2 or 3 vane non -clogging
design. Recessed impellers are not acceptable by the City. Impeller(s) shall
be keyed to the shaft, retained with an Allen head bolt and shall be capable of
passing a minimum 3 -inch diameter solid sphere. One impeller tool shall be
provided with each pump.
D. Wear Rings: A wear ring or wear plate system shall be used to provide efficient
sealing between the volute and suction inlet of the impeller. Each pump shall be
equipped with a brass, or nitrile rubber coated steel ring insert that is drive fitted
to the volute inlet.
E. Volute: Pump volute(s) shall be single -piece gray cast iron, Class 35B,
non -concentric design with smooth fluid passages large enough at all points to
pass any solids that may enter the impeller.
F. Shaft and Mechanical Seal:
1. The pump and rotor shaft shall be the same unit. The shaft shall be ANSI
Type 420 series stainless steel, or approved equal.
2. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical rotating shaft
seal system. Seals shall run in an oil reservoir. Lapped seal faces
must be hydro -dynamically lubricated at a constant rate. The lower seal
unit, between the pump and the oil chamber shall contain one stationary
and one positively driven rotating tungsten or silicon carbide ring. The
upper seal unit, between the oil sump and motor housing, shall contain
one stationary tungsten carbide or ceramic ring and one positively driven
rotating carbon ring. The use of a positively driven rotating tungsten or
silicon carbide ring is acceptable in lieu of the positively driven rotating
carbon ring. Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring
system. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment,
but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. Each pump shall be
provided with an oil chamber for the shaft sealing system. The oil
chamber shall be designed to prevent over -filling and to provide oil
expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plug with positive
anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside. The pump
shaft shall rotate on 2 permanently lubricated bearings with a minimum
L10 rating of 50,000 hours.
2.04 PUMP MOTOR
11205 - 5 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
A. The pump motor shall be squirrel cage induction, shell type design, housed in an
air filled, watertight chamber, no more than 60 HP and 1,800 RPM, 240/480
volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz, 1.15 S.F., NEMA Type B. The stator winding and stator
leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class F insulation which will
resist a temperature of 155 degree centigrade. The stator shall be dipped and
baked 3 times in Class F varnish. The motor shall be designed for continuous
duty capable of sustaining a minimum of 12 starts per hour. Motors shall be
approved for Class 1, Division II, Group D atmospheres in accordance with NEC
classification for hazardous areas. Motors shall be able to start within the
1300% factor allowed by NEC 430-52 or documentation shall be provided as to
why it cannot.
B. Each unit shall be provided with an adequately designed cooling system to
permit continuous operation in totally, partially, or non -submerged condition.
Cooling media channels and ports shall be sized to be non -clogging.
C. Motor bearings shall be permanently grease lubricated. Oil filled motors are not
acceptable.
D. Thermal switches shall be embedded in the stator lead coils. All stators shall
incorporate thermal switches in series to monitor the temperature of each phase
winding. At 125 degrees C (260 degrees F) the thermal switches shall open, stop
the motor and activate an alarm. These thermal switches shall be used in
conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and
shall be connected to the control panel. Wire nuts or crimping devices are not
acceptable. The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same
manufacturer
E. The pump motor cable shall be suited for submersible pump applications with
Underwriters Laboratory approval permanently embossed on the cable. Cable
sizing shall conform to the National Electric Code Specifications for pump
motors. Each pump shall be furnished with ample cable such that one
continuous length of cable, supplied by pump manufacturer, will be all that is
required to run from pump, when lowered in the wet -well, to the controls, without
need of splices.
F The motor horsepower shall be adequate such that the pump is non -overloading
throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run -out.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with
these specifications.
B. All motors shall be factory mounted by the driven equipment manufacturer in
accordance with the motor manufacturers drawings and instructions. Field
installation of the unit, including final alignment shall be the responsibility of the
11205 - 6 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
Contractor.
C. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary appurtenances for initial
operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in operable
condition.
D. All control and alarm wires, as required, shall be provided even if not shown on
plan drawings.
3.02 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE
A. All flanges shall be covered to prevent damage. Pump motors, and shafts will
be stored inside warehouses. Pumps may be stored outside, on wood
members away from the ground, at sufficient elevation to prevent flooding, and
protected from the weather by secured canvas or plastic coverings.
3.03 PUMP TESTS
A. The manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each
pump before shipment from the factory:
1. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for
compliance with customer's purchase order.
2. Motor and cable insulation tests for moisture content or insulation defects
shall be made.
3. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry, to establish correct
rotation and mechanical integrity.
4. Pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged a minimum of 6 feet
underwater.
5. After the operation tests, the insulation test is to be performed again. A
written report, signed by a professional engineer, registered in the state
where the tests were performed, stating that "A" through "D" (above) were
performed and that the tests were satisfactorily accomplished, shall be
supplied with each pump at the time of shipment.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The supplier shall provide start-up service to place the pumps and controls in
proper operation.
B. During this service, the Manufacturer's Representative shall review the operation
of the equipment and the pump and station will be inspected for proper
installation and shall coordinate with Contractor and make recommendations.
C. The pumps shall be tested at start-up and the voltage, current and other
significant parameters recorded. The manufacturer shall provide a formal test
11205 - 7 R-7
MDWASD 05/2023
procedure and forms for recording the data.
D. The supplier shall submit a written report to the Contractor, stating results of the
start-up inspection. A copy of the report shall be furnished to the City. The
Contractor shall inform the City 24 -hours prior to commencement of such
start-up services and tests. These services shall be at no cost to the City.
END OF SECTION
Revision #7, 5-2-2023
1.04 Quality Assurance added Paragraphs C and D
2.01 Pumps Paragraph B removed KSB Pumps from Products List
11205 - 8 R-7
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION 11215
SUMP PUMP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install sump pump and all appurtenances, as specified below,
where shown on the plans or as required for a complete installation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall furnish full detailed manufacturer specifications, characteristic curves and
shop drawings showing the make, model and descriptive data to the Department for the pump
unit he proposes to supply. Submittals shall be approved prior to installation of pumping unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SUMP PUMPING UNIT
A. Sump pump in the dry -well shall be a submersible type with a cast iron or bronze housing,
by Barnes, Covert Pump Division, or approved equal. Pump shall be rated for duty in
conditions it shall be subjected to, including being totally submerged. Unit shall contain
mechanical seal with rotating carbon face and stationary ceramic face. The motor shall be
single phased, oil -filled unit, with overload protection and maximum %-horsepower.
However, sump pumps installed in dry wells ranging from 20 feet to 24 feet depths are
excluded from this requirement and shall meet Department approval.
B. Sump in shall be sized per sump pump manufacturer's recommendation, but unless
approved, not less than dimensions shown on the Department's Standard Pump Station
Drawings. Dry -well sump shall include space for external float switch. Float switch shall be
furnished with 10 feet cord and piggyback plug.
C. Where installed in valve -pit, sump pump shall be 1/3 -horsepower, single phase, oil filled unit,
with overload protection. Unit shall be Series BP27, by Barnes, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the approved plans.
B. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary wiring, piping and other necessary
appurtenances for satisfactory operation and making final adjustments to place the
equipment in operable condition.
C. All power, control and alarm wires as required shall be provided even if not shown on plans.
11215 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
D. Installation, testing and start-up shall be as recommended by the manufacturer provided
specifications.
E. Dry -well Installation: Provide a sump and sump pump in the floor of the dry -well in a corner
opposite the wet -well. Slop the floor from all directions toward the sump. The PVC pump
discharge line shall contain two swing -disk type check valves and a gate valve, and shall be
piped to the top of the dry -well before passing through the wall into the wet -well.
F. Valve Vault Installation: Sump pump and local motor starting switch shall be installed in the
valve pit and hard -wired to the control cabinet. Manual motor starting switch shall be NEMA
3, 4X and 12, corrosion -resistant, dust -tight and watertight. It shall be Crouse -Hinds NSSC-
D22, or approved equal. Discharge from pump shall be conveyed to the wet -well using 1-1/2
inch diameter PVC pipe. (The Department may consider approval of 1-1/4 inch diameter
discharge piping as shown in the Standard Pump Station Drawings.)
END OF SECTION
11215 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 8/2013
SECTION 11500
FUEL STORAGE TANKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section includes furnishing and installing above ground fuel
storage tanks, with concrete bases, gauges, valves and piping, as required and as
shown on Drawings; and other related items necessary for a complete installation, as
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02314 - Excavation, Backfill and Fill For Structures
B. Section 03300 - Cast -in -place Concrete, Reinforcing and Formwork.
C. Section 09900 — Painting
D. Section 16420 - Stationary Engine -Generator Set
E. Section 16425 - Portable Engine -Generator Set
1.03 REFERENCE, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. FDEP - Florida Department of Environmental Protection, Ch. 62-761 & 62-762, FAC
B. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
C. NFPA 31 - Installation of Oil -Burning Equipment.
D. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC)
E. NFPA 78 - Protection of Life and Property against Lightning.
F. FBC - Florida Building Code.
G. RER — Regulatory & Economic Resources Department, Miami -Dade County, Ch. 24 -
Miami -Dade County Environmental Code
H. U.L. Subject #2085 and #142.
UFC - ICBO Uniform Fire Code, Section 79 Appendix A -II -F
J. OSHA — Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standard 1910.23-1910.24
11500 - 1 R-5
MDWASD
8/2013
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the appropriate codes, regulations and standards referenced in
paragraph 1.03.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The fuel storage tank and accessories shall be FDEP approved and installation plans
must have been reviewed and approved by RER/DERM.
B. Prepare and submit a site plan, drawn to scale, containing the following:
1. Show property lines and indicate occupancy or use of adjacent property.
2. Show streets, intersections and railroads.
3. Show buildings on the site and indicate type of construction. Show building openings
on walls adjacent to tanks.
4. Show important utility lines, sewer, water, gas and electric including fire hydrants and
catch basins.
5. Show any nearby waterways, streams, rivers, lakes or bodies of water.
6. Show any existing underground or aboveground tanks.
7. Show location of proposed tank and indicate shortest distance to buildings and
property lines.
C. Prepare and submit detail drawings of tank, to include the following:
1. Tank type double -walled aboveground or underground storage tank (AST or UST),
size, dimensions and spacing between adjacent tanks. Note: Miami Dade Water
and Sewer Department requires aboveground tanks whenever possible.
2. Base slab dimensions and bollard location and size.
3. Vent size, height, location and type of cap.
4. Fill details including spill containment and overfill protection.
5. Piping details including shut-off/isolation valves and anti -siphon valve.
6. Pumps and other equipment, where applicable, including location, size and type.
7. Electrical details including shut-off switch location and grounding wire.
8. Level gauges and leak detection equipment. (i.e. Morrison Clock gauge for fuel
level, Krueger Pop-up gauge for interstitial monitoring)
9. Signs and decals.
1.06 WARRANTY
The tank must carry a thirty year (30) warranty.
1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Protect while transporting, storing, installing until work is completed.
C. Do not handle or move tank unless it is empty.
11500 - 2 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
D. Do not drop or drag the tank.
E. Do not handle or install tank without having knowledge and experience in procedures
involved with proper and safe installation of tank used for storage of stable,
flammable and combustible liquids.
F. Equipment required for the shipping and off-loading of aboveground and
underground storage tanks include lifting straps, forklift and crane up to 150 ton
capacity and nylon tie down straps.
1.08 GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION
A. A sign which prohibits smoking shall be conspicuously posted.
B. Portable fire extinguisher shall be provided for the suppression of fires in accordance
with NFPA 10 and UFC for high hazard area.
C. Exterior warning signs and labels shall be at proper location and configuration to
meet applicable code requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ABOVEGROUND TANKS
A. General:
The Contractor shall furnish an FDEP approved secondarily contained shop
fabricated aboveground storage tank (AST) for flammable and combustible liquids.
Storage tank system shall be UL listed for both vehicle impact protection and
projectile resistant and shall be tested to and listed for the following:
1. UL - 142, aboveground steel tanks for flammable and combustible liquids.
2. UL — 2085, protected aboveground tanks for flammable and combustible
liquids.
B. The tank shall be cylindrical in shape and have continuous welds on all sides
conforming to the American Welding Standard for continuous weld. The primary and
secondary tank shall be minimum 0.125 inch thick carbon steel and manufactured in
accordance with U.L. 142. However, thickness shall be based on a thirty year (30)
warranty.
C. The tank shall be designed and tested to provide 2 -hour fire protection. The fire
resistance of the tank shall be tested in accordance with the procedure established in
U.L. 2085.
D. The primary steel tanks shall have "emergency vent" system as per NFPA 30 Code
requirements.
11500 - 3 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
E. The AST shall have a tank leak detector tube to allow for physical monitoring
capability of the interstitial space between the primary and the secondary tank. A
mechanical interstitial monitoring gauge (i.e., Kreuger Pop -Up) shall be installed.
F. The AST shall have a mechanical level gauge (i.e., Morrison Bros. Clock Gauge
Model 818/818F).
G. The primary steel tank shall be pressure tested at 5 psig for 24 hours.
H. All openings shall be from the top only.
The AST shall have a coated exterior to resist weather and reflect sunlight.
J. The AST shall have a warranty of 30 years regardless of capacity.
K. The AST shall be constructed to allow for grounding in accordance with NFPA 78.
L. Tank shall be Fireguard Aboveground Tank or approved equal.
2.02 TANK CAPACITY
The tank capacity shall be as shown on Drawings. Minimum tank size shall be based on the
fuel capacity required to run one pump continuously for five days, at maximum horsepower.
2.03 VENTING
A. Atmospheric Vent: The tank system shall be furnished with a 2 -inch vent and an
appropriate emergency vent. An open atmospheric utility vent cap shall be installed
on the 2 -inch vent line to protect against intrusion and blockage from water, debris or
insects. Venting systems shall meet all 2 -inch standard vent and emergency vent
requirements of U.L. 142. Height of the vent line shall be per code. Vent line shall be
capable of sufficient venting into the atmosphere in case of pressure build-up inside
the tank. Vent cap shall be installed with no overhead obstructions to allow free flow
of vapors from the vent.
B. Primary Tank Emergency Vent: The tank system shall be furnished with pressure
relief nipples and emergency pressure relief devices to automatically relieve the
pressure of the primary tank before it reaches 2.5 psig. It shall include a fire screen
to prevent ignition from an external source.
C. Secondary Containment Venting Device: The tank system's secondary containment
shall be furnished with an emergency venting device. The venting device shall
consist of a pressure relief nipple and a relief device. The emergency device will
open before the secondary containment internal pressure reaches 2.5 psig.
2.04 OVER SPILL CONTAINMENT
A. The AST systems shall include an FDEP approved over spill containment device.
11500 - 4 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
B. Over spill containment device shall be mounted on top of the tank and shall surround
the tank fill pipe to catch occasional spills.
C. A hand -activated spring -loaded normally closed valve shall be provided inside the
containment to drain the spill back into the tank.
D. Lid to over spill containment device shall meet proper color —coding requirements for
diesel fuel.
2.05 FILL PIPE
The tank system shall be furnished with a MNPT fitting for filling. The fill pipe shall be
equipped with an adapter and lockable cap. Fill pipe diameter shall be 4 -inches.
2.06 COLLISION PROTECTION
Collision protection approved by the tank manufacturer shall be located around tank
perimeter for vehicular protection. Pipe bollards shall be installed for collision protection, as
follows: concrete filled steel posts, 4 -inches diameter (minimum) by 6 feet long, shall be set
3 feet into the ground within a 15 -inch diameter concrete filled hole. Post shall be spaced 4
feet center to center and shall be spaced from tank in accordance local codes.
2.07 CONCRETE PAD
The tank system shall be installed on a reinforced concrete pad to protect against stresses
from uneven settlement and to assure that the tank supports allow for inspection and
maintenance beneath the tank. Concrete foundation (Le, pad) shall have a minimum
compressive strength in 28 days equal to 3000 psi. Pad length, width, thickness and
placement specifications shall be as recommended by the manufacturer or engineer of
record.
2.08 PIPING AND ACCESSORIES
A. All accessories (vents, product fill, etc.) shall be installed to meet the site specific
requirements and governing codes.
B. Adherence to all operational safety precautions shall be taken under consideration
and piping shall include safety valves as follows:
1. Angle check valve with pressure relief or foot valve and strainer. Foot valve and
strainer shall be located 1 -inch from the inside bottom of the tank.
2. Shut-off/isolation valve with fusible link on supply and return piping.
3. Anti -siphon valve (i.e., OPW Model # 199ASV) on the highest point of the supply line
closest to the tank, if suction/supply line falls below the high fuel level.
4. Check valve in the return line.
11500 - 5 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
C. Exterior warning signs and labels shall be properly located and meet applicable code
requirements. Tanks shall be marked as required with warning signs:
"FLAMMABLE" or "COMBUSTIBLE", "NO SMOKING", product identification, etc.
D. Exposed piping exterior surface shall be primed and coated with protective finish
(i.e., Keeler and Long Tri-Polar Ferrite Primer and Rust-Oleum Industrial Acrylic
Enamal 5225 (Royal "Safety" Blue) in a WASD approved safety blue color for diesel
product.
2.09 ELECTRICAL
A. Electrical service and fuel piping to the pumps unit shall be installed in accordance
with the requirements of NEC and NFPA and local code requirements.
B. All electrical devices used with or located twenty (20) feet of the tank shall conform to
NFPA 70 Hazardous Locations. All electrical conduits and wiring connected to the
tank shall be explosion proof and in strict accordance with NEC Class 1, Division 1.
C. Electrical grounding shall be installed on tank.
2.10 STAIRS AND CATWALKS
A. Install stairs/catwalks to facilitate access, inspections and maintenance services to
the tanks as required.
B. Stairs shall comply with OSHA Standard 1910.24.
C. Railings shall be provided as required by OSHA Standard 1910.23
D. Stairs shall be 36" wide, straight -tread with top platform.
a. Top platform shall be 30" in direction of travel by 36" wide.
b. Top platform shall be 24"-30" below top of tank (excluding appurtenances).
E. Stair assembly shall be galvanized carbon -steel, free-standing with a 1"-3" clear gap
between stairs and tank. (It shall not be in contact with tank or be supported by
tank.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TANK SITE
A. The tank location and foundation shall comply with the all applicable local codes and
ordinances.
B. Tanks shall not be located over underground utilities or directly beneath overhead
power and telephone lines.
11500 - 6 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
C. The tank shall be protected from vandalism and accidental damage in accordance
with all applicable codes.
D. Fire department vehicle access should be provided within 150 feet of the tank.
E. The venting of the tank to a remote location must include the use of a steel pipe
equal to or greater in size than the vent outlet. The methods of supporting such
piping against displacement must comply with local codes.
3.02 FOUNDATION REQUIREMENT
A. The foundation for the tank shall be designed to support the tank plus 100% of the
weight of the maximum amount of the product the tank will be storing. The foundation
design shall also include provision for draining surface water away from the tank to
minimize the risk of fuel accumulation from the over fill or spills at the tank footings.
B. The tank foundation (concrete pad) shall sit on compacted fill, free of organic
material. The tank shall be installed on a continuous solid slab which will uniformly
distribute the weight of the tank and its contents to the soil.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF ABOVEGROUND FUEL TANKS
A. General: The aboveground tanks shall be set on a concrete foundation (pad) in
accordance with current installation instructions, foundation engineering drawings
and shall comply with all governing code requirements.
1. Concrete Foundation (Pad): Reference and follow the appropriate
manufacturer's or engineer of record's drawings for the respective foundation
size and load bearing requirements for pad lengths, widths, thickness, and
placement specifications.
2. Unloading and Handling: A thorough inspection of the entire assembly shall
be conducted prior off loading. Check for any damage, chipping or other
impairments incurred during transportation. Do not remove the shrink
wrapped plastic cover until after final installation of vents and piping.
However, shrink wrap should be left on if installation is not to concur with
delivery, as vault finish will be affected if shrinkwrapped and left exposed to
sunlight for several days.
3. Equipment used to off-load: The equipment shall be adequate size and
capability to lift the vault without dragging and dropping to ensure that no
damage is done to the vault or its coating. The vault shall be lifted lowered,
and secured only by use of nylon straps (chain and cables are not allowed)
placed at designated lifting areas to avoid damage to the assembly.
4. The vault shall be anchored in accordance with applicable code
requirements.
11500-7 R-5
MDWASD 8/2013
5. Air Pressure Test of Internal Steel Tank: Contractor shall verify the internal
steel tank tightness during the process of placing the unit into service. Use
the basic procedure and desired result as an unvaulted steel tank, and in
accordance the industry standard procedures as published by the Steel Tank
Institute or other professional organizations and manufacturer recommended
procedures. Pressure test the tank at 5 psig. No leakage shall be permitted.
Vaults under pressure shall not be left unattended.
END OF SECTION
11500 - 8 R-5
SECTION 33 05 3113 (15068)
PVC C900 SEWER FORCE MAINS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section includes materials, installation and testing requirements of the
Department for PVC C900 sewer force mains installed in its service area. Size range
is 4 through 48 inches.
B. PVC C900 force mains are acceptable for use in areas with limited heavy vehicle traffic
only. Not for use near gas stations or other sites which may have hydrocarbon
contamination.
C. All PVC pipe used shall be of new or recent manufacturer. Pipe with surface
discoloration will not be allowed.
D. Pipe Fittings shall be ductile iron.
E. Force mains 16 inch or larger shall be fully restrained the entire run of the pipe.
F. This Section does not purport to cover all material or installation procedures which may
be required, whether by the nature of the proposed work, by the Department or by
other regulatory agencies.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specifications sections, bound
herein:
1. Section 01 33 00 (UC-005) — "Project Approval"
2. Section 01 33 23 (01340) — "Shop Drawings"
3. Section 01 35 13 (01100) — "Special Project Procedures"
4. Section 01 35 26 (01016) — "Safety Requirements and Protection of Property"
5. Section 01 42 16 (01005) — "Defined Terms"
6. Section 01 55 26 (01750) — "Maintenance of Traffic and Use of Public Streets"
7. Section 01 71 23 (01031) — "Grades, Lines and Levels"
8. Section 02 00 00 (01011) — "Site Conditions"
9. Section 31 23 33 (02315) — "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems"
10. Section 33 01 10.54 (02505) (UC-170) — "Cleaning and Testing of Mains"
11. Section 33 14 00 (15060) — "Piping and Fittings"
12. Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) — "Sewer Force Mains"
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 1 ER No.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the Department's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details and in shall be in full compliance with
all applicable standards listed in Section 01 42 19 (01090) "Reference Standards" and
this Section.
B. No deflection of joints is allowed for PVC pressure mains.
C. PVC pipe shall not be over -homed. Pipe installed below the water table where the
homing mark is not visible shall utilize an over -insertion prevention device; EBAA Iron
Mega -Stop Series 500; S&B Technical Product, RIG, Resistance Insertion Grip; or
approved equal.
D. Pipe Embedment Material shall be class 1 backfill material with a maximum rock size
of 3/4 -inches.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Sections 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Mains", 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and
Fittings.", 01 33 23 (01340) "Shop Drawings."
B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Departments specifications or submit
the Pre -Approved Product List Manufacturer.
C. PVC Pipe not on the Pre -Approved Products list shall supply the following:
1. Provide affidavit of compliance with AWWA C900.
2. Submit fully dimensioned cross-section of the bell and barrel of the pipe. Show
the bell maximum outside diameter in the pressurized area and its minimum
wall thickness at the same location.
3. Submit copies of the following manufacturer -required tests conducted on
project pipe:
a. Quick -burst strength of pipe and couplings.
b. Flattening resistance of pipe.
c. Record of additional tests after test sample failure.
4. Submit manufacturer's literature of gray iron and ductile -iron fittings including
dimensions, thickness, weight, coating, lining, and a statement of inspection
and compliance with the acceptance tests of AWWA C110 or C153. Submit
copy of report of pressure tests for qualifying the designs of all sizes and types
of AWWA C153 fittings that are being used in the project. The pressure test
shall demonstrate that the minimum safety factor described in AWWA C153 is
met.
5. Submit outline drawings and materials description of service connection
saddles, corporation stops, and pipe plugs.
6. Submit test results for the restrained joint system to be used certified by an
independent test laboratory demonstrating compliance with these
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 2 ER No.
specifications for each size and pressure rating.
7. Submit restrained joint system installation instructions. Include bolt torque
limitations and assembly tolerances.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. Provide pipe manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the following minimum labor
days, travel time excluded: One labor -day to instruct the Contractor's personnel in the
preparation and execution of rubber -gasket and solvent -welded joints for the sizes of
pipes to be installed in the project.
1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. See Section 01 35 26 (01016) "Safety Requirements and Protection of Property."
1.07 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. See Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Mains." and Section 01 33 00 (UC-005)
"Project Approval"
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
2.02 CASTINGS
A. Castings shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 81 (05550) "Castings."
2.03 EMBEDMENT MATERIAL
A. Embedment material, for bedding, haunching and initial backfill, shall conform with the
requirements of Section 31 23 33 (02315) "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping
Systems."
2.04 PIPE
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Pipe shall conform to AWWA C900, rubber -ring gasket bell end or plain end with
elastomeric gasket coupling, cast iron equivalent outside diameter, material cell
classification 12454 per ASTM D1784.
1. Pipe 4 -inches through 30 inches DR 18
2. Pipe 36 -inches through 42 -inches DR 21
3. Pipe 48 -inches DR 25
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 3 ER No.
2.05 FITTINGS
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Fittings shall be Zinc coated Ductile Iron and shall conform to AWWA C153 or AWWA
C110.
C. Fittings shall be Lined and coated with fusion -bonded epoxy.
2.06 FLANGES
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Flanges on outlets of fittings shall be Class 250 per ASME B16.1.
C. PVC flanges shall be of the one-piece solid socket design and shall be made of the
same material as the pipe. Manufacturer's pressure rating shall be at least 250 psi at
a temperature of 73°F. Minimum burst pressure shall be 500 psi. Flanges shall match
the dimensions of ASME B16.5, Class 250, steel flanges for outside diameter, bolt
circle, and bolt holes. Do not use Van Stone flanges.
2.07 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS
A. See Section 33 05 98 (15065) "Miscellaneous Materials."
2.08 OUTLETS AND NOZZLES
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. All connections to PVC require a saddle.
C. For outlets larger than 2 inches, use a Ductile Iron tee with a flanged or MJ outlet.
2.09 RESTRAINED JOINTS
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. PVC Pipe 16 inch or larger shall be restrained at all joints for the entire run of the pipe.
C. Provide restrained joints where indicated in the drawings. Restrained joints shall be
provided by restraining systems that incorporate a wedge restraint on the restraint ring
to provide positive restraint.
D. Restraint devices for bell -and -spigot joints shall consist of a split restraint ring installed
on the spigot, connected to a solid backup ring seated behind the bell.
E. Restraining Glands shall be EBAA Iron Series 2000 and 1600 or approved equal.
F. The ASTM A536 ductile iron casting of the restrained gland shall be bonded powder
coated. The wedge and wedge assembly shall have a bonded liquid polymer coating
WASD 3/2021
33 05 31.13 - 4 ER No.
applied for corrosion protection. The gland shall utilize torque limiting twist off wedge
actuation screws.
G. T -bolts, studs, and connecting hardware shall be high -strength, low alloy material in
accordance with AWWA C111.
H. Design restraining devices to have a 2:1 safety factor based on the design strength of
the pipe.
2.10 WYE STRAINERS
A. PVC wye strainers shall be manufactured of the same material as the pipe, with 30 -
mesh screens and Viton seals. Connecting ends shall be the socket type, solvent
welded. Provide one spare screen for each strainer.
2.11 DETECTABLE TAPE/TRACER
A. Detectable tape/tracer approved for use by the Department are shown on Sheet
number 10.2 of the Pre -Approved Product List.
2.12 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous material and appurtenances
required for a complete installation. Section 33 05 98 (15065) "Miscellaneous
Materials" specifies material necessary for a complete installation, not specified herein.
These materials, including but not limited to the following, shall be installed when
required, whether shown on the Plans or not.
1. Anchor Bolts, Bolts, Nuts and Washers
2. Blind Flanges
3. Corporation Stops
4. Gasket Lubricant
5. Joint Material for Flanged Pipe, Valves and Fittings
6. Stainless steel repair clamps, with stainless steel bolts
7. 90° Street Elbows
8. Tie -Rods
2.13 SADDLES FOR CONNECTIONS TO SEWER FORCE MAINS
A. See Section 33 31 23 (UC-750) "Sewer Force Main."
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 5 ER No.
3.02 PRODUCT MARKING AND UNDERGROUND LOCATION
A. Legibly mark pipe at 5 -foot intervals and each coupling to identify the nominal diameter,
the outside diameter base, that is, cast-iron or steel pipe (IPS), the material code for
pipe and couplings, the dimension ratio number, AWWA C900, and the seal of the
testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for potable water service
(NSF/ANSI 61).
B. Install 10 gauge tracer wire taped every four feet to the buried PVC pipe, a magnetic
detection tape one foot above the buried PVC pipe and 3M compatible magnetic
location ball markers two feet below grade every 100 feet or at any vertical and
horizontal deflection point. See Pre -Approved product list Sheet 10.2.
3.03 DELIVERY AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PIPE
A. PVC shall be protected from UV degradation caused by extended exposure to direct
sun. Pipe with surface discoloration shall not be installed and immediately removed
from the project site. Tarps used to protect the pipe from sunlight shall be placed to
allow for adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up.
B. Ship, store, and place pipe at the installation site, supporting the pipe uniformly. Avoid
scratching the pipe surface. Do not stack higher than 4 feet or with weight on bells.
Cover to protect from sunlight.
C. Do not drag PVC pipe over the ground, drop it onto the ground, or drop objects on it.
D. Store loose pipes on racks with a maximum support spacing of 3 feet. Provide shades
for pipe stored outdoors or installed outdoors until the pipe is filled with water. Store
fittings indoors in their original cartons.
E. Store solvent cement indoors or, if outdoors, shade from direct sunlight exposure. Do
not use solvent cements that have exceeded the shelf life marked on the storage
container.
3.04 HANDLING PIPE
A. Hoist pipe with mechanical equipment using a cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope
that avoids scratching the pipe. Do not use a chain. Pipes up to 16 inches in diameter
may be lowered by rolling on two ropes controlled by snubbing. Pipes up to 6 inches
in diameter may be lifted by hand.
3.05 INSTALLING BURIED PIPING
A. See Sections 31 23 33 (02315) "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems" and
Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. Bedding material and backfill to 1 foot above the pipe for PVC shall be well graded
Class 1 backfill with a max rock size of %-inch compacted in 6 -inch lifts. The minimum
trench width shall be the pipe width plus 24 -inches (12 -inches on each side).
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 6 ER No.
C. Before installation, check pipe and fittings for cuts, scratches, gouges, buckling,
kinking, or splitting on pipe ends. Remove any pipe section containing defects by
cutting out the damaged section of pipe.
D. Do not install PVC pipe when the temperature is below 40°F or above 90°F.
E. Do not install pipe that is gouged or scratched forming a clear depression.
F. Pipe shall be installed utilizing an over -insertion prevention device.
G. Install in accordance with AWWA C605, and as follows.
1. When installing pipe in trenches, do not deviate more than 1 inch from line or
1/4 inch from grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert.
2. Backfill materials in the pipe zone shall be imported sand per Section 31 23 33
(02315) "Trenching and Backfilling of Piping Systems". Do not add successive
layers unless the previous layer is compacted to 90% relative compaction per
ASTM D1557.
3. Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by
hand tamping only.
4. Compact trench backfill to the specified relative compaction. Do not float pipe.
Do not use high -impact hammer -type equipment except where the pipe
manufacturer warrants in writing that such use will not damage the pipe.
5. Install detector balls 2 feet below grade every 100 feet on straight lines, at any
point changing direction, vertical or horizontal; in addition, install 10 gauge
tracer wire taped every 4 feet to the buried PVC C900 pipe and a magnetic
detection tape 1 foot above the PVC C900 pipe.
3.06 PIPE LAYOUT FOR CURVED ALIGNMENT
A. Pipe lengths shall not be bent for curved alignment.
3.07 ASSEMBLY OF RUBBER -GASKET PIPE JOINT
A. See Section 33 14 00 (15060) "Piping and Fittings."
B. The spigot and bell or bell coupling shall be dirt free and slide together without
displacing the rubber ring. Lay the pipe section with the bell coupling facing the
direction of laying.
C. Insert the rubber ring into the groove in the bell in the trench just before joining the
pipes. First clean the groove. Observe the correct direction of the shaped ring. Feel
that the ring is completely seated.
D. Lubricate the spigot over the taper and up to the full insertion mark with the lubricant
supplied by the pipe manufacturer. If the lubricated pipe end touches dirt, clean the
pipe end and reapply lubricant.
E. Insert the spigot into the bell and force it slowly into position.
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 7 ER No.
F. Check that the rubber ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler
gauge around the completed joint.
3.08 CLEANING AND TESTING OF SEWER FORCE MAINS
A. See Section 33 01 10.54 (02505) (UC-170) "Cleaning and Testing of Mains."
END OF SECTION
WASD 3/2021 33 05 31.13 - 8 ER No.
MDWASD 9/2014
SECTION 15115
CHECK VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish and install check valves complete and operable, including all
appurtenances and accessories.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 15100 - Valves, General
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CHECK VALVE
A. General
1. The swing -check valves shall be standard (plain), outside lever -and -weight or outside
lever -and -spring types, for normal horizontal installations, conforming to all of the
applicable requirements of the most current ANSI/AWWA Standard C508,
"Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 -in. Through 24 In. NPS", except
as otherwise specified herein. The valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted and
suitable for buried service.
2. Valve bonnet opening shall be large enough to allow ample clearance for direct
removal of disc by hand.
B. External Ferrous Items
All external ferrous items, except cast iron, shall be hot -dipped galvanized in accordance
with the most current ANSI/ASTM Standard A123, "Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
and Steel Products", or ANSI/ASTM Standard A153, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and
Steel Hardware", or stainless steel.
C. Flanged Valves
Flanged valves shall have ends plain -faced and drilled conforming to ANSI Standard
B16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings", Class 125. Bolt holes in the flanges
shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical and horizontal centerline. All joint
materials for flanged valves will be furnished with the valves; neoprene for sewer and SBR
for water applications.
D. Clapper
15115 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 9/2014
1. The clapper shall swing clear of the waterway when the valve opens, permitting a full
flow through the valve equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe.
2. The body and clapper seating surface shall be metal to metal, and shall be bronze.
3. The clapper disc and the clapper hinge arm, including the clapper disc cap screw,
shall be bronze or cast iron. Clapper to hinge arm connection shall be such that the
unit cannot be unscrewed by fluid flow.
D. Clapper Hinge Pin
1. The clapper hinge pin (shaft) shall be stainless steel conforming to AISI Type 316.
For check valves with outside levers, the clapper hinge pin shall rest in bronze
bushings and shall extend through the casing on the right hand side when facing the
valve inlet.
2. The clapper hinge pins shall rest in bronze bushings provided with a compression
packing or double nitrile o -ring seal and shall extend through the casing on the right
hand side when facing the valve inlet. An opening shall be provided in each of two
bosses on the body for easy access to either end of the hinge pin. The openings
shall be tapped and provided with plugs.
E. See Part 2 of Section 15100, "Valves, General", for other components.
2.02 TESTING
All check valves shall be tested at the factory in accordance with Section 5.2 of the most current
ANSI/AWWA Standard C508 and a Certified Test Report shall be furnished with each valve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15100, "Valves, General."
Care shall be taken that all valves are well supported.
END OF SECTION
15115 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 11/2015
SECTION 15120
GATE VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install gate valves complete and operable, including all
appurtenances and accessories.
B. The City will permit the use of resilient seated type gate valves in potable water systems, as
described herein. Such use shall be restricted to potable water systems of nominal sizes
4 -inch through 48 -inch. All other size or system applications shall be allowed only if reviewed and
approved by the City. Resilient seat gate valves shall only be used in sewer applications where
cover depth is sufficient to mount the valve in the vertical position and only with review and
approval of the City. Sewer lines may not dipped or lowered in close proximity to a gate valve
for the purpose of providing said cover. Resilient seat gate valves used as tapping valves in
sanitary sewer systems and laid upon their side shall be left open when the line is placed in
operation and backed up with a plug valve to provide flow control.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 15100 - Valves, General
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GATE VALVES, GENERAL
A. As used herein, "ANSI" denotes the American National Standards Institute; "AWWA" denotes the
American Water Works Association; and "ASTM" denotes the American Society for Testing and
Materials.
B. All valves specified herein, whether manufactured under the provisions of AWWA C515, latest
revision "Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service" shall be
furnished with an Affidavit of Compliance from the manufacturer as required by Section 6.3 of
AWWA C515 latest revision.
C. The MD-WASD requires that suppliers shall submit with their proposals, if bidding on valve sales
to the City; or shop drawings, if supplying valves to the City for contract or donations
work; all data as listed in the "Data to Be Supplied by the Manufacturer" Sections of the
referenced standards. This material is Section 4.1 in C515, latest revision and is identical. Data
to be furnished is as follows:
"Catalogue Data. The manufacturer shall supply catalogue data, including illustrations and a
parts list that identifies the materials used for various parts. The information shall be in sufficient
detail to serve as a guide in the assembly and disassembly of the valve and for ordering repair
parts.
Weight information. The manufacturer shall provide a statement of the net assembled weight for
each size of valve exclusive of joint accessories.
15120 - 1 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
Assembly Drawings. The manufacturer or supplier shall submit to the purchaser one set of
drawings showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and materials used for all parts
of the valve. All work shall be done and all valves shall be provided in accordance with these
drawings after the drawings have been reviewed and accepted by the purchaser."
In the quotation above, the word "purchaser" shall be construed to mean the Miami -Dade Water
and Sewer Department in either direct purchase or contract/donations situations.
D. All work performed according to the standards cited above, except prototype testing, shall be
subject to inspection and acceptance by the City or its representatives who shall have
access to all places of manufacture where these valves are being produced and tested.
Suppliers shall, with their shop drawing submittals, submit the company name and location of the
actual manufacturer of the valve which shall include Country, City, and street address of the
manufacturer. Where valves are not domestically produced and tested, the City reserves the
right to require that the Affidavit of Compliance be signed and sealed by a Professional
Engineer, licensed to practice in the state of where the importing firm is located or the State of
Florida. When this is required, the City's decision as to its necessity shall be final and no extra
compensation will be allowed.
E. All valves shall conform with ANSI/NSF Standard 61, "Drinking Water System
Components -Health Effects".
F. Grades B and C bronze as listed in Table 1 of AWWA C500, latest revision shall not be used in
the fabrication of any of the various valve types listed in this specification. Aluminum bronzes, if
used, shall not dealuminize and the method of preventing this shall be fully described in the
submittal.
G. AWWA Standard C515, latest revision lists a number of copper alloys for valve stems and gates.
Of these the City will accept alloys with the following Unified Numbering Series (UNS)
numbers; C66100, C87600, C99400 and C99500. This same standard lists other copper alloys
for Stem Nuts and Gates. Of these the MD-WASD will accept alloys with the following UNS
numbers; C83600, C83450, C95200, C95500, C95800 C99400 and C99500.
H. Other copper alloys not listed in the standard may be used but must meet the performance
requirements of the Standard, including but not limited to, minimum yield strength, chemical
requirements and corrosion. The City requires that alloys containing more than sixteen
(16) percent zinc shall not be used.
2.01 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES
A. Resilient -seated gate valves shall be manufactured in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the most recent ANSI/AWWA Standard C515, latest revision "Reduced -Wall Resilient -Seated
Gate Valves for Water Supply Service" as modified herein.
B. Valves shall have non -rising stems (NRS) and are to be installed under buried and/or submerged
conditions. The design working water pressure shall be 250 psig for 3 48 -inch sizes. For valves
manufactured in conformance with the provisions of AWWA C515, latest revision as modified
herein, the design working water pressure shall be a minimum of 200 psi for all sizes. In addition
to the pressure requirements, the valve assembly and mechanism shall be capable of
withstanding an input torque of 200 ft.lbs. for valves 4 -inch and smaller, and 300 ft. lbs. for valves
15120 - 2 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
6 -inch and larger. With the valve open the unobstructed waterway shall have a diameter not
less than the full nominal diameter of the valve.
C. Valve body: Valves manufactured in conformance with AWWA C515, latest revision shall be
iron -bodied and shall conform to ASTM Standard A395-99, "Ferritic Ductile Iron
Pressure -Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures" or ASTM Standard A536-84
"Ductile Iron Castings". Body and bonnet thickness shall conform with the requirements of
AWWA Standard C515 latest revision.
All ferrous metal items in contact with the line fluids, except gray or ductile cast iron, shall be
AISI Type 316 stainless steel. Valve body and bonnet gaskets shall be rubber or rubber
composition, inorganic mineral fiber and paper are not acceptable. Rubber and rubber
composition materials shall be suitable for use in water containing chlorine or chloramines and in
sanitary sewage.
D.. Stems, stem nuts, glands and bushings shall be made of bronze as specified in ANSI/AWWA
Standard C515 latest revision with no Grades B or C bronze being utilized. The same items for
valves made in conformance with C515 latest revision shall be made of the alloys specified
above in the last paragraph of the "Gate Valves, General" section of this specification. The stem
diameter shall conform to Table 4 of C515 latest revision. All valves shall be equipped with an
ANSI/AWWA standard 2 -inch square operating nut with skirt, or handwheel when required for
above -ground service. Valve stems shall rotate counterclockwise to open. All valves 20 -inch
and larger shall be equipped with gearing conforming to AWWA standard. Bevel or spur gearing
shall be supplied as ordered with no cost differential.
E. "O" -ring stem seals shall be neoprene, Buna-N, or approved equal. No natural rubber
compounds will be acceptable. The stem seals shall be of design that permits the replacement
of the "O" -ring seals while the valve is in service, without undue leakage.
F. All external ferrous items, except gray or ductile cast iron, shall be hot dipped galvanized in
accordance with ASTM Standard A123, "Zinc (Hot -galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products", or ASTM Standard A153, "Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware", or Type 304 stainless steel.
G. Resilient seats shall be applied to the disc only and shall seat against a corrosion -resistant
surface. The surface may be either metallic or nonmetallic, applied in a manner to withstand the
action of line fluids and the operation of the sealing gate under long-term service. A metallic
surface shall have a corrosion resistance equal to or better than bronze. A nonmetallic surface
shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C550, "Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for
Valves and Hydrants". Resilient seats shall be bonded tothe gate. No natural rubber products
will be acceptable. If the resilient seat is a rubber material, the method used for bonding or
vulcanizing shall be proven by ASTM Standard D429, "Test Methods for Rubber
Property -Adhesion to Rigid Substrates", Method A or B. For method A, the minimum strength
shall not be less than 250 psi. When Method B is applicable, the peel strength shall not be less
than 75 lb/in. All exposed mechanical attaching devices and hardware used to retain the
resilient seat shall be of AISI Type 316 stainless steel.
H. Flanged valves shall have ends faced and drilled conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, Class
125. Bolt holes in the flanges shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical and
horizontal centerlines. Joint materials for flanged valves will be furnished with the valves.
15120 - 3 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
I. Mechanical joint valves shall have ends complying with ANSI/AWWA Standard C111/A21.11,
"Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings". Mechanical joint gaskets,
glands, tee -head bolts and hex nuts shall be included with the valve. Segmented glands or
follower glands held in place with set screws will not be acceptable. Bolt holes in the flanges of
the mechanical joint shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the vertical centerline. Gaskets
shall be shipped separately in suitable protective containers. Valves for use in sewage shall
have neoprene gaskets.
J. Painting and coatings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT -C -494a on exterior
ferrous surfaces, and ANSI/AWWA Standard C550 for the interior of the valve. A coating shall
be applied to all ferrous parts of the valves except for finished or seating surfaces. Surfaces
shall be clean and dry before painting.
K. Testing: All production tests shall be performed on all valves supplied without exception.
Operation, shell and seat tests shall be performed as specified in Section 6.2 of AWWA C509
latest revision and Section 5.1.2 of AWWA C515, latest revision as appropriate to the standard
which covers the valve in question. An Affidavit of Compliance as specified in paragraph two of
the "GATE VALVES, GENERAL", section above, shall be furnished to the MD-WASD with the
invoice for the valves. Final payment (prior to installation in donations situations) by the
MD-WASD will not be made until after receipt of these Affidavits of Compliance.
The gate valves shall conform to AWWA C515, latest revision standard as modified herein and as
manufactured by American Flow Control, Mueller or approved equal.
L. Resilient Seated Gate Valves installed in the horizontal position with bevel gearing shall require a
flushing port on the side of the valve to clean the tracks. See the Standard Detail WS 4.70 for
piping and ball valve installation requirements.
2.03 TAPPING VALVES
A. Tapping valves shall conform to the applicable requirements for the gate valves specified above
herein, and also with the requirements listed below.
B. With the valve open, an unobstructed waterway shall be provided, the diameter of which shall be
at least the full nominal diameter of the valve, to permit taps to be made through the valve.
C. Tapping valves shall have a mechanical joint outlet end conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard
C111/A21.11-90, "Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings" or a flanged
outlet conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1 Class 125 (as called for in the particular valve order),
for connection to new piping and a flanged inlet with centering ring (for all valves of 12 -inch
diameter and smaller and for all larger valves where the manufacturer produces a centering ring
flange in that size), for connecting to the tapping sleeve. For tapping valves 12 -inch and
smaller, the sleeve shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of MSS Standard
Practice SP 60, latest revision, as developed and approved by the Manufacturers
Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, 127 Park Street N.E., Vienna, Virginia
22180. For tapping valves larger than 12 -inch, the connecting flanged joint between the tapping
sleeve and the tapping valve shall be industry standard; however, the tapping valve must provide
a matching fit with tapping sleeves by other manufacturers.
15120 - 4 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
D. The tapping valves shall be furnished complete with all joint materials. Joint materials for the
flanged inlets shall be ANSI -sized and approved and shall include 1/8 -inch thick full faced
gaskets and hot -dip galvanized carbon steel bolts and nuts with internal threads tapped or
retapped after galvanizing or stainless steel bolts and nuts. The flanged inlet gaskets shall
conform to the gasket material and property requirements set forth in ANSI/AWWA Standard
C111/A21.11-90. All pipe connection gaskets for use in sewer applications shall be neoprene
and natural rubber shall not be used in any application. Seal shall be neoprene, Buna-N, Nitrile,
EPDM or approved equal, but not natural rubber. The mechanical joint outlets shall include the
necessary joint materials conforming to the requirements of joint materials for mechanical joint
ended gate valves of the appropriate type specified above herein (neoprene for use with sewer).
Bolt holes in the flanges of the mechanical joint shall be equally spaced and shall straddle the
vertical centerline. Gaskets shall be shipped separately in suitable protective containers.
E. Valve operators for tapping valves 20 -inch and larger shall be located to the right or left (when
looking into the mechanical joint outlet end) as ordered by the City.
F. The valves shall be suitable for use with ductile -iron pipe conforming to ANSI/AWWA Standard
C151/A21.51-96, "Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water", with wall thickness and
outside diameter as specified in Tables 3 and 4, (Special Thickness Classes) for the following
sizes:
Size Thickness Class
4 -inch 54
6 -inch 53
8 -inch 52
10 -inch and larger 50
and with wall thicknesses and outside diameter as specified in Tables 1 and 2 (Standard
dimensions and weights) of the same standard.
Pressure Class Pipe (Potable, Reuse and Raw Water Onlv)
Size Pressure Class
4 -inch through 12 -inch 350
14 -inch through 20 -inch 250
24 -inch 200
30 -inch through 48 -inch 150
G. All production tests shall be performed on all valves supplied without exception. Operation and
hydrostatic tests shall be performed as specified in AWWA C515, latest revision. An Affidavit of
Compliance as specified in paragraph two of the "GATE VALVES, GENERAL", section above,
shall be furnished if requested to the City prior to installation of the valves. Final payment
(installation in donations situations) by the City will not be made until after receipt of these
Affidavits of Compliance.
The tapping valves shall conform with the appropriate AWWA valve standard as modified herein
and as manufactured by American Flow Control, Mueller or approved equal.
15120 - 5 R-5
MDWASD 11/2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 15100, "Valves, General."
Care shall be taken that all valves are well supported.
END OF SECTION
15120 - 6 R-5
SECTION 16051
PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all electrical material specified
herein and required for a complete installation.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16940 - Pump Station Control Panel
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All electrical materials and equipment shall be new, of recent domestic
manufacture, and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Material or
equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be replaced or
repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer.
B. All electrical material and installation shall comply with the following codes
and standards:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. South Florida Building Code (SFBC)
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA)
5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
8. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
9. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Before any material or equipment is purchased, the Contractor shall
submit complete shop drawings to the Engineer for approval, including a
complete list in quintuplicate of electrical materials, fixtures and equipment to be
incorporated in the work. The list shall include catalog number, diagrams,
drawings, and such other descriptive data as may be required by the Engineer.
Approval of material will be based on the manufacturer's compliance with the
Specifications, published ratings, or on test results, where specified.
B. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish four copies, in booklet form, of
complete installation drawings, instruction books, operating and maintenance
manuals, parts lists for each major item of electrical equipment, and similar data
on minor items of equipment, if requested by the Engineer, dimensional
drawings, wiring diagrams and schematics for each major piece of electrical
equipment.
16051 -1 10/2017
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All equipment shall be new, complete and in operating condition unless
otherwise specified.
B. All components shall, whenever possible, be standard stock articles of
well known domestic manufacturers, who have been regularly engaged in the
manufacture of such material and equipment for at least five years.
C. Fusible equipment shall be equipped with fuses, and 100 percent of spare
fuses of each type shall be supplied.
2.02 SURGE PROTECTION
A. Line -to -line and line -to -ground protection shall exceed the requirements of
ANSI/IEEE Standard C62.1-1984 Sections 8.6.1 and 8.7.3 by a factor of at least
300%. Voltage clamping time shall be less than five nanoseconds with a
maximum surge current of 30,000 RMS at a clamping voltage under 600 VAC.
One arrestor, complete with circuit breaker disconnect is to be supplied on the
incoming line to the control system. Arrestors shall be Ingram Products, Joslyn
or approved equal.
2.03 PHASE MONITOR
A. Phase Monitor shall be a three-phase monitor and supplied on the
incoming line. The phase monitor shall prevent motors starting on the following
conditions: overvoltage, undervoltage, phase reversal, phase imbalance and
loss of phase. The phase monitor shall have integral fault light and dry contact
for alarm indication. The unit shall be ATC Diversified Electronics or approved
equal.
2.04 GROUNDING, BONDING AND GROUND RODS
A. Ground Rod shall be a copper -clad steel rod, 3/4 -inch diameter by 15 feet
long, approved for that use.
B. Make inaccessible or underground connections with the exothermic
welding process using equipment manufactured by Burndy or Erico Products.
C. Make accessible connections with multiple bolt silicon bronze connectors
specifically designed and approved for the purpose. Connectors to be as
manufactured by Burndy or O.Z. Gedney Electric.
D. Install grounding system as shown on Drawings and never use a neutral
conductor as grounding or bonding means.
E. Drive ground rods full length into the earth. Main ground electrode system
resistance to ground to be no greater than 3 ohms. Use as many rods as needed
to attain this level.
16051 - 2 10/2017
F. Ground and bond panelboard frame, fittings, fixtures and devices, cable
sheaths and screens, neutral of transformers, boxes and raceways, motor
frames, non -current carrying parts of appliances and devices, control equipment
and panels, and all other parts and equipment as required by the NEC.
G. Provide every branch circuit for power and lighting and each 120 -volt
receptacle circuits, with a green grounding conductor of the same size and type
as the power conductors installed in the same raceway.
2.05 CABLE AND WIRE
A. Cable and Wire shall be plainly marked with the manufacturer's name,
year of manufacture, and type of cable. All conductors shall be copper unless
otherwise specified.
B. All cable shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the specifications
and the applicable IPCEA, NEMA, IEEE, UL, and ANSI standards, by a
manufacturer with at least 5 years of experience in cables of this type.
C. All cable and wire shall be suitable for wet locations.
D. All 600 volt class cable shall be Class B, heat and moisture resistant
thermoplastic type THW rated 75° C, maximum conductor temperature in wet or
dry locations, with copper conductors. No. 10 and smaller shall be single strand,
No. 8 through No. 2 shall be 7 strand and No. 1 through 4/0 shall be 19 strand
and 250 MCM through 500 MCM shall be 37 Strand. Insulation shall meet UL
Standard 83.
E. All conductors shall be plainly marked on outer braid at least every two
feet with name of manufacturer, size and grade of insulation.
F. Conductors shall be as manufactured by General Cable, Phelps Dodge,
Okonite or approved equal.
2.06 CONTROL WIRING
A. Wiring for monitoring system and control shall be single conductor #14
AWG minimum, solid or stranded with THW or THWN insulation.
B. Wiring for analog or pulse systems shall be 3 -conductor shielded cable
with #14 AWG stranded copper conductors with individual thermoplastic color -
coded insulation. Overall shield shall be either copper or aluminum tape
providing 100% shielding coverage and provided with a stranded copper ground
drain wire and an overall vinyl jacket. Cable shall be Belden, Dekoron or
approved equal.
C. Fireproofing tape shall be Irvington No. 7700, or approved equal, applied
in accordance to the manufacturer's instructions.
D. Multiconductor cable shall be copper conductors, flame retarded ethylene -
propylene insulated for 600 V with a 90°C rating. The single conductors of the
multiple conductor cable shall be color coded with integral color for proper
16051 - 3 10/2017
identification. Color coding shall be equal to ICEA S-68-514, Table K-2. Cable
shall meet the requirements of IEEE -383. A heat, moisture flame and chemical
resistant, mechanically rugged ethylene -propylene insulating compound, 30 mils
thick, shall be provided for #14 AWG. Conductors shall be tin or alloy coated
stranded copper as per ASTM B-8 and B-33 or B-189. Overall cable jacket shall
be chlorosulfonated polyethylene compound over cable tape and fillers and shall
exceed the requirements of ICEA S-68-516.
E. Connectors, Terminals and Splices:
1. Provide connectors, terminals and splices for all power and lighting
circuits using 600 -volt wire and cable as follows:
a. Provide connectors, terminals, and splices, for all wire, cable,
and equipment and bus connections that are designed and
approved for the specific type and size of conductors being
connected.
b. Connectors and terminals shall be designed and UL
approved for use with the associated conductor material, and
shall provide a uniform compression over the entire contact
surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on all
stranded conductors.
c. Pressure -crimp type connectors, terminals and splices shall
be applied with a mechanical or hydraulic tool with proper
size crimpling dies for making each connection. The tool
shall be of the type that will not release until the correct
pressure has been applied.
d. Splices and taps in wire No. 10 AWG, and smaller, shall be
made with approved, wire -nut -type, patent spring connectors.
Use 3M Scotch -locks or equal.
e. Provide Burndy, type YAV box, or equal, pressure -crimp ring -
tongue terminals for termination of No. 8 stranded cable.
f. Provide Burndy type YSV box butt splices, or equal, for
splicing No. 8 AWG stranded cable.
g. For termination and splicing of cable of AWG No. 6 or larger,
provide long -barrel, type YA pressure -crimp lugs and type YS
tubular pressure -crimp splices by Burndy or equal. Use long -
barrel pressure -crimp lugs wherever space conditions permit.
Use long -barrel pressure crimp splices exclusively for
splicing. Where space is inadequate for use of long -barrel
lugs, provide Burndy Type YA-L, pressure -crimp, short barrel
lugs, or equal. Use two -hole lugs on cable of 250 MCM and
larger.
h. For tap off AWG No. 8 cable and larger, provide Burndy type
KS split -bolt copper connectors (bugs), with Burndy type SC
one-piece plastic split bolt covers, or equal. Other types of
connectors for tapping may be used subject to prior approval
by the Engineer.
i. Use proper size bronze bolts, nuts, washers, and lock
washers of Burndy Durium alloy, or equal, for bolting cable
terminations to equipment terminals and bus bars.
j. Termination of solid wires of AWG No. 10 and smaller at
16051 - 4 10/2017
terminal blocks shall be made by forming the wires in a ring
to fit under a screw head, thus requiring no terminal lug.
2. Provide terminals and splices and make connections in control,
alarm and instrumentation system as follows:
a. For solid wiring provide type TP, vinyl -insulated, ring -tongue
terminals by Burndy, or equal, for all terminations.
b. In locations where splicing of solid wire is indicated or
permitted by specifications, use type SP vinyl -insulated, butt
splices by Burndy, or equal.
c. Wire terminals shall be installed with pressure tools equal to
those manufactured by American Pamcor, one of which is
No. 59072, which obliges the Electrician to apply the correct
pressure required to produce a tight connection before the
tool is released. Use a pressure tool designed for the
specific size of connector and wire being terminated.
d. Taps in solid wire may be made with 3M, Scotchlock wire
nut, or equal, except that the conductor being tapped shall
not be cut, and shall be twisted together with the tap
conductor before wire nut application.
2.07 LUGS
A. All power cables of any voltage class shall be terminated with tinned
copper indentation -type lugs. The lugs shall be Bundy type YA, T & B, or equal,
long barreled, with double indentations in the larger sizes. Two -hole lugs shall
be used where possible. The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility
between hole size and spacing on the lugs and on the equipment furnished.
B. Terminate stranded conductors on mechanical connectors furnished on
equipment. Where no connectors are included, provide suitable mechanical
connectors.
C. Termination of stranded conductors on screw terminals will not be
permitted. Provide suitable size compression or mechanical type connector with
spade tongue.
2.08 PULLING COMPOUND
A. Pulling Compound, if used, shall conform to the recommendations of the
wire and cable manufacturer.
2.09 CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND WIREWAY
A. Conduit shall be heavy wall, threaded, rigid, metallic conduit. PVC
schedule 40 conduit shall be used where it is embedded in concrete
and/underground runs, and aluminum conduit shall be used for exposed runs.
Use PVC coated rigid steel conduit for risers and transitions from underground
PVC conduit to above -ground conduit seals. Use galvanized rigid steel conduit
above conduit seals. Conduit, fittings and wireway shall be sized in accordance
with the National Electrical Code, where sizes are not shown on the Plans.
Conduit smaller than 3/4 -inch shall not be used.
16051 - 5 10/2017
1. Galvanized Steel Conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized, inside and
outside, after threading, and shall conform to Federal Specification WW -
0581, ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
2. PVC Coated Steel Conduit shall be externally coated with a 40 mil
of grey PVC per UL 6.
3. Aluminum Conduit shall contain less than 0.1 percent copper, and
shall conform to Federal Specification WW -C -540C. It shall be as
manufactured by Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corporation, Triangle, or
approved equal. Alcoa thread lubricant shall be used on all aluminum
threads.
4. Flexible Conduit shall be "Sealtite" flexible, liquid tight conduit, as
manufactured by the American Brass Company, Bridgeport, Connecticut,
the equivalent by 0-Z/Gedney, or equal.
5. PVC Conduit shall be Schedule 40, heavy -walled rigid, rated for 90
degree C cables conforming to UL 651, Fed Spec W -C-1094 and NEMA
TC-2 as manufactured by Carlon or approved equal.
6. Conduit Fittings and Device Boxes embedded in concrete shall be
PVC conforming to UL 514 and NEMA TC-3.
7. Wall Sleeves for Conduit shall be O.Z., positive, watertight through
wall entrance fittings, FSK Series, Crouse -Hinds, or equal.
8. Entrance Seals shall be O.Z. type CSBG, Crouse -Hinds, or equal.
9. Rigid Conduit Straps and Clamp Backs of cast aluminum such as
EFCOR 233 AL, Appleton, or equal, shall be used in attaching conduit to
concrete surfaces where channels and clamps are not used.
10. Conduit Bushings shall be insulated metallic bushings by T & B,
O.Z., or approved equal, except where grounding bushings are required.
11. Conduit Sealing Fittings shall be Crouse -Hinds, type GUAB, with
sealing covers, or approved equal.
12. Wireways shall be of the size required plus no less than 50% of
spare capacity, made of 12 gauge aluminum with hinged spring -latched
covers conforming to UL 870, and painted to protect against corrosion.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary bends, couplings and
connectors. Interior parts shall be smooth, free of sharp edges and burrs.
Use grounding type locknut and copper bond wire to make wireway and
attached conduits electrically continuous. Slip -fasteners are not
acceptable for this purpose. Wireways shall be type HW as manufactured
by General Metals, Inc., Square D, or approved equal.
2.10 SWITCHES AND COVERS
A. Light Switches shall conform with Fed Spec WS -896E and shall be rated
20 amp, 120/277 volt AC, for tungsten or inductive load, Hubbell 1221 and 1223,
Leviton, or approved equal.
B. Weather proof Switch Covers shall be Crouse -Hinds DS185-SA,
Appleton, or approved equal, copper -free aluminum.
C. Explosion -Proof Switches shall be rated 20 amp, 125 volts AC with front
operating handle, Appleton Cat. No. EFS175-FL, Crouse -Hinds, or approved
equal.
16051 - 6 10/2017
D. Safe -Run Switches shall be 2 position, double pole, single throw,
maintained contact, selector switch in NEMA-4 enclosure, General Electric
AJ201 C or approved equal.
E. Safety Disconnect Switches shall be heavy duty Type A, quick -make,
quick -break, horsepower rated, with external operating handle interlocked to
prevent opening of the cover unless it is in the "off and "open door" position.
Switch shall be manufactured by Square D, Westinghouse, or approved equal.
F. Mercury Float Switch shall have molybdenum contacts sealed in a
doublewalled float of plastic material resistant to inorganic salt solutions, alkalis,
and mineral acids. The electrical cable shall be two conductors with neoprene
jacket and shall run unspliced to the Control Cabinet. Switch shall be Enpo-
Cornell Pump Co. or equal.
G. Limit Switch shall be heavy duty Square D Class 9007 or approved equal
with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. contacts.
2.11 RECEPTACLES AND COVERS
A. Outlets shall be 125 volt, 20 amp, grounding type, duplex receptacle
specification grade, Hubbell 5362, Leviton, or approved equal.
B. Weatherproof Switch Covers shall be Crouse -Hinds DS185-SA,
equivalent by Appleton, or approved equal, copper -free aluminum, gasketed
cover.
C. Receptacle for Emergency Power shall be 4 wire, 4 pole with angle
adapter and screw cover, Russell Stoll, Catalog numbers as indicated below for
the different services, or approved equal:
1. JRSA 2034 DR45 for 240 volts
2. JRSA 2034 HR45 for 480 volts
D. Ground Fault Protected Receptacles shall be Class A, 120 Volt, duplex
20/20A NEMA 5-20R, Square D Catalog GDFR-120BC or approved equal.
2.12 PANELBOARD
A. Panelboards shall be dead front, safety type construction and shall
conform to Federal Specification WP -115, NEMA PB1, ANSI C33.38 and UL67.
B. All circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, temperature compensated,
bolt -on type with quick -make quick -break mechanism, of the frame and size
indicated.
C. Circuit breakers minimum interrupting ratings shall be 22,000 A for 277
volts systems and 14,000 A for 120 volt systems. Circuit breaker minimum
rating shall be 20A single pole unless otherwise noted.
D. The panel board shall be provided with the voltage, phases and amperage
required per project drawings, with main and branch breakers ambient -
16051 - 7 10/2017
compensated. It shall provide for a minimum of 20% spare space. Panels shall
have neutral and equipment grounding bus and shall be Square D, General
Electric, Westinghouse or approved equal.
E. Install panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2.13 PUMP MOTOR CONNECTION BOX
A. Pump motor connection box shall only be used in submersible pump wet
well applications. The Contractor shall furnish and install 24" x 18" x 8" NEMA
4X stainless steel enclosure with hinged bolt -on cover and all necessary
appurtenances for a complete installation. Connection box assembly shall
include 3' x 3' x 6" concrete slab and 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 unistrut support. The following
shall also be included:
1. 6 -Pole power insulated terminal block panel mount shall be Allen
Bradley Bulletin 1492, sized as required.
2. 6 -Circuit control insulated terminal block panel mount shall be Allen
Bradley Bulletin 1492
3. Gland nut and neoprene bushing shall be Crouse -Hinds CGK, or
approved equal, sized as required for cable outer diameter.
4. Conduit Seal.
2.14 TRANSFORMER
A. Transformer shall be 480 volt to 120/240 volt, single phase, 60 hertz,
3KVA for submersible stations. It shall be high efficiency Sqaure "D" Model
9070E01 D1, or approved equal, with two 5% taps below normal, weatherproof
for indoor or outdoor service.
2.15 PULL BOX
A. Pull box shall be welded aluminum, 12 gauge, with hinged cover,
minimum dimensions of 12 inch x 12 inch x 6 inch, without knockouts, anodized
and painted, as manufactured by General Metals, Inc., Hoffman, or approved
equal.
2.16 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
A. Lightning arrestor shall be 3 -pole, 650 volt, thyrite secondary arrester,
General Electric type 9L15BCC008, Westinghouse 634A217AO1, or approved
equal.
2.17 SURGE CAPACITOR
A. Surge capacitor shall be a 3 -pole, 650 volt, 1.0 mfd. capacitor. It shall be a
General Electric Type 9L18ABB301, equivalent by Westinghouse, or equal.
2.18 EMERGENCY LIGHT
A. Furnish and install wall mounted emergency light package unit with
battery backup wired to an existing lighting fixture, Hubbel Lighting IMF 12-50-2-
16051 - 8 10/2017
P8 or approved equal.
2.19 LEVEL CONTROLLER
A. Level controller shall be microprocessor based SCADA ready, station
controller with float switches backup. It shall measure the depth of water in the
wet well and operate the pumps based on selected setup values. The controller
shall be a microprocessor -based device and not require a battery to maintain the
operating program. All set-up values shall be stored in non-volatile memory.
B. The controller shall be standard "off the shelf" equipment with published
literature and fully tested hardware and operating program. The controller shall
be field configurable from the front of the unit, and require no special tools or
software to set-up or operate.
C. MPE Station Controller, microprocessor based controller with pressure
transducer, Model SC2000, as manufactured by Motor Protection Electronics,
Inc. or approved equal.
D. Provide intrinsically safe dupiexer backup controller with float switches, as
manufactured by Motor Protection Electronics Inc. or approved equal.
2.20 PUMP STATION LEVEL TRANSDUCER
A. A submersible level transmitter shall be capable of sensing and
measuring the level of wastewater in the wet well based on the hydrostatic
pressure above the submerged sensor's diaphragm.
B. The level transmitter shall be factory calibrated to a nominal 4-20 mADC
output.
C. The transducer housing shall be fabricated of PVC with a 2.5 -inch
diameter Teflon diaphragm and shall be filled with silicone oil.
D. The sensor shall be mounted using its signal cable and have 3/4" NPT pipe
threading for pipe mounting.
E. The internal air pressure of the sensor assembly shall be relieved to
atmospheric pressure through a sealed breather system.
F. The unit shall measure 9 inches high by 3.8 inches diameter. The cable
diameter shall be 0.26 inches.
G. The level transducer shall be Model SLX 130-M, as manufactured by
Contegra, Inc., or approved equal.
H. The mounting option used shall be a 316 SS pipe for cable suspension
(SLX-SP1 Contegra Option 3).
PART 3 EXECUTION
16051 - 9 10/2017
3.01 GENERAL
A. All electrical work shall comply with the applicable rules of the National
Electrical Code, the National Fire Protection Association, and the South Florida
Building Code, and shall be in accordance with the requirements of OSHA, and
the best commercial and industrial practice. Conduit and cable shall be sized as
specified in the National Electrical Code, where sizes are not shown on the
Plans.
B. All electrical wiring, regardless of voltage classes, shall be installed in rigid
conduit, except where shown otherwise on the Plans. No conduit installed shall
be smaller than 3/4 inch IPS and no wire smaller than 12 gauge, except as
otherwise shown on the Plans, specified herein, or authorized by the Engineer.
C. In some cases, the exact requirements must be determined from the shop
drawings of the equipment furnished by the Contractor. Changes required by
the Contractor - furnished equipment shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
Materials or equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and
located.
B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into
Work.
C. Electrical service shall be built per Florida Power & Light Standards.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF 600 -VOLT WIRE AND CABLE
A. Install wire and cable in conduits, ducts, wireways, cable trays and other
enclosures as indicated.
B. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all wire and cable shall be
installed in continuous runs between terminal points without splicing.
C. Make splices and taps only in junction boxes, from terminals in terminal
boxes, in manholes, in handholes and other accessible enclosures.
D. Do not splice wire and cable in ducts or conduits.
E. Except as otherwise indicated, or specified, do not splice or tap control,
alarm or instrumentation wiring in underground manholes and handholes.
F. When pulling wire or cable, do not subject the wire or cable to a tension
greater than 50% of the yield strength of the conductor. Pulling lugs shall be
attached to the conductor with a sleeve or grip over the cable sheath to prevent
slipping the insulation.
G. Use a UL approved lubricant to decrease friction when pulling cable in
16051 -10 10/2017
ducts and conduits
H. Do not subject cable to a bending radius less than 8 times the cable O.D.
during or after installation.
I. In wet locations, make splices first as for dry locations, then encapsulate
them in an epoxy resin sealing and potting compound. Encapsulation of
compression sleeve splices shall be with preformed molds.
J. Pulling of wires and cable into conduits shall be done in a manner which
will in no way injure the insulation.
K. All wires in conduit shall be continuous between pull points without
splices. No joints or splices in the conductors shall be permitted except at outlet
or accessible junction boxes.
L. Sufficient lengths of wire shall be left at pull boxes for connecting to
equipment and apparatus without straining.
M. All wires passing through pull boxes shall have enough slack in each box
so they may be pulled out of the box a distance of no less than 6" across the
entire length of the box.
N. Pull together all cables or conductors to be installed in a single conduit.
O. Wire Sizes: Drawings indicate wire and conduit sizes for typical
equipment. If sizes shown on the drawings are not appropriate for the
equipment chosen by the Contractor, wires and conduit shall be sized for the
proper current -carrying capacity (including voltage drop and motor inrush
allowances) in accordance with the NEC, at no extra cost to the Department. On
120/240 volts systems, "Homeruns" of over 50 feet in total length from panel to
first outlet shall be #10 AWG minimum size and on 277/480 volts, the distance
shall be 100 feet total length for #12 AWG minimum size.
3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. The Plans are generally indicative of the work to be installed, but do not
show all bends, fittings, boxes, and specialties which may be required or the
exact location of all conduits. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the site
and conditions affecting all of his work and arrange his work accordingly. Any
changes from locations shown on the Plans must be approved by the Engineer.
B. Conduits shall be installed in such a manner that wires may be removed
and replaced at a later date and to ensure against collection of condensation or
rainwater. Where bends are made, they shall be made with an approved conduit
bending machine. Crushed or deformed conduit shall not be used.
C. All conduit ends shall be square cut and reamed to remove burrs.
Running threads will NOT be permitted. Approved couplings shall be used. All
conduit joints shall be made up wrench tight, using strap wrenches, and shall be
made waterproof in such a manner as not to interrupt the electrical bonds.
16051 -11 10/2017
D. As soon as installed, all open conduit ends, including those terminating in
boxes, shall be plugged or capped and so maintained during construction to
prevent the entrance of moisture and dirt. All conduit shall be carefully cleaned
and dried inside before the installation of wire.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. All grounding shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric
Code and all local Codes having jurisdiction.
B. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the ground system shall be
composed of at least two 5/8" in diameter by 10 feet long copper clad ground
rod, spaced a minimum of 6 feet apart. Ground rods shall also be connected to
rebar in slab. Make all connections with #6 bare copper wire.
C. Maximum ground resistance shall not exceed 25 ohms under normal dry
conditions. Additional ground rods shall be driven if required to maintain this
level.
D. All electrical equipment, structural steel, guard rails, and other metallic
objects shall be connected to the above -mentioned ground system.
E. Provide a warning ribbon installed at 12" depth in the ground above the
ground loop conductor.
3.06 NEUTRALS
A. Each circuit which requires a neutral conductor shall have its own
individual neutral conductor, contained in the same enclosure.
3.07 TESTING
A. All circuits and motors shall be megger tested, and the voltage and
current load on each circuit shall be checked. Five copies of the results shall be
furnished to the Engineer and the Department before acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
16051 -12 10/2017
MDWASD 12/2006
SECTION 16780
S.C.A.D.A. SYSTEM R.T.U. INSTALLATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All conditions of the existing contract shall apply.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate all work with the local Electrical Supervisor for
the area. The Contractor shall review the installation with the area Electrical
Supervisor before starting the work. The installation shall be completed and
inspected by the local supervisor or his representative.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for location of all utilities.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All work shall be in accordance with the Florida Building Code and the National
Electrical Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MIAMI-DADE WATER AND SEWER DEPARTMENT SUPPLIED MATERIALS
A. R.T.U. in a NEMA 4X enclosure. Note that batteries are to be furnished and
installed inside the 4X enclosure by the contractor.
B. Radio
C. Antenna with mounting cap and cable
D. Force main pressure transmitter assembly consisting of a 1 -inch diameter
threaded nipple, manifold with test port and pressure gage with isolation
diaphragm and the pressure transmitter unit.
E. Low level pressure switch
F. Wet well level transformer (for the RTU)
G. Current transformer
H. Amp transmitter
I. "Station Flooding"(drywell) and "High Level"(wetwell) float switches; Mini Float,
16780-1 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
model SM N.O.
J. "Low Level"(wetwell) float switch; Mini Float, model SM N.C.
K. "Intrusion Alarm" , Square D 9007 Series A, Type C54D, Type C54RC, Type
C54A2, Microswitch #MC7711-BZ-2R-A2 or equal as required for that type of
installation.
2.02 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise specifically called out elsewhere herein, all other labor,
materials and equipment required for SCADA System R. T. U. Installation will be
provided by the Contractor whether or not said items are specifically called out in
the Contract Documents.
B. Individual wires shall be 600 volt, 75° C insulation, 14 guage stranded copper.
Ends shall be terminated with compressiron lugs. Wires shall be color coded
according to Miami -Dade Water and Sewer Department supplied drawings and
identified by wire marking labels. Any circuits designated as "spare" shall each
have individual ends securely taped and marked "spare".
C. Shielded multi -conductor transducer wire shall be Belden twisted #16 stranded
copper with shield, 600 volt rated. The shield shall be terminated at the R. T. U.
end only. Shield shall be cut back to insulation and taped at other end. Shielded
wire shall be run in a raceway with no other power circuits.
D. The antenna ground rod shall be copper weld 3/4", 10 feet long and driven by
the Contractor.
E. Tapping saddle assembly for pressure transmitter consisting of: solid brass,
single strap (silicon bronze), tapping saddle with Buna-N-gasket, Ford Style
101B with 1 -inch tap; brass corporation stop with 1 -inch inlet, outlet and valve
AWWA/CC taper thread inlet by flare copper outlet, Ford FB600-4; brass adapter
for flare copper connection (replaces flare nut) 1 -inch female copper thread x 1 -
inch female iron pipe thread, Ford part no. C01-44. All items specified as brass
shall be ASTM B-62, UNS C83600 allow and shall conform with NSF 61.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ANALOG INPUTS
A. Three transducers are involved at each site with standard or microprocessor
control (current, wetwell pressure level, and force main pressure). The pressure
transmitters will be installed by MD-WASD forces in coordination with, and as a
part of, the Contractor's permitted work. The Contractor shall mount the current
transformer on the leg of the power cable from which the control power is
derived and connect shielded wiring to all three transducers. The current
16780-2 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
transformer shall be installed to indicate power used whether on normal or
generator power where applicable. The current transducer shall be installed in
existing cabinets as close as possible to the current transformer.
B. At sites identified by the City only two types of transducers, (force main
pressure and current), will be used. Shielded wire from the level logic control
device to the R. T. U. shall be installed for level indication. Termination of the
shielded cable to the control unit shall be performed by the City forces.
C. Other analog inputs may include flow recorders, suction pressure, discharge
pressure, vibration or R. P. M. input. The MD-WASD shall supply devices and
the Contractor will supply and install circuits. These circuits will be installed
by the Contractor, but terminated by MD-WASD forces.
3.02 ANALOG OUTPUTS
A. At sites determined by MD-WASD shielded wire and conduit shall be installed for
analog outputs such as VFD speed control, valve control, or other positioning
devices. Circuits shall be installed by the Contractor, but terminated by MD-
WASD.
3.03 DISCRETE INPUTS
A. Feedback signal circuits are "Pump On", "Station Flooding" (drywell), "High
Level" (wetwell), "Low Level" (wetwell), "Generator Run", "Intrusion Alarm" and
"Common Alarm". Except where noted, the Contractor shall provide all materials
and devices to complete these two wire circuits. The power will be from the R. T.
U. and all devices shall be normally open in the safe or off condition.
1. "Pump On" shall be provided by a Contractor furnished and installed
auxiliary contact on each pump motor starter. (Note: two speed pumps
require two per pump.) No other devices shall be used to indicate "Pump
On"
2. "Station Flooding" (drywell), "High Level" (wetwell), and "Low
Level(wetwell), shall be supplied by MD-WASD and installed by the
Contractor. In pump stations with pneumatic controls (bubbler system)
MD-WASD will provide a pneumatic pressure switch for "Low
Level"(wetwell) to be installed by the Contractor.
3. "Intrusion Alarm" will be supplied by MD-WASD and installed by the
Contractor.
3.04 DISCRETE OUTPUTS
A. Active control circuits to start each pump, (or each speed), stop pump, and reset
alarms shall be installed and connected.
16780-3 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
1. The normally closed stop relay in the R. T. U. shall be connected in
series to the existing stop control circuit.
2. The normally open start relay shall be connected in parallel to the existing
auto start control circuit. No existing safety or process orderly
shutdown circuits shall be bypassed or defeated for either the start
or stop control circuit.
3. The "Common Alarm" circuit shall be from a normally open R.T.U. relay in
parallel with the existing reset switch.
3.05 R. T. U.
B. There shall be no holes or entrance of any type into the top of the R.T.U.
enclosure.
C. The R. T. U. shall not be mounted below grade or inside the drywell. If existing
structure does not provide mounting for the R.T.U. a separate MD-WASD
approved stanchion shall be constructed and installed by the Contractor. The
R.T.U. stanchions shall be installed in accordance with current MD-WASD
approved S. C. A. D. A., R. T. U. installation drawings. Equivalent parts shall
require approval by the S.C.A.D.A. Section representative.
D. All abraded galvanized hardware shall be cleaned and then recoated with two
coats of cold galvanized compound.
3.06 CONDUITS
A. Rigid galvanized conduit shall be used in all exterior below grade installations. It
shall be coated with two coats of Bitumastic No. 50 or equal. Rigid galvanized
conduit shall extend completely through all concrete penetrations at which point
it may be converted to PVC conduit in the interior of the drywell. Rigid aluminum
conduit may be used in installations above grade where exposed.
B. All concrete penetrations shall be sealed with epoxy grout compound. All
conduits shall have minimum 1/4" spacing where installed on concrete surfaces.
C. All conduits below grade and/or extending from the wetwell shall have seal off
fittings installed before entry into the R. T. U. enclosure. All conduits shall be
sealed with duct seal compound during the construction phase to limit the
exposure of electronic circuitry to corrosive atmosphere.
3.07 MISCELLANEOUS
A. A separate circuit shall be provided for and installed by the Contractor from the
existing lighting/control panel, to provide 120 VAC power to the R. T. U. This
circuit shall be routed through an available phase monitor relay normally open
contact. This circuit will be switched on by the SCADA Section at start-up.
16780-4 R-4
MDWASD 12/2006
B. For wetwell/drywell pump stations with the pump controller in the drywell a MD-
WASD supplied enclosure and terminal strips shall be installed for circuits
entering and exiting the drywell.
C. Additional work such as sidewalk or street cutting may be required. This work
must be authorized by the Project Manager and validated by a detailed, itemized
invoice showing exact labor and material used.
D. An as -built drawing, (schematic and point-to-point) of the final installation and
approved by the SCADA representative shall be provided by the Contractor for
the installation before final payment is made.
E. A Certificate of Completion and original approved permits shall be supplied to the
Department before final payment is made.
F. Install SCADA tapping saddle at location shown on Plans, pressure test, perform
1 -inch tap, in coordination with MD-WASD forces, connect remainder of pressure
transmitting system, and test.
END OF SECTION
16780-5 R-4
SECTION 16940
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL
PART 1. GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a pump station control panel, which shall
include the level controller, relays, switches, lamps, and all electrical material
specified herein or required for a complete installation.
B. The contractor is responsible for the erection, installation and start-up of the
equipment covered under these specifications.
1.02 RELATED SECTION
A. Section 16051 - Pump Station Electrical Materials.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All electrical materials and equipment shall be new, of recent domestic
manufacture, and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Material or
equipment damaged in the course of installation or test shall be replaced or
repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Department. Further, said
repairs or replacement shall be performed by personnel qualified such that the
UL approval will not be lost. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory evidence
of these qualifications to the MD-WASD prior to the work being performed.
B. All electrical material and installation shall comply with the following codes and
standards listed in Section 16051, Subsection 1.03.
C. Furnish equipment designed, built and tested by a firm with at least ten years
of experience manufacturing this type of equipment.
D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for components and
installation.
E. Furnish equipment that bear the UL label.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide all submittals in accordance with Section 16051,
Subsection 1.04
B. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturers' literature and shop
drawings including but not limited to the following:
1. Dimensioned outlined drawings (Plan and Elevations).
2. Itemized bill of materials.
3. Manufacturers' literature and shop drawings for every piece of equipment
mounted on the panel.
16940 -1 10/2017
4. Enclosure construction details.
5. Operating and maintenance manuals.
6. Detailed external wiring diagram and sequence of operation.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The Control Panel shall be designed and built as integrated, pre -wired
equipment. It shall control the operation of number of pumps in the station,
based on the level in the wet well.
1. Level controller (specified in Section 16051, Subsection 2.19) shall
monitor the wet well level and actuate the sewage pumps in sequence
with rising water level. Once a pumping cycle has started, it shall continue
until the stop level is reached. All start/stop levels shall be adjustable,
based on design levels shown on the Plans. Controller shall maintain
level to within ± 1% of full scale (i.e. maximum depth).
2. The level controller shall have a 3 -position selector switch for manual
selection of pumps sequence. An alarm shall be annunciated whenever
the lag pump is called on, indicating failure of lead pump.
3. The Panel shall include the level indicator and pumps alternators, motor
controllers, relays, switches, lamps, pressure switches and any other
device shown on the Plans, or required to function as specified. Shop
drawings of every device shall be submitted and approved before the
panel is assembled.
4. Phase monitor relay shall be Timemark Model 258, Potter-Brunfield CPS -
38, or approved equal, fused on line side and disconnect only for 3 -phase
equipment.
5. Selector switch to manually select or automatically alternate position of
"lead" and "lag", sewage pumps after each pumping cycle shall be
furnished and installed.
6. The manufacturer of the control system shall be certified by the
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) as a UL 698A listed system panel
manufacturer certified to install serialized label for quality control and
insurance liability considerations.
B. Each major component shall be identified by an engraved phenolic nameplate.
C. All wiring shall be a flexible, stranded type and each conductor shall be tagged
and numbered according to wiring diagrams and neatly tied.
D. The Control Panel shall be dimensioned to facilitate maintenance.
2.02 ALARMS
A. Control panels shall be capable of reporting, a minimum, of the following alarm
points:
1. Dry Well High Level (Float switch).
2. Wet Well High Level.
3. Wet Well Low Level (With auxiliary contact to stop sewage pumps.)
16940 - 2 10/2017
4. Level Controller Failure.
5. Sewage Pump High Temperature or Failure (with pump shut down, lock
out relay and reset push button.)
6. Loss of Phase Voltage.
7. Sump Flood (Dry well only).
B. Provide three spare alarm points and one set of N.O./N.C. contacts from
common alarm relay for remote signaling. Every alarm shall be indicated by a
labeled red pilot light mounted in the control panel. A red light with guard
protector, as Series VDA manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, or approved equal
and a bell with silencing buttons shall be mounted in the service enclosure.
The alarm lights shall remain "on" until alarm signal is reset at control panel.
2.03 MOTOR STARTERS
A. Motor starters shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, with overloads to
match the supplied motors. One set of N.O/N.C. spare contacts shall be
provided in the sewage pump starter. Motor starters to be Siemens, Square
D, Cutler Hammer, or approved equal.
B. Starters for sewage pumps shall be three-phase, sized in accordance with the
•
NEMA SIZE STARTER
Motor Size
(Horsepower)
Single Phase
240 Volt
Three Phase
208 Volt
Three Phase
480 Volt
Up to 5
2
1
1
71/2
2
2
1
10
-
2
2
15
-
3
2
20
-
-
2
25
-
-
3
30
-
-
3
40
-
-
3
50to75
-
-
4
100 to 150
-
-
5
2.04 CONTROL PANEL ACCESSORIES
A. All wiring shall be a flexible, stranded type and each conductor shall be tagged
and numbered according to wiring diagrams and neatly tied.
16940 - 3
10/2017
B. All external wiring shall terminate in a terminal block, Square D Type G class
9080, or equal.
C. Relays shall be socket -mounted for ease of replacement, Square D Type K
Class 8501, or equal.
D. Lamps, push bottoms, and switches shall be heavy duty oil-tight/watertight,
Square D, Type K Class 9001, or equal.
E. Elapsed time meters shall be provided to indicate total running time of each
sewage pump in "hours" and "tenths of hours". Meters shall be Eagle Signal
Series HK or approved equal. An extra elapse time meter shall be furnished
and installed to indicate the total time for all pumps simultaneous run.
2.05 LEVEL CONTROLLER
A. As specified in Specification Section 16051.
2.06 TELEMETRY
A. Telemetry (RTU) provided by the City shall be installed by the Contractor
in its own weather-proof and corrosion -resistant enclosure separate from the
control panel enclosure. The manufacturer of the control system shall provide
the hardware required to interface the controller with the City SCADA
System to remotely start -stop the pumps and monitor the operation of pumps
and alarms.
2.07 CONSTRUCTION
A. Outside panels shall be gasketed, NEMA 3R, free standing, stainless steel, 12
gauge minimum construction, with same material continuous hinges and dead
front anodized aluminum inner door. Finishing of the enclosure to be No. 2B.
Padlocking of motor circuit breakers shall not obstruct the closing of the inner
doors.
B. Inside panels shall be NEMA 12, constructed of .080 inches thick anodized
aluminum or 14 gauge 316 stainless steel. Control wiring shall be color coded
(minimum of 16 different colors), 16 gauge, 600 volts, 90 degree C. standard
tinned copper, PVC insulated with crimped terminal connections.
C. Enclosure shall be approximately 48" W x 48" H x 12" D. The top of the panel
shall stand no higher than 72 -inches from the top of the support concrete pad.
In any case, it shall be sized to facilitate maintenance of enclosed equipment
with a double door. Total length of the enclosure will depend on the size of the
pumps but shall be sized to provide enough space so that every piece of
equipment can be easily reached for service and maintenance. The outer doors
shall be furnished with a locking latch and staple for padlock, to be furnished by
the City. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Provide every outer door with a
limit switch to trip a remote alarm in case of unauthorized opening. Panel
seams shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. All exterior joints shall
be ground level and polished smooth. Stiffeners shall be added to panel sides
and doors as necessary to ensure rigidity. Lifting eyes and a rolled lip around
16940 - 4 10/2017
three sides of the outside doors shall be provided. Provide also a rain shield
over the generator outlet or access opening. Enclosure shall be 12 -inches deep
minimum.
D. The double doors shall be made of the same material as the enclosure. All
edges of the doors shall be folded inward, similar to the cabinet to form a rigid
non -flexing door. The door shall be hung on a continuous stainless steel hinge
with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The door shall be equipped with a three-
point locking latch, a handle and a heavy-duty stainless steel staple for a
padlock. Provide a friction type latch on hinge side to keep the door in position
desired and to keep it from being closed by the wind.
E. Cabinet anchorage shall consist of chemical adhesive anchor cartridge system
5/8" cp, minimum, stainless steel anchor threaded rod with 5-1/2", minimum,
depth of embedment. The cabinet shall be secured to the concrete base at a
minimum of four locations.
F. An external red LED strobe light, vapor tight with aluminum lens protector shall
be mounted on a side of the enclosure. The voltage of the strobe light shall be
120 Volts AC and will flash on an alarm condition. The strobe light will continue
to flash after the alarm silence button is pressed until the alarm condition has
cleared.
G. The alarm bell shall be 120 volt A.C., 6 inches diameter, 90 db, weatherproof
with protecting guard. Bell shall be Simplex Series 4090 or approved equal.
H. A cast or stamped plate, with the legend "Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Department, Tel. (305) 274-9272" in characters a minimum of 2 -inches high,
shall be firmly attached to the upper portion of the door by welding or
tamper -proof bolting.
I. Provide stainless steel weather and sun shield welded to top of panel enclosure
as shown on drawings if Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) or Soft -Start
equipment are included and located within the enclosure. Shield shall be factory
installed.
J. All hardware including hinges, 3- point latches and handles shall be corrosion -
resistant metal.
K. Make all punching, reaming, cutting and other fabricating work before any finish
is applied. Prior to painting, clean, degrease and phosphate -clean all panels.
Final finishing, not less than three coats of semi -gloss polyurethane paint
applied over a rust inhibitor primer. Panel interior to be white, with exterior
surfaces of light gray ANSI -61.
L. Provide print pocket inside the panels to hold detailed wiring and
interconnecting diagrams. One copy of the relevant drawings shall be
provided and placed in these pockets.
M. Wiring to be stranded copper with 600 volt rated thermoplastic insulation.
Power wiring shall be No. 14 AWG and control wiring No. 16 AWG minimum.
Electronic signal wiring shall be No. 18 AWG twisted and shielded pairs.
16940 - 5 10/2017
Wiring shall not be spliced. Wiring shall be tagged for identification with printed
wire sleeves or self -stick labels.
1. Color Coding to be as follows:
a. Black: AC hot (line feed and load circuits).
b. White: AC neutral.
c. Green: Bonding ground.
d. Red: AC control circuits.
e. Yellow: Wiring with foreign voltage.
N. All wiring to and from field mounted devices shall be terminated at terminal
strips, not directly connected to devices. Use plastic wireway Panduit or equal
to route wire within the panel. Wireway shall be run in continuous length with
snap -on covers, with AC and DC power wiring in separate wireways.
O. Protect all devices against damage from electrical transients induced in
interconnecting lines by lightning discharges and nearby electrical equipment.
Surge suppressors shall be provided at least at any interconnection of AC
power and electronic equipment and at every analog signal input with circuits
extending outside the building.
2.08 PANEL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (VFD APPICATIONS ONLY)
A. The enclosure shall be Stainless Steel NEMA 4X rating fully gasketed for tight,
leakproof installation. It shall be UUCUL listed with closed loop cooling to allow the
interior airflow system to be isolated from the ambient airflow system. The system
shall be designed so no ambient air can invade the cool, dehumidified sensitive
compartment.
B. Condenser Coils shall be Epoxy -Coated. This coating shall withstand 1000 hours of
salt spray per the ASTM B 117 test method.
C. An air cured coating shall be sprayed on interior copper lines and brazed joints on the
condenser side to provide protection from corrosive environments. The coating shall
withstand 1000 hours of salt spray per the ASTM B 117 test method.
D. The unit shall include thermostatic Low Temperature Control to prevent over -cooling
and to provide energy -efficient operation. Refrigerant shall be R410A.
E. Filters shall consist of a multi -layer grid of sturdy corrugated aluminum, securely held
in a one-piece aluminum frame. Filters are required wherever air is drawn into an
electronics enclosure or related cooling equipment to keep internal parts as clean as
possible.
F. A short cycle relay shall be installed to protect the compressor from possible damage
due to harmful short cycling, (frequent starting) where temperature controls enable
the compressor to restart frequently or after a power interruption.
G. The unit shall be as manufactured by Kooltronic or approved equal. The unit shall be
sized appropriately.
PART 3. EXECUTION
16940 - 6 10/2017
3.01 EXAMINATION & INSTALLATION
A. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located.
B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into Work.
C. The Contractor shall provide limit switch to turn Tight "ON" when dry well hatch
is opened.
D. Minimum interrupting capacity of the electrical panel shall be 10,000 AMPS.
E. Sump pump shall be provided with high level alarm wired to the telemetry.
F. A sump pump, discharge piping and local switch shall be installed in the valve
pit in.
END OF SECTION
16940 - 7 10/2017
MDWASD 8/2011
SECTION UC-250
GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. These Specifications shall govern the design, materials and installation requirements of the
Department for gravity sanitary sewer systems constructed in its service area when using Poly
(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) pipe and fittings, Vitrified Clay (V.C.) pipe and fittings or Ductile Iron pipe
and fittings. "PVC" shall mean Poly (Vinyl Chloride) as it relates to pipe and fittings.
B. This Specification does not purport to cover all material or installation procedures which may be
required, whether by the nature of the proposed work, or by the Department, or by other
regulatory agencies.
C. It is intent of the Department to obtain a complete and working installation under this project, and
any items of labor, equipment or materials which may reasonably be assumed as necessary to
accomplish this end shall be supplied whether or not they are specifically shown on the Plans or
stated herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the Department's Design and
Construction Standard Specifications and Details.
B. The material and installation for this project shall be in full compliance with all applicable
standards listed in Section 01090, " Reference Standards"
1.03 DEFINITIONS
See Section 01005, "Defined Terms"
1.04 PROJECT APPROVAL
The approval of the Department shall be secured, in accordance with Section 17005, prior to any
construction related activity.
1.05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The work shall proceed in accordance with the following specification sections, bound herein:
A. Section 01011 - Site Conditions
B. Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
C. Section 01031 - Grades, Lines and Levels
D. Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
E. Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
UC-250 - 1 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL
1. Gravity sanitary sewer systems shall be designed in accordance with the State of Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Rules, Chapter 62-604 for Wastewater
Facilities, with OSHA requirements and with the "Florida State Board Health Sewage Guide"
and the recommendations of Chapter 12 of the ASCE Manual No. 37, "Sewer Design and
Construction", except as otherwise provided herein. Wet wells and manholes shall be
classified as hazardous areas, Class 1, Division 2, Group C.
2. In addition, systems shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the
Miami -Dade County Department of Environmental Resource Management (DERM), the
requirements of the latest edition of the South Florida Building Code and the Miami -Dade
Water and Sewer Department Standards and Specifications.
3. The use of PVC pipe or AWWA C900 PVC pipe within a public water supply wellfield cone of
influence or in areas zoned industrial or commercial shall be as stated under "Tightness
Standards" in Section UC-370.
4. Manhole to manhole runs shall be kept in the range of no more than 400
permission.
5.
feet without
Slope shall be such as to maintain two feet per second minimum velocity when running full
or half full when calculated using the Manning Equation with a roughness coefficient of .013.
6. Minimum slope for terminal runs shall be 0.40 percent for eight inch pipe. This slope shall
be maintained for a minimum of 300 feet and longer if loading is abnormally light.
7. Design shall be performed by experienced personnel who have previously designed
sewerage collection systems in Miami -Dade County. Proof of experience shall be provided if
required by the Department. All design work submitted for approval shall be signed, sealed
and dated by a registered professional engineer Iicenced to practice in the State of Florida.
8. The Department reserves the right request complete design calculations, which shall be
submitted and shall be in a format easily read.
9. Design shall be conservative with sufficient peaking and infiltration factors included.
Absolute minimum slopes shall not be used since minor field construction variations will
reduce slopes and give actual velocity of less than two feet per second.
10. The Department reserves the absolute right to require greater slopes, higher peaking or
infiltration factors if this is considered necessary upon review of design. The design/build
firm shall conform with any such requirements and supply said design and construct same at
no extra cost to the County.
11. The use of PVC pipe and fittings will only be permitted for gravity sanitary sewers (and
service laterals) 15 -inches in diameter and smaller.
UC-250 - 2 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
1.07 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, official inspections and all other fees in
accordance with Section 01740, "Permits".
B. Inspection by Department personnel is required in addition to, not in lieu of, municipal and
County department inspections (if any).
C. No installation will be accepted until it has passed all inspections, including pavement installation
or replacement.
1.08 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Prior to commencement of the work, the Contractor shall attend a "Preconstruction Conference"
in accordance with Section 01150, "Preconstruction Conference".
1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish "As-Builts" in accordance with Section 01725. Project Record
Documents shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01720. The Contractor shall submit
operating and maintenance instructions and all other submittals in accordance with Section
01730.
B. Where the Specifications require test certification or certification that certain products or material
furnished are as specified, the Contractor shall deliver such certification to the Department. No
material or equipment shall be approved for use in the work until individual certification has been
received.
1.10 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall be in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970, in general, and any subsequent amendments and revisions thereto and
specifically to the provisions concerning confined space entry.
B. The Contractor's personnel will be in the vicinity of raw sewage. For his own protection, as well
as for his employees, he shall check with Metropolitan Dade County Health Department, and
based upon their recommendation, shall have his personnel properly immunized against
disease.
C. Under this project, personnel may be required to enter the existing manholes/sewers to perform
certain items of work. Before entering, the Contractor shall be in compliance with Dade County
Manhole Ordinance No. 83-3 (which mandates, in part, that above -ground safety personnel shall
be on duty at all times when someone enters or works in a manhole/sewer and the air within a
manhole / sewer shall be tested with a combination oxygen deficiency meter -explosion meter to
determine oxygen content and explosion potential). A test for the presence of hydrogen sulfide
shall also be performed. The work area must be ventilated mechanically by the use of an air
blower, before entry and during occupancy, to insure that an adequate quantity of oxygen is
supplied to the work area.
UC-250 - 3 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
D. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner, utilizing warning devices such as
traffic cones, barricades and warning lights, and personnel such as flagmen and uniformed
police officers, that the public is given adequate warning of hazards of the work site as may be
deemed necessary by the authority having jurisdiction and/or the Department. See Section
01750, "Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets."
E. In the instance of men working within the manholes, the Contractor shall provide safety
provisions to cover any possible consequences of structural failure and/or flooding. Such
provisions might take the form of, but not be limited to, ladders in position to permit rapid egress;
safety harnesses ; stand-by pumping equipment; extra air supplies; and such other measures as
the situation and good construction practices might indicate.
F. Certain products specified in these Specifications contain warnings by the manufacturers that
under certain conditions, if instructions for use of the product are not followed, a hazardous
condition may exist. It is the Contractor's responsibility to instruct his workmen in the safe use of
the product, or any product substitution.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All material for use in the Project shall be new and of recent domestic manufacture and shall be
the products of reliable manufacturers or suppliers who, unless otherwise specified, have been
regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment for at least five (5) years.
B. All fittings and components shall, wherever possible, be standard stock articles of well known
manufacturers.
C. Where the Specifications designate the products of a particular manufacturer, the product
specified has been found suitable for the intended use, but, unless otherwise provided, articles or
products of similar characteristics may be offered for the approval of the Department, upon
approval by the Engineer of Record.
D. Copies of complete descriptive data shall be furnished regarding all material, consisting of
dimension drawings, catalog references and other information necessary to clearly identify each
article.
E. When substitutions are permitted, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes in adjacent
or connected structures and equipment, at his expense
F. Unless otherwise specified, all steel bolts, nuts, washers and all other miscellaneous ferrous
metal items (except cast iron) furnished by the Contractor shall be hot -dip galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A386, "Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products" and ASTM
A385, Providing High -Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot -Dip)". Where the word "galvanized" or its
abbreviation is used on the Plans or in the Specifications, it shall mean hot -dip galvanized.
Fabricated items shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Internal threads shall be tapped or
re -tapped after galvanizing.
UC-250 - 4 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
G. Where miscellaneous materials are required for a complete installation the Contractor shall
provide such materials in conformance with Section 15065, "Miscellaneous Material".
H. See Section 01100 for water used in construction.
2.02 CASTINGS
A. GENERAL
1. Material used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTM A48, "Gray Iron
Castings", for Class 30 iron. Manhole and valve box covers shall have a roadway or
pedestrian type surface as required by location, and shall be non -rocking.
2. Castings shall be in compliance with Section 05550. Castings shall be as manufactured by
U.S.F. Fabrication, Inc., Neenah Foundry, or approved equal.
3. Castings shall be delivered unpainted with a shotblasted finish.
B. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole covers and frames shall be Department Type "A" U.S.F.&F No. 310 as manufactured
by U.S.F. Fabricating, Inc., Hialeah, Florida, or approved equal. The covers shall be cast labeled
"SANITARY SEWER".
2.03 BRICK
A. Clay Brick: Bricks for manhole construction shall be dense, hard burned, common clay brick
conforming to ASTM Standard C62, "Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units made from Clay or
Shale)".
B. Concrete Brick: Concrete bricks shall conform to ASTM Standard C55, "Concrete Building Brick".
C. All bricks shall have true edges and sharp corners and shall have been cured for at least 14 days
before being placed.
2.04 CONCRETE, MORTAR AND GROUT
See Section 17033, " Concrete, Mortar and Grout (Short)"
2.05 EMBEDMENT MATERIAL
Embedment material, for bedding, haunching and initial backfill, shall conform with the
requirements of Section UC-300 "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation".
2.06 MANHOLE
A. Shallow manholes shall be constructed of brick or precast concrete. All other manholes shall be
constructed of precast concrete. See Section 02536, "Precast Manholes & Covers"
UC-250 - 5 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
B. Castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall conform to Subsection 2.02, above.
Casting patterns shall conform to those designated in the Miami -Dade Water and Sewer
Standard Details.
C. Concrete shall conform to Section 17033.
D. Brick for manhole construction shall be clay brick, in accordance with Subsection 2.03, above.
E. Cement mortar for manhole construction shall conform to Section 17033. It shall be mixed dry
and then wetted to proper consistency for use. No mortars that have stood for more than one
hour shall be used. Brick manholes shall be coated with 3/4 -inch thickness of mortar both inside
and outside.
F. The invert channels shall be formed of brick or brick rubble thoroughly bedded and covered with
sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the
adjacent sewer section. Steep slopes outside the invert channels shall be avoided. Changes in
size and grade shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in the direction of the sewer or
entering branch shall be a smooth curve with radius as long as practical.
G. Frames and covers shall be set accurately to grade with a minimum of 3 and a maximum of 5
courses of brick provided as a leveling course. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assure
that the frames and covers are set to match existing and/or proposed finish paving grades at the
manhole locations.
H. For PVC Sewers:
1. The first joint at both influent and effluent sewers at each manhole, including service laterals,
shall consist of an approved manhole coupling grouted into the manhole wall, and providing
a continuous watertight elastomeric gasket seal between the coupling and the pipe inserted
therein. The coupling shall have an increasing tapered interior from the gasket groove to
allow flexibility for the pipe in the event of future settlement of the manhole or pipeline.
2. The first length of PVC pipe into or out of the manhole shall be 2 -feet long, maximum, and
shall be either plain -end by plain -end, or plain -end by bell. In the first option, the next joint
shall be a double bell PVC repair coupling (no stop) with a maximum 1 -inch gap between the
pipes inserted therein. In the latter option, the next joint shall be another 2 -foot long
section, maximum, of plain -end by bell PVC pipe.
I. For Ductile Iron and Vitrified Clay Sewers
The first length of pipe into or out of the manhole shall be a 2 -foot length of plain end by plain end
ductile iron pipe (i.e. 2' as measured from the outside wall) grouted directly into the opening in the
manhole wall. This P.E. X P.E. short shall be joined to the spigot end of an adjacent ductile iron
sewer main by use of a ductile iron solid sleeve. In the instance of a vitrified clay main, the ductile
iron P.E. X P.E. short manhole stub out shall be joined to the V.C. spigot by use of a double hub
connector for vitrified clay pipe. Note that C-900 PVC repair couplings shall not be used in
ductile iron or vitrified clay mains.
UC-250 - 6 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
J. Where shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall provide stub -outs for future extensions.
Both ends of all such stubouts shall be closed with specified PVC plugs.
K. Precast manholes shall conform to Section 02536, "Precast Manholes & Covers". In precast
concrete manholes, holes for sewer line connections, with a diameter equal to the outside
diameter of the connecting sewer plus an additional four inches (4"), shall be formed in the
manhole walls. No cutting or chipping at pre -formed holes, or cutting additional holes in precast
concrete walls will be allowed.
L. A minimum of three to a maximum of five courses of brick shall be constructed atop each
manhole corbel.
M. Prior to acceptance of manhole, the Contractor shall verify that he has installed required manhole
accessories and coating/lining (See Section 02536)
2.07 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) PIPE
Pipe for use in gravity sewer systems shall be Vitrified Clay, Ductile Iron with polyethylene or
ceramic epoxy (Protecto 401) lined , PVC SDR 35, or AWWA C900, C905 PVC as shown on
the plans or called out elsewhere herein. For further information on these types of pipe, see
Section 15060, "Piping and Fittings".
2.08 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Bar reinforcement for concrete structures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard
A615 "Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", Grade 60, Deformed,
except that steel manufactured by the Bessemer Process will not be accepted. Wire mesh
reinforcing for concrete paving or driveway repairs, if required, shall be welded wire fabric
meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard A185, "Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement".
B. The Contractor shall furnish the Department with manufacturer's test certificates showing the
steel to meet the above requirements, in addition to which the Department may take
representative samples from the material on the job and have them tested by an independent
testing laboratory. Completely detailed shop drawings and bending schedules shall be submitted
by the Contractor for the approval of the Engineer of Record. Such approval shall be obtained
before the bars are cut and bent.
2.09 DUCTILE IRON CASING PIPE
Ductile iron casing pipe shall be ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51, Class 50, no lining
required. Casing pipe shall be one size larger than PVC pipe to be encased, unless otherwise
approved.
2.10 DUCTILE IRON SEWER PIPE
A. Ductile iron sewer pipe shall be ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51, Class 53 for 6 -inch, Class
UC-250 - 7 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
52 for 8 -inch, Class 50 for 10 -inch through 15 -inch. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to Section
15060.
B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings 8 -inches and larger in diameter for use in force mains and gravity
sewers, except riser pipes, shall be delivered with either heat fused virgin polyethylene lining or
ceramic epoxy lining (See Section 15060). The only ceramic epoxy material approved by the
Department at this time is a high -build multi -component Amine cured Novalac epoxy, Protecto
401, by Vulcan Painters, Inc. of Bessemer, AL 35021.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous material and appurtenances required
for a complete installation. Section 15065 specifies material necessary for a complete
installation, not specified herein. These material, including the following, shall be installed when
required, whether shown on the Plans or not.
1. Paint, Bituminous
2. Caulking Compound
3. Manhole Couplings
4. PVC double bell repair couplings, No -stop (sleeves)
5. PVC double bell transition couplings or adapters PSM SDR-35 PVC Sewer Pipe to
ductile -iron or AWWA C900 CI -PVC Pressure pipe.
6. Stainless steel repair clamps, with stainless steel bolts
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe convenient handling and laying of pipe shall
be used and, in general, conform with manufacturer's recommendations. At the time of laying,
the pipe shall be examined carefully for defects, and should any pipe be discovered to be
defective after being laid, it shall be removed and replaced with sound pipe by the Contractor at
his expense.
B. Pipe and fittings shall, at all times, be handled with great care to avoid damage. In loading and
unloading, they shall be lifted with cranes or hoists or slid or rolled on skidways in such manner
as to avoid shock. Under no circumstances shall this material be dropped or allowed to roll or
slide against obstructions. Pipe an other material shall be distributed along the right-of-way in
advance of installation only to the extent approved by the Department. Such materials shall be
so placed as to keep obstruction to traffic minimum.
C. Upon satisfactory completion of the pipe bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and
recesses for the pipe bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging. When the pipe is
laid in the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous,
uniform support with no pressure being exerted on the pipe joints from the trench bottom.
D. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Before being
lowered into the trench, the pipes and accessories shall be carefully examined and the interior of
UC-250 - 8 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter and other deleterious materials by
methods acceptable to the Department. During suspension of work, for any reason, at any time,
a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud, dirt, groundwater
or other foreign material from entering the pipe. Any pipe which is disturbed or found defective
shall be immediately removed and replaced with sound pipe.
E. Gaskets shall be thoroughly checked for breaks, cuts or other damage, and shall be free of oil,
grease, dirt or other foreign matter. Pipe joints shall be assembled with care. Lubricant, if
required shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe, and shall have no
deteriorating effects on the gasket and pipe materials. If assembly is under water, lubricant
recommended by the manufacturer for underwater use is required.
F. Good alignment of the pipe is required for assembly. Align the spigot to the bell of the previously
laid pipe and insert the spigot into the bell until it uniformly contacts the gasket. Apply steady
pressure until the spigot easily slips through the gasket. Do not push or swing the spigot into the
bell. Smaller diameter pipe and fitting may be assembled manually. Mechanical means such as
bars and blocks, ratchets or jacks shall be used for joining larger pipe and fittings. Power
equipment such as a backhoe bucket, shall not be used to assemble pipe and fittings, since
excessive force may damage the gasket or bell.
G. Cutting the pipe in the field shall be done by the Contractor in a neat and workmanlike manner
using manual or power saws. The pipe shall be marked around its entire circumference before
cutting to assure a square cut. After cutting, the end shall be beveled with a beveling tool, rasp, or
other approved equipment, to the proper taper. Mark the proper insertion depth on the cut and
beveled end before installing the cut pipe into the pipeline. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade
from the lowest point of the proposed system, with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
H. All pipe shall be laid straight, true to the lines and grades shown on the Plans, or matching
existing grade, in each section between manholes. The pipe shall be laid so that the identification
markings are located on the top of the installed pipelines.
I. Each individual length of pipe shall be solidly and evenly bedded and haunched throughout its
length on a prepared bed on the floor of the trench and not supported in position on blocks or
wedges. Pipe shall only be laid when the two preceding lengths have been thoroughly embedded
in place to prevent any movement or disturbance of the finished joint. Any pipe which is disturbed
or found to be defective after laying shall be taken up and relaid or replaced.
J. Any work within the pipe and fittings shall be performed with care to prevent damage to the
interior wall of the pipe. Damaged interior walls shall be repaired or the pipe section or fitting
replaced as required by the Department. No cables, lifting arms, hooks or other devices shall be
inserted into the pipe or fitting. All lifting, pulling or pushing mechanisms shall be applied to the
exterior of the pipe or fitting.
K. After pipe has been laid, reviewed and found satisfactory, sufficient backfill shall be placed along
the pipe barrel to hold the pipe securely in place during the conduction of the required tests.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTILE IRON AND VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
UC-250 - 9 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
A. Installation of gravity sewers shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA
Standard C600-93, "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances".
B. Cutting of ductile iron pipe for fittings and other connections shall be done by the Contractor in a
neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe, the lining, or the coating. Pipe shall
be cut with a mechanical pipe saw. After cutting the pipe, the plain ends shall be filed to remove
all sharp edges and burrs.
U C-250 - 10 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
C. Polyethylene encasement of valves, cast iron pipe and fittings, if required by the Department,
shall be installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, "Polyethylene Encasement for
Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids" Method A, B or C.
D. If any difficulty is experienced in assembling lengths of pipe together in the trench, the pipe
sections shall be tried on the surface of the ground and each length of pipe plainly marked for
position and sequence in which they are to be installed.
E. Ductile iron solid sleeves shall be used to connect D.I. pipe spigots to existing D.I. manhole stub
spigots. Vitrified clay double hub connectors shall be used to connect D.I. manhole stub outs to
V.C. pipe spigots.
F. All bolts, nuts, gaskets or other joint materials for use in the pipeline shall be properly protected.
G. Gaskets shall be properly stored, and care shall be exercised to keep them away from heat, light,
oil, gasoline or other petroleum products. Gaskets shall be kept clean at all times and not
handled with greasy or dirty hands.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF POLY VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
A. Each length of pipe, immediately prior to being placed in position in the trench, shall be
inspected, cleaned and prepared for installation. Gaskets shall be thoroughly checked for
breaks, cuts or other damage, and shall be free of oil, grease, dirt or other foreign matter. Pipe
joints shall be assembled with care. Lubricant, if required, shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer of the pipe, and shall have no deteriorating effects on the gasket and pipe
materials. If assembly is underwater, lubricant recommended by the manufacturer for
underwater use is required. Good alignment of the pipe is required for assembly. Align the
spigot to the bell of the previously laid pipe and insert the spigot into the bell until it uniformly
contacts the gasket. Apply steady pressure until the spigot easily slips through the gasket. Do
not push or swing the spigot into the bell. Small diameter pipe and fittings may be assembled
manually. mechanical means such as bars and blocks, ratchets or jacks shall be used for
joining larger pipe and fittings. Power equipment, such as backhoe bucket, shall be not be used
to assemble pipe and fittings, since excessive force may damage the gasket or bell.
B. Cutting the pipe in the field shall be done by the Contractor in a neat and workmanlike manner
using manual or power saws. The pipe shall be marked around its entire circumference before
cutting to assure a square cut. After cutting, the end shall be beveling tool, rasp, or other
approved equipment, to the proper taper. Mark the proper insertion depth on the cut and
beveled end before installing the cut pipe into the pipeline. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade
from the lowest point of the proposed system, with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
All pipe shall be laid straight, true to the lines and matching existing grade, in each section
between manholes. The pipe shall be laid so that the identification markings are located on the
top of the installed pipelines. At all times when work is not in progress, the exposed ends of all
pipes shall be fully protected by an approved stopper to prevent groundwater, dirt, rocks or other
substances from entering the pipe.
3.04 PIPE -TO -PIPE CONNECTIONS
Pipe -to -pipe connections shall be made by using solid sleeves for Ductile Iron, double hub
UC-250 - 11 R-3
MDWASD
connectors for vitrified clay and double bell couplings for PVC.
3.05 PIPE -TO -PIPE MANHOLE CONNECTIONS
8/2011
When a sound pipe stub -out exists at a manhole to which connection is to be made, a
pipe -to -pipe connection shall be made as described above. If a stub -out is not present or is
faulty, an opening shall be cut in the manhole wall and the connection made. The connection
shall be constructed as specified above in paragraphs 2.06 H and I with the pipe material/method
chosen to match that of the new line. The invert/shelf area inside the manhole shall be cut and
reshaped as necessary to construct the new channels in compliance with WASD Standard
Details
3.06 GRAVITY SEWER SERVICE LATERALS
See Section UC-310, "Gravity Sewer Service Laterals".
3.07 MODIFICATIONS OF EXISTING MANHOLES
See Section UC-330, "Repairs to Department Sewers"
3.08 EXCAVATION
See Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems"
3.09 SEWER PIPE FOUNDATION
See Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewer Pipe Foundation"
3.10 CLEANING AND TESTING
See Section UC-370, "Cleaning and Testing Gravity Sewers"
3.11 SEWERAGE REMOVAL
See Section UC-290, "Removal of Sanitary Sewerage and Debris"
3.12 SEWAGE FLOW CONTROL
See Section UC-320, "Sewerage Bypass Pumping and Flow Control"
UC-250 - 12 R-3
MDWASD 8/2011
3.13 REPAIR OF DAMAGE TO DEPARTMENT MAINS & SEALING LEAKS
See Section UC-330, "Repairs to Department Sewers"
3.14 DEFLECTION TEST
See Section UC-350, "Sewer Deflection Test"
END OF SECTION
UC-250 - 13 R-3
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-290
REMOVAL OF SANITARY SEWERAGE AND DEBRIS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment required for the removal of sanitary
sewer mains and appurtenances.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REMOVAL OF SANITARY SEWER
A. During cleaning operations and removal sewer mains, all sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, Iaitance
(lime scum), roots, mortar, unsound concrete and other materials shall be completely removed.
If the steel reinforcing is exposed, the Contractor shall request guidance from the Engineer of
Record.
B. Under no circumstances shall sludge or other debris removed during cleaning or sewer main
removal operations be dumped or spilled into the streets, ditches, storm drains or other
sanitary sewers. However, water decanted from removed solids shall be returned to the
sewer.
C. The Contractor is advised that he shall not dispose of this material by dumping on private or public
property, by sale to others, or any means other than those given below. Any Toad of material, or
any portion thereof, disposed of in a non -permitted fashion will result in a charge to the Contractor
in the amount of $500.00 per load, or any portion thereof, which sum will be deducted by the
Department from any monies due the Contractor. Additionally, the Contractor shall
be backcharged for any fines, penalties, or other costs or damages imposed upon the City
any agency or private party as a result of improper disposal by the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall keep his haul route and work area(s) neat and clean and reasonably free of
odor, and shall bear all responsibility for the cleanup of any spill which occurs during the
transport of cleaning or surface preparation by-products and the cleanup of any such material
which is authorized by or pursuant to this Contract and in accord with applicable law or
regulations. The Contractor shall immediately cleanup any such spill or waste. If the
Contractor fails to cleanup
UC-290 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
such spill or waste immediately, the Department shall have the right to cleanup or arrange for its
cleanup and shall charge to the Contractor all costs, including administrative cost and overhead,
incurred by the Department in connection with such cleanup. The Department shall also charge
to the Contractor any costs incurred or penalties imposed on the Department as a result of any
spill, dump or discard. Under no circumstances is this spilled material to be discharged into the
waterways or any place other than where authorized to do so by the appropriate authority. The
term "Contractor" as used in this section shall include the Contractor's subcontractors and other
Contractors.
D. The general requirements for vehicles hauling such waste materials are as follows: Transport
vehicles must be of type(s) approved for this application by the political jurisdiction involved.
General requirements are that the vehicles have watertight bodies, that they may be properly
equipped and fitted with seals and covers to prohibit material spillage or drainage, and that they
be cleaned as often as is necessary to prevent the deposit of material on the roadways. Vehicles
must be loaded within legal weight limits and operated safely within all traffic and speed
regulations.
E. The routes used by the Contractor for the conveyance of this material on a regular basis shall be
subject to approval by the governing authority having jurisdiction over such routes.
F. All waste materials and debris removed during these operations shall be, if sufficiently dewatered
(at least 20 percent solids and no visible moisture), conveyed directly to the County's Class I
sanitary landfill, the South Dade Solid Waste Disposal Facility, 24000 S.W. 97th Avenue, Dade
County, Florida. Solids which are too wet for direct deposit at the landfill shall be conveyed to and
deposited on the Plant's "cleanout" pad established to receive and drain/dry this material. All cost
for such removal and disposal, including tipping fees, shall be paid by the Contractor.
G. Material cleaned from the sewer shall be removed from the site for disposal as each truck is filled
and at the end of each work shift.
H. Copies of records of all disposal shall be furnished to the Engineer of Record, indicating disposal
site, date, amount, and a brief description of material disposed. Under no circumstances will the
Contractor be allowed to accumulate debris, etc., on the site of work beyond the stated time,
except in totally enclosed containers and as acceptable to the Department.
END OF SECTION
UC-290 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-300
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE FOUNDATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
The work under this Section includes the installation of gravity sewer pipe foundations.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Material: See Part 2 of Section 02315
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Excavation shall proceed in accordance with Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for
Piping Systems".
B. Gravity sewers shall be constructed using Vitrified Clay, Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) (SDR 35
or AWWA C900) pipe and fittings or ductile iron pipe and fittings, as shown on the approved
Plans (See Section 15060, "Piping and Fittings" for D.I.P. or Section UC-250, "Gravity Sewer
Systems" for PVC).
3.02 FOUNDATIONS FOR V.C. AND D.I.P. AT DEPTH OVER 10 FT. OR BELOW WATER
A. Sewer pipe constructed at a depth greater than 10 feet, or with a trench bottom below
groundwater, shall have a rockbed foundation, in accordance with Section 02315. The trench
shall be excavated to a depth of at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe, the trench
backfilled with a layer of rockbed firmly compacted, the pipe solidly bedded and additional
rockbed firmly packed and thoroughly compacted under and around the pipe up to the
springline.
B. See Subsection 3.03, below, for sewer pipe constructed at a depth less than 10 feet and
trench bottom above groundwater.
UC-300 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
3.03 FOUNDATIONS FOR V.C. AND D.I.P. AT DEPTH ABOVE 10 FT. AND ABOVE WATER
Pipe constructed at cut ranges less than 10 feet, and the trench bottom is above ground water,
shall be installed according to the following conditions:
A. Installation in Rock Bottom
Where rock is encountered at the bottom of a trench in which pipe is to be installed, the
excavation shall be extended to a depth at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe and
shall be backfilled with selected backfill material in 6 -inch layers, with each layer being firmly
compacted, and with the final layer carefully graded and compacted at the proper elevation
to provide continuous support for the pipe barrels. Where pipe bells will be located,
depressions shall be excavated in the trench bottom to provide clearance under the bell or
socket.
B. Installation in Soil Bottom
Where rock is not encountered at the bottom of a trench excavation, and the soil is
satisfactory for pipe foundation, in the opinion of the Engineer, excavation shall be halted at
an elevation slightly above that for bedding the pipe, and the pipe bed carefully excavated
by hand in the undisturbed trench bottom to provide continuous bearing for the pipe
barrels and clearance under the bells or sockets, or machine excavation may extend
slightly below the elevation for bedding the pipe with the trench bottom carefully
backfilled and compacted as specified.
3.04 FOUNDATIONS FOR PVC GRAVITY SEWERS
Embedment material (for bedding, haunching and initial backfill) shall be Class I in stable soil
conditions, and Class II in unstable soil conditions, as modified herein.
A. Class I materials shall be angular, 1/4 to 3/4 inch graded stone including washed and graded
limerock.
B. Class II materials shall be well graded coarse sands and gravels with the following gradation
requirements:
Percent Passing
Sieve Size By Weight
3/4 100
3/8 85-100
#8 40-60
#30 5-30
#100 0-2
END OF SECTION
UC-300 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION UC-310
GRAVITY SEWER SERVICE LATERALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, equipment and appurtenances necessary for the
installation of gravity sewer service laterals, complete, in accordance with these specifications.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
Section UC-250 - Gravity Sewer Systems
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lateral sewers shall be installed in accordance with all the applicable requirements for
pipe installation. Branch fittings shall be installed in the main line sewer as it is
constructed, in the locations and configuration of the original laterals or as designated by
the Engineer.
B. All excavations shall be executed in accordance with the South Florida Building Codes,
OSHA requirements, the State of Florida Trench Safety Act (TSA), the State of Florida
Trench Safety Act (TSA) and all applicable requirements of Section 01016, including
notification of the Sunshine State One -Call Center (1-800-432-4770), 48 hours prior to any
excavation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
See Part 2 of Section UC-250, "Gravity Sewer Systems" & "Tightness Standards" under Section UC-370.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF LATERALS
A. Service laterals shall be installed in accordance with the requirements for gravity main
installation. Branch fittings shall be installed in the main line sewer as it is constructed.
The branch fittings shall be either a tee set for a modified riser when the top of the sewer
is 7 feet or deeper, or a wye set and connected as shown in the Miami -Dade Water and
Sewer Department's Standard Details SS 1.0 and 2.0, respectively. In no case shall the
branch be covered until its location has been measured and recorded.
B. Where a service lateral enters a manhole at an elevation of 2 feet or more above the
UC-310 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
sewer main invert, a drop connection shall be required.
C. Each service lateral shall be plugged at the point shown on the Standard Details. Plug
shall provide a watertight seal, without the use of adhesives or epoxies, and shall be
subject to approval by the Department. In no case shall a service lateral be covered until
its exact location is measured and recorded, nor until a two-inch square by two feet long,
pressure -treated pine stake, with the top stained or painted green, has been set by the
Contractor at the end of the service lateral.
D. The Contractor shall not excavate trenches for service laterals to both sides of the street
at the same time unless written permission has been secured in advance to close the
street.
3.02 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF LATERALS
A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02315, "Trenching and Backfilling for Piping
Systems"
B. The existing laterals shall be hand excavated to a joint, disassembled, or if necessary saw
cut, clean and square and the appropriate adapter installed to connect the replacement
lateral. Care shall be taken to maintain the slopes of the existing lateral. The lateral shall
be removed and replaced from the main line to a point along the existing lateral
determined by the Engineer of Record to be in acceptable condition.
C. Placement of bedding/cover materials in the trench shall be the same for laterals as
provided in Section UC-300, "Gravity Sewers Pipe Foundation".
END OF SECTION
UC-310 - 2 R-2
MDWASD 6/2005
SECTION UC-320
SEWERAGE BYPASS PUMPING AND FLOW CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish and install all labor, material and equipment necessary to control the
flow of sewage in accordance with this Section. This Section also contains provisions regarding
surcharging sewers and sewage spills.
1.02 SUBMITTAL
The Contractor shall submit complete, detailed plans for this aspect of the work to the City for
approval.
1.03 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
A. All applicable requirements in the following specification sections shall apply during execution
of the work:
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 01750 - Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets
B. For projects where twenty-four (24) hour by-pass pumping of sewage is required, the
Contractor shall provide personnel for manning and maintenance.
C. The Contractor shall be completely responsible for conditions at the job site, until acceptance
of the project; he shall provide for traffic safety, traffic control and protection of property; and
he shall be directly responsible to property owner(s) for any damage, injury, expense, loss,
suits, or claims in accordance with Section 01016, "Safety Requirements and Protection of
Property".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 BYPASS PUMPING/FLOW CONTROL, GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall be prepared to bypass pump the sewage effluent as a part of his
operations, if necessary. The Contractor shall provide all necessary pumps, piping, and other
equipment to accomplish this task with each mobilized crew and shall be prepared to perform
all construction; obtain all permits; pay all costs; and perform complete restoration of all
existing facilities to equal or better condition and to the satisfaction of the City. Bypass
UC-320 - 1 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
pumping will occur where high flow rates and insufficient upstream storage capacity make this
necessary. All costs of accomplishing the bypass pumping tasks, at whatever volume, and
all associated work, such as, for example, construction of intake and discharge points, and
restoration, shall be considered as incidental to the work.
B. When sewer line flows at the upstream manhole of the gravity main being replaced or the
pump station wet well are above the maximum allowable requirements for the
replacement, the flows shall be reduced to the levels indicated by one of the following
methods: manual operation of pumping stations by the City forces, by the Contractor
plugging/blocking of the flows, or by the Contractor pumping/bypassing of the flows all as
acceptable to the City.
C. In some applications, the sewer may be plugged and wastewater contained within the
capacity of the collection system. This shall only be done when it has been determined that
the system can accommodate the surcharging without any adverse impact.
D. When sewer line flows at the upstream manhole of the line being removed and replaced, in
the opinion of the Engineer of Record, are too excessive to plug while the work is being
performed; the Contractor shall submit for approval by the City, a written plan and pump/
bypass the flow.
E. For all service lateral reestablishment, testing and sealing, the depth of flow within the sewer
shall not exceed that shown below for the respective pipe sizes as measured in the manhole.
Maximum Depth of Flow
4 -inch - 12 -inch Pipe 25 percent of pipe diameter
15 -inch - 18 -inch Pipe 30 percent of pipe diameter
3.02 PLUGGING AND BLOCKING
A sewer line plug shall be inserted into the line at a manhole upstream from the section being
removed and replaced or pump station wet well being re -worked. The plug shall be so designed
that all or any portion of the operation flows can be released. During removals and
replacement, the flows shall be shut off and monitored or pumped / bypassed, as acceptable to
the City. After the work tasks have been completed, flows shall be restored to normal.
3.03 PUMPING AND BYPASSING
A. When pumping / bypassing is required, as approved by the City the Contractor shall supply
the necessary pumps, conduits and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage
around the sewer section or pump station in which work is to be performed. The bypass
system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle existing flows plus additional flow that may
occur during periods of rain storms. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the
necessary labor and supervision to set up and operate the pumping and bypassing
system. A "setup" consists of the necessary pumps (including backup pumps if required),
conduits and other equipment to divert the flow of sewage around the pump station or sewer
section, from the start to finish of work performed in the pump station or sewer section.
B. Pumps and equipment shall be continuously monitored by a maintenance person capable of
starting, stopping, refueling and maintaining these pumps during the construction. If pumping
UC-320 - 2 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
is required on a 24 -hour basis, engines shall be equipped in a manner to keep noise to a
minimum. In the instance of work on a pump station, the Contractor may be required to
provide, at his sole expense, a temporary electric service, electrically driven pump(s) and
engine driven backup pump(s).
3.04 SURCHARGING SEWERS
A. Where the raw sewage flow is blocked or plugged, sufficient precautions must be taken to
protect the public health. Upstream flow shall be monitored. The sewer lines shall also be
protected from damage. The following occurrences will not be allowed:
1. No sewage shall be allowed to back up into any homes or buildings.
2. No sewage shall overflow any manholes, cleanouts or any other access to the sewers.
3. Users upstream of the repair area shall be able to use all their water and sewer utilities
without interruption.
B. If any of the above occur or are expected to occur, the Contractor shall bypass pump to
alleviate one or all of the conditions. Additionally, the Contractor is required to observe the
conditions upstream of the plug and be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping, if
needed.
3.05 PUMP DISCHARGE
Any sump pumps, bypass pumps, trash pumps or any other type pump which pulls sewage/water
or any type of material out of the manhole or sewer shall discharge this material into another
manhole, or appropriate vehicle or container acceptable to the Engineer of Record. Under no
circumstances shall this material be discharged, stored or deposited on the ground, swale, road
or open environment.
3.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC FOR BYPASS PUMPING
The Contractor shall take appropriate steps to ensure that all pumps, piping and hoses that carry
raw sewage are protected from vehicular traffic and pedestrian traffic. Maintenance of traffic shall
be performed in accordance with Section 01750, "Maintenance of Traffic and Public Streets"
3.07 SEWAGE SPILLS
A. In the event, during any form of "Sewage Flow Control," that raw sewage is spilled,
discharged, leaked or otherwise deposited in the open environment, due to the
Contractor's work, the Contractor is responsible for any cleanup of solids and
disinfection of the area affected and liability for any claims. This work shall be performed at
the Contractor's expense with no cost to the City.
B. The Contractor is also responsible for notifying the sewer system maintenance personnel and
complying with any and all regulatory requirements in regard to the size of spill with no cost
to the City.
UC-320 - 3 R-4
MDWASD 6/2005
C. The Contractor shall be backcharged for any fines, penalties or other costs or damages
imposed upon the City by any agency or private party as a result of a spill or improper
discharge by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-320 - 4 R-4
MDWASD 8/1999
SECTION UC-330
REPAIRS TO DEPARTMENT SEWERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment required to repair the Department's
sewers due to damage caused by his operations or as required to perform necessary
modifications to existing installations.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01016 - Safety Requirements and Protection of Property
Section 01100 - Special Project Procedures
Section 02315 - Trenching and Backfilling for Piping Systems
Section UC-250 - Gravity Sewer Systems
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CHEMICAL JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS FOR ACTIVE LEAKS
A. Chemical joint and crack sealing materials used on this Project shall have the following
properties: react quickly to form a permanent watertight seal; resultant seal shall be flexible
and immune to the effects of wet/dry cycles; non -biodegradable and immune to the effects
of acids, alkalis, and organics in sewage; component packaging and mixing compatible with
field conditions and worker safety; extraneous sealant left inside pipe shall be readily
removable.
B. Chemical joint sealing material shall be acrylic resin type and shall be furnished with
activators, initiators, inhibitors and any other materials recommended by the manufacturer for
a complete grout system. Sealing grout shall be furnished in liquid form in standard
manufacturer's containers. Sealing grout shall be AV -118 Duriflex manufactured by Avanti
International, Houston, Texas (1-800-877-2570) or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REPAIRS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS
A. The Contractor shall exercise caution to insure that his operations do not damage the existing
sewer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the sewers which are necessary
due to damage caused by the Contractor's operations. Such repair shall be considered as
part of the work.
B. Damaged pipe or manholes shall be replaced in kind or repaired by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Department, with emphasis on providing a good, solid foundation for the
new pipe. Temporary paving and permanent paving repairs shall also be made by the
Contractor.
UC-330 - 1 R-2
MDWASD 8/1999
C. Contractor shall immediately repair any damage using methods satisfactory to the Engineer.
Repairs shall proceed on a 24-hour/day, seven day/week basis if so directed by the
Department. If the Contractor fails to immediately repair any such damage, the Department
shall have the right to make the repair or have the repair made, and may charge to the
Contractor all costs, including administrative costs and overhead, incurred by the Department
in connection with the repair. The Department shall also charge to the Contractor any costs
incurred or penalties imposed on the Department as a result of such damage.
D. The Contractor is strongly advised not to position equipment having greater than an AASHTO
H-20 loading above the sewer line. Repair of any damage caused by such equipment loads
shall be at the Contractor's expense.
E. Any repairs requiring excavation, except emergency work, shall have prior approval of the
Engineer.
3.02 MODIFICATION OF EXISTING MANHOLES
Where modification of existing manholes are required to replace existing mains the following
requirement shall be adhere to:
A. After satisfactory replacement and testing of mains all interior concrete surfaces of the
modified manhole shall be high pressure washed and seal coated with 2 coats of a coal tar
epoxy, Kop-Coat Company Bitumastic 300-M, or approved equal. Each coat shall have a dry
film thickness of 8 mils, minimum. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable to
existing manholes to lined with a Department approved liner. (See Section 02536 for
additional requirements.)
B. The modifications to the invert channels of the manhole shall be formed of brick or brick
rubble thoroughly bedded and covered with sand -cement grout, accurately shaped to a semi-
circular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. Steep slopes outside
the invert channel shall be in the direction of the sewer or entering branch shall be a smooth
curve with radius as long as practical
C. Gravity sewer shall connect to the manholes in accordance with Miami Dade Water and
Sewer Department's Standard Details and Section UC-250.
3.03 SEALING OF POST -REPLACEMENT LEAKS
In the event it becomes necessary to seal sewer pipe to stop leakage after sectional replacement,
the following procedure shall be used:
A. Chemical joint or crack sealing material specified above or as approved by the Department
shall be furnished and satisfactorily installed. The Contractor shall modify his equipment as
necessary to seal the leaks, however both his equipment and sealing method shall meet the
approval of the Department prior to use.
B. Extreme caution shall be utilized during leak sealing (pressure) operations in order to avoid
damage of the sewer pipe. If any damage occurs, it shall be repaired as specified in
Subsection 3.01, above, and to the satisfaction of the Department. Excessive pumping of
grout which might plug a service lateral shall be avoided. Any service laterals blocked by the
UC-330 - 2 R-2
i
E
MDWASD 8/1999
grouting operation shall be cleared immediately by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-330 - 3 R-2
MDWASD 1/1999
SECTION UC-350
SEWER DEFLECTION TEST
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
The Contractor shall test new sewer system installations, completely and satisfactorily, prior to
final acceptance by the Department.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All testing performed by the Contractor shall be witnessed by the Department Inspector, who shall
be notified a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the test.
3.02 DEFLECTION TESTS
A. Deflection testing of the new sewer shall be performed by the Contractor. No section of sewer
shall be tested before at least 30 days have elapsed from the date of completed backfill over
the section. The pipe will be observed for evidence of obvious ovality, deflected or offset
joints, and other pipe defects.
B. The deflection, or deformation of the pipe due to external loading, shall not exceed
approximately 7.5 percent. All labor, materials and equipment necessary for cleaning the
sewers and performing the deflection testing shall be furnished by the Contractor. However,
prior to the test, the Contractor's mandrel must pass a ring gauge test, performed by the
Inspector at the site using the Department's ring gauge, to show that the mandrel is properly
sized in accordance with the mandrel sizes listed hereinbelow 7.5 percent deflection.
C. Deflection testing the system may also be performed by the Department, at its cost, at any
time during the Warranty or Contract Bond period, and the deflection in any pipe shall not
exceed 7.5 percent.
UC-350 - 1 R-1
MDWASD 1/1999
D. Deflection shall be determined by passing an approved go/no go mandrel through the gravity
sewer main. Deflection will be based on the average inside diameter as presented in
ANSI/AWWA C900, "AWWA Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inches
through 12 inches, for Water Distribution:", Table 1, for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) C 900
pipe. However, no mandrel testing is required for AWWA C900 PVC pipe installed with up
to 14 feet of cover, in accordance with subsection 1.05-C of Section UC-005.
E. The deflection may also be based on the average inside diameter as presented in ASTM
D3034, Table XI.I, for PSM SDR35 PVC sewer pipe. The mandrel sizes are listed as follows:
Pipe Size Nominal Average Inside Mandrel 7.5%
(inches) Diameter Deflection
6 5.893 5.31
8 7.891 7.09
10 9.864 8.84
12 11.737 10.51
15 14.374 12.86
F. If any pipe fails the deflection test, performed by the Contractor or by the Department,
unstable conditions and/or improper bedding will be assumed. The overly deflected pipe shall
be removed and replaced by the Contractor, at his expense. Re -rounding of overly deflected
pipe will not be allowed. A trench to unstable conditions, as shown on Department Standard
Detail SS 18.0, shall be excavated and new pipe installed to unstable soil condition
specifications. New replacement pipe shall be connected to existing pipe to remain with new
double bell PVC repair couplings (no stop) with a maximum 1 -inch gap between the pipes
inserted therein. The couplings shall conform to the Specifications herein for PVC pipe and
fittings. The Contractor shall furnish the Department with a new one year Warranty or
Contract Bond guaranteeing the replacement work and materials under the same terms and
conditions as the original new Warranty or Contract Bond. The new warranty period shall
commence from the Department's acceptance of the replacement work performed by the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION
UC-350 - 2 R-1
MDWASD 2/2011
SECTION UC-370
CLEANING AND TESTING GRAVITY SEWERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor and equipment necessary to clean and test
gravity sewers and sanitary force mains and shall conduct all testing required, under the
direction of the Engineer.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Cleaning and testing shall be performed in strict accordance with these specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All drain and gravity sewer line segments or sections shall be separately and
individually tamped and tested for infiltration and exfiltration, unless otherwise
allowed by the Engineer. A line "segment" or "section" shall be defined as a run of
pipe between a manhole and the next manhole either up or down stream of that
manhole.
B. Each section of gravity pipe sewer, upon its completion or at such other time as the
Engineer may direct, is to be cleaned, tested and inspected.
C. The allowable limits of infiltration or exfiltration or leakage for the drain or sewer
lines, or any portion thereof shall not exceed the appropriate rate as specified in
3.04 "Tightness Standards", below. Duration of tests shall be a minimum of two
hours.
D. Since allowable leakage is defined in gallons per hour, testing shall be conducted
in, at a minimum, two independent one -hour test periods. Testing shall continue for
additional one -hour periods if during any subsequent test period leakage
increases above that of any previous test period even if the leakage is within the
allowable amount. Testing shall continue until the leakage stabilizes or decreases.
E. When allowed by the Engineer in writing, longer portions of the line may be tested.
However, no more than three manhole sections or 1000 feet of sewer (whichever
is the lesser) shall be tested at any one time.
F. When multiple sections of line are tested together as specified above, the leakage
UC 370-1 R-3
MDWASD 2/2011
shall be calculated based on the footage of the smallest segment being tested as if
all of the leakage originated in the shortest segment of the group.
G. Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped out so that normal
infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing. The amounts of infiltration or
exfiltration shall be determined by pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or by
other approved methods.
H. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being
tested with water to a level which will provide a minimum head of 2 -feet in a lateral
connected to the test portion, or, in the event there are no laterals in the test
portion, a minimum difference in elevation of 5 -feet between the crown of the
highest portion of the drain or sewer and the test level.
I. If the ground water level is above the crown of the highest portion of the drain or
sewer, the 5 -foot differential shall be measured between the ground water level
and the test level. Where insufficient depth of cover is available to produce a 5 -foot
differential, the maximum differential producible between ground water elevation
and a test elevation set to avoid flow out of low manholes or into adjacent
structures connected to the test section shall be used.
J. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified herein,
the defective pipe, joints, or other faulty construction shall be located and repaired
by the Contractor.
K. The Contractor shall locate and repair all leaks until the leakage is reduced to the
limits specified. Any observed leaks or obviously defective joints or pipes shall be
repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer, even though the total leakage is
below that specified above.
L. Lamping Test- Each section of sewer shall show, from each end, a full circle of
light.
3.02 DEFECTS
In addition to the above requirements, the following shall also apply:
A. All repairs shown necessary by the tests are to be made, broken, cracked or
obviously defected pipe replaced, all deposits removed, the sewer left true to line
and grade, as herein specified, and entirely clean, free from lumps of cement,
protruding gaskets, bulkheads, etc. and ready for use.
B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall have the specified size
and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially made with the top set
permanently to exact position and grade, and shall serve well and fully its intended
use.
C. Any defects found in the system shall be corrected by the Contractor in
accordance with the requirements of the Specifications or the MDWASD Design
and Construction Standards, as approved by the Engineer.
UC 370-2 R-3
MDWASD 2/2011
D. In the event that a sewer line or structure, such as a manhole, leaks during the period
that the Warranty or Contract Bond is in effect, the Contractor shall be required to
return and replace it with a new section of pipe or manhole or, if approved by the
Engineer, to eliminate infiltration leaks by external grouting or encasement. After the
leaks have been stopped, all visible cracks shall be repaired inside the manhole.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by
the above requirements.
B. The Contractor shall locate and repair all leaks until the leakage is reduced to the
limits specified. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes shall
be repaired or replaced as directed by the Department, even though the total leakage
is below that specified above.
C. The tests and repairs shall be continued or repeated until the Department is assured
that the leakage into or from the section of line under test is less than the amount
specified.
3.04 TIGHTNESS STANDARDS
Effective since 1987 (Per Public Notice No. 9), the Department adopted new tightness
standards for gravity sanitary sewers and sanitary force mains to be installed within the it's
service area. The new standards for maximum allowable exfiltration rates are to minimize
the risk of contaminating the County's groundwater supplies in the Biscayne Aquifer. These
standards are issued to comply with those adopted into Chapter 24 of the County Code by
Ordinance 86-42, and to have leakage requirements for clay and PVC pipe materials. The
term "cone of influence" as used below refers to limits of wellfield protection areas as defined
the County. Tightness standards are specified below:
A. GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
The maximum allowable exfiltration, infiltration, or leakage in gravity sanitary sewers shall be
as listed below, with no allowances for manholes or laterals. The duration of all tests shall be
a minimum of two (2) hours. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes
shall be replaced even when the total leakage is below that allowed. Only the piping
materials listed for each specific area will be permitted in that area, including both gravity
sanitary sewers and laterals. (Where reference is made to a "10 Day Travel Time" contact
the Department or DERM for further information.)
1. Residential Zoned Areas
1.1a Within cone of influence and outside 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains: D.I.P. - 50 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 50 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, or
UC 370-3 R-3
M DWAS D 1/2011
X.H.C.I.(Extra Heavy Cast Iron Soil Pipe)
1.1b Within cone of influence and within 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains and laterals shall only be D.I.P.
1.2 Outside of cone influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, PVC, or
X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
2. Commercial Zoned Areas
2.1a Within cone of influence and outside 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains: D.I.P. - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC or X.H.C.I.
2.1b Within cone of influence and within 10 Days Travel Time:
Mains and laterals shall only be D.I.P.
Note: In any event and any zoned areas, the Department may require D.I.P. based on minimum
cover requirements, installation in grass areas or at depths of 14 feet or greater.
2.2 Outside of cone influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
C900 PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
PVC - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., C900 PVC, PVC, or
X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
3. Industrial Zoned Areas
3.1 Within cone of influence:
Mains: D.I.P. - 20 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P. or X.H.C.I.
3.2 Outside of cone influence:
UC 370-4 R-3
MDWASD 1/2011
Mains: D.I.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
V.C.P. - 100 gpd/in. diameter/mile
Laterals: may be D.I.P., X.H.C.I. or V.C.P.
B. SANITARY FORCE MAINS - ALL AREAS
1. Sanitary force mains shall be constructed of either Protecto 401 Tined ductile -iron pipe
and fittings or prestressed concrete plastic Tined (120° T.D.C. minimum) cylinder pipe
and fittings meeting current Department Specifications.
2. No such ductile -iron pipe sanitary force main shall exfiltrate or leak at a rate greater
than the allowable leakage rate specified in AWWA C600 (latest edition) at a test
pressure of one hundred (100) psig. The duration of all test shall be a minimum of two
(2) hours. Any observed leaks or any obviously defective joints or pipes shall be
repaired or replaced even when the total leakage is below that allowed.
3. No such prestressed concrete cylinder pipe sanitary force main shall exfiltrate or leak
at a rate greater than one-half (2) the allowable leakage rate specified for ductile iron
pipe in AWWA C600 (latest edition) at a test pressure of one hundred (100) psig. The
duration of all test shall be a minimum of two (2) hours. Any observed leaks or any
obviously defective joints or pipes shall be repaired or replaced even when the total
leakage is below that allowed.
4. See Section UC-170, "Cleaning and Testing of Main".
END OF SECTION
UC 370-5 R-3